diff --git a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
index 764d4ae862..fbd0b09b71 100644
--- a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ DAN	1	4	im8m			0	king’s palace	This is the large house or building where the k
 DAN	1	4	gg5x			0	He was to teach them	Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to teach them”
 DAN	1	5	v9dg	figs-metonymy		0	The king counted out for them	The king’s officials did this task for him. Alternate translation: “The king’s officials counted out for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	1	5	vq2i			0	his delicacies	the special, rare, good foods that the king ate
-DAN	1	5	ex12	figs-activepassive		0	These young men were to be trained	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	1	5	ex12	figs-activepassive		0	These young men were to be trained	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	1	5	bj35			0	trained	Alternate translation: “taught skills”
 DAN	1	6	ln29			0	Among these	Alternate translation: “Among the young men from Israel”
 DAN	1	7	k7uc			0	The chief official	This refers to Ashpenaz who was King Nebuchadnezzar’s highest official.
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ DAN	2	4	k6f2	translate-names		0	Aramaic	This is the language that people in Baby
 DAN	2	4	b8zx			0	King, live forever!	The men probably said this to show the king that they were loyal to him. Alternate translation: “King, we hope you will live forever!”
 DAN	2	4	n36i			0	us, your servants	The men called themselves the king’s servants to show him respect.
 DAN	2	4	cba4	figs-exclusive		0	we will reveal	Here the word “we” refers to the men that the king is speaking to and does not include the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-DAN	2	5	mdp2	figs-activepassive		0	This matter has been settled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have already decided what to do about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	5	nw8r	figs-activepassive		0	your bodies will be torn apart and your houses made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	6	xv1k	figs-activepassive		0	you will receive gifts from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	5	mdp2	figs-activepassive		0	This matter has been settled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have already decided what to do about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	5	nw8r	figs-activepassive		0	your bodies will be torn apart and your houses made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	6	xv1k	figs-activepassive		0	you will receive gifts from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	7	ux2h	figs-123person		0	Let the king tell us	The wise men addressed the king in the third person as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	2	8	h6gf	figs-metaphor		0	you see how firm my decision is about this	A decision that will not be changed is spoken of as something firm. Alternate translation: “you see that I will not change my decision about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	2	9	ef89			0	there is only one sentence for you	Alternate translation: “there is only one punishment for you”
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ DAN	2	11	n99m	figs-litotes		0	there is no one who can tell it to the king except
 DAN	2	12	xu8y	figs-doublet		0	angry and very furious	These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his anger. Alternate translation: “incredibly angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	2	12	y1cf			0	all those in Babylon	Alternate translation: “all the men in Babylon”
 DAN	2	13	w1hk	figs-personification		0	So the decree went out	The decree is spoken of as if it was alive and able to go out by itself. Alternate translation: “So the king issued a command” or “So the king gave a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-DAN	2	13	m5cr	figs-activepassive		0	all those who were known for their wisdom were to be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the men who were known for their wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	13	d4wp	figs-activepassive		0	so they could be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	13	m5cr	figs-activepassive		0	all those who were known for their wisdom were to be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the men who were known for their wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	13	d4wp	figs-activepassive		0	so they could be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	14	fm3n	figs-doublet		0	prudence and discretion	These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his prudence. Alternate translation: “caution and careful judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	2	14	cj8p	translate-names		0	Arioch	This is the name of the king’s commander. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 DAN	2	14	a4fa			0	bodyguard	This is a group of men whose job is to protect the king.
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ DAN	2	16	jl4r			0	requested an appointment with the king	Alternate translation:
 DAN	2	17	bbc8			0	his house	This is referring to Daniel’s house.
 DAN	2	17	ijt3			0	what had happened	Alternate translation: “about the king’s decree”
 DAN	2	18	uh7c			0	He urged them to seek mercy	Alternate translation: “He begged them to pray for mercy”
-DAN	2	18	yhz1	figs-activepassive		0	so that he and they might not be killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill them” or “so that the king’s bodyguard would not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	19	nq22	figs-activepassive		0	That night the mystery was revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “That night God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	18	yhz1	figs-activepassive		0	so that he and they might not be killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill them” or “so that the king’s bodyguard would not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	19	nq22	figs-activepassive		0	That night the mystery was revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “That night God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	19	s94i			0	the mystery	This is referring to the king’s dream and its meaning.
 DAN	2	20	e8z9	figs-metonymy		0	Praise the name of God	Here “name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	2	21	p54i			0	General Information:	These verses are also part of Daniel’s prayer.
@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@ DAN	2	23	x268			0	made known to us the matter that concerns the king	Alternate t
 DAN	2	24	le8h	translate-names		0	Arioch	This is the name of the king’s commander. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 2:14](../02/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 DAN	2	24	fs73			0	everyone who was wise	Alternate translation: “the wise men”
 DAN	2	26	z3qq	translate-names		0	Belteshazzar	This was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-DAN	2	27	b59r	figs-activepassive		0	The mystery that the king has asked about … not by astrologers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who have wisdom, those who claim to speak with the dead, magicians, and astrologers cannot reveal the mystery about which the king has asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	27	b59r	figs-activepassive		0	The mystery that the king has asked about … not by astrologers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who have wisdom, those who claim to speak with the dead, magicians, and astrologers cannot reveal the mystery about which the king has asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	27	r8dh			0	The mystery that the king has asked about	This phrase refers to the king’s dream.
 DAN	2	29	as3u	figs-explicit		0	the one who reveals mysteries	This phrase refers to God. Alternate translation: “God, who reveals mysteries” or “God, who makes mysteries known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	2	30	v6bt	figs-activepassive		0	this mystery was not revealed to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God did not reveal this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	30	qk3n	figs-activepassive		0	This mystery was revealed to me so that you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He revealed the mystery to me so that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	30	v6bt	figs-activepassive		0	this mystery was not revealed to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God did not reveal this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	30	qk3n	figs-activepassive		0	This mystery was revealed to me so that you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He revealed the mystery to me so that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	30	ca22	figs-synecdoche		0	know the thoughts deep within you	This phrase is using the word “you” referring to the person’s mind. Alternate translation: “know the thoughts deep inside your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	2	32	qp26			0	was made of fine gold	Alternate translation: “was of fine gold” or “was fine gold”
 DAN	2	33	n7d7			0	were made partly of iron and partly of clay	Alternate translation: “were partly of iron and partly of clay” or “were partly iron and partly clay”
@@ -119,14 +119,14 @@ DAN	2	40	d7bf	figs-simile		0	strong as iron	The fourth kingdom is spoken of as b
 DAN	2	40	rjj2	writing-symlanguage		0	It will shatter all these things and crush them	This symbolic language means the fourth kingdom will defeat and replace the other kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	2	40	qn2j			0	all these things	Alternate translation: “the previous kingdoms”
 DAN	2	41	lp4z			0	Just as you saw	Nebuchadnezzar saw that the feet consisted of clay and iron. He did not see the process of making the feet.
-DAN	2	41	bc2q	figs-activepassive		0	were partly made of baked clay and partly made of iron	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were a mixture of baked clay and iron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	41	bc2q	figs-activepassive		0	were partly made of baked clay and partly made of iron	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were a mixture of baked clay and iron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	43	c3hf			0	they will not stay together	Alternate translation: “they will not remain united”
 DAN	2	44	fan9			0	In the days of those kings	Here “those kings” refers to the rulers of the kingdoms symbolized by the different parts of the statue.
-DAN	2	44	d96c	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed, nor will it be conquered by another people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	45	u69a	figs-activepassive		0	a stone was cut out of the mountain, but not by human hands	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	44	d96c	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed, nor will it be conquered by another people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	45	u69a	figs-activepassive		0	a stone was cut out of the mountain, but not by human hands	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	45	xc85			0	reliable	trustworthy and correct
 DAN	2	46	hb4s	translate-symaction		0	fell on his face	This symbolic act showed that the king was honoring Daniel. Alternate translation: “lay down with his face on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	2	46	xf46	figs-activepassive		0	an offering be made and that incense be offered up to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his servants make an offering and offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	46	xf46	figs-activepassive		0	an offering be made and that incense be offered up to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his servants make an offering and offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	47	jz9s			0	Truly your God	Alternate translation: “It is true that your God”
 DAN	2	47	q3ru			0	the God of gods, the Lord of kings	Alternate translation: “greater than all the other gods, and King over all other kings”
 DAN	2	47	ifr1			0	the one who reveals mysteries	Translate “the one who reveals mysteries” as in [Daniel 2:29](../02/29.md).
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@ DAN	3	2	yr48			0	treasurers	These officials are in charge of money.
 DAN	3	3	qh6f			0	the provincial governors, regional governors,…officials of the provinces	See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
 DAN	3	3	wy5b	figs-metonymy		0	the statue that Nebuchadnezzar had set up	Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that Nebuchadnezzar’s men had set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	4	huk2			0	herald	This person is an official messenger for the king.
-DAN	3	4	z125	figs-activepassive		0	You are commanded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	4	z125	figs-activepassive		0	You are commanded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	4	by5m	figs-metonymy		0	peoples, nations, and languages	Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	5	xs6t			0	zithers	These are musical instruments similar to harps. They are shaped like triangles and have four strings.
 DAN	3	5	c6tz			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	5	mml9	translate-symaction		0	prostrate yourselves to	“stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	3	6	z9s5	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship, at that very moment, will be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	6	z9s5	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship, at that very moment, will be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	6	xue4			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	6	x9ik			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire.
 DAN	3	7	x2pp			0	all the peoples, nations, and languages	Here “all” that means all the people who were present.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ DAN	3	9	hf48			0	King, live forever	This was a common greeting to the king.
 DAN	3	10	dzb5			0	the horns, flutes … and pipes	These are musical instruments. See how you translated these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
 DAN	3	10	jiv5			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	10	h3iu	translate-symaction		0	prostrate himself to	The people would do this to worship the statue. Alternate translation: “stretch himself out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	3	11	u6bm	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship must be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	11	u6bm	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship must be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	11	qdc6			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	11	p2l2			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
 DAN	3	12	in2b			0	affairs	matters having to do with government
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ DAN	3	15	l9el			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	15	ws27	translate-symaction		0	prostrate yourselves to	stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	3	15	vth1			0	all will be well	Alternate translation: “there will no longer be a problem” or “you will be free to go”
 DAN	3	15	td6r	figs-metonymy		0	the statue that I have made	Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that my men have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	3	15	gz3y	figs-activepassive		0	you will immediately be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	15	gz3y	figs-activepassive		0	you will immediately be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	15	sl8a			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
 DAN	3	15	z8gt	figs-rquestion		0	Who is the god … my hands?	The king does not expect an answer. He is threatening the three men. Alternate translation: “No god is able to rescue you from my power!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 DAN	3	15	hw83	figs-metonymy		0	out of my hands	Here “hands” refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “from my punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -189,22 +189,22 @@ DAN	3	18	mc1d			0	But if not, let it be known to you, king, that	Alternate trans
 DAN	3	18	p84a	translate-symaction		0	prostrate ourselves to	People would do this to worship their gods. Alternate translation: “stretch ourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	3	18	iq7t	figs-metonymy		0	the golden statue you set up	Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the golden statue your men set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	19	bt7k	figs-metaphor		0	Nebuchadnezzar was filled with rage	The king was so angry that rage is spoken of as if it were filling him up. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar became extremely angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DAN	3	19	e99g	figs-idiom		0	He commanded that the furnace should be heated seven times hotter than it was normally heated	Here “seven times hotter” is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	19	e99g	figs-idiom		0	He commanded that the furnace should be heated seven times hotter than it was normally heated	Here “seven times hotter” is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	21	r7tt			0	turbans	A turban is a head covering made of wrapped cloth.
 DAN	3	21	xya5			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
-DAN	3	22	v2v9	figs-activepassive		0	Because the king’s command was strictly followed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because the men did exactly what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	22	v2v9	figs-activepassive		0	Because the king’s command was strictly followed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because the men did exactly what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	24	kzd8			0	Did we not throw three men tied up into the fire	Alternate translation: “We threw three men tied up into the fire, right”
 DAN	3	25	gy5s	translate-ordinal		0	The brilliance of the fourth is like a son of the gods	The gods were believed to shine brightly with light. Alternate translation: “Man four is shining brightly with light as a son of the gods would shine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	3	27	ru5i			0	The provincial governors, regional governors, other governors	These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory. See how you translated these in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
-DAN	3	27	g7e8	figs-activepassive		0	the hair on their heads was not singed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	27	g7e8	figs-activepassive		0	the hair on their heads was not singed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	27	jr79			0	was not singed	Alternate translation: “was not burned even a little”
-DAN	3	27	nuu7	figs-activepassive		0	their robes were not harmed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	27	nuu7	figs-activepassive		0	their robes were not harmed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	27	hv4b			0	there was no smell of fire on them	Alternate translation: “they did not smell like fire”
 DAN	3	28	x5ha	figs-metaphor		0	they set aside my command	Not obeying the king’s command is spoken of as if they had physically moved it away from them. Alternate translation: “they ignored my command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	3	28	uld8	figs-idiom		0	they gave up their bodies	This phrase refers to the three men’s willingness to die for what they believed. Alternate translation: “they were willing to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	3	28	iz7q	translate-symaction		0	prostrate themselves to	People would do this to worship their gods. Alternate translation: “stretch themselves out on the ground face down in honor of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	3	28	s95d			0	any god except their God	Alternate translation: “any other god except their God”
-DAN	3	29	pnl6	figs-activepassive		0	any people, nation, or language … must be torn apart, and that their houses must be made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language … and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	29	pnl6	figs-activepassive		0	any people, nation, or language … must be torn apart, and that their houses must be made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language … and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	29	h7gq	figs-metonymy		0	any people, nation, or language that speaks	Here “nations” and “language” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “any people from any nation, or those who speak any language that says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	29	qb3c			0	speaks anything against the God	Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
 DAN	3	29	t5vb			0	must be torn apart	Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ DAN	4	5	fmk5	figs-doublet		0	a dream … the images … the visions	These phrase
 DAN	4	5	u6n6	figs-parallelism		0	made me afraid … troubled me	These phrases are parallel and they mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	4	6	ep7g			0	all the men of Babylon who had wisdom	Alternate translation: “all the wise men of Babylon”
 DAN	4	7	l5u7	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	8	aej3	figs-activepassive		0	who is named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	8	aej3	figs-activepassive		0	who is named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	8	dhx3			0	Belteshazzar	This was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
 DAN	4	9	x1x7			0	no mystery is too difficult for you	The can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you understand the meaning of every mystery”
 DAN	4	10	vz2b	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ DAN	4	15	eb7u			0	stump of its roots	This is the part of the tree that is left a
 DAN	4	15	e8lj			0	dew	the moisture on the ground that is found in the mornings
 DAN	4	16	f3wx	figs-pronouns		0	Let his mind be changed … seven years pass by	Since the tree represents Nebuchadnezzar, the masculine pronouns “his” and “him” in verse 16 refer to the same tree as the neuter pronoun “it” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “The man’s mind will change from a man’s mind to an animal’s mind for a period of seven years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 DAN	4	17	k6kq	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	17	j1fe	figs-activepassive		0	It is a decision made by the holy ones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	17	j1fe	figs-activepassive		0	It is a decision made by the holy ones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	17	m2np	figs-explicit		0	the holy ones	This phrase probably refers to angels. Alternate translation: “the holy angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	4	17	y8ih			0	those who are alive	Alternate translation: “every living person” or “everyone”
 DAN	4	17	aas5			0	gives them	Alternate translation: “gives the kingdoms”
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ DAN	4	18	kjd4			0	Belteshazzar	This was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel.
 DAN	4	18	jr6i			0	you are able to do so	Alternate translation: “you are able to interpret it”
 DAN	4	18	pl5q			0	the spirit of the holy gods	Nebuchadnezzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. These are not the same as “the holy ones” in verse 17. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
 DAN	4	19	n8fk	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	19	u9rc	figs-activepassive		0	who was also named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	19	u9rc	figs-activepassive		0	who was also named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	19	a33v	figs-explicit		0	was greatly upset for a while, and his thoughts alarmed him	Daniel’s understanding of the meaning of the vision is what alarmed him. This can be explicitly stated. Alternate translation: “did not say anything for some time because he was very worried about the meaning of the dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	4	19	kf99			0	may the dream be for those who hate you; may its interpretation be for your enemies	Daniel is expressing his wish that the dream was not about Nebuchadnezzar, even though he knew that it really was about the king.
 DAN	4	20	vj36	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]). Many terms in this verse are almost the same as in [Daniel 4:11](../04/11.md). See how you translated that verse.
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@ DAN	4	23	c89t			0	the stump of its roots	This is the part of the tree that is le
 DAN	4	23	i27p			0	in the middle of the tender grass of the field	Alternate translation: “surrounded by the tender grass of the field”
 DAN	4	23	bx4z			0	dew	the moisture that settles on the ground in the mornings
 DAN	4	24	f3tz			0	that has reached you	Alternate translation: “that you have heard”
-DAN	4	25	fd8s	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven from among men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	4	25	gq52	figs-activepassive		0	You will be made to eat grass	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	25	fd8s	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven from among men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	25	gq52	figs-activepassive		0	You will be made to eat grass	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	26	fgn1	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	26	tcg3	figs-metonymy		0	heaven rules	Here “heaven” refers to God who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: “God in heaven is the ruler of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	4	27	yna6	figs-activepassive		0	let my advice be acceptable to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	27	yna6	figs-activepassive		0	let my advice be acceptable to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	27	s3j8	figs-metaphor		0	Turn away from your iniquities	Here rejecting iniquity is spoken of as turning away from it. Alternate translation: “Reject your iniquities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	4	27	j7av	figs-nominaladj		0	the oppressed	This nominal adjective refers to people who are oppressed. Alternate translation: “people who are oppressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-DAN	4	27	a7um	figs-activepassive		0	it may be that your prosperity will be extended	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	27	a7um	figs-activepassive		0	it may be that your prosperity will be extended	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	28	rq19	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	29	jn5h	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	29	ns6t	translate-numbers		0	Twelve months	“12 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -281,20 +281,20 @@ DAN	4	30	csl9			0	for the glory of my majesty	Alternate translation: “to show
 DAN	4	31	g7xg	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	31	fjl7	figs-idiom		0	While the words were still on the lips of the king	This idiom means the king was still in the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “While the king was still speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	4	31	cv67			0	a voice came from heaven	Alternate translation: “he heard a voice from heaven”
-DAN	4	31	pt4u	figs-activepassive		0	King Nebuchadnezzar … has been taken away from you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “King Nebuchadnezzar, a decree went out against you that this kingdom no longer belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	4	32	f4us	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	31	pt4u	figs-activepassive		0	King Nebuchadnezzar … has been taken away from you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “King Nebuchadnezzar, a decree went out against you that this kingdom no longer belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	32	f4us	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	32	m551			0	anyone he wishes	Alternate translation: “whoever he chooses”
 DAN	4	33	ydj8	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	33	xpp3	figs-activepassive		0	This decree against Nebuchadnezzar was carried out immediately	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	4	33	chd6	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	33	xpp3	figs-activepassive		0	This decree against Nebuchadnezzar was carried out immediately	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	33	chd6	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	33	t4b6			0	his nails became like birds’ claws	Alternate translation: “his fingernails looked like birds’ claws”
 DAN	4	34	amm1	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	34	b17l			0	At the end of the days	This refers back to the seven years in [Daniel 4:32](../04/32.md).
-DAN	4	34	ltf5	figs-activepassive		0	my sanity was given back to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my sanity came back to me” or “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	34	ltf5	figs-activepassive		0	my sanity was given back to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my sanity came back to me” or “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	34	ucj3	figs-parallelism		0	I praised … and I honored	The two phrases refer to the same action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	4	34	nk8u	figs-parallelism		0	For his reign is an everlasting reign … his kingdom endures from all generations to all generations	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used to emphasize how God’s reign never ends. Alternate translation: “He rules forever and his kingdom will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	4	35	ce6u	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	35	dgr8	figs-activepassive		0	All the earth’s inhabitants are considered by him to be as nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	35	dgr8	figs-activepassive		0	All the earth’s inhabitants are considered by him to be as nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	35	cpy8			0	All the earth’s inhabitants	Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth”
 DAN	4	35	p415			0	the army of heaven	Alternate translation: “the angel armies in heaven”
 DAN	4	35	zpn8			0	whatever suits his will	Alternate translation: “whatever satisfies his purpose” or “anything he wants to do”
@@ -305,17 +305,17 @@ DAN	4	36	rz1d	figs-personification		0	my sanity returned to me	Here his sanity i
 DAN	4	36	pb8a	figs-personification		0	my majesty and splendor returned to me	Here his majesty and splendor are spoken of as if they were able to return by their own power. Alternate translation: “I regained my majesty and my splendor again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	4	36	nq38	figs-doublet		0	majesty and splendor	These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	4	36	c3xy			0	my noblemen sought my favor	Alternate translation: “my noblemen requested my help again”
-DAN	4	36	ks6b	figs-metonymy		0	I was brought … greatness was given to me	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	36	ks6b	figs-metonymy		0	I was brought … greatness was given to me	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	37	zgl2	figs-doublet		0	praise, extol, and honor	All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	4	37	g1df	figs-idiom		0	who walk in their own pride	This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	5	intro	e9pc			0		# Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
 DAN	5	1	cc4z	translate-names		0	Belshazzar	This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 DAN	5	1	ix8k	translate-numbers		0	for a thousand	“for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 DAN	5	1	tre4			0	he drank wine in front of	Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of”
-DAN	5	2	cz6e	figs-activepassive		0	the containers made of gold or silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold or silver containers that the Israelites had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	2	cz6e	figs-activepassive		0	the containers made of gold or silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold or silver containers that the Israelites had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	2	gsi3			0	containers	These were cups and other items that were small enough for a person to hold and to drink from them.
 DAN	5	2	lad2	figs-metonymy		0	Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken	Here “Nebuchadnezzar” refers to Nebuchadnezzar’s army. Alternate translation: “his father Nebuchadnezzar’s army” or “the army of Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	5	3	i1zm	figs-activepassive		0	the gold containers that had been taken out of the temple	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	3	i1zm	figs-activepassive		0	the gold containers that had been taken out of the temple	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	3	msp6			0	out of the temple, the house of God	“out of God’s temple.” The phrase “the house of God” tells us something more about the temple.
 DAN	5	5	lkd1			0	At that moment	Alternate translation: “As soon as they did that” or “Suddenly”
 DAN	5	5	cra1			0	plaster	cement or mud that is spread on walls or ceilings to give them a smooth hard surface when it dries
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ DAN	5	6	jn25			0	the king’s face changed	“his face became pale.” This was
 DAN	5	6	gbd6			0	his limbs	Alternate translation: “his legs”
 DAN	5	6	iee9			0	his knees were knocking together	This was the result of his extreme fear.
 DAN	5	7	gz5c			0	those known for their wisdom in Babylon	This refers back to those who claimed to speak with the dead, the wise men, and the astrologers.
-DAN	5	7	ybp9	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever explains this writing and its meaning will be clothed with purple and will have a gold chain around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	7	ybp9	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever explains this writing and its meaning will be clothed with purple and will have a gold chain around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	7	ms1t	figs-explicit		0	clothed with purple	Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	5	7	x9vi	translate-ordinal		0	the third highest ruler	“the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 DAN	5	9	n4ln	translate-names		0	Belshazzar	This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -334,17 +334,17 @@ DAN	5	10	x55i			0	King, live forever!	This was a normal way to greet the king.
 DAN	5	10	zq7c			0	Do not let the look on your face change	Alternate translation: “There is no need for your face to look so pale”
 DAN	5	11	bql4			0	the spirit of the holy gods	The queen believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
 DAN	5	11	c4n6			0	In the days of your father	Alternate translation: “When your father was ruling”
-DAN	5	11	ss1z	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	11	ss1z	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	11	jg2l			0	King Nebuchadnezzar, your father the king	Alternate translation: “Your father, King Nebuchadnezzar”
-DAN	5	12	n7wa	figs-activepassive		0	these qualities were found in this man Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had all of these qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	12	b8d3	figs-activepassive		0	what has been written	“what has been written on the wall.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the hand wrote on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	13	hn7g	figs-activepassive		0	Then Daniel was brought before the king	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	12	n7wa	figs-activepassive		0	these qualities were found in this man Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had all of these qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	12	b8d3	figs-activepassive		0	what has been written	“what has been written on the wall.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the hand wrote on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	13	hn7g	figs-activepassive		0	Then Daniel was brought before the king	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	13	sd23	figs-metonymy		0	whom my father the king brought out of Judah	In this phrase “father” is being used to represent all of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom my father’s soldiers brought out of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	5	14	yxu5			0	the spirit of the gods	Belshazzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Belshazzar worshiped. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
-DAN	5	14	y4ey	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and excellent wisdom are found in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	15	c33v	figs-activepassive		0	Now the men known … have been brought in before me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the men known … have come in before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	14	y4ey	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and excellent wisdom are found in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	15	c33v	figs-activepassive		0	Now the men known … have been brought in before me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the men known … have come in before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	15	u817			0	make known to me	Alternate translation: “tell me”
-DAN	5	16	u2ey	figs-activepassive		0	you will be clothed with purple and have a gold chain placed around your neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	16	u2ey	figs-activepassive		0	you will be clothed with purple and have a gold chain placed around your neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	16	iyy2	figs-explicit		0	clothed with purple	Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	5	16	pud4	translate-ordinal		0	the third highest ruler	“the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 DAN	5	17	evt4			0	Let your gifts be for yourself, and	Alternate translation: “I do not want your gifts, so”
@@ -358,8 +358,8 @@ DAN	5	19	db8z			0	he humbled those he wished	Alternate translation: “he humble
 DAN	5	20	zu9p	figs-synecdoche		0	his heart was arrogant	Here “heart” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king was arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	5	20	g3wq	figs-synecdoche		0	his spirit was hardened	Here “spirit” refers to the king himself. His stubbornness is spoken of as if he were hardened. Alternate translation: “the king became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	5	20	w2tx			0	presumptuously	rudely and overly confident
-DAN	5	20	nl2n	figs-metonymy		0	he was brought down from his kingly throne	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	21	sl3g	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from humanity	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	20	nl2n	figs-metonymy		0	he was brought down from his kingly throne	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	21	sl3g	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from humanity	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	21	v3b5	figs-metonymy		0	he had the mind of an animal	Here “mind” represents his thoughts. Alternate translation: “he thought as an animal thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	5	21	amq8			0	dew	the moisture on the ground that is found in the mornings
 DAN	5	21	m4na			0	anyone he wishes	Alternate translation: “whomever he chooses”
@@ -369,17 +369,17 @@ DAN	5	23	fmz3	figs-metaphor		0	You have lifted yourself up against the Lord	To r
 DAN	5	23	qc6h	figs-explicit		0	From his house	What and where “his house” is can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “From his temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	5	23	kj78	figs-metonymy		0	God who holds your breath in his hand	Here “breath” refers to life and “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “God who gives you breath” or “God who has control over your entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	5	23	th44			0	all your ways	Alternate translation: “everything you do”
-DAN	5	24	i8fs	figs-activepassive		0	this writing was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	25	rcy6	figs-activepassive		0	This is the writing that was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	24	i8fs	figs-activepassive		0	this writing was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	25	rcy6	figs-activepassive		0	This is the writing that was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	25	ea1k	translate-transliterate		0	Mene, Mene, Tekel, and Pharsin	These are the Aramaic words that were written on the wall. Spell these words with the sounds that fit your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 DAN	5	26	tg8v			0	‘Mene,’ ‘God has numbered	Alternate translation: “‘Mene’ means ‘God has numbered”
 DAN	5	27	q5iv			0	‘Tekel,’ ‘you are weighed	Alternate translation: “‘Tekel’ means ‘you are weighed”
-DAN	5	27	sg5z	figs-metaphor		0	you are weighed in the scales and are found lacking	Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	27	sg5z	figs-metaphor		0	you are weighed in the scales and are found lacking	Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	28	b18p			0	‘Peres,’ ‘your kingdom	Alternate translation: “‘Peres’ means ‘your kingdom.”
 DAN	5	28	jb22			0	Peres	This is the singular form of “Pharsin” in 5:25.
-DAN	5	28	j1p8	figs-activepassive		0	your kingdom is divided and is given to the Medes and Persians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	28	j1p8	figs-activepassive		0	your kingdom is divided and is given to the Medes and Persians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	29	j9jg	translate-names		0	Belshazzar	This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-DAN	5	29	uvj8	figs-activepassive		0	A chain of gold was put around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	29	uvj8	figs-activepassive		0	A chain of gold was put around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	29	nfx6	translate-ordinal		0	the third highest ruler	“the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 DAN	5	31	c2bj			0	received the kingdom	Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
 DAN	5	31	y1si	translate-numbers		0	when he was about sixty-two years old	“when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -394,14 +394,14 @@ DAN	6	3	aig7	figs-synecdoche		0	he had an extraordinary spirit	Here “spirit”
 DAN	6	3	ef6f			0	extraordinary spirit	spirit that made him do better than the others
 DAN	6	3	ry6m			0	to put him over	Alternate translation: “to give him authority over” or “to put him in charge of”
 DAN	6	4	ex6l	figs-explicit		0	Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors … for the kingdom	The other administrators were jealous of Daniel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors became jealous. So they looked for mistakes in the work Daniel did for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	6	4	rl5p	figs-activepassive		0	No mistakes or negligence was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	4	rl5p	figs-activepassive		0	No mistakes or negligence was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	4	zn7x			0	negligence	overly looking your responsibilities
 DAN	6	5	ek64			0	to complain against this Daniel	Alternate translation: “to complain about Daniel”
 DAN	6	6	yf8j			0	brought a plan before the king	Alternate translation: “presented a plan to the king”
 DAN	6	6	ll7v			0	may you live forever!	This was a normal way to greet a king.
 DAN	6	7	x89h	translate-numbers		0	for thirty days	“for 30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 DAN	6	7	bw29			0	whoever makes a petition	Alternate translation: “whoever makes a request”
-DAN	6	7	l2iq	figs-activepassive		0	that person must be thrown into the den of lions	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	7	l2iq	figs-activepassive		0	that person must be thrown into the den of lions	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	7	h7ip			0	den of lions	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept.
 DAN	6	8	nj57			0	Connecting Statement:	In verse 8, the administrators continue to speak to the king.
 DAN	6	8	v5i8			0	as directed by the laws	Alternate translation: “according to the laws”
@@ -429,13 +429,13 @@ DAN	6	17	szf5			0	den	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See
 DAN	6	17	xjj7	figs-explicit		0	the king sealed it with his own signet ring and with the signet rings of his nobles … concerning Daniel	The function of the signet ring can be stated clearly. The king and the noblemen pressed their rings into a seal made of wax. Alternate translation: “the king pressed his signet ring into a wax seal, the nobles did this too. No one was allowed to break the seal and help Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	6	17	p5t2			0	nothing might be changed concerning Daniel	Alternate translation: “no one could help Daniel”
 DAN	6	18	un1j	translate-symaction		0	he went through the night fasting	This symbolic act showed that the king was worried about Daniel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	6	18	a3xd	figs-activepassive		0	No entertainment was brought before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	18	a3xd	figs-activepassive		0	No entertainment was brought before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	18	sb8r	figs-personification		0	sleep fled from him	Sleep is spoken of as if it could run away from the king. Alternate translation: “he did not sleep at all that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	6	19	e2wc			0	lions’ den	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
-DAN	6	22	qn4t	figs-activepassive		0	For I was found blameless	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	22	qn4t	figs-activepassive		0	For I was found blameless	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	22	ssq6			0	I have done you no harm	Alternate translation: “I have not harmed you at all”
 DAN	6	23	r1eg			0	den	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
-DAN	6	23	qf7q	figs-activepassive		0	No harm was found on him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	23	qf7q	figs-activepassive		0	No harm was found on him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	24	qwh3			0	Before they reached the floor	Alternate translation: “Before they reached the floor of the lions’ den”
 DAN	6	24	r63c			0	broke all their bones to pieces	Alternate translation: “crushed their bones”
 DAN	6	25	ty2g	figs-metonymy		0	peoples, nations, and languages	Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ DAN	6	26	n6v5	figs-doublet		0	tremble and fear	These two words are similar and c
 DAN	6	26	s8va			0	the God of Daniel	Alternate translation: “the God that Daniel worships”
 DAN	6	26	ma86	figs-parallelism		0	he is the living God and lives forever	The two phrases “the living God” and “lives forever” express the same concept, that God lives forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	6	26	xw4k	figs-parallelism		0	his kingdom shall … his dominion shall	These two phrases are parallel, emphasizing how God’s kingdom will never end. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-DAN	6	26	s6yl	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom shall not be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will destroy his kingdom” or “his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	26	s6yl	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom shall not be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will destroy his kingdom” or “his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	26	fcy1			0	his dominion shall be to the end	Alternate translation: “he will rule forever”
 DAN	6	27	bld2			0	he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions	Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
 DAN	6	28	a5br			0	during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian	Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
@@ -457,22 +457,22 @@ DAN	7	1	xdv1	figs-doublet		0	a dream and visions	The words “dream” and “vi
 DAN	7	2	mjk7			0	the four winds of heaven	Alternate translation: “winds from everywhere” or “strong winds from all four directions”
 DAN	7	2	b48l			0	stirring up	Alternate translation: “whipped up” or “agitated” or “caused high waves in”
 DAN	7	4	z5hd	writing-symlanguage		0	The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings	This was a symbolic creature, and not an animal that exists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-DAN	7	4	a7n9	figs-activepassive		0	its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	4	y6v7	figs-metonymy		0	The mind of a man was given to it	Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	4	a7n9	figs-activepassive		0	its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	4	y6v7	figs-metonymy		0	The mind of a man was given to it	Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	5	eqm9	writing-symlanguage		0	a second animal, like a bear	This was not an actual bear, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a bear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	5	i32b			0	ribs	large curved bones of the chest that connect to the spine
-DAN	7	5	c38p	figs-activepassive		0	It was told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	5	c38p	figs-activepassive		0	It was told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	6	fl2z	writing-symlanguage		0	another animal, one that looked like a leopard	This was not an actual leopard, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a leopard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	6	h4ia	writing-symlanguage		0	four wings … four heads	The four wings and four heads are symbols, but their meaning is unclear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	6	y1jd			0	it had four heads	Alternate translation: “the animal had four heads”
-DAN	7	6	jpn1	figs-activepassive		0	It was given authority to rule	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	6	jpn1	figs-activepassive		0	It was given authority to rule	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	7	g1aj	writing-symlanguage		0	a fourth animal … it had ten horns	This is also not an actual animal. It is a symbolic creature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	7	w7ww			0	trampled underfoot	Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
 DAN	7	8	j87p	figs-metonymy		0	the horns	Translators may write a footnote like this: “Horns are a symbol of power and represent powerful leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	7	8	ga8d	figs-activepassive		0	Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	8	ga8d	figs-activepassive		0	Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	8	d113	figs-synecdoche		0	a mouth that was boasting about great things	Here the horn was boasting, using its mouth to do so. Alternate translation: “the horn had a mouth and boasted about doing great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	7	9	dge1	writing-symlanguage		0	General Information:	Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT and UST present them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-DAN	7	9	hw4v	figs-activepassive		0	thrones were set in place	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	9	hw4v	figs-activepassive		0	thrones were set in place	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	9	xvt9			0	the Ancient of Days	This is a title for God that means he is eternal. Alternate translation: “the One Who Has Lived Forever” or “the One Who Has Always Lived”
 DAN	7	9	rc8y			0	took his seat … His clothing … the hair of his head	This passage describes God as sitting down, with clothing and hair like a person. This does not mean that God really is like this, but it is how Daniel saw God in a vision.
 DAN	7	9	crh4	figs-idiom		0	took his seat	This is an idiom that means he sat down. Alternate translation: “sat down on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -487,22 +487,22 @@ DAN	7	10	gka4			0	millions	This probably refers to a large group rather than to
 DAN	7	10	f9kw			0	one hundred million	This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands times tens of thousands” or “uncountable numbers of people”
 DAN	7	10	h5d3			0	The court was in session	This means that God, the judge, was ready to investigate the evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “The judge was ready to judge” or “The judge was seated”
 DAN	7	10	pyd5			0	the books were opened	These are the books that contain the evidence to be used in court. Alternate translation: “the books of evidence were opened”
-DAN	7	11	g8ls	figs-activepassive		0	the animal was killed … to be burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	11	g8ls	figs-activepassive		0	the animal was killed … to be burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	11	tqd6	figs-explicit		0	the animal was killed	The animal was killed because the judge determined that it was guilty. Alternate translation: “they executed the animal” or “the judge commanded and they killed the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	7	11	pms3			0	the animal	This refers to the fourth animal that had the ten horns and the horn that spoke boastfully. Alternate translation: “the most frightening animal” or “the animal that had the boastful horn”
 DAN	7	12	ayx9			0	the rest of the four animals	It may be helpful to your readers to say, “the other three animals.”
-DAN	7	12	dj5p	figs-activepassive		0	their authority to rule was taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	12	ru76	figs-activepassive		0	their lives were prolonged for a period of time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	12	dj5p	figs-activepassive		0	their authority to rule was taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	12	ru76	figs-activepassive		0	their lives were prolonged for a period of time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	13	lvf2	writing-symlanguage		0	General Information:	Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	7	13	j5t6	figs-simile		0	I saw one coming … like a son of man	The person that Daniel saw was not a normal man, but had a human figure like a man. “I also saw that night someone coming who resembled a son of man, that is, he had a human figure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	7	13	n5qi			0	with the clouds of heaven	Alternate translation: “with the clouds of the sky”
 DAN	7	13	ln6w			0	the Ancient of Days	This refers to God who is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md)
-DAN	7	13	pjn2	figs-activepassive		0	was presented before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	14	ai49	figs-activepassive		0	Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	13	pjn2	figs-activepassive		0	was presented before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	14	ai49	figs-activepassive		0	Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	14	yv4q			0	royal power	This, here, refers to “authority.”
 DAN	7	14	hc6k	figs-metonymy		0	peoples, nations, and languages	Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	7	14	z6xf	figs-parallelism		0	will not pass away … will never be destroyed	These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-DAN	7	14	sl8k	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	14	sl8k	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	15	xt3d	figs-parallelism		0	my spirit was grieved inside of me … the visions I saw in my mind troubled me	These two phrases describe how Daniel was feeling. The second one gives more information about the first one, explaining about his grieved spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	7	15	g5s3	figs-synecdoche		0	my spirit was grieved inside of me	Here “my spirit” refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “I was very sad inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	7	16	z2w1			0	one of them standing there	This is one of the heavenly beings who were standing before God’s throne. This could mean: (1) these are angels, spirits who serve God (2) these are people who have died and are now in heaven.
@@ -521,9 +521,9 @@ DAN	7	20	vjs9	figs-euphemism		0	before which the three horns fell down	Here “f
 DAN	7	20	frj1			0	the mouth that boasted	Alternate translation: “its mouth that boasted” or “the mouth of the new horn, that boasted”
 DAN	7	20	f425			0	that seemed greater than its companions	the horn with the eyes and a mouth seemed to be greater than the other horns
 DAN	7	21	xcl9			0	this horn	“this fourth horn.” This refers to the horn that is described in [Daniel 7:20](../07/20.md).
-DAN	7	22	pxx4	figs-activepassive		0	until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	22	pxx4	figs-activepassive		0	until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	22	dui7			0	Ancient of Days	This is a title for God that emphasizes that he is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
-DAN	7	22	em4n	figs-activepassive		0	the holy people received the kingdom	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	22	em4n	figs-activepassive		0	the holy people received the kingdom	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	23	ec9x	writing-symlanguage		0	General Information:	Most of the text of verses 23-27 is symbolic language. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	23	mv4h			0	This is what that person said	This is the person that Daniel approached in [Daniel 7:16](../07/16.md).
 DAN	7	23	p7zf			0	that person said	Alternate translation: “that person answered”
@@ -538,13 +538,13 @@ DAN	7	25	xih7	figs-idiom		0	He will speak words against the Most High	This means
 DAN	7	25	ce61			0	He will try … into his hand	The words “He” and “his” refer to the newest king, not the Most High.
 DAN	7	25	nt2f			0	the holy people	Alternate translation: “God’s holy people”
 DAN	7	25	w16z			0	change the festivals and the law	Both terms refer to the law of Moses. The festivals were an important part of the religion of Israel in the Old Testament.
-DAN	7	25	hn8p	figs-metonymy		0	These things will be given into his hand	Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	25	hn8p	figs-metonymy		0	These things will be given into his hand	Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	25	dnu4			0	one year, two years, and half a year	This means “three and half years.” This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. Try to translate it in a way that preserves this way of counting. Alternate translation: “one year plus two years plus six months”
 DAN	7	26	is1x			0	the court will be in session	This means that the judge will be ready to investigate evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “the judge will judge” or “The judge will sit down”
 DAN	7	26	iln2			0	they will take his royal power away	Alternate translation: “the members of the court will take the royal power away from the newest king”
 DAN	7	26	j3ya			0	royal power	This, here, refers to “authority.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:14](../07/14.md).
-DAN	7	26	plf7	figs-activepassive		0	to be consumed and destroyed at the end	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	27	hh11	figs-activepassive		0	The kingdom and the dominion … will be given to the people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	26	plf7	figs-activepassive		0	to be consumed and destroyed at the end	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	27	hh11	figs-activepassive		0	The kingdom and the dominion … will be given to the people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	27	c6lf	figs-doublet		0	The kingdom and the dominion	These two terms mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this will concern all forms of official authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	7	27	p5c7	figs-abstractnouns		0	the greatness of the kingdoms	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **greatness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 DAN	7	27	ry7e	figs-idiom		0	of the kingdoms under the whole heaven	The idiom “under the whole heaven” refers to the kingdoms on earth. Alternate translation: “of all the kingdoms on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -570,23 +570,23 @@ DAN	8	6	ith5			0	in a powerful rage	Alternate translation: “and it was very an
 DAN	8	7	u36k			0	trampled	to crush something by stepping on it
 DAN	8	7	hh82			0	the ram from his power	Alternate translation: “the ram from the goat because of his power”
 DAN	8	8	kr6f			0	the goat became very large	Alternate translation: “the goat became very large and strong”
-DAN	8	8	pt9j	figs-activepassive		0	the large horn was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	8	pt9j	figs-activepassive		0	the large horn was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	8	z9lm	figs-idiom		0	toward the four winds of the heavens	Here “the four winds of heaven” is an idiom that refers to the four main directions (north, east, south, west) from which the winds blow. Alternate translation: “in four different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	8	9	ys25			0	but which became very large	Alternate translation: “but it became very large”
 DAN	8	9	i3jg			0	in the south, in the east, and in the land of beauty	This probably means it pointed in those directions. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “and pointed toward the south and then toward the east and then toward the beautiful land of Israel”
 DAN	8	9	umn2	figs-idiom		0	the land of beauty	This is a reference to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	8	10	pkh2	figs-personification		0	It became so large as to engage in war	Here the horn is given qualities of a person and is engaging in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-DAN	8	10	h6ex	figs-activepassive		0	Some of that army … thrown down to the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	10	h6ex	figs-activepassive		0	Some of that army … thrown down to the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	10	iq57	figs-personification		0	it trampled on them	Here the horn is given qualities of a person that tramples on the stars and on the army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	8	11	akq6	figs-personification		0	General Information:	The horn is given qualities of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	8	11	x2bs			0	Connecting Statement:	Daniel continues describing his vision of the horn ([Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md)).
 DAN	8	11	r2zz	figs-explicit		0	the commander of the army	This refers to God himself, who is the leader of the angel army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	8	11	i4px			0	It took away from him the regular burnt offering	Here “took away” means the horn stopped the offering. Here “him” refers to God, the commander of the army. Alternate translation: “It stopped the people from making their regular burnt offering to him”
-DAN	8	11	c2s4	figs-activepassive		0	the place of his sanctuary was polluted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	11	c2s4	figs-activepassive		0	the place of his sanctuary was polluted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	12	y31h	figs-metaphor		0	The horn will throw truth down to the ground	The horn ignoring truth and godliness is spoken of as if it will throw truth to the ground. Alternate translation: “The horn will reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	8	13	lj18			0	holy one	Alternate translation: “angel”
 DAN	8	13	b9yz			0	the handing over of the sanctuary	Alternate translation: “the surrender of the sanctuary”
-DAN	8	13	xj3i	figs-activepassive		0	heaven’s army being trampled on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	13	xj3i	figs-activepassive		0	heaven’s army being trampled on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	14	ed38	translate-numbers		0	2,300 evenings and mornings	“Two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings.” Here “evenings and mornings” is a merism that refers to everything in between, which means full days. Alternate translation: “2,300 sunsets and sunrises” or “2,300 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 DAN	8	14	j3q3			0	the sanctuary will be put right	Alternate translation: “the temple will be purified and set in order again”
 DAN	8	16	h4dz	figs-synecdoche		0	a man’s voice calling between the banks of the Ulai Canal	Here a man is being referred to by his voice. Alternate translation: “a man calling from the Ulai Canal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ DAN	8	27	v7gd			0	I was appalled by the vision	Alternate translation: “I was d
 DAN	9	intro	sz7n			0		# Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
 DAN	9	1	a2ic			0	General Information:	Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
 DAN	9	1	lvl3	writing-background		0	It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians	This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-DAN	9	1	y3g6	figs-activepassive		0	who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	1	y3g6	figs-activepassive		0	who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	1	m6bc			0	over the realm	Alternate translation: “over the country” or “over the kingdom”
 DAN	9	2	h1p2			0	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
 DAN	9	2	y2g1	translate-numbers		0	there would be seventy years until Jerusalem’s abandonment would end	“from the time Jerusalem was destroyed, it would remain in ruins for 70 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -646,12 +646,12 @@ DAN	9	7	u1gy			0	because of the great treachery that we committed against you	Al
 DAN	9	9	vqm3	figs-metaphor		0	To the Lord our God belong compassion and forgiveness	Having these traits is spoken of as if they belonged to the Lord. Alternate translation: “The Lord our God is compassionate and forgives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	9	10	kf4g	figs-metonymy		0	We have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh our God	Here “voice” refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed what Yahweh told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	9	11	b68w	figs-idiom		0	turned aside	The words “turned aside” mean that Israel stopped obeying God’s laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DAN	9	11	qk6k	figs-activepassive		0	that are written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	9	11	n3rz	figs-metaphor		0	have been poured out on us	The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	11	qk6k	figs-activepassive		0	that are written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	11	n3rz	figs-metaphor		0	have been poured out on us	The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	12	n2ng	figs-idiom		0	For under the whole of heaven	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “For in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DAN	9	12	l46l	figs-activepassive		0	there has not been done anything	“nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	9	12	vbx2	figs-activepassive		0	what has been done to Jerusalem	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	9	13	c1fb	figs-activepassive		0	As it is written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	12	l46l	figs-activepassive		0	there has not been done anything	“nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	12	vbx2	figs-activepassive		0	what has been done to Jerusalem	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	13	c1fb	figs-activepassive		0	As it is written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	13	sk3z	figs-idiom		0	turning away from our iniquities	Here stopping evil activity is spoken of as turning away from them. Alternate translation: “stopping our evil actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	9	14	dxb5			0	Yahweh has kept the disaster ready	Alternate translation: “Yahweh has prepared this disaster”
 DAN	9	14	up2a	figs-metonymy		0	we have not obeyed his voice	Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “we have not done what he told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ DAN	9	21	m9dw			0	in the vision at the first	This may refer to the first vision
 DAN	9	21	ud8s			0	flew down to me in rapid flight	Alternate translation: “flew down to me quickly”
 DAN	9	21	i2as			0	at the time of the evening sacrifice	The Jewish people sacrificed to God each evening just before the sun went down.
 DAN	9	22	i4uk	figs-doublet		0	insight and understanding	The words “insight” and “understanding” mean the same thing and emphasize that Gabriel will help Daniel to understand the message completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-DAN	9	23	bj8w	figs-activepassive		0	the order was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	23	bj8w	figs-activepassive		0	the order was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	23	ke8t			0	consider this word	Alternate translation: “think about this message”
 DAN	9	23	dn8d			0	the revelation	This refers back to the prophesy of Jeremiah in [Daniel 9:2](../09/02.md).
 DAN	9	24	tn7g			0	Seventy sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to	God decreed that he would do the things in this verse for the people and the holy city.
@@ -691,22 +691,22 @@ DAN	9	25	hg9s			0	and sixty-two sevens	This is not the normal way the Israelites
 DAN	9	25	z58t	figs-doublet		0	Know and understand	These words are used together to make the importance clear. Alternate translation: “You must clearly understand” or “You must know for sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	9	25	cc6s	translate-symaction		0	the anointed one	Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	9	25	mg6r			0	seven sevens … and sixty-two sevens	These added together are 69 of the 70 sevens spoken of in verse 24.
-DAN	9	25	tg7z	figs-activepassive		0	Jerusalem will be rebuilt	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	25	tg7z	figs-activepassive		0	Jerusalem will be rebuilt	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	25	gs6w			0	moat	a deep ditch around a city or building, usually with water in it
 DAN	9	25	q3nq			0	the times of distress	Alternate translation: “a time of great trouble”
 DAN	9	26	t9v5			0	sixty-two sevens	This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. See how you translated this number in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “sixty-two times seven”
-DAN	9	26	pru6	figs-activepassive		0	the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	26	pru6	figs-activepassive		0	the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	26	nzv4			0	the anointed one	Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses”
 DAN	9	26	bn3z			0	a coming ruler	This is a foreign ruler, not “the anointed one.” Alternate translation: “a foreign ruler who will come” or “a powerful ruler who will come”
 DAN	9	26	hpa8	figs-metaphor		0	Its end will come with a flood	The army will destroy the city and the holy place just as a flood destroys things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DAN	9	26	ite5	figs-activepassive		0	Desolations have been decreed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	26	ite5	figs-activepassive		0	Desolations have been decreed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	27	a45k			0	He will … he will	This refers to the coming ruler who will destroy the anointed one.
 DAN	9	27	zqk4			0	one seven … In the middle of the seven	Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years … Halfway through the seven years”
 DAN	9	27	rr1b			0	put an end to	Alternate translation: “stop” or “halt”
 DAN	9	27	jsh2	figs-doublet		0	the sacrifice and the offering	These words basically mean the same thing. The repetition is to show that the ruler will prevent all types of sacrifices. Alternate translation: “all forms of sacrificing” or “every type of offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	9	27	e962	figs-metonymy		0	the wing of abominations	This may refer to the defensive structures on top of the walls of the temple, which are called “abominations” because they are full of idols. Alternate translation: “the walls of the temple that are full of abominations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	9	27	l267			0	someone who makes desolate	Alternate translation: “a person who completely destroys”
-DAN	9	27	i8lk	figs-activepassive		0	A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+DAN	9	27	i8lk	figs-activepassive		0	A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	9	27	x6c9	figs-doublet		0	A full end and destruction	These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	9	27	t53m			0	the one who has made the desolation	Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
 DAN	10	intro	rcw2			0		# Daniel 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ DAN	10	6	e9xc	figs-simile		0	his face was like lightning	His face shone brightly
 DAN	10	6	v1ew	figs-simile		0	His eyes were like flaming torches	His eyes were bright with light as if they were flaming torches. Alternate translation: “his eyes were so bright that it seemed they had torches burning inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	10	6	ugr5	figs-simile		0	his arms and his feet were like polished bronze	His arms and feet were as shiny as if they were made of polished bronze. Alternate translation: “his arms and feet shone like polished bronze that reflects the light around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	10	6	vkv7	figs-simile		0	The sound of his words was like the sound of a great crowd	His voice was so loud that it was as if a crowd of people were all talking loudly. Alternate translation: “his voice was as loud as a huge crowd all calling out together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-DAN	10	8	gpj1	figs-activepassive		0	So I was left alone and saw	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	10	8	tiw7	figs-activepassive		0	my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	10	8	gpj1	figs-activepassive		0	So I was left alone and saw	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	10	8	tiw7	figs-activepassive		0	my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	10	8	pp1z	figs-idiom		0	my bright appearance	This describes the face of someone who is healthy. Alternate translation: “my healthy-looking face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	10	8	fy67	figs-metaphor		0	a ruined look	Someone’s unhealthy, pale face is spoken of as if it were a ruined building. Alternate translation: “pale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	10	9	kc4l	figs-idiom		0	I fell on my face in deep sleep	Possible meanings are: (1) Daniel was so scared by what he saw that he deliberately laid on the ground, where he then fainted or (2) Daniel fainted and then fell forward onto the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ DAN	10	19	w36n	figs-activepassive		0	man greatly treasured	This can also be stat
 DAN	10	19	u5hy	figs-activepassive		0	I was strengthened	This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	10	20	tku1			0	the prince of Persia	Here “prince” refers to a spirit who rules and guards a human nation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “the spirit prince of Persia”
 DAN	10	21	k4rh	figs-explicit		0	But I will tell you	This implies that the angel will tell Daniel about this immediately, before he goes away. Alternate translation: “But first I will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	10	21	gx6a	figs-activepassive		0	what is written in the Book of Truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	10	21	gx6a	figs-activepassive		0	what is written in the Book of Truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	10	21	f6mz			0	who shows himself to be strong	Alternate translation: “who proves himself to be strong”
 DAN	10	21	x9us			0	There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince	Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
 DAN	10	21	t5rl	figs-you		0	Michael your prince	The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ DAN	11	2	dk4x			0	power	This could mean: (1) authority or (2) military power.
 DAN	11	2	e62r			0	he will stir up everyone	Alternate translation: “he will cause everyone to want to fight”
 DAN	11	3	l9xy	figs-metaphor		0	A mighty king will rise up	The idea of rising up or standing is often used for someone who becomes powerful. Alternate translation: “A mighty king will begin to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	11	3	xg79			0	who will rule a very great kingdom	This could mean: (1) that the size of this kingdom would be very great, or (2) that the king would rule his kingdom with very great power.
-DAN	11	4	ti9p	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom will be broken and divided	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	11	4	ti9p	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom will be broken and divided	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	11	4	ewb2			0	the four winds of heaven	See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:2](../07/02.md).
 DAN	11	4	v3mc	figs-ellipsis		0	but not to his own descendants	The idea of not being divided and shared out is implied here. Alternate translation: “but it will not be divided for his own descendants” or “but it will not be shared by his own descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 DAN	11	4	a3z5	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom will be uprooted for others besides his descendants	The kingdom is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone destroyed by uprooting it. This idea can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “another power will uproot and destroy his kingdom and others who are not his descendants will rule over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -810,8 +810,8 @@ DAN	11	20	j9ng	figs-explicit		0	will make a tax collector pass through	The tax c
 DAN	11	20	c17c	figs-metaphor		0	he will be broken	Here “he” refers to the new king. Being broken represents dying. Alternate translation: “the new king will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	11	20	j9t5	figs-metaphor		0	but not in anger	This could mean: (1) no one was angry at the king, or (2) that the occasion and cause of the king’s death were kept secret. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	11	21	jzb9	figs-activepassive		0	a despised person to whom the people will not have given the honor of royal power	The people will refuse to acknowledge him as king because he is not a descendant of kings. Alternate translation: “a person whom the people will despise and will not honor as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	11	22	h918	figs-activepassive		0	An army will be swept away like a flood from before him	Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-DAN	11	22	pp6n	figs-activepassive		0	Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	11	22	h918	figs-activepassive		0	An army will be swept away like a flood from before him	Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+DAN	11	22	pp6n	figs-activepassive		0	Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	11	22	kdw5			0	the leader of the covenant	“the leader of the priests.” This phrase refers to the person who filled the most important religious position that God required in his covenant, that of the high priest.
 DAN	11	23	ws3q	figs-activepassive		0	From the time an alliance is made with him	This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When other rulers make a peace treaty with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	11	24	ml78			0	will spread among his followers	Alternate translation: “will distribute to his followers”
@@ -895,8 +895,8 @@ DAN	11	45	k8sp	figs-metonymy		0	the mountain of the beauty of holiness	This refe
 DAN	12	intro	l8k2			0		# Daniel 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
 DAN	12	1	c4hl			0	Michael, the great prince	Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
 DAN	12	1	svv2	figs-idiom		0	Michael … will rise up	Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DAN	12	1	c1ic	figs-activepassive		0	your people will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	12	1	n3vd	figs-activepassive		0	whose name is found written in the book	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DAN	12	1	c1ic	figs-activepassive		0	your people will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DAN	12	1	n3vd	figs-activepassive		0	whose name is found written in the book	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	12	2	e327	figs-euphemism		0	those who sleep in the dust of the earth will rise up	The phrase “sleep in the dust of the earth” is another way of referring to those who have died. Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to come back to life. Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	12	3	yt7b	figs-simile		0	Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the sky above	This refers to God’s people who will share their wisdom with those around them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	12	3	g6t2	figs-metaphor		0	those who turn many to righteousness	This refers to those who help others understand that they are separated from God, as if they were changing the direction in which they were going. Alternate translation: “those who teach others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -906,15 +906,15 @@ DAN	12	4	mb3v			0	time of the end	“the final days” or “the end of the worl
 DAN	12	4	krj6	figs-explicit		0	Many will run here and there, and knowledge will increase	This seems to happen before “the time of the end” during which time the book is sealed. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Before that happens, many people will travel here and there, learning more and more about many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	12	5	q8a8			0	General Information:	Daniel goes on to tell what he saw next in this vision that began in [Daniel 10:1](../10/01.md).
 DAN	12	5	mxu1			0	there were two others standing	Alternate translation: “there were two other angels standing”
-DAN	12	6	d2x2	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	12	6	d2x2	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	12	6	cw1u			0	upstream along the river	This could mean: (1) the angel clothed in linen was above the river or (2) the angel was further upstream along the river.
 DAN	12	6	x2yz			0	How long will it be to the end of these amazing events?	“How long will these amazing events last?” This refers to the time from the beginning to the end of the events.
 DAN	12	6	g6y7			0	these amazing events	At the time when the angel spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
-DAN	12	7	z28b	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	12	7	z28b	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	12	7	s5j3			0	the one who lives forever	Alternate translation: “God, who lives forever”
 DAN	12	7	i56r			0	it would be for a time, times, and half a time	It is best to leave it ambiguous as to when this begins. If you must choose a starting point, the three and a half years probably start with the events of [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md).
 DAN	12	7	rue1			0	a time, times, and half a time	“three and a half years.” These “times” are generally understood to refer to years. One and two and a half equal three and a half.
-DAN	12	7	fme6	figs-activepassive		0	all these things will be completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	12	7	fme6	figs-activepassive		0	all these things will be completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	12	7	ir93			0	all these things	At the time when the man clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
 DAN	12	8	as7u			0	My master	Daniel refers to the angel clothed in linen as “My master” to show respect to the angel.
 DAN	12	8	cd6n			0	of all these things	At the time when the angel clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
diff --git a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
index f21ec92b51..564a53b23a 100644
--- a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@ HOS	1	8	r52q	translate-names		0	Lo-Ruhamah	This name means “no mercy.” The t
 HOS	1	9	a6mv	translate-names		0	Lo-Ammi	This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 HOS	1	10	q3ve			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	1	10	mc4b	figs-simile		0	like the sand of the seashore	This emphasizes the great number of Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HOS	1	10	tps4	figs-activepassive		0	which cannot be measured or counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which no one can measure or count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HOS	1	10	u2at	figs-activepassive		0	It will be that where it was said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where God said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	10	tps4	figs-activepassive		0	which cannot be measured or counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which no one can measure or count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	10	u2at	figs-activepassive		0	It will be that where it was said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where God said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	1	10	zlv3			0	where it was said to them	This expression probably refers to Jezreel, the city where crimes had been committed by kings of Israel, and which was a symbol of God’s punishment of them.
-HOS	1	10	lb2w	figs-activepassive		0	it will be said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will say to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HOS	1	11	vlg4	figs-activepassive		0	will be gathered together	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	10	lb2w	figs-activepassive		0	it will be said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will say to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	11	vlg4	figs-activepassive		0	will be gathered together	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	1	11	t1bm			0	go up from the land	This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
 HOS	1	11	b5bz	figs-explicit		0	the day of Jezreel	This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	2	intro	h75z			0		# Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
 HOS	2	1	qq88			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	1	if49	figs-exclamations		0	My people!	This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-HOS	2	1	z5an	figs-activepassive		0	You have been shown compassion	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	2	1	z5an	figs-activepassive		0	You have been shown compassion	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	2	1	e5gw			0	compassion	Alternate translation: “kindness” or “mercy”
 HOS	2	2	d1d5			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	2	t1g6			0	lawsuit	This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ HOS	2	6	n4ve	figs-metaphor		0	Therefore I will build up a hedge to block her way
 HOS	2	7	pk67	figs-metaphor		0	Then she will say, “I will return to my first husband, for it was better for me then than it is now.”	Israel will return to Yahweh not because of their love for him, but because they are disappointed by their worship of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	2	8	i559			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	9	v55u	figs-metonymy		0	I will take back my wool and flax that were used to cover her nakedness	This probably means that Israel’s harvests and flocks will fail. Yahweh will remove his blessings from Israel, and the people will be left alone and in danger of attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HOS	2	9	rl9d	figs-activepassive		0	were used to cover her nakedness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people used to clothe themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	2	9	rl9d	figs-activepassive		0	were used to cover her nakedness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people used to clothe themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	2	10	fpp3			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	10	jfc9	figs-metaphor		0	Then I will strip her naked in the sight of her lovers	This means God will humiliate the people of Israel in front of the other nations nearby. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	2	10	j4bh	figs-metonymy		0	no one will rescue her out of my hand	No one will try to help Israel. Here “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ HOS	4	2	a1s6	figs-metaphor		0	The people have broken all bounds	Here “bounds
 HOS	4	2	i3nt	figs-abstractnouns		0	bloodshed comes after bloodshed	Here “bloodshed” stands for “murder” which often involves making the victim bleed. Alternate translation: “you commit one murder after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	4	3	y9lx			0	So the land is drying up	This expression refers to drought, when no rain falls for a long time.
 HOS	4	3	mp1u			0	wasting away	becoming weak and dying because of sickness or lack of food
-HOS	4	3	m1s9	figs-activepassive		0	are being taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	4	3	m1s9	figs-activepassive		0	are being taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	4	4	xl63			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking about Israel.
 HOS	4	4	gz4e			0	lawsuit	a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law
 HOS	4	4	t69t			0	do not let anyone accuse anyone else	No one should accuse another person of anything because everyone is guilty of something.
 HOS	4	5	j4la	figs-metaphor		0	You priests will stumble	Here “stumble” means to disobey God or even to stop trusting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	4	5	a2zy	figs-metaphor		0	I will destroy your mother	Here “mother” refers to the nation of Israel. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	4	6	qhc8			0	General Information:	In 4:6, Yahweh is talking to the priests about the people of Israel. But in 4:7, he is talking about the priests, not to them. It is possible for the translator to follow the example of the UST, which portrays Yahweh as talking to the priests also in 4:7.
-HOS	4	6	pq57	figs-activepassive		0	My people are being destroyed because of the lack of knowledge	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My people are perishing because you, the priests, have not properly taught them about me so that they will obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	4	6	pq57	figs-activepassive		0	My people are being destroyed because of the lack of knowledge	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My people are perishing because you, the priests, have not properly taught them about me so that they will obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	4	6	j1k4	figs-explicit		0	knowledge	Here “knowledge” refers to the knowledge of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	4	7	g6wy	figs-metonymy		0	They exchanged their honor for shame	This could mean: (1) “honor” is a metonym that represents Yahweh, and “shame” is a metonym that represents idols. Alternate translation: “They have stopped worshiping me, their honorable God, and now worship shameful idols” or (2) some Bible versions translate this as “I will exchange their honor for shame.” This means Yahweh will take away the things which the priests honor and cause the priests to be ashamed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	4	8	ajz2	figs-explicit		0	They feed on the sin of my people	When people sinned, they would offer sacrifices so God would forgive them. The priests were allowed to eat these sacrifices. The priests eating these sacrifices for sin is spoken of as if they would actually feed on the people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ HOS	5	9	n3pe			0	Among the tribes of Israel I have declared what is certain to h
 HOS	5	10	x6j7			0	General Information:	Yahweh is talking about Judah and Israel.
 HOS	5	10	jdz8	figs-simile		0	The leaders of Judah are like those who move a boundary stone	To “move a boundary stone” refers to moving the landmark that marked the border of some property, which was a crime under Israelite law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	5	10	wbd7	figs-metaphor		0	I will pour my wrath on them like water	Yahweh’s wrath against Judah will be like a large stream of water that destroys them. In the scriptures, emotions and moral qualities are often spoken of as if they were liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS	5	11	x64t	figs-parallelism		0	Ephraim is crushed; he is crushed in judgment	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This statement is made twice for emphasis. Here “Ephraim” refers to the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people of Israel severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	5	11	x64t	figs-parallelism		0	Ephraim is crushed; he is crushed in judgment	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This statement is made twice for emphasis. Here “Ephraim” refers to the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people of Israel severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	5	11	f3tb	figs-metaphor		0	walked after idols	Here “walked” represents the idea of worshiping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	5	11	ww39			0	idols	The Hebrew word translated here as “idols” is uncertain in its meaning, and is translated by modern versions in many different ways.
 HOS	5	12	jy1j			0	General Information:	Yahweh is talking about Judah and Israel.
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ HOS	6	9	drp6			0	the priests band together to commit murder on the way to Sheche
 HOS	6	10	k436			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	6	10	tac2	figs-metonymy		0	Ephraim’s prostitution	Here “prostitution” refers to Ephraim’s worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	6	10	f2vh			0	Israel has become unclean	Israel has become unacceptable to God because of her actions.
-HOS	6	11	c9zv	figs-activepassive		0	For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	6	11	c9zv	figs-activepassive		0	For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	6	11	nid7	figs-metaphor		0	harvest	Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	6	11	hag4			0	fortunes	prosperity and security
 HOS	7	intro	yc44			0		# Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ HOS	7	2	t9av	figs-metaphor		0	their deeds surround them	The people’s evil deed
 HOS	7	2	h9mh	figs-synecdoche		0	they are before my face	Here God is represented by his “face” which emphasizes his presence and awareness. Alternate translation: “and I see it all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 HOS	7	3	aq6w			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking. The Hebrew text is not clear in various places. However, many people interpret it as describing the royal officials as being unfaithful to God, and also as planning to assassinate the king, and then carrying out their plans. This seems to have happened more than once. These crimes are mentioned as illustrations of the wickedness into which the nation has sunk.
 HOS	7	4	ccn2	figs-metaphor		0	They are all adulterers	The people committed spiritual adultery by worshiping idols and being unfaithful to Yahweh. They were probably also being unfaithful to their husbands or wives by sleeping with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS	7	4	q95b	figs-simile		0	like an oven heated by the baker	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This means the people had strong desires to do evil. Alternate translation: “like an oven which the baker heats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	7	4	q95b	figs-simile		0	like an oven heated by the baker	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This means the people had strong desires to do evil. Alternate translation: “like an oven which the baker heats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	7	4	pvh6			0	kneading of the dough	This is a part of the process of making bread.
 HOS	7	5	h9ht			0	On the day of our king	This is perhaps a festival held by the king.
 HOS	7	5	zte7	figs-idiom		0	He reached out with his hand	This probably means to unite or join with someone. It may mean that the king joins with his officials to mock things or people that should not be mocked, even God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ HOS	7	7	b2nn	figs-simile		0	They all are as hot as an oven	This compares their a
 HOS	7	7	z8ny	figs-metaphor		0	they devour those who rule over them	This seems to mean that the court officials kill their kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	7	8	a6qy			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	7	8	lqx6			0	Ephraim mixes himself among the peoples	This is probably a reference to the efforts made by the northern kingdom’s kings to ally themselves with other nations for protection against attack.
-HOS	7	8	q1ji	figs-synecdoche		0	Ephraim is a flat cake that has not been turned over	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. The nation is weak, as flat bread that has not been doubled over in the oven by the baker for more strength. Alternate translation: “The people of Ephraim are like a cake that no one has turned over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	7	8	q1ji	figs-synecdoche		0	Ephraim is a flat cake that has not been turned over	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. The nation is weak, as flat bread that has not been doubled over in the oven by the baker for more strength. Alternate translation: “The people of Ephraim are like a cake that no one has turned over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	7	9	qt4k	figs-metonymy		0	Gray hairs are sprinkled on him	Here “gray hairs” represent old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	7	9	qta1	figs-metaphor		0	but he does not know it	However, this “old age” is clearly a way of saying that the northern kingdom is getting weaker and weaker, because the nation does not know it is “old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	7	10	i323			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ HOS	8	1	rq62	figs-metaphor		0	An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh	The ea
 HOS	8	1	tc1q	figs-metaphor		0	broken my covenant	Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	8	2	hq2r			0	know you	Alternate translation: “are faithful to you”
 HOS	8	4	hqd2			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
-HOS	8	4	h5ag	figs-activepassive		0	but it was only so they might be cut off	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the result will be that I will destroy the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	8	4	h5ag	figs-activepassive		0	but it was only so they might be cut off	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the result will be that I will destroy the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	8	5	p53a	figs-123person		0	Your calf has been rejected	This could mean: (1) this is the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has rejected your calf” or (2) Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “I myself have rejected your calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 HOS	8	5	xu7a	figs-metonymy		0	Your calf	The people worshiped an idol that looked like a calf, so Yahweh is speaking of their worship as if it were the calf itself. Alternate translation: “Because you worship your calf idol, your worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	8	5	k9n8	figs-metaphor		0	My anger is burning against these people	Anger is often spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “I am very angry with these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ HOS	8	7	hpc6	figs-metaphor		0	For the people sow the wind and reap the whirlwind
 HOS	8	7	ehs7	figs-idiom		0	The standing grain has no heads	Here “head” refers to the part of the plant where the grain is. A stalk with no head has nothing to give to the farmer. In the same way, Israel’s actions will result in nothing good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 HOS	8	7	m4n5	figs-metaphor		0	If it does come to maturity, foreigners will devour it	If any of Israel’s actions do happen to result in something good, Israel’s enemies will come and take it from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	8	8	vk5d			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
-HOS	8	8	qfd6	figs-metaphor		0	Israel is swallowed up	“swallowed” means to be defeated and taken into exile. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemies of Israel have taken the Israelites away to other lands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	8	8	qfd6	figs-metaphor		0	Israel is swallowed up	“swallowed” means to be defeated and taken into exile. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemies of Israel have taken the Israelites away to other lands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	8	9	byr1	figs-simile		0	like a wild donkey all alone	People often think of donkeys as being stubborn. This means the people of Israel refused to listen to Yahweh but instead went to the people of Assyria for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	8	9	s8b5	figs-metaphor		0	Ephraim has hired lovers for herself	Ephraim’s alliances with other nations are spoken of as if they had paid them to become prostitutes for Ephraim. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel have tried to pay other nations to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	8	10	inw9			0	because of the oppression of the king of princes	That is, because the Assyrian king, also called “the Great King,” will make the people suffer.
@@ -333,12 +333,12 @@ HOS	10	4	qxu4	figs-metaphor		0	So justice springs up like poisonous weeds in the
 HOS	10	4	pk52	figs-simile		0	like poisonous weeds in the furrows of a field	Their lies and injustice spread throughout their nation and harm everyone like poisonous plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	10	5	yyw7			0	General Information:	Hosea is speaking about Israel.
 HOS	10	5	ete5	translate-names		0	Beth Aven	This was a city on the border between the northern kingdom of Israel and the tribe of Benjamin in the southern kingdom. See how you translated this in [Hosea 4:15](../04/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-HOS	10	6	w5gu	figs-activepassive		0	They will be carried to Assyria	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will carry them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HOS	10	6	lfq9	figs-doublet		0	Ephraim will be disgraced, and Israel will be ashamed of its idol	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel will be very ashamed because they had worshiped idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	6	w5gu	figs-activepassive		0	They will be carried to Assyria	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will carry them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	6	lfq9	figs-doublet		0	Ephraim will be disgraced, and Israel will be ashamed of its idol	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel will be very ashamed because they had worshiped idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	10	6	uvj4			0	its idol	Many versions interpret the Hebrew word in this passage as “advice,” “plans,” or “intentions.”
-HOS	10	7	a35s	figs-activepassive		0	Samaria’s king will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy the king of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	7	a35s	figs-activepassive		0	Samaria’s king will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy the king of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	10	7	ci5d	figs-simile		0	like a chip of wood on the surface of the water	This means the king of Samaria will be as helpless as a small piece of wood that waves of the water toss back and forth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HOS	10	8	jvt8	figs-activepassive		0	The high places of wickedness will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy Israel’s high places, where the people acted very wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	8	jvt8	figs-activepassive		0	The high places of wickedness will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy Israel’s high places, where the people acted very wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	10	8	u7pp	figs-apostrophe		0	The people will say to the mountains, “Cover us!” and to the hills, “Fall on us!”	People do not normally speak to things that cannot think or hear them. Translators may choose to have a different format for this passage if their languages do not allow such speech. Alternate translation: “The people will say, ‘We wish the mountains would cover us!’ and ‘We wish the hills would fall on us!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 HOS	10	9	qgp5			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	10	9	v7l6			0	days of Gibeah	This is probably a reference to the shocking actions of the tribe of Benjamin recounted in Judges 19-21. See how you translated this in [Hosea 9:9](../09/09.md).
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ HOS	11	intro	b7ac			0		# Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
 HOS	11	1	h8vd			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
 HOS	11	1	w4nm	figs-metaphor		0	When Israel was a young man	Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	11	1	y9f3	figs-metaphor		0	I called my son out of Egypt	“son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS	11	2	imw3	figs-activepassive		0	The more they were called, the more they went away from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The more I called them to be my people, the more they refused me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	11	2	imw3	figs-activepassive		0	The more they were called, the more they went away from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The more I called them to be my people, the more they refused me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	11	3	w384			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking about how he cared for Israel.
 HOS	11	3	mgr5	figs-metaphor		0	it was I who taught Ephraim to walk	Yahweh refers to Israel as a small child whom he taught to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	11	3	b3fi			0	lifted them up by their arms	This expression continues the metaphor. Alternate translation: “took care of them”
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ HOS	12	3	dr1v			0	General Information:	Hosea the prophet is speaking about Jacob
 HOS	12	3	v8bh	figs-explicit		0	In the womb Jacob grasped his brother by the heel	Jacob wanted to take his brother’s place as the firstborn, so he tried to keep his brother from being born first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	12	4	s9n9	figs-explicit		0	He struggled with the angel and won	Jacob fought with an angel so that the angel would bless him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	12	5	j2gg			0	General Information:	Hosea the prophet is speaking.
-HOS	12	5	cy44	figs-activepassive		0	is his name to be called on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “name” represents the entire character of God. Alternate translation: “is his name to which we pray” or “is his name by which we worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+HOS	12	5	cy44	figs-activepassive		0	is his name to be called on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “name” represents the entire character of God. Alternate translation: “is his name to which we pray” or “is his name by which we worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	12	6	guk8			0	Keep covenantal faithfulness and justice	This refers to obeying God’s law and doing what is right.
 HOS	12	7	h5jj			0	General Information:	Hosea the prophet is speaking about Israel.
 HOS	12	7	n12e			0	false scales	The merchants use scales that do not accurately measure the weight of the money or products they are buying or selling.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ HOS	13	1	nqg7	figs-metaphor		0	but he became guilty because of Baal worship, and
 HOS	13	2	rtl5			0	Now they sin more and more	Here “they” refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the entire nation of Israel, who followed Ephraim’s example.
 HOS	13	2	q78p	figs-explicit		0	These men who sacrifice kiss calves	Part of idol worship was kissing idol figures that were images of calves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	13	3	jbj2	figs-simile		0	So they will be like the morning clouds … like the dew … like the chaff … like smoke out of a chimney	These expressions state that Israel is temporary and will soon disappear if they continue to worship idols instead of following Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HOS	13	3	l2kj	figs-activepassive		0	that is driven by the wind away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the wind blows away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	13	3	l2kj	figs-activepassive		0	that is driven by the wind away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the wind blows away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	13	4	k7l1			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking of his people as if they had been a flock of sheep that he found wandering in the wilderness. He says that he claimed them there for his own.
 HOS	13	5	gbf1			0	I knew you in the wilderness	Yahweh claimed the Hebrew people as his own special people, and he took care of them there.
 HOS	13	6	nkz8			0	When you had pasture, then you became full	The image of sheep is continued with this expression.
diff --git a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
index fecf88c93b..0ba602733d 100644
--- a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ JOL	3	19	la92		מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠שְׁמָמָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔
 JOL	3	19	au36		וֶ⁠אֱד֕וֹם לְ⁠מִדְבַּ֥ר שְׁמָמָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	Edom will become an abandoned wilderness	Alternate translation: “Everyone will leave Edom and it will look like no people have ever lived there”
 JOL	3	19	c2r8		מֵֽ⁠חֲמַס֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	because of the violence done to the people of Judah	Alternate translation: “because of the violent things Egypt and Edom did to the people of Judah”
 JOL	3	19	t6ay	figs-metonymy	אֲשֶׁר־שָׁפְכ֥וּ דָם־נָקִ֖יא בְּ⁠אַרְצָֽ⁠ם	1	because they shed innocent blood in their land	The word “they” refers to “Edom” and “Egypt” and is a metonym for the people of Egypt and Edom. The words “innocent blood” are a metonym for innocent people whom they have killed. Alternate translation: “because the people of Egypt and the people of Edom killed innocent people in the land of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOL	3	20	gi4z	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם תֵּשֵׁ֑ב	1	Judah will be inhabited forever	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will live in Judah forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JOL	3	20	f72t	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם לְ⁠ד֥וֹר וָ⁠דֽוֹר	1	Jerusalem will be inhabited from generation to generation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “generation after generation, people will live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JOL	3	20	gi4z	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם תֵּשֵׁ֑ב	1	Judah will be inhabited forever	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will live in Judah forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JOL	3	20	f72t	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם לְ⁠ד֥וֹר וָ⁠דֽוֹר	1	Jerusalem will be inhabited from generation to generation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “generation after generation, people will live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOL	3	21	dj9s	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נִקֵּ֖יתִי דָּמָ֣⁠ם לֹֽא־נִקֵּ֑יתִי	1	I will avenge their blood that I have not yet avenged	Blood is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “I will punish the enemies who killed the people of Israel and still have not been punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
index c9c57d462f..7ef21643c1 100644
--- a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 AMO	front	intro	ih42			0		# Introduction to Amos<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>    * The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>    * The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>    * The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
 AMO	1	intro	v72p			0		# Amos 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 AMO	1	1	zsg5	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-AMO	1	1	e8f1	figs-activepassive		0	These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	1	1	e8f1	figs-activepassive		0	These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	1	1	qz81			0	These are the things	Alternate translation: “This is the message”
 AMO	1	1	a358	translate-names		0	in Tekoa	“Tekoa” is the name of a town or village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-AMO	1	1	t6dv	figs-activepassive		0	He received these things	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave him these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	1	1	t6dv	figs-activepassive		0	He received these things	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave him these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	1	1	ffc4	figs-idiom		0	in the days of Uzziah king of Judah, and also in the days of Jeroboam son of Joash king of Israel	The words “in the days of” is an idiom and refers to the time when each king reigned. Alternate translation: “when Uzziah was king of Judah, and also when Jeroboam son of Joash was king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 AMO	1	1	vmr4	figs-explicit		0	two years before the earthquake	The assumed knowledge is that the original hearers would be aware of when a large earthquake had affected the area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	1	2	x1sx	figs-parallelism		0	Yahweh will roar from Zion; he will raise his voice from Jerusalem	These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that Yahweh shouts loudly as he prepares to judge the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ AMO	2	7	fx7m	figs-nominaladj		0	the poor	This refers to poor people in general.
 AMO	2	7	q5bc	figs-idiom		0	they push the oppressed away	This idiom means they refused to listen when the oppressed people said they were being treated unfairly (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 AMO	2	7	lck3	figs-nominaladj		0	the oppressed	This refers to oppressed people in general. Alternate translation: “oppressed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 AMO	2	7	jl29	figs-euphemism		0	go in to the same girl	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “hav sexual relations with the same girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-AMO	2	8	r53c	figs-activepassive		0	those who were fined	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who they made to pay a penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	2	8	r53c	figs-activepassive		0	those who were fined	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who they made to pay a penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	2	9	m3ct			0	General Information:	The words “them” and “you” in these verses both refer to the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	9	b98b			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	9	f6cf	figs-hyperbole		0	whose height was like the height of cedars; he was strong as the oaks	This is an exaggeration. It describes how tall and strong the Amorite people were and compares them to the tallest and strongest trees in that region. Alternate translation: “who were tall and strong like great trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ AMO	2	9	b3lg	figs-idiom		0	Yet I destroyed his fruit above and his roots below	H
 AMO	2	11	xf7b			0	General Information:	The words “your” and “you” in these verses refer to the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	11	d8dg			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	11	yd3w			0	raised up	Alternate translation: “appointed”
-AMO	2	11	hfp4	figs-activepassive		0	Is it not so, people of Israel?	Yahweh asks this question to emphasize what he has said. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel certainly know that what I have said is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	2	11	hfp4	figs-activepassive		0	Is it not so, people of Israel?	Yahweh asks this question to emphasize what he has said. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel certainly know that what I have said is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	2	11	ar32	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	2	13	gch1			0	General Information:	The word “you” in these verses refers to the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	13	kk7s			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ AMO	3	13	u9dn	figs-metonymy		0	the house of Jacob	The word “house” is a meto
 AMO	3	13	tw5j	figs-123person		0	this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated the similar phrase “this is Yahweh’s declaration” in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	3	14	agr5			0	in the day that I punish the sins of Israel	Alternate translation: “when I punish the sins of Israel”
 AMO	3	14	z44y	figs-metonymy		0	I will also punish the altars of Bethel	People sinned against God by worshiping false gods at their altars. Here “punish the altars” represents punishing the people by destroying their altars. Alternate translation: “I will also destroy the altars at Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-AMO	3	14	cy5d	figs-activepassive		0	The horns of the altar will be cut off and fall to the ground	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will cut off the horns of the altars, and the horns will fall to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	3	14	cy5d	figs-activepassive		0	The horns of the altar will be cut off and fall to the ground	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will cut off the horns of the altars, and the horns will fall to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	3	14	gi8t			0	horns of the altar	People worshiped false gods at their altars. At the top corners of the altars there were pieces of metal shaped like bull horns. These horns were a symbol of the strength of their gods.
 AMO	3	15	r11p	figs-genericnoun		0	the winter house with the summer house	Some of the wealthy people had two houses: one that they lived in during the winter and one that they lived in during the summer. This refers to any winter and summer houses. Alternate translation: “the houses they live in during the winter and the houses they live in during the summer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 AMO	3	15	w3z9	figs-personification		0	The houses of ivory will perish	God speaks of the houses being destroyed as if they were alive and would die. Alternate translation: “The houses of ivory will be destroyed” or “The houses of ivory will collapse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ AMO	4	2	d7kr	figs-metaphor		0	the days will come on you when they will take you
 AMO	4	2	xgg4	figs-parallelism		0	they will take you away with hooks, the last of you with fishhooks	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the enemy will capture the people like people catch fish. Alternate translation: “they will capture you as people capture animals, and they take you away” or “they will defeat you and cruelly force you to go away with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	4	3	knp3			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues to speak to the people of Israel.
 AMO	4	3	yu6h			0	breaks in the city wall	places where the enemy had broken down the city wall to enter
-AMO	4	3	zrg7	figs-activepassive		0	you will be thrown out toward Harmon	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will throw you out toward Harmon” or “your enemies will force you to leave the city and go toward Harmon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	4	3	zrg7	figs-activepassive		0	you will be thrown out toward Harmon	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will throw you out toward Harmon” or “your enemies will force you to leave the city and go toward Harmon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	4	3	zu7p	translate-names		0	Harmon	This is either the name of a place that we do not know, or it refers to Mount Hermon. Some modern versions interpret it in that way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 AMO	4	3	th6y	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated these words in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	4	4	l9eu			0	General Information:	God gives several commands in verse 4, but he does so to show that he is angry
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ AMO	4	6	j831	figs-metaphor		0	you have not returned to me	Returning to God repre
 AMO	4	6	vsj8	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated these words in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	4	7	emt8			0	I also withheld rain from you	Alternate translation: “I prevented the rain from falling on your crops”
 AMO	4	7	zv4m	figs-explicit		0	when there were still three months to the harvest	It can be stated clearly that the people needed the rain. Alternate translation: “when there were still three months to the harvest and your crops needed the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-AMO	4	7	nmf3	figs-activepassive		0	One piece of land was rained on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase “One piece of land” represents any piece of land.” Alternate translation: “It rained on one piece of land” or “It rained on some pieces of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	4	7	nmf3	figs-activepassive		0	One piece of land was rained on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase “One piece of land” represents any piece of land.” Alternate translation: “It rained on one piece of land” or “It rained on some pieces of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	4	7	uw18	figs-genericnoun		0	the piece of land where it did not rain	This refers to any piece of land where it did not rain. Alternate translation: “the pieces of land where it did not rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 AMO	4	8	sd8l	figs-metonymy		0	Two or three cities staggered	Here “cities” represents the people of those cities. Alternate translation: “The people of two or three cities staggered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	4	8	ly7z	figs-metaphor		0	you have not returned to me	Returning to God represents submitting again to him. See how you translated this in [Amos 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “you have not submitted again to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ AMO	4	13	sha6			0	Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name	By declaring his full name,
 AMO	5	intro	w1eh			0		# Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	5	1	u6w8	figs-metonymy		0	house of Israel	The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	5	2	cqa2	figs-metaphor		0	The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up	The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-AMO	5	2	lta8	figs-activepassive		0	she is forsaken on her land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	5	2	lta8	figs-activepassive		0	she is forsaken on her land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	5	3	ecu7	figs-genericnoun		0	The city that went out with a thousand … the one that went out with a hundred	These phrases refer to any cities that sent out large numbers of soldiers. Alternate translation: “Cities that went out with a thousand … cities that went out with a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 AMO	5	3	z3m4	figs-explicit		0	The city that went out with a thousand will have a hundred left	The phrases “a thousand” and “a hundred” refer to a thousand soldiers and a hundred soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	5	3	m7h5	figs-explicit		0	The city that went out with a thousand	“The city that went out” represents the soldiers of that city going out. It can be stated clearly why they went out. Alternate translation: “The city out of which a thousand soldiers went to fight” or “The city that sent out a thousand soldiers to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ AMO	6	10	e57y			0	bringing the corpses	Alternate translation: “bringing the de
 AMO	6	10	qj51	figs-explicit		0	Then he will say, “Be quiet, for we must not mention Yahweh’s name.”	The meaning of this is not clear. It seems to imply that the one who asked the question is afraid the one answering will mention Yahweh’s name carelessly. If he does this, it may draw Yahweh’s attention to them, and he may kill them too. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	6	11	bc74			0	look	Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention”
 AMO	6	11	q1t3	figs-parallelism		0	the big house will be smashed to pieces, and the little house to bits	These two phrases share similar meanings. The contrast between “the big house” and “the little house” means that this refers to all houses. Alternate translation: “all the houses will be smashed into small pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-AMO	6	11	j5da	figs-activepassive		0	the big house will be smashed to pieces	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the enemy will smash the big house to pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	6	11	j5da	figs-activepassive		0	the big house will be smashed to pieces	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the enemy will smash the big house to pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	6	11	dc2l			0	to pieces … to bits	You can use the same word for both of these phrases.
 AMO	6	11	q1uc	figs-ellipsis		0	the little house to bits	This can be stated with the understood information included. Alternate translation: “enemies will smash the little house to bits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 AMO	6	12	s3ja			0	General Information:	Amos uses two rhetorical questions to draw attention to the rebuke that follows.
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ AMO	7	5	l5ir	figs-metonymy		0	how will Jacob survive? For he is so small.	Here 
 AMO	7	7	s6wg			0	plumb line	thin rope with a weight at one end used in building to make sure walls stand straight up and down
 AMO	7	8	tbb9	figs-rquestion		0	what do you see?	Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “tell me what you see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 AMO	7	8	t5nq	figs-metaphor		0	I will put a plumb line among my people Israel	Judging the people and determining they are wicked is spoken of as if the Israelites were a wall, and Yahweh determines the wall is not straight by using a plumb line. Alternate translation: “my people Israel are wicked. They are like a wall that is not straight up and down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-AMO	7	9	j2t3	figs-metonymy		0	The high places of Isaac will be destroyed, the sanctuaries of Israel will be ruined, and I will rise against the house of Jeroboam with the sword	Here “sword” represents an army. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will send an army to attack the house of Jeroboam, and the army will destroy the high places of Isaac and the sanctuaries of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	7	9	j2t3	figs-metonymy		0	The high places of Isaac will be destroyed, the sanctuaries of Israel will be ruined, and I will rise against the house of Jeroboam with the sword	Here “sword” represents an army. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will send an army to attack the house of Jeroboam, and the army will destroy the high places of Isaac and the sanctuaries of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	7	9	u5md	figs-metonymy		0	Isaac … Israel	Both of these represent the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Isaac … the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	7	9	g5em	figs-metonymy		0	the house of Jeroboam	Here “house” represents “family.” Translate “Jeroboam” as you did in [Amos 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jeroboam and his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	7	10	g3gt			0	Amaziah, the priest of Bethel	This could mean: (1) Amaziah was the only priest at Bethel or (2) Amaziah was the leader of the priests at Bethel.
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ AMO	7	14	geh3	translate-unknown		0	sycamore fig trees	Sycamores are broad trees
 AMO	7	16	k6j9			0	Now	Here the word “now” is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
 AMO	7	16	dz72	figs-metonymy		0	do not speak against the house of Isaac	Here “house” represents the family or descendants of Isaac. Alternate translation: “do not speak against the descendants of Isaac” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	7	17	c3rd	figs-metonymy		0	your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword	Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-AMO	7	17	sqs6	figs-activepassive		0	your land will be measured and divided up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	7	17	sqs6	figs-activepassive		0	your land will be measured and divided up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	7	17	mr3m	figs-metaphor		0	an unclean land	A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	8	intro	h32s			0		# Amos 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
 AMO	8	1	m4g1			0	Look, a basket of summer fruit!	The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ AMO	9	2	gx89	figs-hyperbole		0	Though they dig into Sheol, there my hand will ta
 AMO	9	2	v2qa	figs-metonymy		0	there my hand will take them	Here “hand” represents Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “I will pull them up from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	9	3	lgc3	figs-hyperbole		0	Though they hide on the top of Carmel … Though they are hidden from my sight in the bottom of the sea	Yahweh gives an exaggerated image of the people fleeing to the top of mount Carmel or to the bottom of the sea to escape being killed. Here “top of Carmel” and “bottom of the sea” are a merism that represents all places. Alternate translation: “Even if they were to hide on the top of Carmel … Even if they tried to go the bottom sea, thinking that I could not see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 AMO	9	3	di6k			0	serpent	an unknown fierce sea animal, not the snake in the garden of Eden and not a common snake
-AMO	9	4	z1fj	figs-activepassive		0	Though they go into captivity, driven by their enemies before them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Though enemies capture them and force them to go to a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	9	4	z1fj	figs-activepassive		0	Though they go into captivity, driven by their enemies before them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Though enemies capture them and force them to go to a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	9	4	rm94	figs-metonymy		0	there will I give orders to the sword, and it will kill them	Here “sword” represents their enemies. Alternate translation: “there I will cause their enemies to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	9	4	p2p1	figs-metonymy		0	I will keep my eyes on them for harm and not for good	Here “eyes” represents seeing. The phrase “keep my eyes on them” is an idiom that means to watch closely. Alternate translation: “I will watch closely and make sure only bad things happen to them and not good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 AMO	9	5	v6tg	figs-simile		0	all of it will rise up like the River, and sink again like the river of Egypt	Here “the River” and “river of Egypt” both refer to the Nile river. Yahweh causing the land to shake violently is compared to the waters of the Nile river rising and sinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -426,5 +426,5 @@ AMO	9	13	yi58			0	when the plowman … him who plants seed	These are two images
 AMO	9	13	s1fu	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	9	13	i41r	figs-parallelism		0	The mountains will drip sweet wine, and all the hills will flow with it	These two lines mean basically the same thing. The huge amount of grapes and wine in Israel is spoken of as if wine flows down the hills and mountains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	9	15	cl8k	figs-metaphor		0	I will plant them upon their land, and they will never again be uprooted from the land	Bringing the people back to their land and keeping them safe from enemies is spoken of as if Israel were a plant that Yahweh would put in the ground and not let anyone pull the plant up from the ground. Alternate translation: “I will cause them to live in the land forever like a plant that is never uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-AMO	9	15	xry4	figs-activepassive		0	they will never again be uprooted from the land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever again uproot them from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	9	15	xry4	figs-activepassive		0	they will never again be uprooted from the land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever again uproot them from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	9	15	cqf7			0	uprooted	for a plant and its roots to be pulled out of the ground
diff --git a/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv b/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
index b62235fbb3..6b652ada1c 100644
--- a/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ OBA	1	1	xm1w	figs-metaphor	חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה	1	The vision of
 OBA	1	1	jdr1	translate-names	עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה	1	Obadiah	Some English translations call the prophet Abdias, but Obadiah is the form of his name most commonly used in English. Use the form of the name that is used in your source language or a form that is similar that sounds like a name in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 OBA	1	1	sv9x	writing-quotations	כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה	1	thus says my Lord Yahweh concerning Edom	This introduces the rest of the book as a message from God. Use a form here that is natural in your language for introducing what someone says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 OBA	1	1	s7if	translate-names	יְהוִ֜ה	1	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-OBA	1	1	jdr3	figs-metonymy	לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם	1	concerning Edom	People are being described here by the name of something closely associated with them, **Edom**, the land that they live in. If this is not clear in your language, you can say clearly that this message is about the people. Alternate translation: “concerning the people of Edom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+OBA	1	1	jdr3	figs-metonymy	לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם	1	concerning Edom	People are being described here by the name of something closely associated with them, **Edom**, the land that they live in. If this is not clear in your language, you could say clearly that this message is about the people. Alternate translation: “concerning the people of Edom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 OBA	1	1	jdr5	figs-exclusive	שָׁמַ֜עְנוּ	1	We have heard a report	Obadiah is speaking as one person among the many in the nations around Edom who have heard Yahweh’s message, including the people of Israel. If your language has an inclusive form for **We**, use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 OBA	1	1	c8w8	figs-exclusive	שָׁמַ֜עְנוּ	1		Obadiah is speaking to the people of Judah about the people of Edom. So **We** here is inclusive; others in Judah have also heard or are now hearing the message calling the nations to war against Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-OBA	1	1	jdr7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠צִיר֙…שֻׁלָּ֔ח	1	and a messenger has been sent off	If it is more natural in your language, you can use the active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have sent a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+OBA	1	1	jdr7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠צִיר֙…שֻׁלָּ֔ח	1	and a messenger has been sent off	If it is more natural in your language, you could use the active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have sent a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	1	r27r	figs-explicit	וְ⁠צִיר֙…שֻׁלָּ֔ח	1	and a messenger has been sent off	You could specify who sent the messenger. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh has sent a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 OBA	1	1	jdr9	figs-quotations	ק֛וּמוּ וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה עָלֶי⁠הָ לַ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה	1	Get up! And let us rise up against her for battle!	The end of the verse is not spoken by Obadiah himself. Rather, these are the words of Yahweh’s messenger. They can be presented as a quotation with an introductory formula such as “saying,” or as indirect quotation as in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 OBA	1	1	pez6	figs-idiom	ק֛וּמוּ	1	Get up	This phrase is used to tell people to get ready, in this case to attack Edom. Alternate translation: “Get ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ OBA	1	2	l6dc	figs-parallelism	קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠ג
 OBA	1	2	ec8m	figs-metaphor	קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם	1	small among the nations	Something insignificant is spoken of figuratively as if it were small in size and could easily be overlooked. Alternate translation: “insignificant among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	2	ch1u	figs-activepassive	בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד	1	you are extremely despised	You could state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “the people of other nations will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	3	kjbt	figs-personification	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		Here, **pride** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this is not clear, you could say this with plain language. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-OBA	1	3	hzdk	figs-youcrowd	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		Here, **you** is singular, since it refers to the people of Edom as a single nation, but if this is confusing in your language, you can use a plural form of “you” here and throughout this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+OBA	1	3	hzdk	figs-youcrowd	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		Here, **you** is singular, since it refers to the people of Edom as a single nation, but if this is confusing in your language, you could use a plural form of “you” here and throughout this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 OBA	1	3	kcc3	figs-abstractnouns	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **pride**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	3	qpw7	figs-metaphor	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	of your heart	Here, **heart** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-OBA	1	3	k9sw	figs-123person	שֹׁכְנִ֥י בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע	1	lofty in his dwelling	Here, the pronoun switches from **you** to **he** even though Yahweh is still talking to the people of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you can continue to use **you**, since this is part of Yahweh’s continuing message to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “you who live in the clefts of the rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+OBA	1	3	k9sw	figs-123person	שֹׁכְנִ֥י בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע	1	lofty in his dwelling	Here, the pronoun switches from **you** to **he** even though Yahweh is still talking to the people of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you could continue to use **you**, since this is part of Yahweh’s continuing message to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “you who live in the clefts of the rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 OBA	1	3	q6sz		בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע	1	in the clefts of the rock	This means a place that is protected because it is surrounded by rocks.
 OBA	1	3	r5zj	figs-123person	אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	he who says in his heart	This says **he** and **his,** as if Yahweh were talking aloud about Edom rather than to Edom, but it can be translated with **you** as part of Yahweh’s continuing words to the people. Alternate translation: “you who say in your heart” or “you who say to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 OBA	1	3	jd3r	figs-metaphor	אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	in his heart	Here, the heart is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “he who says to himself” or “you who think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ OBA	1	4	fyco	figs-abstractnouns	נְאֻם־יְהוָֽה	1		If your language d
 OBA	1	5	w86v	figs-doublet	אִם־גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִם־שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה	1	If thieves came to you, and plunderers by night	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the one idea that they are expressing. If this is not clear in your language, use another way of showing that this is important or you could combine them, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 OBA	1	5	b93f	figs-activepassive	אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה	1	how you are being destroyed!	You could use the active form of the verb, and you could specify who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “how the attackers will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	5	jd9r	figs-exclamations	אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה	1	how you are being destroyed!	Yahweh adds this phrase in the middle of another sentence to express that the punishment of Edom is shocking. Unlike thieves and grape-harvesters, those who attack Edom will leave nothing behind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could move the phrase to the end of the verse and make it its own sentence. Alternate translation: “But attackers will destroy you completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-OBA	1	5	q1pg	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ֑⁠ם	1	would not they steal enough for them?	This is a rhetorical question. The question form is used to make a point strongly. If you do not use rhetorical questions in this way in your language, you can use a statement here. Alternate translation: “they would only steal what they wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-OBA	1	5	k12c	figs-rquestion	אִם־בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת	1	If grape-cutters came to you, would not they leave behind gleanings?	This is a rhetorical question. The question form is used to make a point strongly. If you do not use rhetorical questions in this way in your language, you can use a statement here. Alternate translation: “they would certainly leave some grapes behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+OBA	1	5	q1pg	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ֑⁠ם	1	would not they steal enough for them?	This is a rhetorical question. The question form is used to make a point strongly. If you do not use rhetorical questions in this way in your language, you could use a statement here. Alternate translation: “they would only steal what they wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+OBA	1	5	k12c	figs-rquestion	אִם־בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת	1	If grape-cutters came to you, would not they leave behind gleanings?	This is a rhetorical question. The question form is used to make a point strongly. If you do not use rhetorical questions in this way in your language, you could use a statement here. Alternate translation: “they would certainly leave some grapes behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 OBA	1	6	gpm5	figs-exclamations	אֵ֚יךְ	1		Here, **How** introduces an exclamation to express amazement that the pillaging of Edom is so extreme. Use a natural way in your language to express this. Alternate translation: “In an extreme way” or “Completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 OBA	1	6	zsf7	figs-activepassive	אֵ֚יךְ נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	How Esau is being ransacked, his hidden treasures being searched out	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the active form of this verb, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “How the attackers will ransack the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-OBA	1	6	m9p3	figs-personification	עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	Esau	Here, the name **Esau** refers to the people of Edom. They were the descendants of Esau, who was also known as Edom. All the people of Edom are being portrayed as if they were a single person, their ancestor. If this is confusing in your language, you can refer to the people instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+OBA	1	6	m9p3	figs-personification	עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	Esau	Here, the name **Esau** refers to the people of Edom. They were the descendants of Esau, who was also known as Edom. All the people of Edom are being portrayed as if they were a single person, their ancestor. If this is confusing in your language, you could refer to the people instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 OBA	1	6	lf9t		נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ	1	has been ransacked	Here, **ransacked** means that the enemies have searched through the people’s things, taken everything valuable, and left everything else in a mess or damaged.
 OBA	1	6	w96y	figs-activepassive	נִבְע֖וּ מַצְפֻּנָֽי⁠ו	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the active form of this verb, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “They will search out all of his hidden treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	7	yobe	figs-explicit	עַֽד־הַ⁠גְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּ⁠ךָ כֹּ֚ל אַנְשֵׁ֣י בְרִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		If it does not make sense in your language to say that someone would be attacked by someone with whom they have a **covenant**, that is, an ally, then you could add in the missing step of their betrayal, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ OBA	1	7	jd19	figs-personification	בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	in him	Here, **him** probably
 OBA	1	8	i4rg	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא…וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם	1	Will I not on that day (a declaration of Yahweh) destroy wise men from Edom, and understanding from the mountain of Esau?	This is a rhetorical question. Yahweh uses the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “On that day … I will certainly destroy the wise men from Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 OBA	1	8	jd21	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם	1	wise men	The original audience would have known that Edom was famous for its wisdom. So this means that even their famous wisdom cannot save them from Yahweh’s destruction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this information as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 OBA	1	8	i6ry	figs-rquestion	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		This is the second part of the rhetorical question. You could also start a new sentence here. Yahweh continues the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “and I will certainly destroy their understanding” or “On that day I will certainly remove understanding from the mountain of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-OBA	1	8	mupa	figs-explicit	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		In this poetic style, the reader is expected to use the words **will I not on that day destroy** from the first rhetorical question in order to understand this second one. If that is not clear in your language, you can repeat those words here. Alternate translation: “and will I not on that day destroy understanding from the mountain of Esau?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+OBA	1	8	mupa	figs-explicit	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		In this poetic style, the reader is expected to use the words **will I not on that day destroy** from the first rhetorical question in order to understand this second one. If that is not clear in your language, you could repeat those words here. Alternate translation: “and will I not on that day destroy understanding from the mountain of Esau?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 OBA	1	8	g6se	figs-parallelism	חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		In this poetic style, the same meaning is expressed twice but in different words in order to emphasize what is being said. Here, **wise men** and **understanding** both refer to people who are wise, and **Edom** and **the mountain of Esau** are both ways of referring to the country of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you could say this only once, or emphasize the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “all people who are wise from the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 OBA	1	8	jd23	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה	1	and understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and people who know what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	8	z8tf	figs-synecdoche	מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1	from the mountain of Esau	Yahweh is referring to the whole territory of Edom by using the name of one prominent part of it. The **mountain of Esau** may be the one now called Mount Bozrah. Alternate translation: “from the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ OBA	1	11	jd47	figs-synecdoche	שְׁעָרָ֗יו	1	his gates	Here, **gates** s
 OBA	1	11	i8sr	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עַל־יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ יַדּ֣וּ גוֹרָ֔ל	1	and cast lots for Jerusalem	There are two possibilities for what this could mean:  (1) This is a figurative way of saying that the **foreigners** had complete control of **Jerusalem**, with Jerusalem pictured as something that everybody wants to have, but it cannot be divided, so they cast lots to see who will get it. Alternate translation: “they even plundered Jerusalem” or (2) The name of the city may be standing for the wealth of the city. Alternate translation: “and they divided the wealth of Jerusalem among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	11	s4y1	figs-explicit	גַּם־אַתָּ֖ה כְּ⁠אַחַ֥ד מֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	you also were like one of them	The people of Edom did not do exactly the same things as the **strangers** and **foreigners** did, but they were like them because they did not help the people of Judah, who were a related people group. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could include this information, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 OBA	1	12	crs1	figs-litany	וְ⁠אַל…וְ⁠אַל…וְ⁠אַל	1	But [you should] not	Yahweh uses a repetitive series of sentences in verses 12–14 to show how badly the people of Edom have treated the people of Judah. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the charges against the people of Edom. Yahweh goes on to say in verses 15 and 16 that he has found them guilty of all of these charges and that he will punish them. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
-OBA	1	12	e7cd	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַל־תֵּ֤רֶא	1	But you should not have looked	Here, **you should not have looked** implies that the people of Edom were looking on the disaster in Judah with pleasure. To make this clear, you can include this information in the way that you translate. Alternate translation: “you should not have enjoyed looking” or “it was very bad that you enjoyed looking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-OBA	1	12	xhd0	figs-hendiadys	בְ⁠יוֹם־אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠י֣וֹם נָכְר֔⁠וֹ	1		The two phrases **on the day of your brother** and **on the day of his misfortune** work together to mean “on the day of your brother’s misfortune.” If having the two phrases is confusing, you can combine them into one phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+OBA	1	12	e7cd	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַל־תֵּ֤רֶא	1	But you should not have looked	Here, **you should not have looked** implies that the people of Edom were looking on the disaster in Judah with pleasure. To make this clear, you could include this information in the way that you translate. Alternate translation: “you should not have enjoyed looking” or “it was very bad that you enjoyed looking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+OBA	1	12	xhd0	figs-hendiadys	בְ⁠יוֹם־אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠י֣וֹם נָכְר֔⁠וֹ	1		The two phrases **on the day of your brother** and **on the day of his misfortune** work together to mean “on the day of your brother’s misfortune.” If having the two phrases is confusing, you could combine them into one phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 OBA	1	12	crs3	figs-idiom	בְ⁠יוֹם	1	on the day of	Here, **on the day** is an idiom that refers to an undefined period of time that could extend from one to very many days. Alternate translation: “at the time of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	12	q8md	figs-personification	אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	your brother	As in [verse 10](../01/10.md), Yahweh describes the people of Judah as a **brother** to the descendants of Esau, because their ancestor, Jacob, was the brother of Esau (Edom). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 OBA	1	12	f7lt	figs-gendernotations	לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יְהוּדָ֖ה	1	over the sons of Judah	Here, the word **sons** does not refer only to men. It refers to all of the descendants of Jacob’s son Judah, and more broadly to all of the Israelites from a number of the different tribes of Israel who had come to live in the kingdom of Judah at this time. Alternate translation: “over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 OBA	1	12	lxg7	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אַל־תַּגְדֵּ֥ל פִּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	And you should not have made your mouth great	This is an idiom for bragging or mocking. In this context of observing someone else’s misfortune, mocking makes better sense. Alternate translation: “You should not have mocked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	13	dwn2	figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֵידָ֔⁠ם…בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֵיד֑⁠וֹ…בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אֵידֽ⁠וֹ	1		In this poetic style, the same phrase is used at the end of each line to emphasize how terrible the **calamity** was. If this style does not work in your language to communicate an increased emphasis, then you could combine the three occurrences into one and communicate that this was a very bad thing in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-OBA	1	13	wg54	figs-personification	אֵידָ֔⁠ם…אֵיד֑⁠וֹ…אֵידֽ⁠וֹ	1	their calamity … his calamity … his calamity	In the first line of this verse, **their** refers to **my people**. In the second and third lines, God’s people are once again pictured as their ancestor Jacob, and so the singular pronoun **his** is used (see [verse 10](../01/10.md)). If this change is confusing in your language, you can avoid the personification and refer to the people with plural pronouns in all three lines. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+OBA	1	13	wg54	figs-personification	אֵידָ֔⁠ם…אֵיד֑⁠וֹ…אֵידֽ⁠וֹ	1	their calamity … his calamity … his calamity	In the first line of this verse, **their** refers to **my people**. In the second and third lines, God’s people are once again pictured as their ancestor Jacob, and so the singular pronoun **his** is used (see [verse 10](../01/10.md)). If this change is confusing in your language, you could avoid the personification and refer to the people with plural pronouns in all three lines. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 OBA	1	13	f9q3	figs-exclamations	גַם־אַתָּ֛ה	1	Yes, you!	Yahweh is accusing the people of Edom directly, and he adds this exclamation to emphasize this. This exclamation expresses anger, demands their attention, and also may be a warning that they cannot claim to be innocent. If it is confusing to have this in the middle of another sentence, you could make this a separate sentence ending in an exclamation mark, either before or after the current sentence. Alternate translation: “I am talking to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 OBA	1	13	crs5	figs-idiom	אַל־תֵּ֧רֶא	1	you should not have looked	In this context, **looked on** is an idiom for “enjoyed looking at.” See how you translated this in [verse 12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “you should not have gloated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	13	jz38	figs-you	וְ⁠אַל־תִּשְׁלַ֥חְנָה בְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ	1	And you women should not have looted their wealth	Here, the word translated as **you** is feminine and plural. In the rest of Obadiah, it is masculine and singular. It may be that God is addressing the women specifically here in case they thought that they were not also guilty. So use a feminine plural form here, or mark this in some other way so that it means “you women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ OBA	1	16	cr9s	writing-pronouns	כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙	1
 OBA	1	16	cr7s	figs-metaphor	שְׁתִיתֶם֙	1	according to how you have drunk	The image of drinking something is often used in the Bible as a metaphor for suffering or for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “you suffered” or “I punished you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	16	ujj9	figs-metonymy	עַל־הַ֣ר קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	the mountain of my holiness	The **mountain of my holiness** refers to Mount Zion and therefore to the city of Jerusalem. So here Jerusalem is being referred to by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. Alternate translation: “in my holy city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 OBA	1	16	qz7p	figs-metaphor	יִשְׁתּ֥וּ כָֽל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם תָּמִ֑יד	1	all the nations shall drink continually	Here the metaphor continues, using **drink** to mean “suffer” or “be punished.” Alternate translation: “I will punish all of the nations continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-OBA	1	16	a8v3	figs-doublet	וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ	1	And they will drink, and they will swallow, and they will become like they never existed	The words translated **drink** and **swallow** mean very similar things and are used together to intensify the one meaning. If your language does not have two such similar words, you can use one of the words and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “They will drink all of it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+OBA	1	16	a8v3	figs-doublet	וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ	1	And they will drink, and they will swallow, and they will become like they never existed	The words translated **drink** and **swallow** mean very similar things and are used together to intensify the one meaning. If your language does not have two such similar words, you could use one of the words and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “They will drink all of it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 OBA	1	16	vcve	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ	1		Here the metaphor continues, using **drink** and **swallow** as images for suffering or being punished. Alternate translation: “I will make them suffer a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	17	cc36	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַ֥ר צִיּ֛וֹן תִּהְיֶ֥ה פְלֵיטָ֖ה	1	But in the mountain of Zion there will be a remnant	The abstract noun **escape** refers to the people of Israel who will still be alive in Jerusalem after Yahweh has finished punishing the other nations. As [1:16](../01/16.md) says, those other nations will disappear completely, but the descendants of Jacob will continue as a people. Alternate translation: “But in Jerusalem some people will remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	17	y9pz	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַ֥ר צִיּ֛וֹן	1	But in the mountain of Zion	This is a figure of speech that refers to Jerusalem by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. Alternate translation: “But in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-OBA	1	17	b4sh	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	and there will be holiness	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can translate the word **holiness** by using an adjective. Alternate translation: “and it will be a holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	17	b4sh	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	and there will be holiness	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you could translate the word **holiness** by using an adjective. Alternate translation: “and it will be a holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	17	cr13	figs-idiom	בֵּ֣ית יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב	1	and the house of Jacob will possess their own possessions	Here, **the house of Jacob** is an idiom that means “the descendants of Jacob” and by extension, all of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-OBA	1	17	f4ur		אֵ֖ת מוֹרָֽשֵׁי⁠הֶם	1		Here, **possessions** refers to the land that was supposed to be passed down from generation to generation to each of the Israelite families and clans. If using a plural term is confusing, you can translate it with a singular word. Alternate translation: “the land that belongs to each of them”
+OBA	1	17	f4ur		אֵ֖ת מוֹרָֽשֵׁי⁠הֶם	1		Here, **possessions** refers to the land that was supposed to be passed down from generation to generation to each of the Israelite families and clans. If using a plural term is confusing, you could translate it with a singular word. Alternate translation: “the land that belongs to each of them”
 OBA	1	18	rm2e	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה	1	And the house of Jacob will be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame	These two expressions have similar meanings. Yahweh is showing that what he is saying is important by saying it more than once. Both **house of Jacob** and **house of Joseph** stand for all of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The Israelites will be like a fire. Yes, they will be like a flame” If saying this twice is confusing, you could combine them into one expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 OBA	1	18	cr15	figs-metonymy	בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב	1	the house of Jacob	Here, the word **house** means all of the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Jacob are being described figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 OBA	1	18	cr17	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף	1	and the house of Joseph	The descendants of Joseph are also being described figuratively as if they were one household. Joseph was the son of Jacob, and his descendants made up a large part of the people of Israel. So Yahweh is using his descendants to represent the whole nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ OBA	1	18	cr19	figs-metaphor	אֵ֜שׁ…לֶהָבָ֗ה…לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ	1
 OBA	1	18	hj8x	translate-unknown	לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ	1	stubble	The word **stubble** means the dry pieces of plants that are left in the ground after their stalks have been cut. Alternate translation: “like dry grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 OBA	1	18	cr23	figs-doublet	וְ⁠דָלְק֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠אֲכָל֑וּ⁠ם	1	And they will burn them, and consume them	**Burn** and **consume** mean almost the same thing. Yahweh uses the words together to intensify the meaning. If you do not have two similar words in your language or if it would be confusing to say this twice, you could combine them into one phrase and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will burn them until they are all burned up” or “and they will burn them up completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 OBA	1	18	amum	figs-explicit	כִּ֥י	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what came before. Yahweh is reminding the reader that these things will certainly happen, because this message comes from him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-OBA	1	18	c5jr	figs-123person	כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה דִּבֵּֽר	1	for Yahweh has spoken	Yahweh is speaking of himself in the third person here. If that is confusing in your language, you can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+OBA	1	18	c5jr	figs-123person	כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה דִּבֵּֽר	1	for Yahweh has spoken	Yahweh is speaking of himself in the third person here. If that is confusing in your language, you could change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 OBA	1	19	cr25		וְ⁠יָרְשׁ֨וּ	1	And they … will possess … And they will possess	This verse as a whole describes people who live in different parts of Israel conquering the territories next to them. Alternate translation: “will conquer”
 OBA	1	19	zu8p	figs-metonymy	הַ⁠נֶּ֜גֶב	1		The **Negev** is the name of the southern region of Judea that is dry, rocky, and barren. It is being used to represent the people who live there. The people are being described by the name of something closely associated with them, the land that they live in. Alternate translation: “The Israelites who live in the Negev” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 OBA	1	19	cr27	figs-synecdoche	הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו	1	the mountain of Esau	This was one of the mountains in Edom. See how you translated this in verses 8 and 9. Yahweh is referring to the whole territory of Edom by using the name of one prominent part of it. Alternate translation: “the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
diff --git a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
index 93a484c5bc..18cc8c38a6 100644
--- a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ JON	1	3	i6bi		עִמָּ⁠הֶם֙	1	with them	The word **them** refers to the
 JON	1	3	sw66	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JON	1	4	jdr2	writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־הַ⁠יָּ֔ם	1	But Yahweh sent out a great wind on the sea	This clause introduces the new event of Yahweh’s response to Jonah running away. Translate this so that your readers know that this event brings a change in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JON	1	4	jdra	figs-personification	וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֳנִיָּ֔ה חִשְּׁבָ֖ה לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	so that the ship was thinking to be broken apart	Here the term **thinking** describes the ship as if it were a person. This means that the storm was so severe that the ship was close to breaking apart. Alternate translation: “so that the ship was almost breaking apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JON	1	4	jl77	figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	to be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JON	1	4	jl77	figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	to be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JON	1	5	d13r		הַ⁠מַּלָּחִ֗ים	1	the sailors	Alternate translation: “the men who worked on the ship”
 JON	1	5	u2bj		אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֒	1	his own god	Here, **god** refers to false gods and idols that people worship.
 JON	1	5	sh1b		וַ⁠יָּטִ֨לוּ אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּֽ⁠אֳנִיָּה֙	1	And they threw the things that were in the ship	“the men threw the heavy things off the ship” By doing this, they hoped to keep the ship from sinking.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ JON	2	3	glp2		בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים	1	into the heart of the sea
 JON	2	3	p8fd		וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	a current surrounded me	Alternate translation: “the sea water closed in around me”
 JON	2	3	c6jx	figs-doublet	מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	your billows and your waves	Both of these are disturbances on the surface of the ocean. They could be combined into one term, such as “waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JON	2	4	jdr5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	But as for me,	This expression shows that there is a contrast between the actions of Yahweh, which Jonah had just talked about, and his own response. Alternate translation: “then I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JON	2	4	x1w9	figs-activepassive	נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי	1	I have been driven out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you drove me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JON	2	4	x1w9	figs-activepassive	נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי	1	I have been driven out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you drove me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JON	2	4	z1yx	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠נֶּ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	from before your eyes	Here, **eyes** is a metonym meaning seeing, and seeing is a metonym for the knowledge, notice, and attention of God. Alternate translation: “from before you” or “from your presence” or “where you do not notice me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JON	2	4	b8vk		אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְ⁠הַבִּ֔יט אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	yet I might again look toward your holy temple	Jonah still has hope that, in spite of all that he is going through, God will allow him to see the temple in Jerusalem again.
 JON	2	5	abc2	figs-parallelism	אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Water had closed around me even as far as life; the deep was surrounding me;	Jonah uses two similar phrases to express the severity and hopelessness of his situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ JON	4	4	ab83	figs-explicit	הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	Is
 JON	4	5	q1f7		וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	Then Jonah went out from the city	Alternate translation: “then Jonah left the city of Nineveh”
 JON	4	5	af46		מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר	1	what would transpire within the city	Jonah wanted to see if God would destroy the city or not. Alternate translation: “what would become of the city” or “what God would do to the city”
 JON	4	6	i4r4		מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת צֵל֙ עַל־רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ	1	from over Jonah to be a shade over his head	Alternate translation: “over Jonah’s head for shade”
-JON	4	6	t21k		לְ⁠הַצִּ֥יל ל֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָֽעָת֑⁠וֹ	1	to rescue him from his evil	Here the term **evil** could mean two things (or both at the same time): (1) “discomfort” or “distress,” meaning the intense heat of the sun shining on Jonah’s head; or (2) “wrong,” meaning Jonah’s wrong attitude concerning God’s decision not to destroy Nineveh. If both meanings can be preserved, that is preferable. If not, you can choose an Alternate translation: “to protect Jonah from the heat of the sun” or “to save Jonah from his wrong attitude”
+JON	4	6	t21k		לְ⁠הַצִּ֥יל ל֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָֽעָת֑⁠וֹ	1	to rescue him from his evil	Here the term **evil** could mean two things (or both at the same time): (1) “discomfort” or “distress,” meaning the intense heat of the sun shining on Jonah’s head; or (2) “wrong,” meaning Jonah’s wrong attitude concerning God’s decision not to destroy Nineveh. If both meanings can be preserved, that is preferable. If not, you could choose an Alternate translation: “to protect Jonah from the heat of the sun” or “to save Jonah from his wrong attitude”
 JON	4	7	t7il		וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ תּוֹלַ֔עַת	1	Then God appointed a worm	Alternate translation: “then God sent a worm”
 JON	4	7	rw7z		וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֖וֹן	1	and it attacked the plant	Alternate translation: “and the worm chewed the plant”
 JON	4	7	d16m		וַ⁠יִּיבָֽשׁ	1	and it withered	The plant became dry and died. Alternate translation: “so that the plant died”
diff --git a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
index 42b5431e4f..bd04c87b07 100644
--- a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ MIC	4	12	j472	figs-simile		0	for he has gathered them like bundles of grain prep
 MIC	4	13	bj1p			0	General Information:	Yahweh presents the imagery of the threshing floor ([Micah 4:12](../04/12.md)).
 MIC	4	13	mm6h	figs-you		0	Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion … your horn … your hooves … You will crush	All instances of “your” and “you,” as well as the commands, refer to the “daughter of Zion” and so are singular and feminine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	4	13	m3uk	figs-metaphor		0	Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion, for I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze	Yahweh speaks of the people of Zion as if they were strong oxen about to thresh wheat and their enemies were the wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MIC	4	13	tq8x	figs-metaphor		0	I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze	If your reader is not familiar with oxen or iron or bronze, you can remove the metaphor. Alternate translation: “for I will make you able to defeat and destroy every enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MIC	4	13	tq8x	figs-metaphor		0	I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze	If your reader is not familiar with oxen or iron or bronze, you could remove the metaphor. Alternate translation: “for I will make you able to defeat and destroy every enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MIC	4	13	igd2			0	their unjust wealth	Alternate translation: “the wealth they got by acting unjustly” or “the things they stole from other people”
 MIC	4	13	c3rt	figs-abstractnouns		0	their wealth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wealth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things that they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	5	intro	y1t7			0		# Micah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in Personal Pronouns<br>Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.”
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ MIC	7	9	t4wh			0	rescue me in his justice	Alternate translation: “bring justic
 MIC	7	10	wv5q			0	my enemy … the one who said … your God … My eyes	The words “enemy,” “one,” “your,” and “my” here refer to the women in the poem and so are feminine singular.
 MIC	7	10	ize3	figs-rquestion		0	Where is Yahweh your God?	The enemy uses a question to mock the people of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God cannot help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MIC	7	10	fx2c	figs-synecdoche		0	My eyes	This phrase here refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I” or “We” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MIC	7	10	d12h	figs-activepassive		0	she will be trampled down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her enemies will trample her down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MIC	7	10	d12h	figs-activepassive		0	she will be trampled down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her enemies will trample her down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MIC	7	10	j5qh	figs-simile		0	like the mud in the streets	People who walk on mud without thinking they are doing anything bad are compared with those who will destroy Israel’s enemies without thinking they are doing anything evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MIC	7	11	x4rg	figs-you		0	General Information:	Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	7	11	y6xz			0	A day to build your walls will come	Here “walls” refers to the walls around their cities, which provided safety and security from their enemies.
diff --git a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
index 878c1a19f4..9a2e916747 100644
--- a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ NAM	1	5	f3dl			0	the earth collapses	This could mean: (1) the mountains and hill
 NAM	1	5	w6mf	figs-ellipsis		0	the world and all people who live in it	Here the word “world” refers to the inhabited places on the earth. The verb for this phrase is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the world shakes and all the people who live in it collapse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NAM	1	6	pb6q	figs-parallelism		0	Who can stand before his wrath? Who can resist the fierceness of his anger?	These two rhetorical questions mean basically the same thing. They can be translated with statements. Alternate translation: “No one can stand before his wrath! No one can resist the fierceness of his anger!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NAM	1	6	s5dd			0	fierceness of his anger	Alternate translation: “intensity of his anger” or “amount of his anger”
-NAM	1	6	b6tk	figs-metaphor		0	His wrath is poured out like fire	Nahum speaks of Yahweh’s anger as if it were a liquid that he pours out and which burns like fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He pours out his wrath like fire” or “He expresses his fierce anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NAM	1	6	s5l3	figs-activepassive		0	the rocks are broken apart by him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he breaks apart the rocks” or “he causes the rocks to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	1	6	b6tk	figs-metaphor		0	His wrath is poured out like fire	Nahum speaks of Yahweh’s anger as if it were a liquid that he pours out and which burns like fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He pours out his wrath like fire” or “He expresses his fierce anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NAM	1	6	s5l3	figs-activepassive		0	the rocks are broken apart by him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he breaks apart the rocks” or “he causes the rocks to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	1	7	vrf3	figs-metaphor		0	a stronghold … those who take refuge in him	Nahum speaks of Yahweh as if he were a place where people can be safe from those who wish to harm them, and of those who trust Yahweh to protect them as if they were taking refuge inside that safe place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	1	7	z4wh			0	in the day of trouble	“in times of trouble” or “when troubles happen.” The word “day” here refers to a general period of time.
 NAM	1	8	uz38	figs-idiom		0	he will make a full end to his enemies	The idiom “make a full end” refers to causing his enemies to die. Alternate translation: “he will completely destroy his enemies” or “he will kill all his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ NAM	1	10	tg7c	figs-metaphor		0	devoured by fire	Nahum speaks of fire burning som
 NAM	1	11	ee38			0	promoted wickedness	encouraged people to do wicked things
 NAM	1	12	p1bp			0	General Information:	Yahweh speaks to the Israelites about Nineveh.
 NAM	1	12	uyz9			0	Even if they are at their full strength and full numbers	This refers to the Assyrians or to the people of Nineveh.
-NAM	1	12	p6cc	figs-metaphor		0	they will nevertheless be sheared	Yahweh speaks of destroying the people of Nineveh as if the were sheep that he will shear. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will nevertheless shear them” or “I will nevertheless destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	1	12	p6cc	figs-metaphor		0	they will nevertheless be sheared	Yahweh speaks of destroying the people of Nineveh as if the were sheep that he will shear. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will nevertheless shear them” or “I will nevertheless destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	1	13	qfl7	figs-metaphor		0	Now will I break that people’s yoke from off you; I will break your chains	Yahweh speaks of freeing Judah from Assyrian oppression as if he were breaking the yoke and chains that the Assyrians had placed on them. Alternate translation: “Now I will free you from that people and they will no longer oppress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	1	14	en7t	figs-metaphor		0	I will cut off the carved figures and the cast metal figures from the houses of your gods	Yahweh speaks of destroying the Assyrian idols as if he were cutting them off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. The word “house” is a metonym for the temples in which the people worshiped these idols. Alternate translation: “I will destroy the carved figures and the cast metal figures that are in the temples of your gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NAM	1	14	s2bh	figs-explicit		0	I will dig your graves	It is implied that Yahweh will also bury them in the graves that he digs for them. Alternate translation: “I will dig your graves and bury you in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -58,19 +58,19 @@ NAM	2	2	i6w3	figs-metaphor		0	destroyed their vine branches	This could mean: (1)
 NAM	2	3	sal2			0	The shields of his mighty men are red	This could mean: (1) the shields appear red as the light from the sun reflects upon their metal surfaces or (2) the shields are covered with leather that has been dyed red.
 NAM	2	3	tt35			0	his mighty men	the soldiers of the one “who will dash” Nineveh “to pieces” ([Nahum 2:1](../02/01.md)).
 NAM	2	3	shs8			0	the chariots flash with their metal	This likely refers to the light from the sun reflecting upon the metal chariots.
-NAM	2	3	i6a3	figs-activepassive		0	on the day that they are made ready	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the soldiers have made them ready” or “when the soldiers have prepared them to attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NAM	2	3	jtg2	figs-activepassive		0	the cypress spears are waved in the air	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers wave their cypress spears in the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	3	i6a3	figs-activepassive		0	on the day that they are made ready	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the soldiers have made them ready” or “when the soldiers have prepared them to attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	3	jtg2	figs-activepassive		0	the cypress spears are waved in the air	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers wave their cypress spears in the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	3	b24s	translate-unknown		0	cypress	a type of tree whose wood is good for weapons (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 NAM	2	4	l7yi			0	The chariots speed through the streets	Alternate translation: “The soldiers drive the chariots wildly through the streets”
 NAM	2	4	m4y1	figs-simile		0	They look like torches	Nahum compares the way that the light from the sun reflects upon the chariots with torches whose fire gives light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NAM	2	4	vee1	figs-simile		0	they run like lightning	Nahum compares the way that the light from the sun reflects upon the chariots, and the quickness with which the chariots move, with lightning that flashes quickly in the sky. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NAM	2	5	c6g1	figs-metaphor		0	The one who will dash you to pieces	The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. See how you translated this in [Nahum 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	2	5	frd3	figs-abstractnouns		0	in their march	The word “march” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “as they march” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-NAM	2	5	s3zw	figs-activepassive		0	The large shield is made ready to protect these attackers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The attackers make ready the large shield to protect themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	5	s3zw	figs-activepassive		0	The large shield is made ready to protect these attackers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The attackers make ready the large shield to protect themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	5	t834			0	The large shield	This refers to a large cover that those who besieged a city would set up over themselves and their battering rams to protect themselves against the arrows and other projectiles with which the people in the city would attack them.
-NAM	2	6	l4xl	figs-activepassive		0	The gates at the rivers are forced open	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy forces open the gates at the rivers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	6	l4xl	figs-activepassive		0	The gates at the rivers are forced open	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy forces open the gates at the rivers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	6	bi3c			0	The gates at the rivers	This refers to the gates that controlled the flow and direction of the river.
-NAM	2	7	v7es	figs-activepassive		0	Huzzab is stripped of her clothes and is taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy strips Huzzab of her clothes and takes her away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	7	v7es	figs-activepassive		0	Huzzab is stripped of her clothes and is taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy strips Huzzab of her clothes and takes her away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	7	x5zy	translate-unknown		0	Huzzab is stripped of her clothes and is taken away	The exact meaning of the word “Huzzab” is uncertain. Two This could mean: (1) it is the name of a queen in Nineveh and the sentence means that the attacking soldiers have stripped her of her clothes in order to humiliate her and then have carried her off into captivity or (2) it is the name of an idol and the sentence means that the attackers have stripped the gold and silver off the idol and have carried it away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NAM	2	7	wzf8			0	her female servants moan like doves	The moaning sounds that the female servants make sound like the sounds that doves make.
 NAM	2	7	c3va			0	her female servants	If the word “Huzzab” refers to a queen, then this phrase refers to the young women who attended her. If the word “Huzzab” refers to an idol, then this phrase refers to the young women who worked as temple prostitutes.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ NAM	2	12	f3cw	figs-parallelism		0	filled his cave with victims, his dens with to
 NAM	2	13	hg33			0	See	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
 NAM	2	13	mzs1	figs-metonymy		0	the sword will devour your young lions	Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	2	13	qg4y	figs-metaphor		0	I will cut off your prey from your land	Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NAM	2	13	vf1s	figs-activepassive		0	the voices of your messengers will be heard no more	This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	13	vf1s	figs-activepassive		0	the voices of your messengers will be heard no more	This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	intro	k8ee			0		# Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
 NAM	3	1	ki6n	figs-metonymy		0	the city full of blood	Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NAM	3	1	b6sa	figs-metonymy		0	It is all full of lies	Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -114,19 +114,19 @@ NAM	3	8	a2y2	figs-metaphor		0	whose defense was the ocean, whose wall was the se
 NAM	3	9	ega5			0	Cush and Egypt were her strength	Alternate translation: “Ethiopia and Egypt strengthened her” or “Cush and Egypt were her allies”
 NAM	3	9	knv4	figs-hyperbole		0	there was no end to it	The word “it” refers to the “strength” that Cush and Egypt gave to Thebes. That there was no end to it is a hyperbole that expresses the great amount of strength. Alternate translation: “their strength was very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 NAM	3	9	c9nd	translate-names		0	Put and Libya	These are the names of places in northern Africa that were close to Thebes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NAM	3	10	jt2a	figs-metonymy		0	Yet Thebes was carried away	The word “Thebes” represents the people who lived in Thebes. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet those who attacked Thebes carried the people away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	10	jt2a	figs-metonymy		0	Yet Thebes was carried away	The word “Thebes” represents the people who lived in Thebes. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet those who attacked Thebes carried the people away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	10	h6s7	figs-metonymy		0	she went into captivity	The word “she” refers to Thebes and represents the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “they went into captivity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NAM	3	10	jht3	figs-activepassive		0	her young children were dashed in pieces	This is a brutal description of the soldiers killing children. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “enemy soldiers dashed her young children to pieces” or “enemy soldiers beat her young children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	10	jht3	figs-activepassive		0	her young children were dashed in pieces	This is a brutal description of the soldiers killing children. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “enemy soldiers dashed her young children to pieces” or “enemy soldiers beat her young children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	10	h7t9	figs-metaphor		0	at the head of every street	The beginning of a street is spoken of as if it were the head. Also, “every” is a generalization that means many places all over the city. Alternate translation: “on every street corner” or “in the streets all over the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-NAM	3	10	hyc8	figs-activepassive		0	all her great men were bound in chains	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they bound all her great men in chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	10	hyc8	figs-activepassive		0	all her great men were bound in chains	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they bound all her great men in chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	11	esd7	figs-metaphor		0	You also will become drunk	Here the word “You” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh suffering and dying in battle as if they had become drunk from drinking too much wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	3	12	lb3t	figs-explicit		0	All your fortresses	Here, the word **fortresses** could mean: (1) it refers to Nineveh’s fortifications, such as the wall that surrounded the city Alternate translation: “All of your fortifications” or “All of your defenses” or (2) it refers to the fortified cities that were situated along Assyria’s borders and prevented enemy armies from attacking Nineveh. Alternate translation: “All of your fortified cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NAM	3	12	uf4q	figs-simile		0	All your fortresses will be like fig trees with the earliest ripe figs: if they are shaken, they fall into the mouth of the eater	Nahum compares the ease with which the attackers will conquer Nineveh with the ease with which a person can cause ripe figs to fall from a tree. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will destroy your fortresses as easily as a person can shake a fig tree and eat the first ripe figs that fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NAM	3	12	c8tt	figs-explicit		0	the earliest ripe figs	This refers to the figs that would ripen first on the tree. These figs fell from the tree easily, so that a person only had to shake the tree to make them fall. Figs that ripened later would require a person to climb the tree and pick them by hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NAM	3	12	w2un	figs-activepassive		0	if they are shaken	“if the trees are shaken.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a person shakes the trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	12	w2un	figs-activepassive		0	if they are shaken	“if the trees are shaken.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a person shakes the trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	12	k7ym	figs-hyperbole		0	they fall into the mouth of the eater	“the figs fall into the mouth of the eater.” This is an exaggeration. By saying that the figs fall from the tree into the mouth of the one who eats it, Nahum emphasizes that the figs are ready to eat immediately. Alternate translation: “a person can eat the fig immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 NAM	3	13	le29	figs-metaphor		0	the people among you are women	In this ancient culture, women were not warriors for a number of reasons, including their being generally weaker physically than men. Here Nahum speaks of Nineveh’s warriors losing their strength and courage to fight as if the people in the city were all women. Alternate translation: “your people are all like women who are weak and cannot defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NAM	3	13	cv1a	figs-activepassive		0	the gates of your land have been opened wide to your enemies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gates of your land are wide open to your enemies” or “someone has opened wide to your enemies the gates of your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	13	cv1a	figs-activepassive		0	the gates of your land have been opened wide to your enemies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gates of your land are wide open to your enemies” or “someone has opened wide to your enemies the gates of your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	13	sc8s	figs-metaphor		0	the gates of your land have been opened wide to your enemies	This could mean: (1) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the Nineveh’s defenses, then “the gates of your land” refers to the gates in the walls around Nineveh. Alternate translation: “the gates of your city are wide open for your enemies to attack” or (2) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the fortified cities that were situated along Assyria’s borders, then “the gates of your land” is a metaphor in which those cities are spoken of as if they were gates that prevented enemy armies from entering the land. Alternate translation: “your land is defenseless before your enemies because they have destroyed the cities that protected your borders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	3	13	ea7i	figs-metaphor		0	fire has devoured their bars	This could mean: (1) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the Nineveh’s defenses, then “their bars” refers to the bars that locked the gates in the walls around Nineveh. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed the bars that lock your city gates” or (2) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the fortified cities that were situated along Assyria’s borders, then “their bars” is a metaphor in which those cities are spoken of as if they were locked gates that prevented enemy armies from entering the land. Alternate translation: “the cities on your borders can no longer protect you, just as gates can no longer protect a city when fire has destroyed their bars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	3	13	i4p2	figs-metaphor		0	fire has devoured	Nahum speaks of fire burning up and destroying as if fire were eating. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed” or “fire has burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
index 63d50eb2cb..3a60176e58 100644
--- a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ HAB	1	4	sqe3	figs-metaphor		0	false justice goes out	Habakkuk speaks of judges g
 HAB	1	5	b6nu			0	General Information:	Yahweh responds to Habakkuk.
 HAB	1	5	xx8m	figs-doublet		0	be amazed and astonished	The words “amazed” and “astonished” share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the strength of the emotion. Alternate translation: “be very amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 HAB	1	5	j1ay	figs-idiom		0	in your days	This idiom refers to Habakkuk’s lifetime. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-HAB	1	5	ubc3	figs-activepassive		0	when it is reported to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone reports it to you” or “when you hear about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	1	5	ubc3	figs-activepassive		0	when it is reported to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone reports it to you” or “when you hear about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	1	6	hw6s			0	look!	The word “look!” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 HAB	1	6	cc7f			0	impetuous	This could mean: (1) “violent” or (2) “hasty.”
 HAB	1	6	l91v	figs-hyperbole		0	the breadth of the land	This could mean: (1) everywhere in Judah or (2) everywhere in the world. This would be an exaggeration to emphasize how powerful the Chaldean army is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ HAB	2	9	xw3t	figs-metonymy		0	safe from the hand of evil	Here the word “hand
 HAB	2	10	my1x	figs-metaphor		0	You have devised shame for your house	Here to “devise shame” means that the plans that the man devised have resulted in shame. One possible meaning is that the word “house” is a metaphor in which the Babylonian empire is spoken of as if it were a house that the man has built. Alternate translation: “By your plans, you have brought shame on the house that you have built” Another possibility is that the word “house” is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “By your plans, you have brought shame on your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HAB	2	10	n587	figs-metaphor		0	cutting off many people	Killing many people is spoken of as if it were cutting those people off, like one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “killing many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HAB	2	10	sg2a	figs-idiom		0	have sinned against yourself	The idiom “to sin against oneself” means that the person has done things that will result in his own death or destruction. Alternate translation: “have caused your own ruin” or “have brought about your own death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-HAB	2	11	ukn3	figs-personification		0	For the stones will cry out from the wall, and the rafters of timber will answer them	Here the materials with which the man has built his house are personified as witnesses of the crimes that he has committed. If your culture uses different materials to build houses, you can consider using those materials here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+HAB	2	11	ukn3	figs-personification		0	For the stones will cry out from the wall, and the rafters of timber will answer them	Here the materials with which the man has built his house are personified as witnesses of the crimes that he has committed. If your culture uses different materials to build houses, you could consider using those materials here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 HAB	2	11	bt1f			0	cry out	Alternate translation: “cry out against you” or “cry out to accuse you”
 HAB	2	11	b8iz			0	will answer them	Alternate translation: “will agree with the stones”
 HAB	2	12	i4d5	figs-parallelism		0	Woe to the one who builds a city with blood, and who establishes a town in iniquity	These two phrases are saying the same thing in different ways. Alternate translation: “A warning to the Chaldeans who built their cities with what they have stolen from the people they have killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ HAB	2	12	zan9	figs-explicit		0	who establishes a town in iniquity	It is implicit
 HAB	2	13	gru9	figs-rquestion		0	Is it not from Yahweh of hosts that peoples labor for fire and all the other nations weary themselves for nothing?	This negative rhetorical question emphasizes the positive answer that it anticipates. The two clauses share similar meanings that the work that people do will not last. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who has determined that the things that people work hard to build will be destroyed by fire and result in nothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 HAB	2	13	s42e	figs-explicit		0	peoples labor for fire	This means that the things that people labor to build are ultimately destined to be fuel for fire. Alternate translation: “peoples labor to build things that will be used as fuel for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HAB	2	14	j8ng	figs-simile		0	the land will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of Yahweh as the waters cover the sea	This simile compares the way in which people everywhere will know of Yahweh’s glory with how water fills every part of the sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HAB	2	14	y4eq	figs-abstractnouns		0	the land will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of Yahweh	The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people throughout the land will know the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	2	14	y4eq	figs-abstractnouns		0	the land will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of Yahweh	The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people throughout the land will know the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	2	15	xbs7	figs-metaphor		0	the one who forces his neighbors to drink … you make them drunk	The way that the Chaldeans cruelly treated other nations is spoken of as if they were a man who forces his neighbors to become drunk so that he can humiliate them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HAB	2	15	k19h	figs-explicit		0	the one who forces his neighbors to drink	It is implied that he makes his neighbor drink wine. Alternate translation: “the one who forces his neighbors to drink wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HAB	2	15	tyu9	figs-explicit		0	in order to look at their nakedness	“so you can look at them when they are naked.” This refers to the practice of publicly humiliating people by stripping them naked in front of others. Alternate translation: “so that you can humiliate them publicly by stripping them naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ HAB	2	18	hdm4			0	a teacher of lies	This phrase refers to the one who carved or
 HAB	2	19	nlw7	figs-ellipsis		0	Or to the silent stone	The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “Woe to the one saying to the silent stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 HAB	2	19	a365	figs-rquestion		0	Do these things teach?	This rhetorical question emphasizes the negative answer that it anticipates. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot teach.” or “Wood and stone cannot teach.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 HAB	2	19	u5fx			0	See, it is overlaid	Alternate translation: “Look at it. You can see for yourself that it is overlaid”
-HAB	2	19	xks1	figs-activepassive		0	it is overlaid with gold and silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	2	19	xks1	figs-activepassive		0	it is overlaid with gold and silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	2	19	uq17	figs-idiom		0	there is no breath at all within it	The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 HAB	2	20	qts3	figs-metonymy		0	all the land	Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HAB	3	intro	i7n7			0		# Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ HAB	3	4	d92s			0	there he hid his power	The word “there” refers to Yahweh’
 HAB	3	6	gh3f			0	He stood	This means that Yahweh stopped walking and stood still, not that he stood up from a seated position.
 HAB	3	6	yt5m			0	measured the earth	This could mean: (1) the word translated as “measured” can be “shook” or (2) he surveyed the earth the way a conqueror would before assigning portions to his governors.
 HAB	3	6	id6p			0	eternal mountains … everlasting hills	“mountains that have existed since the beginning of time … hills that will exist until the end of time.” If your language has no different words for “hills” and “mountains” or for “eternal” and “everlasting,” you can combine them as the UST has done.
-HAB	3	6	ey5u	figs-activepassive		0	Even the eternal mountains were shattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Even the eternal mountains crumbled” or “He shattered even the eternal mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	3	6	ey5u	figs-activepassive		0	Even the eternal mountains were shattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Even the eternal mountains crumbled” or “He shattered even the eternal mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	3	6	g6cm	figs-personification		0	the everlasting hills bowed down	The hills being flattened like level ground is spoken of as if they were people who bow down before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the everlasting hills collapsed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 HAB	3	6	a4zl	figs-metaphor		0	His path is everlasting	This could mean: (1) the words “His path” may be a metaphor that speaks of Yahweh and his actions as a path on which he walks. Alternate translation: “He is everlasting” or (2) Habakkuk speaks of the path upon which Yahweh walks in the vision as being everlasting, indicating that this is the same path that Yahweh had taken in ancient times. Alternate translation: “He walks along an ancient path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HAB	3	7	ydk4	figs-metonymy		0	I saw the tents of Cushan in affliction, and the fabric of the tents in the land of Midian trembling	This could mean: (1) the words “the tents” and “the fabric of the tents” are metonyms for the people who live in those tents. Alternate translation: “I saw the people who live in tents in the land of Cushan in affliction, and the people who live in tents in the land of Midian trembling” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of the tents in Cushan and Midian being blown about by a storm as if the tents were people who were trembling in affliction. Alternate translation: “I saw the tents of Cushan blown about like people in affliction, and the fabric of the tents in the land of Midian trembling as if they were people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ HAB	3	14	srm8	figs-abstractnouns		0	their gloating was like one who devours the
 HAB	3	15	n6rz	figs-metaphor		0	heaped up the great waters	Yahweh causing the waters to surge is spoken of as if he heaped the water up into piles. Alternate translation: “caused the great waters to surge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HAB	3	16	b9nf			0	General Information:	Habakkuk describes his reaction to his vision of Yahweh.
 HAB	3	16	m7xf	figs-explicit		0	I heard	You may indicate what it is that Habakkuk heard. This could mean: (1) “I heard everything in that vision” or (2) “I heard Yahweh approach like a great storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-HAB	3	16	y78y	figs-explicit		0	my inner parts trembled	The word translated here as “inner parts” is literally “belly.” If your language has a specific internal organ that it uses to express the feeling of great fear, you can consider using it here. Alternate translation: “my heart beat rapidly” or “my stomach turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+HAB	3	16	y78y	figs-explicit		0	my inner parts trembled	The word translated here as “inner parts” is literally “belly.” If your language has a specific internal organ that it uses to express the feeling of great fear, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “my heart beat rapidly” or “my stomach turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HAB	3	16	ull6			0	My lips quivered at the sound	Quivering lips is another spontaneous response that comes with great fear.
 HAB	3	16	tz73	figs-idiom		0	Decay comes into my bones	Habakkuk speaks of having no strength in his body as if his bones began to decay. You may consider using an idiom from your own language here. Alternate translation: “My body goes limp, as if my bones were rotting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HAB	3	16	y61b	figs-idiom		0	under myself I tremble	The words “under myself” refer to what is below him. This idiom could mean: (1) “my legs tremble” or (2) “I tremble where I stand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
diff --git a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
index 027e205adf..d5233cdadd 100644
--- a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ ZEP	1	16	deb6	figs-doublet		0	a day of trumpets and alarms	The words “trumpets
 ZEP	1	16	da9h	figs-doublet		0	fortified cities and the high battlements	These two phrases both refer to military strongholds. Alternate translation: “well fortified cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ZEP	1	17	w66r			0	General Information:	Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:17-18 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
 ZEP	1	17	krq4	figs-simile		0	they will walk about like blind men	The result of Yahweh’s judgment is that people will be so confused and dazed when they walk about that people will think they are blind. Alternate translation: “they will walk around as confused and dazed as blind men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ZEP	1	17	cq1r	figs-simile		0	Their blood will be poured out like dust	Their blood that is shed will be as worthless as dust. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will pour out their blood and consider it to be worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ZEP	1	17	jrq1	figs-simile		0	their inner parts like dung	The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+ZEP	1	17	cq1r	figs-simile		0	Their blood will be poured out like dust	Their blood that is shed will be as worthless as dust. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will pour out their blood and consider it to be worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+ZEP	1	17	jrq1	figs-simile		0	their inner parts like dung	The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ZEP	1	18	ai7h	figs-metaphor		0	the fire of his jealousy	Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ZEP	1	18	ij81	figs-explicit		0	all the inhabitants of the earth	It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEP	2	intro	t1it			0		# Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ ZEP	2	2	xg13	figs-parallelism		0	before the fierce anger of Yahweh’s wrath com
 ZEP	2	2	c8mp	figs-metonymy		0	Yahweh’s wrath	This stands for God’s intent to punish. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEP	2	3	rm7u	figs-metaphor		0	Seek Yahweh	Seeking **Yahweh** could mean: (1) asking God for help or (2) thinking about God and obeying him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEP	2	3	rg17	figs-abstractnouns		0	Seek righteousness. Seek humility	The abstract nouns “righteousness” and “humility” can be stated as actions. Alternate translation: “Try to do what is right and to be humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ZEP	2	3	s75g	figs-activepassive		0	you will be protected in the day of Yahweh’s wrath	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will protect you in the day of his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEP	2	3	s75g	figs-activepassive		0	you will be protected in the day of Yahweh’s wrath	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will protect you in the day of his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEP	2	4	r1bq			0	General Information:	In 2:4-15, Yahweh announces his judgment on the nations that surround Judah.
 ZEP	2	4	dth6			0	Gaza … Ashkelon … Ashdod … Ekron	These were the four major Philistine cities of that day.
 ZEP	2	4	f893	figs-parallelism		0	will be abandoned … will turn into a devastation	These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the complete destruction of these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ ZEP	3	6	ie5c	figs-parallelism		0	I have made their streets ruins, so that no one
 ZEP	3	6	y9qd			0	no one passes over them	Alternate translation: “no one walks on them”
 ZEP	3	6	asi4			0	there is no man inhabiting them	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “all the people are dead”
 ZEP	3	7	mvv5	figs-quotations		0	I said, ‘Surely you will fear me … I have planned to do to you.’	This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I thought they would surely fear me and accept correction so that they would not be cut off from their homes by all that I have planned to do to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ZEP	3	7	g15j	figs-idiom		0	and do not be cut off from your homes	Here “cut off” is an idiom that means to be removed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I will not remove you from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEP	3	7	g15j	figs-idiom		0	and do not be cut off from your homes	Here “cut off” is an idiom that means to be removed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I will not remove you from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEP	3	7	u1c9			0	by corrupting all their deeds	Alternate translation: “by doing deeds that were corrupt”
 ZEP	3	8	lfl4			0	General Information:	In verse 3:8, Yahweh warns that he will judge all nations.
 ZEP	3	8	my26			0	wait for me … until the day	This phrase implies that they are waiting for judgment.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ ZEP	3	9	f339	figs-idiom		0	serve him shoulder to shoulder	Here “shoulder to sh
 ZEP	3	10	zs4q			0	beyond the river of Cush	This may refer to the area where Sudan is located today.
 ZEP	3	11	hvk2			0	General Information:	In verses 3:11-13, Yahweh encourages the remnant of Israel who survive the judgment.
 ZEP	3	11	ryq3			0	In that day … at that time	“When that happens … at that time.” These phrases here refer to the time of peace and restoration that immediately follows the day of Yahweh.
-ZEP	3	11	xcx2	figs-activepassive		0	will not be put to shame for all your deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will no longer be ashamed of all your deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEP	3	11	xcx2	figs-activepassive		0	will not be put to shame for all your deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will no longer be ashamed of all your deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEP	3	11	y6pj			0	those who celebrated your pride	Alternate translation: “all the people who are very proud”
 ZEP	3	12	q74i			0	General Information:	In verses 3:11-13, Yahweh encourages the remnant of Israel who survive the judgment.
 ZEP	3	12	c1gc	figs-metaphor		0	they will find refuge in the name of Yahweh	Yahweh’s protection of this remnant is spoke of as if he was a refuge or a fortress. Here “name of Yahweh” refers to his person. Alternate translation: “they will come to Yahweh and he will help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
index 52750d8596..bf6a8af0c0 100644
--- a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ ZEC	1	15	z4b6	figs-idiom		0	I am very angry with the nations that are at ease	Th
 ZEC	1	15	vt8i			0	I was only a little angry with them	Alternate translation: “I was only a little angry with the people of Jerusalem”
 ZEC	1	15	ml6d	figs-explicit		0	they made the disaster worse	“the nations that are at ease made the disaster worse.” This means that although Yahweh used these nations to punish Jerusalem, they did more harm to Jerusalem than what Yahweh had intended for them to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	1	16	irm7	figs-metaphor		0	I have returned to Jerusalem with mercies	This could mean: (1) although Yahweh had left Jerusalem when the people had gone into exile, he will now return to Jerusalem when they have come back from exile or (2) Yahweh speaks of having a change of attitude towards the people of Jerusalem and again blessing them and helping them as if he were returning to the city. Alternate translation: “I will once again show mercy towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ZEC	1	16	mlv6	figs-metonymy		0	My house will be built within her	The word “her” refers to Jerusalem, and the word “house” is a metonym for the temple. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people will build my temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	1	16	qz6g	figs-explicit		0	the measuring line will be stretched out over Jerusalem	This refers to builders using their instruments to rebuild the city. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “builders will stretch out their measuring lines over Jerusalem” or “the people will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	1	16	mlv6	figs-metonymy		0	My house will be built within her	The word “her” refers to Jerusalem, and the word “house” is a metonym for the temple. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people will build my temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	1	16	qz6g	figs-explicit		0	the measuring line will be stretched out over Jerusalem	This refers to builders using their instruments to rebuild the city. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “builders will stretch out their measuring lines over Jerusalem” or “the people will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	1	17	xwc5			0	Again call out, saying	The angel who was speaking to Zechariah says these words.
 ZEC	1	17	c5zg	figs-metonymy		0	My cities will once again overflow with goodness	The phrase “my cities” refers to the cities of Judah and represents the people who live in those cities. Yahweh speaks of the inhabitants of those cities again being prosperous as if goodness were a liquid that overflowed the cities, which are its containers. Alternate translation: “My cities will once again be prosperous” or “The people in the cities of Judah will once again be prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	1	17	e1cn	figs-metonymy		0	Yahweh will again comfort Zion	Here the word “Zion” refers to the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will again comfort the people in Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ ZEC	5	4	y2v5	figs-metaphor		0	consume its timber and stones	The curse destroying
 ZEC	5	5	j4s3	figs-synecdoche		0	Raise your eyes	The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “Look up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ZEC	5	6	mb23	translate-bvolume		0	This is a basket containing an ephah that is coming	An “ephah” is a unit of measurement for dry materials and is equal to 22 liters. Here the word is a metonym for the container that would hold an ephah of dry material. Alternate translation: “This is a measuring basket that is coming” or “This is a large container that is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	5	6	bcy6	writing-symlanguage		0	This is their iniquity in the whole land	The basket symbolizes the people’s iniquity, but it is not literally their iniquity. Alternate translation: “This basket represents the iniquity of the people throughout the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-ZEC	5	7	un6a	figs-activepassive		0	a lead covering was lifted off the basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: someone lifted a lead covering off the basket” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	5	7	un6a	figs-activepassive		0	a lead covering was lifted off the basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: someone lifted a lead covering off the basket” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	5	7	nn4h			0	there was a woman under it sitting in it	Alternate translation: “there was a woman under the lead covering sitting in the basket”
 ZEC	5	8	xg5w	writing-symlanguage		0	This is Wickedness	The woman represents wickedness. Alternate translation: “This woman represents wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 ZEC	5	8	glc2			0	He threw her … he threw the lead cover	“He thrust her … he forced the lead cover.” The word “threw” indicates the force with which the angel did these things. He did not literally throw the woman or the cover.
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ ZEC	5	9	mt2r	figs-idiom		0	wind was in their wings	This idiom means that they we
 ZEC	5	9	gde6			0	they had wings like a stork’s wings	A stork is a type of large bird that has a wingspan of two to four meters. Zechariah compares the size of the women’s wings with the size of the stork’s wings.
 ZEC	5	9	xf59	figs-merism		0	They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven	The words “earth” and “heaven” form a merism that refer to the sky. It is implicit that the two women flew away with the basket. Alternate translation: “They lifted the basket up into the sky and flew away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	5	11	dyi3	figs-ellipsis		0	To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it	The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ZEC	5	11	un6q	figs-activepassive		0	the basket will be set there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	5	11	un6q	figs-activepassive		0	the basket will be set there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	5	11	gtm8			0	on its prepared base	The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
 ZEC	6	intro	z96r			0		# Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
 ZEC	6	1	wvi1	figs-synecdoche		0	lifted my eyes	Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ ZEC	6	12	ihw2	figs-metaphor		0	his name is Branch	The word “Branch” refers t
 ZEC	6	12	w53q	figs-metaphor		0	He will grow up where he is	The phrase “grow up” refers to the growth of a plant, and so continues the metaphor of this person as a “Branch.” This likely refers to this person appearing or coming into power as the one who would supervise the rebuilding of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	6	13	lm52			0	He will be a priest on his throne	This could mean: (1) the “Branch” will be both priest and king or (2) the “Branch” will be king, and another person will be a priest who will share the royal power. Alternate translation: “There will be a priest upon his throne”
 ZEC	6	13	uyq6			0	he will bear a counsel of peace between the two	The words “the two” refer to the roles of king and priest. The meaning of this phrase depends upon the meaning of the previous phrase. This could mean: (1) the “Branch” will faithfully carry out his duties as both priest and king and not forsake one in order to fulfill the other or (2) the “Branch” who serves as king and the other person who serves as a priest will each carry out their duties faithfully and they will work together in peace.
-ZEC	6	14	ea75	figs-activepassive		0	The crown will given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will give the crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	6	14	ea75	figs-activepassive		0	The crown will given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will give the crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	6	14	xn98	translate-names		0	Heldai, Tobijah, Jedaiah … Hen	These are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Zechariah 6:10](../06/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ZEC	6	14	f3px			0	for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial	Some modern versions interpret this phrase as “as a memorial to the generosity of the son of Zephaniah” or “as a memorial to the one who is gracious, the son of Zephaniah.” Also, some modern versions interpret the name “Hen” as meaning the name “Josiah.”
 ZEC	6	15	e6jp	figs-explicit		0	those who are far off	This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ ZEC	9	3	vi9s	figs-personification		0	built herself a stronghold	Here the city of
 ZEC	9	3	p2xv	figs-hyperbole		0	heaped up silver like dust and refined gold like mud in the streets	Yahweh exaggerates to emphasize how rich Tyre was. Alternate translation: “accumulated silver and gold as much as soil in the streets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ZEC	9	4	ps4e			0	Look! The Lord will dispossess her	Here “Look!” tells the reader to pay attention to the important statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Pay attention! The Lord will take away Tyre’s possessions”
 ZEC	9	4	nf2a	figs-metonymy		0	destroy her strength on the sea	Tyre’s “strength on the sea” refers to the ships that were used for commerce and conquest. Alternate translation: “destroy Tyre’s ships in which men fight on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ZEC	9	4	rk76	figs-activepassive		0	so she will be devoured by fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and enemies will burn the city to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	9	4	rk76	figs-activepassive		0	so she will be devoured by fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and enemies will burn the city to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	9	5	zx4k	figs-metonymy		0	Ashkelon … Gaza … Ekron, her hopes	These cities each refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “The people of Ashkelon … the people of Gaza … the hopes of the people of Ekron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	9	5	ae33			0	will see	Alternate translation: “will see Tyre be destroyed”
 ZEC	9	6	fmu2			0	Strangers will make their homes in Ashdod	Alternate translation: “Foreigners will take over Ashdod and live there”
@@ -389,14 +389,14 @@ ZEC	11	intro	up7e			0		# Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and form
 ZEC	11	1	d6vm	figs-metaphor		0	Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour	Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	11	1	kmf3	figs-metaphor		0	fire may devour your cedars	Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	11	2	fu2k	figs-personification		0	Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen	Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ZEC	11	2	fq53	figs-activepassive		0	What was majestic has been devastated	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The majestic cedar trees are no more” or “The cedar trees were once majestic, but now they are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	2	fq53	figs-activepassive		0	What was majestic has been devastated	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The majestic cedar trees are no more” or “The cedar trees were once majestic, but now they are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	11	2	gbt2	figs-personification		0	Lament, you oaks of Bashan, for the strong forest has gone down.	The oaks of Bash are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the oak trees in Bashan were people, they would wail, for their thick forests are gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ZEC	11	3	pb1q			0	The shepherds howl	Alternate translation: “The shepherds cry out loudly”
 ZEC	11	3	ji77	figs-metonymy		0	for their glory has been destroyed	Here “their glory” probably represents the rich pastures that the shepherds led their sheep to. Alternate translation: “for their rich pastures are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	11	3	h9cl	figs-metonymy		0	for the pride of the Jordan River has been devastated	Here “the pride” probably represents the forests that grew near the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “because the trees and shrubbery where they lived by the Jordan River are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	11	4	zxx9	translate-symaction		0	General Information:	In 11:4-17 is a story about two shepherds. This could mean: (1) Zechariah actually became a shepherd over a flock as a symbolic act showing how Yahweh will treat his people or (2) Zechariah tells a parable that teaches how Yahweh will treat his people. Since it is uncertain which of these meanings is correct, it would be best not to specify either option in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 ZEC	11	4	u48q			0	watch over the flock set aside for slaughter	Alternate translation: “take care of a flock of sheep that the owners plan to slaughter”
-ZEC	11	5	ip1w	figs-activepassive		0	are not punished	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one punishes them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	5	ip1w	figs-activepassive		0	are not punished	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one punishes them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	11	6	ljs6	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 ZEC	11	6	f3ps			0	See!	Alternate translation: “Listen!” or “Pay attention!”
 ZEC	11	6	t499	figs-rpronouns		0	I myself	The word “myself” is used to emphasize that it is Yahweh who will do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -405,8 +405,8 @@ ZEC	11	6	sr77	figs-metonymy		0	none of them will I deliver them from their hand
 ZEC	11	7	jsk4			0	for those who dealt in sheep	Alternate translation: “for those who bought and sold sheep”
 ZEC	11	7	gy5l			0	Favor	Other versions of the Bible translate this word as “grace,” “beauty,” or “pleasant.”
 ZEC	11	8	kqz7			0	I became impatient with them,	This could mean: (1) “them” refers to the three shepherds or (2) “them” refers to the sheep owners.
-ZEC	11	9	cnt4	figs-activepassive		0	the sheep that are being destroyed—let them be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sheep that are perishing—let them perish” or “the sheep that are to wander and get lost—let them get lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	11	11	m881	figs-activepassive		0	the covenant was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the covenant ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	9	cnt4	figs-activepassive		0	the sheep that are being destroyed—let them be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sheep that are perishing—let them perish” or “the sheep that are to wander and get lost—let them get lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	11	m881	figs-activepassive		0	the covenant was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the covenant ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	11	11	ve5p	figs-explicit		0	knew that Yahweh had spoken	It is implied that those watching knew Yahweh was giving them a message through the breaking of the staff. Alternate translation: “knew that Yahweh had given them a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	11	12	x7fr	figs-explicit		0	thirty pieces of silver	It is implied that this was very little pay for the shepherd. Alternate translation: “only thirty pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	11	12	zf3a	translate-numbers		0	thirty pieces	“30 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -458,12 +458,12 @@ ZEC	12	12	jj6q	figs-metonymy		0	The land will mourn	This represents all the peop
 ZEC	12	12	qth7	figs-metonymy		0	The clan of the house of David … The clan of the house of Nathan	Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David … The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	12	13	r6fc	figs-metonymy		0	The clan of the house of Levi	Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	13	intro	jz2l			0		# Zechariah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
-ZEC	13	1	f2a5	figs-metaphor		0	a spring will be opened … for their sin and impurity	Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	13	1	f2a5	figs-metaphor		0	a spring will be opened … for their sin and impurity	Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	13	1	f3zc			0	a spring	a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
 ZEC	13	1	s36v	figs-metonymy		0	the house of David	Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	13	2	x2wt	figs-123person		0	this is the declaration of Yahweh of hosts	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 ZEC	13	2	v452	figs-metaphor		0	I will cut off the names of the idols from the land	Causing the people to no longer mention the names of idols is spoken of as if Yahweh would “cut off the names of the idols from the land.” Alternate translation: “I will cause the people to no longer mention the names of the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ZEC	13	2	u9ue	figs-idiom		0	they will no longer be remembered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they no longer think about the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	13	2	u9ue	figs-idiom		0	they will no longer be remembered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they no longer think about the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	13	2	mck6	figs-metaphor		0	I will remove the prophets and the spirit of impurity from the land	The prophets may refer to “false prophets.” The spirit of impurity is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “I will also remove from the land the false prophets and their evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	13	3	l7gb	figs-explicit		0	to prophesy	It is implied that these are false prophecies. Alternate translation: “to prophesy falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	13	3	rx4l	figs-distinguish		0	his father and mother who bore him	The phrase “who bore him” describes “his father and mother” in order to express surprise that someone’s own parents would treat him in this way. Alternate translation: “his own father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -491,14 +491,14 @@ ZEC	14	intro	ljq3			0		# Zechariah 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and form
 ZEC	14	1	zs1r			0	General Information:	This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it.
 ZEC	14	1	a7h2	figs-metaphor		0	A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst	A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	2	q4hu	figs-hyperbole		0	I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle	Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ZEC	14	2	qi2n	figs-activepassive		0	the city will be captured	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will capture the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	14	2	lk8a	figs-activepassive		0	The houses will be plundered and the women raped	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Enemies will plunder the houses and rape the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	14	2	cej1	figs-activepassive		0	the remainder of the people will not be cut off from the city	Not removing people from the city is spoken of as if the people will not be “cut off.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will allow the remaining people to stay in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	2	qi2n	figs-activepassive		0	the city will be captured	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will capture the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	2	lk8a	figs-activepassive		0	The houses will be plundered and the women raped	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Enemies will plunder the houses and rape the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	2	cej1	figs-activepassive		0	the remainder of the people will not be cut off from the city	Not removing people from the city is spoken of as if the people will not be “cut off.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will allow the remaining people to stay in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	3	l9z1			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save it. In this prophecy, Yahweh is described as a warrior who will come and fight in battle.
 ZEC	14	3	m5ez			0	as when he wages war on the day of battle	Alternate translation: “just as he fought battles in the past”
 ZEC	14	4	v1g4			0	On that day	Alternate translation: “At that time”
 ZEC	14	4	ak3r	figs-synecdoche		0	his feet will stand on the Mount of Olives	Here “feet” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he will stand on the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ZEC	14	4	kpm4	figs-activepassive		0	The Mount of Olives will be split … by a very great valley	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The presences of Yahweh will split the Mount of Olives … causing there to be a very great valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	4	kpm4	figs-activepassive		0	The Mount of Olives will be split … by a very great valley	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The presences of Yahweh will split the Mount of Olives … causing there to be a very great valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	5	x9i7			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save her.
 ZEC	14	5	u952	figs-you		0	you will flee	Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ZEC	14	5	n974			0	between Yahweh’s mountains	This refers to the mountains created after the Mount of Olives split in half.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ ZEC	14	5	mw1g			0	the holy ones	This probably refers to God’s angels.
 ZEC	14	6	g29k			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save her.
 ZEC	14	6	qjd1			0	On that day	Alternate translation: “At that time”
 ZEC	14	6	z2kn	figs-explicit		0	there will be no light	It is implied that there will be no light from the sun. Alternate translation: “there will be no light from the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ZEC	14	7	yli2	figs-activepassive		0	a day known only to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “only Yahweh knows when that day will begin” or “only Yahweh knows when that time will begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	7	yli2	figs-activepassive		0	a day known only to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “only Yahweh knows when that day will begin” or “only Yahweh knows when that time will begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	8	v254	figs-idiom		0	living waters	This normally means running or flowing water, rather than still or stagnant water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ZEC	14	8	wpw5			0	the eastern sea	This refers to the Dead Sea, which is east of Jerusalem.
 ZEC	14	8	uks5			0	the western sea	This refers to the Mediterranean Sea.
diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
index 3439c8abc9..480f939e45 100644
--- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ MAL	3	7	l1ir	figs-rquestion		0	How will we return?	The people ask this question
 MAL	3	8	dn4i	figs-rquestion		0	Would a person rob God?	This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAL	3	8	ijc5	figs-rquestion		0	How have we robbed you?	This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAL	3	8	cy6m	figs-explicit		0	In tithes and offerings	This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAL	3	9	grs1	figs-activepassive		0	You are cursed with a curse	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAL	3	9	grs1	figs-activepassive		0	You are cursed with a curse	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAL	3	9	mr47			0	you are robbing me, the whole nation	Here “nation” stands for the people to whom Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “all of you in the whole nation are robbing me”
 MAL	3	10	n4ch			0	the full tithe	Alternate translation: “all the tithes”
 MAL	3	10	dmr8	figs-metaphor		0	my house	Here “house” stands for the temple. Alternate translation: “my temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
index 277bf989bc..5bd6fcb477 100644
--- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ LUK	1	5	gb16	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου β
 LUK	1	5	l004	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In the days of	Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	5	l005	translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	5	l006	translate-names	Ἰουδαίας	1	Judea	**Judea** is the name of a kingdom. (It was not an independent kingdom at this time. Herod ruled it as a vassal of the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	1	5	a4q9	writing-participants	ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις	1	there was a certain priest	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	1	5	a4q9	writing-participants	ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις	1	there was a certain priest	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	1	5	l007	translate-names	Ζαχαρίας	1	Zechariah	**Zechariah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	5	l228	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά	1	from the division of Abijah	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	5	gzw1	translate-names	Ἀβιά	1	Abijah	**Abijah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ LUK	1	6	csc9	figs-doublet	πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δι
 LUK	1	7	c7cj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	But	This word indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	1	7	l010	figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	they had both advanced in their days	To have moved forward or to have **advanced** means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	7	l011	figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	they had both advanced in their days	Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	8	jr7f	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	1	8	jr7f	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	8	l012	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	in his performing as priest in the order of his division	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	8	vyl8	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in his performing as priest before God	The expression **before God**, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	8	abc1	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν	1	in his performing as priest	The pronoun **his** refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ LUK	1	8	wed9	writing-background	ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερία
 LUK	1	9	vq5g	writing-background	κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε	1	according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot	Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	1	9	pa9c	translate-unknown	ἔλαχε	1	came up by lot	A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	1	9	l013	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense	ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	1	9	ph9z	translate-unknown	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι	1	to burn incense	The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	1	9	ph9z	translate-unknown	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι	1	to burn incense	The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	1	10	bjl6	figs-hyperbole	πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the whole crowd of the people	This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	1	10	ntl8	figs-explicit	ἔξω	1	outside	This word refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	10	uwu7	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος	1	at the hour of the incense offering	The word **hour** figuratively means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ LUK	1	17	w32h	figs-personification	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέ
 LUK	1	17	qe48	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** figuratively to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10-14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	1	17	l024	figs-explicit	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	17	l025	figs-explicit	ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων	1	to turn … the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous	Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	17	j49j	figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων	1	the disobedient … of the righteous	Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	1	17	j49j	figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων	1	the disobedient … of the righteous	Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	1	17	ujs1	figs-explicit	λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον	1	a people prepared	You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	18	asn2	figs-explicit	κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο	1	How will I know this	Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	18	l026	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1
 LUK	1	25	pn2a	figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	he looked upon me	Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	25	lx3p	figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	to take away my disgrace among people	By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	1	26	rl4c	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the angel Gabriel was sent from God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	26	l036	translate-names	Γαλιλαίας	1	Galilee	**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	26	l037	translate-names	Ναζαρὲτ	1	Nazareth	**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	1	27	l038	writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	a man whose name was Joseph	This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	1	27	l038	writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	a man whose name was Joseph	This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	1	27	l039	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph	**Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	27	tzh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	of the house of David	In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	27	l040	writing-background	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	of the house of David	This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	1	27	w9tm	writing-participants	τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ	1	the name of the virgin was Mary	This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	1	27	w9tm	writing-participants	τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ	1	the name of the virgin was Mary	This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	1	27	l041	translate-names	Μαριάμ	1	Mary	**Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	28	i7h4	figs-idiom	χαῖρε	1	Rejoice	This word was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	28	bp2n		κεχαριτωμένη	1	favored one	Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ LUK	1	51	nt8x	figs-metaphor	ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδία
 LUK	1	52	ty2j	figs-metonymy	καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων	1	He has thrown down rulers from their thrones	A **throne** is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If a ruler is brought down from his throne, that means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	52	l069	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	This word indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	1	52	ee3q	figs-metaphor	ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς	1	he has raised up the lowly	In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	52	yuu2	figs-nominaladj	ταπεινούς	1	the lowly	Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	1	52	yuu2	figs-nominaladj	ταπεινούς	1	the lowly	Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	1	53	z2he	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	but	This word once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	1	54	d8g6	translate-versebridge		0		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:54](../01/54.md) and [1:55](../01/55.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	1	54	l070	figs-personification	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Israel	Mary is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ LUK	1	58	j2xc	figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτο
 LUK	1	58	l075	figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	59	f4ul	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	59	l076	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	1	59	gm1k	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	1	59	gm1k	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	1	59	ya7d	figs-explicit	ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον	1	they came to circumcise the child	In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	59	ip8w	figs-idiom	ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν	1	they were going to call him after the name of his father, Zechariah	As in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md), to **call** the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	60	l077	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν	1	answering his mother said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ LUK	1	74	v55j	figs-explicit	ἀφόβως	1	fearlessly	The implication is that i
 LUK	1	75	l5n2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	in holiness and righteousness	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **holiness** and **righteousness** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	1	75	tn5i	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	before him	This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	75	l093	figs-idiom	πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν	1	all our days	Here Zechariah uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	76	f6r1	figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	And indeed, you, child	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you can indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	76	f6r1	figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	And indeed, you, child	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	76	l094	figs-idiom	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	76	bb3g	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	of the Most High	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ LUK	2	4	s7a7	figs-metaphor	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ π
 LUK	2	5	ktz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	He registered himself with Mary, who was engaged to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	2	5	ne7a	figs-explicit	Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	Mary, who was engaged to him	In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	5	l110	figs-activepassive	τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	who was engaged to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	6	qw6j	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	2	6	qw6j	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	2	6	w4is	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ	1	while they were there	The word **they** refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	6	zr62	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	the days were fulfilled for her to deliver	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	6	l111	figs-idiom	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι	1	the days were fulfilled	Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ LUK	2	7	s97r	translate-unknown	ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτν
 LUK	2	7	yj6j	figs-explicit	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	there was no room for them in the inn	There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	7	l114	translate-unknown	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	because there was no room for them in the inn	**The inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	2	8	l115	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses **and** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	2	8	l116	writing-participants	ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ	1	there were shepherds in that area	This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	2	8	l116	writing-participants	ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ	1	there were shepherds in that area	This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	9	x1y4		ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	an angel of the Lord	Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
 LUK	2	9	u2di		ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς	1	stood before them	Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
 LUK	2	9	ca2k	figs-explicit	δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς	1	the glory of the Lord shone around them	The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The **glory** of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” [Isaiah 60:1](../isa/60/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ LUK	2	10	l118	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	The term **behold**
 LUK	2	10	pw8t		εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people	Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
 LUK	2	10	adz8	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	all the people	This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	2	11	l119	figs-infostructure	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord!	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-LUK	2	11	z1us	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον	1	today has been born for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	11	z1us	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον	1	today has been born for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	11	z9m2	figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	in the city of David	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	11	l120	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	who is Christ the Lord	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ LUK	2	21	l124	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ
 LUK	2	21	u6sw	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	his name was called Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	21	l125	figs-idiom	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	his name was called Jesus	As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	21	km8b	figs-activepassive	τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	which he had been called by the angel	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	21	l126	figs-explicitinfo	πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ	1	before he was conceived in the womb	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
+LUK	2	21	l126	figs-explicitinfo	πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ	1	before he was conceived in the womb	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	2	22	q9yb	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	22	b65l	figs-explicit	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν	1	the days of their purification	The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	22	l127	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1	Moses	**Moses** is the name of a man, the great law-giver of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ LUK	2	23	l130	figs-idiom	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	wi
 LUK	2	23	l131	figs-declarative	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	will be called holy to the Lord	Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	2	24	ni3s	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	what is said in the law of the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	25	l132	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	2	25	ytp9	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών	1	there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	2	25	ytp9	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών	1	there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	25	l133	translate-names	Συμεών	1	Simeon	**Simeon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	2	25	n263	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής	1	this man was righteous and devout	The terms **righteous** and **devout** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	2	25	l134	figs-idiom	προσδεχόμενος	1	waiting for	This is an idiomatic usage of the term **waiting**. It does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ LUK	2	52	gb25	figs-abstractnouns	Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σο
 LUK	2	52	y5qk	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	in favor with God and people	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **favor**, you could express the idea behind it with verbs. The phrase **in favor with God and people** refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	3	intro	tkg5			0		# Luke 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1-22)<br>2. The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23-38)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12-15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke [3:12-15](./12.md))<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4-6 from Isaiah 40:3-5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4-6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Herod locked up John in prison”<br><br>This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
 LUK	3	1	l167	writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar	This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	3	1	l168	translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	in the fifteenth year	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	3	1	l168	translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	in the fifteenth year	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	3	1	l169	writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	Tiberius Caesar	As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	3	1	l170	translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	Tiberius	**Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	1	v22w	translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου	1	Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias	These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ LUK	3	16	jjp1	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πν
 LUK	3	16	c1an	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί	1	He will baptize you … with fire	The word **fire** is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	jzm4	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	l196	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	3	17	b1ap	translate-unknown	πτύον	1	winnowing fork	This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	3	17	b1ap	translate-unknown	πτύον	1	winnowing fork	This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	17	gf8n	translate-unknown	διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	17	gt3q	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ	1	and to gather the wheat into his storehouse	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	ky8j	figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ LUK	3	38	ck3f		τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of Adam, of God	Alternate
 LUK	4	intro	r3vy			0		# Luke 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1-13)<br>2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14-30)<br>3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31-44)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11 and 4:18-19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”<br><br>While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
 LUK	4	1	n1xx	writing-newevent	Ἰησοῦς δὲ	1	Then Jesus	Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	4	1	l201	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	the Jordan	**Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	4	1	v18k	figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	was led by the Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	1	v18k	figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	was led by the Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	2	bls8	figs-verbs	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the 40 days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	4	2	hg5p	figs-activepassive	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	2	k47d	writing-pronouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν	1	he did not eat anything	Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ LUK	4	4	hr5a	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your reade
 LUK	4	4	ek2z	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man will not live on bread alone	The word **bread** refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	4	4	l205	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man	Here, **man** has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	4	5	wm17	figs-explicit	ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν	1	he led him up	The implication is that the devil brought Jesus **up** to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	5	jxi9	figs-explicitinfo	ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου	1	in an instant of time	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
+LUK	4	5	jxi9	figs-explicitinfo	ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου	1	in an instant of time	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	4	6	l206	figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	6	dcx6	figs-explicit	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	The word **it** likely refers back to the singular antecedent **all this authority**, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate **it** should agree with **authority** in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	7	g7h9	figs-explicit	ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ	1	if you will bow in worship before me	The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ LUK	4	17	x52a	translate-unknown	βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσα
 LUK	4	17	w5s9	figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον	1	the place where it was written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	18	h1rm	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	The Spirit of the Lord is upon me	As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	4	18	q96y	figs-metaphor	ἔχρισέν με	1	he has anointed me	In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing figuratively to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	4	18	l6ac	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς	1	the poor … the blind	Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	4	18	l6ac	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς	1	the poor … the blind	Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	4	18	a9wn		κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν	1	to proclaim freedom to the captives	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
 LUK	4	18	mzp4		κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν	1	to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
 LUK	4	18	utq5	figs-activepassive	ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει	1	to set free those who are oppressed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ LUK	4	21	l218	figs-idiom	σήμερον	1	Today	**Today** figuratively refers to
 LUK	4	21	b1ix	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη	1	this scripture has been fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	21	iij8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν	1	in your ears	In this expression, the **ears** figuratively represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	4	22	k2xi	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος	1	the gracious words	Luke uses the term **words** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	4	22	l219	figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	the … words that were coming out of his mouth	In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
+LUK	4	22	l219	figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	the … words that were coming out of his mouth	In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you could express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	4	22	ty6d	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος?	1	Is this not the son of Joseph?	The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	4	23	l220	figs-quotesinquotes	πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου	1	Surely you will say this proverb to me, ‘Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	4	23	u4ps	writing-proverbs	ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν	1	Doctor, heal yourself	Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ LUK	4	31	ky4y	figs-explicit	Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλ
 LUK	4	32	qk28	figs-activepassive	ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	they were astonished at his teaching	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	32	j4ee	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ	1	his word was with authority	Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	4	33	l235	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	4	33	fax1	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος	1	there was a man	Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	4	33	fax1	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος	1	there was a man	Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	4	33	i93n		ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου	1	who had a spirit of an unclean demon	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
 LUK	4	33	e539	figs-idiom	ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	he cried out with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	34	y1xh	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ LUK	4	37	xca8	figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ 
 LUK	4	38	jn3a	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	4	38	l240	writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	4	38	l241	translate-names	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	**Simon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	4	38	tf3d		πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	Simon’s mother-in-law	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you can use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
+LUK	4	38	tf3d		πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	Simon’s mother-in-law	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
 LUK	4	38	lls1	figs-idiom	ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	38	cp21		ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
 LUK	4	38	z3qz	figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	they asked him concerning her	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ LUK	5	10	u6zs	figs-metaphor	ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν	1	you wil
 LUK	5	11	abca		τὴν γῆν	1	the land	Alternate translation: “the shore”
 LUK	5	12	j1xy	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	and it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	5	12	l248	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	5	12	r35h	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας	1	a man full of leprosy	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	5	12	r35h	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας	1	a man full of leprosy	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	5	12	i3zk	figs-idiom	πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον	1	fell on his face	This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	5	12	m4k2		ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	if you are willing	Alternate translation: “if you want to”
 LUK	5	12	x7ss	figs-declarative	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	you can make me clean	The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ LUK	5	17	mb8m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Lu
 LUK	5	17	l252	figs-hyperbole	ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας	1	from every village of Galilee and Judea	Luke generalizes by saying **every** in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	5	17	l253	figs-metaphor	δύναμις Κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν	1	power from the Lord was upon him to heal	As often in this book, **upon** is a spatial metaphor. In this case, it means that the power of the Lord was with Jesus in a special way, specifically, to enable him to heal people. Alternate translation: “the Lord was giving Jesus special power to heal people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	5	18	l254	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	5	18	cl7s	writing-participants	ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	men carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	5	18	cl7s	writing-participants	ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	men carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	5	18	l9q8	translate-unknown	κλίνης	1	a mat	**A mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	5	18	z2n2		ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	who was paralyzed	Alternate translation: “was unable to move by himself”
 LUK	5	18	abc6		ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	before him	Here, **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ LUK	5	19	abc7		καθῆκαν αὐτὸν	1	and let him down	Alternate transla
 LUK	5	19	l255	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	into the midst	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	5	19	l85u		ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before Jesus	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
 LUK	5	20	l83a	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	And seeing their faith	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	5	20	z4ek		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	**Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
+LUK	5	20	z4ek		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	**Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
 LUK	5	20	c7r7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου	1	your sins are forgiven you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	5	21	l256	translate-unknown	οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	the scribes	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **the scribes** does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	5	21	l257	translate-names	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	**Pharisees** is the name of an important and powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus’ time. The name occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -829,9 +829,9 @@ LUK	5	30	pi2x	figs-you	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	you eat and drink
 LUK	5	30	l268	figs-merism	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	eat and drink	The Pharisees are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “share meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	5	30	ze7y	figs-hendiadys	μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	with tax collectors and sinners	The Pharisees may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The previous verse says that there were many **tax collectors** at this banquet. So the term **sinners** may tell what the Pharisees thought these **tax collectors** were. Alternate translation: “with sinful tax collectors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	5	31	l269	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were complaining about. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	5	31	t6iv	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	People who are well do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+LUK	5	31	t6iv	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	People who are well do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 LUK	5	31	i9gn	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	but those who have sickness	The proverb expresses the idea compactly, and so it leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, it is people who are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	5	32	g993	figs-nominaladj	δικαίους	1	the righteous	Luke is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	5	32	g993	figs-nominaladj	δικαίους	1	the righteous	Luke is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	5	32	l270	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	but sinners to repentance	Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	5	32	l271	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	to repentance	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **repentance**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	5	33	f6g6	writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν	1	Then they said	The pronoun **they** refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ LUK	6	5	h453	figs-123person	ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπο
 LUK	6	5	l285	figs-explicit	ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	5	xy9h	figs-metaphor	Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	The title **Lord** figuratively describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	6	p1ee	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	6	6	d44q	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1	there was a man there	This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	6	6	d44q	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1	there was a man there	This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	6	6	t77y	translate-unknown	ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά	1	his right hand was withered	This means that the man’s **hand** was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	6	7	q3sh	writing-pronouns	παρετηροῦντο…αὐτὸν	1	were watching him	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	7	c1qe	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might find to accuse him	Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ LUK	6	19	l296	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας	1	the whole
 LUK	6	19	y2cl	figs-personification	δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας	1	power was coming out from him and healing everyone	Luke speaks figuratively of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	6	20	l297	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes	This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	20	ymg7	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	Blessed are	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	6	20	xj9v	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	6	20	xj9v	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	20	y18c	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for yours is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	6	20	k34r		ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	yours is the kingdom of God	This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
 LUK	6	21	l344	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are hungry now	As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ LUK	6	23	l303	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	Jesus uses the term
 LUK	6	23	e3kb		ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς	1	your reward is great	Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
 LUK	6	23	l304	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	their fathers	Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	24	c6lu	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	woe to you	The phrase **woe to you** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	6	24	v1bp	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	6	24	v1bp	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	24	cs2e	figs-explicit	ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν	1	you have received your comfort	Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	25	l305	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	woe to you	See how you translated this in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	25	de8m	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι	1	who are filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ LUK	6	35	zw5k	figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	sons of the Most High	T
 LUK	6	35	l316	figs-gendernotations	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	sons of the Most High	Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “children of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	35	qr5x		υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	sons of the Most High	Make sure that the word **sons** or “children” in your translation is plural and not capitalized, if your language uses that convention for titles, so that readers do not confuse this expression with the title for Jesus, “the Son of the Most High,” which occurs in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [8:28](../08/28.md).
 LUK	6	35	l317	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	6	35	l318	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	the ungrateful and evil	Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	6	35	l318	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	the ungrateful and evil	Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	36	n28w	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	your Father	This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the **Father** of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	37	a8c7		μὴ κρίνετε	1	do not judge	Your language may require you to specify the object of **judge**. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
 LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ LUK	7	11	l354	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς	1	on the next day	Luke may be us
 LUK	7	11	dmz7	translate-names	Ναΐν	1	Nain	**Nain** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	7	12	l355	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses **and** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	7	12	l356	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	7	12	l357	writing-participants	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς	1	one who had died was being carried out	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	7	12	l357	writing-participants	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς	1	one who had died was being carried out	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	7	12	zr69	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	12	l358	figs-explicit	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	12	n96r	writing-background	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow)	This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ LUK	7	22	lcm2	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1
 LUK	7	22	l372	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες…εἴδετε	1	you have gone … you have seen	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	7	22	fvz7	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	22	l373	figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you could translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	7	23	y4px	figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	blessed is anyone who is not offended by me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	23	i7zh	figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	who is not offended by me	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	24	abcd	writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	he began to say	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ LUK	7	28	yz6b		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to focu
 LUK	7	28	rr11	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	28	hfqf	figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	28	gfz7	figs-litotes	μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν	1	no one is greater than John	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-LUK	7	28	c33u	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…μικρότερος	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	7	28	c33u	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…μικρότερος	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	7	28	l379	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	7	28	r81b	figs-explicit	μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	is greater than he	The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	29	idv8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	declared God to be righteous, having been baptized with the baptism of John	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1167,12 +1167,12 @@ LUK	7	36	fd2c	writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φα
 LUK	7	36	lhd4	writing-participants	τις…τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	one of the Pharisees	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	7	36	dy31	translate-unknown	κατεκλίθη	1	he reclined to eat	See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	7	37	l386	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	7	37	a9iu	writing-participants	γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	there was a woman in the city	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	7	37	a9iu	writing-participants	γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	there was a woman in the city	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	7	37	x4sk	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτωλός	1	who was a sinner	Luke is speaking from the perspective of the Pharisee when he says that the woman was a **sinner**. Since the Pharisee would likely not have known her personally, this is an implicit reference to her reputation. She may have been a prostitute, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “who had a reputation for living a sinful life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	37	l387	figs-explicit	κομίσασα	1	she brought	In this culture, if people wanted to hear what someone’s special dinner guest had to say, they were allowed to come and stand around the walls of the banqueting hall and listen, even if they had not been invited to share in the meal. And so this woman was allowed to enter and listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that specifically. Alternate translation: “she came into the banquet hall as a visitor, bringing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	37	apx8	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	7	37	a954	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	of perfumed oil	This oil had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	7	38	v5xh	figs-explicitinfo	ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς	1	with the hair of her head	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
+LUK	7	38	v5xh	figs-explicitinfo	ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς	1	with the hair of her head	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	7	38	i93v		ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ	1	anointing them with the perfumed oil	Alternate translation: “pouring perfume on them”
 LUK	7	39	u455	figs-quotemarks	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων	1	he said to himself, saying	As noted in [3:10](../03/10.md), Luke often uses the word **saying** to introduce a quotation. Particularly in cases like this one, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	7	39	xc9v	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἂν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν	1	If this man were a prophet, he would know who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner	This Pharisee is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must not be a prophet, because he allowed this sinful woman to touch him, and a prophet would have known she was sinful and not allowed that. Alternate translation: “Jesus must not be a prophet, because if he were, he would know that the woman who is touching him is a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ LUK	8	intro	ba3i			0		# Luke 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
 LUK	8	1	i6mi	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	8	1	l399	figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην	1	through city and village	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “around to different cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	8	1	l401	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	8	1	l402	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	8	1	l402	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	8	1	l403	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	8	2	g99l	figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	2	g99l	figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	jq4g	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	2	n4x6	figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	l404	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει	1	from whom seven demons had gone out	The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1307,11 +1307,11 @@ LUK	8	23	mdb5	figs-idiom	κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴ
 LUK	8	23	l429	figs-metonymy	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	Luke says **they**, meaning the disciples, to refer figuratively by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	23	l430	figs-activepassive	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	23	uki7	figs-explicit	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	24	l432		Ἐπιστάτα	1	Master	**Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you can use it here in your translation.
+LUK	8	24	l432		Ἐπιστάτα	1	Master	**Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you could use it here in your translation.
 LUK	8	24	l431		λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!”	The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
 LUK	8	24	l433	figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	We are perishing	Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word **we** would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	8	24	uhe4		ἐπετίμησεν	1	rebuked	Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
-LUK	8	24	t1yy	figs-explicitinfo	τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος	1	the waves of the water	In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
+LUK	8	24	t1yy	figs-explicitinfo	τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος	1	the waves of the water	In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	8	24	v1c3	figs-parallelism	ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη	1	they ceased, and there was a calm	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke uses the repetition to emphasize what great power Jesus demonstrated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. However, you could also translate both phrases and show how the second expresses the results of the first. Alternate translation: “the storm ended” or “the storm ended, so that the lake became calm again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	8	25	d8c3	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν?	1	Where is your faith?	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him where their faith is. Rather, he is using the question form to correct them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have trusted God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	8	25	wjv3		τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ?	1	Who then is this, that he commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!”
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ LUK	8	25	l434	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὕδατι	1	the water	The disciples are figu
 LUK	8	26	f17p	translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the region of the Gerasenes	The name **Gerasenes** refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	26	p9zp		ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	opposite Galilee	Alternate translation: “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
 LUK	8	27	l435	figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντι…αὐτῷ	1	when he came out	Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus **came out** of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	8	27	hjh5	writing-participants	ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως	1	a certain man from the city	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	8	27	hjh5	writing-participants	ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως	1	a certain man from the city	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	8	27	ji6p		ἔχων δαιμόνια	1	who had demons	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
 LUK	8	27	xhw7	writing-background	καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ	1	And for a long time	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	8	27	we6n	translate-unknown	τοῖς μνήμασιν	1	the tombs	The term **the tombs** refers to places in which people laid to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ LUK	8	39	l453	figs-explicit	καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν	1	throughout
 LUK	8	40	l454	figs-synecdoche	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Now when Jesus returned	Luke figuratively says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	8	40	yd57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν	1	the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	8	41	l455	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	8	41	l456	writing-participants	ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος	1	a man came whose name was Jairus	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	8	41	l456	writing-participants	ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος	1	a man came whose name was Jairus	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	8	41	l457	translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	Jairus	**Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	41	avi8		ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	a ruler of the synagogue	Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
 LUK	8	41	epa2	translate-symaction	πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ	1	falling at the feet of Jesus	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -1382,8 +1382,8 @@ LUK	8	42	kq2v	figs-explicit	ἀπέθνῃσκεν	1	was dying	The implication i
 LUK	8	42	ymb1	figs-explicit	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he was going	You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	42	l458	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	8	42	kw2y		οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν	1	the crowds were crowding around him	Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
-LUK	8	43	l7pu	writing-participants	γυνὴ οὖσα	1	there was a woman	This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	8	43	h9uq	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος	1	with a flow of blood	Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you can use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+LUK	8	43	l7pu	writing-participants	γυνὴ οὖσα	1	there was a woman	This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	8	43	h9uq	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος	1	with a flow of blood	Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	8	43	l459	translate-textvariants	ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	having spent all her living on doctors	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	8	43	l460	figs-metonymy	ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	all her living	This phrase uses the term **living** figuratively to mean the money that was needed for **living**. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	43	zb4a	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι	1	was not able to be healed by anyone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ LUK	8	55	k6w2	figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆ
 LUK	8	56	c6mp		μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
 LUK	9	intro	uc1r			0		# Luke 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1-9)<br>2. Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10-17)<br>3. Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18-27)<br>4. The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28-36)<br>5. Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37-43)<br>6. Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44-50)<br>7. Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51-62)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).<br><br>### “Receiving”<br><br>This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
 LUK	9	1	l470	figs-nominaladj	συνκαλεσάμενος…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	when he had called the Twelve together	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	9	1	l471	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	9	1	l471	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	9	1	zqq6	figs-doublet	δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν	1	power and authority	**Power** and **authority** mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	9	1	fuj7		πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια	1	all the demons	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
 LUK	9	1	h8ql		νόσους θεραπεύειν	1	to cure diseases	Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ LUK	9	10	r2bq	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδά	1	Bethsaida	**Bethsaida** is the
 LUK	9	11	l483	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	9	12	btc8	writing-background	ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν	1	And the day began to end	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	9	12	l484	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	9	12	l485	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	9	12	l485	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	9	13	l486	figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ	1	There are not more than	The disciples are figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	9	13	tay4	translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	five loaves	This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	13	vuc1	figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	unless we go and buy food for all these people	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ LUK	9	22	j5k8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπ
 LUK	9	22	d5je	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	and to be killed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	22	l492	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	This word at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	9	22	lw6f	figs-activepassive	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	9	22	mfe8	translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	9	22	mfe8	translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	9	22	l493	figs-idiom	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the**third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	23	h1u1		πρὸς πάντας	1	to them all	Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
 LUK	9	23	h46s	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	come after me	To follow or to **come after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1545,11 +1545,11 @@ LUK	9	36	l510	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐ
 LUK	9	36	l511	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	37	q5f5	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	9	38	l512	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	9	38	k35b	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου	1	a man from the crowd	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	9	38	k35b	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου	1	a man from the crowd	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	9	38	l513		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	9	38	l514	figs-idiom	ἐπιβλέψαι ἐπὶ	1	look upon	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	39	l515	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The man uses the term **behold** to calls Jesus’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	9	39	ka7j	writing-participants	πνεῦμα	1	a spirit	The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	9	39	ka7j	writing-participants	πνεῦμα	1	a spirit	The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	9	39	abm3	translate-unknown	μετὰ ἀφροῦ	1	with foam	When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	39	l516	figs-litotes	μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	it departs from him with difficulty	The man is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	9	39	l517	figs-metaphor	συντρῖβον αὐτόν	1	crushing him	The man speaks figuratively of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ LUK	9	59	l538	figs-metaphor	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	As in [5:27](
 LUK	9	59	l539		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me to go first to bury my father	It is unclear whether the man’s father had died and that he would bury him immediately, or whether the man wanted to wait for a longer amount of time until his father died so that he could bury him then. The main point is that the man wanted to do something else first before going with Jesus. Alternate translation: “before I do that, let me go and bury my father”
 LUK	9	59	l540	figs-metonymy	ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me to go first to bury my father	One possible meaning of this expression is that the man wanted to wait until he had received his inheritance from his father so that he could live on that money while traveling with Jesus. If so, then he would be referring to the inheritance by association with his father’s death, and he would be referring to his father’s death by association with his burial. Alternate translation: “let me wait until I receive my inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	9	60	l541	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Let the dead bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Instead, the expression **the dead** likely refers figuratively to those who do not follow Jesus and so are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “Let people who are not concerned about spiritual things take care of everyday matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	9	60	l542	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	9	60	l542	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	9	60	l543	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	9	61	l544	figs-metaphor	ἀκολουθήσω σοι	1	I will follow you	As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want to be one of your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	61	l545		πρῶτον δὲ ἐπίτρεψόν μοι	1	but first permit me	Alternate translation: “but before I do that, please let me”
@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ LUK	9	62	l553	translate-unknown	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χε
 LUK	9	62	l549	figs-explicit	βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	looking to the things behind	The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	62	l550	figs-abstractnouns	εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	is fit for the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	10	intro	z899			0		# Luke 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1-24)<br>2. Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25-37)<br>3. Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38-43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Neighbor<br><br>The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29-37). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “72”<br><br>In 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke.<br><br>### “Jesus”<br><br>In 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.”<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	10	1	u8l6	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα	1	And after these things	Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	10	1	u8l6	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα	1	And after these things	Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	10	1	l551		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the title **the Lord** to show his authority. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	10	1	m75c	translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	72	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	10	1	g8ka	figs-idiom	ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο	1	sent them out by twos	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sent them out two by two” or “sent them out in groups of two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ LUK	10	7	u3vs	writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ 
 LUK	10	7	kd8i		μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν	1	Do not move around from house to house	This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, **remain in that house**, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
 LUK	10	8	k8yb	writing-pronouns	καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	and they receive you	The pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	10	8	wd2x	figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν	1	eat what is served to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	10	9	ws6g	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	10	9	ws6g	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	10	9	l565	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in it	Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	10	9	l566	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	10	9	e1he	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The kingdom of God has come close to you	The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1723,12 +1723,12 @@ LUK	10	21	l597	figs-youformal	ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ	1
 LUK	10	21	mf9d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	10	21	rs3w	figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Lord of heaven and earth	Jesus is using a figure of speech to describe something by naming its two components. Together **heaven** and **earth** represent everything that exists. Alternate translation: “you who rule over everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	10	21	n6xb	figs-extrainfo	ταῦτα	1	these things	Jesus is likely using this expression to refer to his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father. He describes these things in the next verse and says that only people to whom he reveals these identities can understand them, just as he says here that they are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-LUK	10	21	l598	figs-nominaladj	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	10	21	l598	figs-nominaladj	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	10	21	i2zf	figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 LUK	10	21	l599	figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	10	21	a175	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	infants	**Infants** refers figuratively to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	21	nm6t	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	before you	Jesus says **before you** to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	22	e47e	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been handed over to me from my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	22	e47e	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been handed over to me from my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	22	l600	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows who the Son is except the Father	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	10	22	six4		γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
 LUK	10	22	xm3s	figs-123person	γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ LUK	10	24	f32w	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν	1	and did not see	If it
 LUK	10	24	q61s	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	what you hear	The phrase **what you hear** probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	24	mb4b	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	and did not hear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	25	l602	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	25	klh4	writing-participants	νομικός τις	1	a certain lawyer	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	10	25	klh4	writing-participants	νομικός τις	1	a certain lawyer	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	10	25	l603	translate-unknown	νομικός	1	lawyer	See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “an expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	10	25	l604	translate-symaction	ἀνέστη	1	stood up	By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	10	25	c6ac		ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	to test him	Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ LUK	10	27	l608	figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	And
 LUK	10	27	l609	figs-youcrowd	ἀγαπήσεις	1	you will love	Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **you** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **you** **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	10	27	hxk1	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	you will love	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	10	27	fzb6	figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your strength, and with all your mind	Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-LUK	10	27	l610	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul	The words **heart** and **soul** figuratively represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you can represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	10	27	l610	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul	The words **heart** and **soul** figuratively represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you could represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	27	k1el	figs-ellipsis	καὶ, τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	and your neighbor as yourself	The lawyer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation (filling in ellipsis): “and you must also love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	10	28	l611	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	τοῦτο ποίει, καὶ ζήσῃ	1	Do this, and you will live	Jesus is describing a conditional situation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then God will give you eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 LUK	10	28	xd4n		ζήσῃ	1	you will live	Alternate translation: “God will give you eternal life”
@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ LUK	11	21	e4d1	figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμέ
 LUK	11	21	l672	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	the strong man who is fully armed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	21	l673	figs-synecdoche	φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν	1	is guarding his own courtyard	Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its **courtyard** or entrance area, to refer figuratively to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	11	21	pb5v	figs-idiom	ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	his possessions are at peace	This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s **possessions**, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	11	22	g1hx	figs-nominaladj	ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ	1	a stronger than he	Jesus is using the adjective **stronger** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	11	22	g1hx	figs-nominaladj	ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ	1	a stronger than he	Jesus is using the adjective **stronger** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	22	zv57	figs-metaphor	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	divide his spoils	Jesus speaks figuratively of the first man’s possessions as if they were the **spoils** of war. He also says figuratively that the stronger man will **divide** these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	22	l674	figs-explicit	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	divide his spoils	The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	23	yw6h		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters	Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ LUK	11	31	l689	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς
 LUK	11	31	rnq9	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	11	31	l690	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	the wisdom of Solomon	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	11	31	l691	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	11	31	l692	figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	11	31	l692	figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	31	cwa7	figs-123person	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	11	31	p75h	figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	32	pkh5	figs-explicit	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ LUK	11	32	l693	translate-symaction	ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς
 LUK	11	32	l694		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	in the judgment	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
 LUK	11	32	uwp5		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
 LUK	11	32	l695	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	11	32	l696	figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	greater than Jonah is here	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	11	32	l696	figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	greater than Jonah is here	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	32	ac61	figs-123person	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	greater than Jonah is here	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	11	32	l697	figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	greater than Jonah is here	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	33	l698	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας	1	No one, having lit a lamp	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ LUK	11	39	l704		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the res
 LUK	11	39	xf4e	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil	It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl figuratively in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “You Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	39	zkq7	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε	1	you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl	Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	39	b8gj	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	but the inside of you is full of greed and evil	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **greed** and **evil** with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	11	40	zq4l	figs-nominaladj	ἄφρονες	1	You foolish ones	Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	11	40	zq4l	figs-nominaladj	ἄφρονες	1	You foolish ones	Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	40	g39h	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν?	1	Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	11	41	m3ww	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	give as charity what is inside	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is now referring literally to the cups and bowls because he wants to speak about what they contain. So in this saying, they no longer represent the Pharisees figuratively. Alternate translation: “give to the poor what is in your cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	41	l705	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	give as charity what is inside	Jesus is referring to food by association with the cups and bowls that the food is **inside**. Alternate translation: “share your food with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ LUK	12	1	ybz9	figs-hyperbole	ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1
 LUK	12	1	x38n		ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον	1	he began to say to his disciples first	This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
 LUK	12	1	f5b9	figs-metaphor	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις	1	Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy	Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	1	l736	translate-unknown	ζύμης	1	yeast	**Yeast** is a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	12	2	m1ti	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	But	**But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you can use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+LUK	12	2	m1ti	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	But	**But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you could use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 LUK	12	2	e5w4	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	12	2	l737	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	12	2	g46e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ LUK	12	18	w6gc		τὰ ἀγαθά μου	1	my goods	Alternate translation: “my
 LUK	12	19	l770	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου	1	I will say to my soul, “Soul, you have many goods lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry”’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	12	19	mqm6	figs-synecdoche	τῇ ψυχῇ μου	1	my soul	The man figuratively addresses one part of himself, his **soul** or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	12	20	l771	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	But God said to him, ‘Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be?’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	12	20	l772	figs-nominaladj	ἄφρων	1	Foolish one	God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	12	20	l772	figs-nominaladj	ἄφρων	1	Foolish one	God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	20	l773		ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	this night they are demanding your soul from you	This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
 LUK	12	20	l774	figs-idiom	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	this night they are demanding your soul from you	The term **soul** means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	20	xgr9	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	they are demanding your soul from you	This expression speaks about death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “you are going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ LUK	12	25	n286	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πρ
 LUK	12	25	l777	translate-unknown	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	25	l778	figs-explicit	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	The implication may be that since a **cubit** is a relatively short distance, it figuratively represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	26	hl4d	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε?	1	If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you couldnot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	12	26	l779	figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	12	26	l779	figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	26	l780	figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	the rest	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	27	h293		κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει	1	Consider the lilies—how they grow	Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
 LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ LUK	12	39	l805	figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης	1	if
 LUK	12	39	l806	figs-hypo	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται	1	if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief was coming	The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	39	v73u	figs-idiom	ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ	1	at which hour	Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	39	ej9m	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	12	39	ej9q	figs-hypo	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+LUK	12	39	ej9q	figs-hypo	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	40	p1y9	figs-idiom	ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε	1	in that hour you do not expect	Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	40	dw4h	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	the Son of Man is coming	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	12	40	l807	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	the Son of Man is coming	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2236,13 +2236,13 @@ LUK	12	45	l812	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖ
 LUK	12	45	aku7	figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	says in his heart	Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	45	l813		χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	My master delays to return	Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
 LUK	12	45	juc5	figs-merism	τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας	1	the male servants and the female servants	Jesus is figuratively using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-LUK	12	46	l814	figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	the master of that servant will arrive	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+LUK	12	46	l814	figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	the master of that servant will arrive	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	46	j1m1	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	in a day that he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	12	46	l815	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	in a day that he does not expect	Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	46	l816	figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	in an hour that he does not know	Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	46	vg1d	figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	will cut him in two	The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) if **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	46	l817		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	will … appoint his place with the unfaithful	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
-LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	47	p1l2	figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	47	aj41		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	the will of his master	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
 LUK	12	47	im3v	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	will be beaten much	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ LUK	13	9	j4ul	figs-declarative	ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν	1	you will cut it d
 LUK	13	10	p3el	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	13	10	c3j8		ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	on the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 LUK	13	11	l858	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	13	11	wn7u	writing-participants	γυνὴ	1	a woman	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	13	11	wn7u	writing-participants	γυνὴ	1	a woman	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	13	11	hqj5		πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας	1	having a spirit of weakness	Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
 LUK	13	11	l859	figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ παντελές	1	to the complete	Luke is using the adjective **complete** as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	13	12	l860	figs-idiom	γύναι	1	Woman	Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](../12/14.md), in this context Jesus uses the term **woman** gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2420,9 +2420,9 @@ LUK	13	29	l896	translate-unknown	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	will recline to
 LUK	13	29	l897	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [13:28](../13/28.md). Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	13	30	l898	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	Jesus uses this expression to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	30	lk75	figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν ἔσχατοι οἳ ἔσονται πρῶτοι	1	there are last ones who will be first	Being **last** figuratively represents having few privileges, being **first** figuratively represents having many privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged now will come to have great privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	13	30	l899	figs-nominaladj	ἔσχατοι	1	last ones	Jesus is using the adjective **last** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	13	30	l899	figs-nominaladj	ἔσχατοι	1	last ones	Jesus is using the adjective **last** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	13	30	l900	figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν πρῶτοι οἳ ἔσονται ἔσχατοι	1	there are first ones who will be last	Being **first** figuratively represents having many privileges, and being **last** figuratively represents having few privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged now will lose those privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	13	30	l901	figs-nominaladj	πρῶτοι	1	first ones	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	13	30	l901	figs-nominaladj	πρῶτοι	1	first ones	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	13	31	pe5i	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	At that hour	Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	31	l902	writing-newevent	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	At that hour	Luke also uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the phrase in a way that shows how this next event follows the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus finished speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	13	31	l903	writing-participants	προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ	1	certain Pharisees approached, saying to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -2471,8 +2471,8 @@ LUK	14	1	l89x	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	he	The pronoun **he** refers to Je
 LUK	14	1	lh8g	figs-synecdoche	φαγεῖν ἄρτον	1	to eat bread	Luke refers figuratively to **bread**, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	14	1	jst8	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν	1	and they were watching him closely	The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	2	l927	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	14	2	f5gh	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	a certain man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	14	2	l4a1	translate-unknown	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	who was edematous	This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	14	2	f5gh	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	a certain man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	14	2	l4a1	translate-unknown	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	who was edematous	This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	2	l929	writing-background	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	who was edematous	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	14	2	l930	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	before him	Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “was in the presence of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	3	l931	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus spoke	The term **answering** indicates that Jesus **spoke** in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ LUK	14	6	cti5		καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι π
 LUK	14	7	l935	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο	1	he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	14	7	u86b	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν	1	he was speaking a parable	In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	14	7	em4u	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who were invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	14	7	yd4g	figs-metaphor	τὰς πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first places	The term **first** figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	14	7	yd4g	figs-metaphor	τὰς πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first places	The term **first** figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	8	l936	figs-hypo	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not recline to eat	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	14	8	pd7w	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος	1	When you are invited by someone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	8	l937	translate-unknown	μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	do not recline to eat	See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “do not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ LUK	14	8	l939	figs-nominaladj	ἐντιμότερός	1	a more honorable	Jesus i
 LUK	14	8	m5b9	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	you	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in [14:8-10](../14/08.md). But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	14	9	l940	translate-unknown	ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας	1	when the one who invited you and him arrives	In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	9	ecp7	figs-idiom	ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν	1	you will begin with shame to take the last place	Jesus uses the term **begin** idiomatically to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	14	9	gqa6	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The term **last** figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	14	9	gqa6	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The term **last** figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	9	l941	figs-explicit	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	10	x5qh	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς	1	when you are invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	10	l942	translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	recline to eat	See how you translated this in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ LUK	14	12	l946	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	your br
 LUK	14	12	l947		μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε	1	lest they also invite you in return	Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
 LUK	14	12	l948		γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι	1	and repayment happen to you	Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
 LUK	14	13	uc5f		κάλει	1	invite	It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
-LUK	14	13	abcf	figs-nominaladj	πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς	1	the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	14	13	abcf	figs-nominaladj	πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς	1	the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	14	14	vpt9	figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	you will be blessed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	14	r6cp	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι	1	they do not have to repay you	This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	14	14	z4tv	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι	1	it will be repaid to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2539,9 +2539,9 @@ LUK	14	18	eh3h	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces
 LUK	14	18	l952	figs-ellipsis	ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες	1	all from one	Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	14	18	s9as		παραιτεῖσθαι	1	to excuse themselves	Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
 LUK	14	18	l3r6	figs-explicit	ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The first said to him	While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	14	18	l953	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	14	18	l953	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	14	18	l954	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	‘I have bought a field, and I have need to go out to see it. I ask you, have me excused’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	14	18	l955	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	I ask you, have me excused	In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	14	18	l955	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	I ask you, have me excused	In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	14	18	l956	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	19	d9p2	figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	another said	See how you translated this in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	19	l957	figs-quotesinquotes	ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	‘I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you to have me excused’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ LUK	14	20	gy6v	figs-explicitinfo	γυναῖκα ἔγημα	1	I have married a
 LUK	14	20	l961		οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	I cannot come	This is not the same polite formula that the previous two people used. This man feels he has solid grounds to decline the invitation, and he says so directly. Reflect this difference in the way your language naturally would. Alternate translation: “I will not be coming”
 LUK	14	21	v7v7	figs-explicit	ὀργισθεὶς	1	becoming angry	The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	21	s88p		εἰσάγαγε ὧδε	1	bring in here	Alternate translation: “invite to my house”
-LUK	14	21	l962	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς	1	the poor, and crippled, and blind, and lame	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	14	21	l962	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς	1	the poor, and crippled, and blind, and lame	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	14	22	y4rb	figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	And the servant said	The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	22	l963	figs-quotesinquotes	Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν	1	‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	22	dgt3		γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας	1	what you commanded has happened	Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
@@ -2628,7 +2628,7 @@ LUK	15	6	l993	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ
 LUK	15	7	l994		λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι	1	I say to you that	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
 LUK	15	7	k1l2	figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	in the same way	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	7	k8k6	figs-metonymy	χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται	1	there will be joy in heaven	Jesus is using the word **heaven** figuratively to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	15	7	abcg	figs-nominaladj	δικαίοις	1	righteous	Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	15	7	abcg	figs-nominaladj	δικαίοις	1	righteous	Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	15	8	ly5c	figs-rquestion	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp, and sweep the house, and seek diligently until she has found it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	15	8	qr36	figs-hypo	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found it?	Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	15	8	l995	translate-bmoney	δραχμὰς	1	drachmas	A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@@ -2851,9 +2851,9 @@ LUK	16	24	rc6x	figs-hyperbole	καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν
 LUK	16	24	qix8	figs-activepassive	ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	I am tormented in this flame	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	25	m085	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	But Abraham said, ‘Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	25	m086	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Child	Abraham is using the term **child** figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	16	25	we9w	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	the good of yours	Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	16	25	we9w	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	the good of yours	Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	16	25	rv17		ὁμοίως	1	likewise	Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
-LUK	16	25	hwc8	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	the bad	Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	16	25	hwc8	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	the bad	Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	16	25	g4js	figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	he is comforted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	25	cn8i	figs-activepassive	σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	you are tormented	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	26	m087	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you are not able, and none may cross over from there to us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2877,14 +2877,14 @@ LUK	16	29	m095	figs-explicit	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	let them lis
 LUK	16	30	m096	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	But he replied, ‘No, Father Abraham, but if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent.’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	30	m097	figs-explicit	οὐχί	1	No	The rich man uses this word to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	30	d84a	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent	The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	16	30	m098	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	The rich man is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	16	30	m098	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	The rich man is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	16	31	abcl	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	But he said to him, ‘If they do not hear Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone would rise from the dead’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	31	n9s4	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead	Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	16	31	m099	figs-idiom	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets	The term **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in [16:29](../16/29.md). Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	16	31	xkr7	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	16	31	m100	figs-merism	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	16	31	m101	figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	16	31	gf1b	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	16	31	gf1b	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	17	intro	c4am			0		# Luke 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1-10)<br>2. Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11-19)<br>3. Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20-37)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Old Testament Examples<br><br>Jesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7-9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “In his day”<br><br>At the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “There will be two in the field”<br><br>Some ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	17	1	ej1e	figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	It is impossible for traps not to come	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	17	1	m102	translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	traps	The term **traps** refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ LUK	17	28	m173	figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον,
 LUK	17	28	u93v	writing-pronouns	ἤσθιον	1	they were eating	The implication from [17:29](../17/29.md) is that the pronoun **they** refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	17	29	m174	figs-idiom	ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ	1	but in the day	While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** figuratively to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	29	m175	translate-names	Σοδόμων	1	Sodom	**Sodom** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	17	29	gp77	figs-simile	ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	it rained fire and sulfur from heaven	In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you can translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+LUK	17	29	gp77	figs-simile	ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	it rained fire and sulfur from heaven	In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	17	29	skp4	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	them all	Here, **them all** does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	17	30	m176		κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	It will be according to these things	Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
 LUK	17	30	w3uh	figs-explicit	κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	It will be according to these things	The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ LUK	18	3	jhk6	figs-explicit	χήρα	1	a widow	A widow is a woman whose husband
 LUK	18	3	xfg3		ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	she was coming to him	Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
 LUK	18	3	m131	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	saying, ‘Vindicate me against my opponent’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	18	3	kj2l	figs-imperative	ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	Vindicate me against my opponent	This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	18	3	xc7k	translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	my opponent	The term **opponent** refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	18	3	xc7k	translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	my opponent	The term **opponent** refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	18	4	m197		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	after these things	Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
 LUK	18	4	m198	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	he said to himself, ‘Even if I do not fear God or respect man’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	18	4	m199	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	Even if I do not fear God or respect man	The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ LUK	18	11	mi9g	figs-quotesinquotes	ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσ
 LUK	18	11	m211	figs-youformal	εὐχαριστῶ σοι	1	I thank you	Here, the pronoun **you** is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
 LUK	18	11	m212	figs-gendernotations	οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the rest of men	The Pharisee is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	18	11	lud3	translate-unknown	ἅρπαγες	1	robbers	The word **robbers** describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	18	11	m213	figs-nominaladj	ἄδικοι	1	unrighteous	The Pharisee is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	18	11	m213	figs-nominaladj	ἄδικοι	1	unrighteous	The Pharisee is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	18	11	z78w	figs-explicit	ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	or even like this tax collector	The Pharisees believed that any **tax collector** would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	12	m214	figs-quotesinquotes	νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	I fast twice a week. I tithe all that I acquire	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	18	12	ru63	figs-idiom	ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	I tithe all that I acquire	To **tithe** means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@ LUK	18	21	m5qf	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ 
 LUK	18	22	e8il		ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	But Jesus, hearing, said to him	Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
 LUK	18	22	t2cw		ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει	1	One thing is still lacking to you	Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
 LUK	18	22	d3ar		πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον	1	Sell all that you have	Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
-LUK	18	22	c4s5	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	distribute to the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	18	22	c4s5	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	distribute to the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	18	22	hy6a	figs-metaphor	δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι	1	come, follow me	As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	23	m228	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα…ἐγενήθη	1	But he, hearing these things, became	Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	24	m229	translate-textvariants	ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Then Jesus, looking at him	Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -3160,12 +3160,12 @@ LUK	18	24	qcm7	figs-exclamations	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήμα
 LUK	18	24	m230	figs-abstractnouns	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	18	25	hdz1	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for	It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **the eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	18	25	m231	translate-unknown	κάμηλον	1	camel	A **camel** is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	18	25	j7x3	translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	the eye of a needle	The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you can use it in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	18	25	j7x3	translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	the eye of a needle	The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	18	25	m232	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	to enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [18:24](../18/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	18	26	ycm3		οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	the ones who heard	Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
 LUK	18	26	vu3z	figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	18	26	m233	figs-activepassive	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	18	27	ms9b	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν	1	The impossible with men is possible with God	Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	18	27	ms9b	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν	1	The impossible with men is possible with God	Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	18	28	m235	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	28	znu6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν	1	we have left … we have followed	Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	18	28	yk9b		πάντα	1	everything	This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind **everything** they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
@@ -3174,12 +3174,12 @@ LUK	18	28	m262	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι	1	and we
 LUK	18	29	vz2w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	18	29	sk6z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	there is no one who has left	A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	18	29	m237	figs-abstractnouns	εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for the sake of the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	18	30	s6rp	figs-doublenegatives	ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ	1	who will by no means not receive	This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you can finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	18	30	s6rp	figs-doublenegatives	ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ	1	who will by no means not receive	This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you could finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	18	30	m238	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	in this time … in the age that is coming	Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	18	30	d3xa	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and in the age that is coming, eternal life	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	18	31	pwk9		παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	he took the Twelve aside	Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
 LUK	18	31	m239	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	18	31	m240	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	18	31	m240	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	18	31	g4yx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	31	m241	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	we are going up to Jerusalem	When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	18	31	pg4k	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	all the things that have been written by the prophets	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ LUK	18	32	m244	figs-123person	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθ
 LUK	18	33	u86r	figs-123person	καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And having whipped him, they will kill him. And on the third day he will rise up	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	18	33	fie4	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And on the third day he will rise up	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the **third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	33	m245	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	And on the third day	Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	18	33	m246	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	18	33	m246	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	18	33	m247	figs-metonymy	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively of his coming back to life as if he will **rise up**, since he will come **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	18	34	bm7h		αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν	1	they understood none of these things	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
 LUK	18	34	b29z	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν τούτων	1	none of these things	Implicitly, **these things** refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ LUK	19	intro	zn2b			0		# Luke 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formattin
 LUK	19	1	j35m	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	19	1	m259	translate-names	Ἰερειχώ	1	Jericho	**Jericho** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [18:35](../18/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	19	2	m263	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	19	2	y5i5	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ	1	a man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	19	2	y5i5	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ	1	a man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	19	2	m264	figs-idiom	ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος	1	called Zacchaeus by name	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	2	m265	translate-names	Ζακχαῖος	1	Zacchaeus	**Zacchaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	19	2	z91v	writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος	1	and he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich	Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -3286,8 +3286,8 @@ LUK	19	15	s2x2	figs-activepassive	εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ	1	h
 LUK	19	15	m285	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριον	1	the silver	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	15	xc6s		τί διεπραγματεύσαντο	1	what they had gained by doing business	Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
 LUK	19	16	iy7i	figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	19	16	m286	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	19	16	mf96	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	19	16	m286	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	19	16	mf96	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	19	16	ejx9	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	your mina has earned ten minas	The servant is speaking figuratively of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	19	16	j7ag	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LUK	19	17	abcq	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3296,8 +3296,8 @@ LUK	19	17	n5at	figs-exclamations	εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε!	1	Well done, go
 LUK	19	17	t6zk		ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	in very little	This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
 LUK	19	17	m288	figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	be having authority over ten cities	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	19	18	zsr1	figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	19	18	m289	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	19	18	ic7p	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	19	18	m289	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	19	18	ic7p	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	19	18	irh6	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	Your mina … has made five minas	The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	19	18	d811	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LUK	19	19	abcr	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3396,21 +3396,21 @@ LUK	19	41	v3pq	figs-explicit	ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλι
 LUK	19	41	k4l2	figs-metonymy	ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	he wept over it	Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	42	g1ee	figs-apostrophe	εἰ ἔγνως	1	If you had known	Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 LUK	19	42	m334	figs-idiom	εἰ ἔγνως	1	If you had known	Jesus is idiomatically using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	19	42	q8fm	figs-you	ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου	1	you had known … even you … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	19	42	q8fm	figs-you	ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου	1	you had known … even you … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you could use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	42	m335	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ	1	in this day	Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	42	m336	figs-explicit	τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things towards peace	The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	42	tgs6	figs-metonymy	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	The term **eyes** figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	42	m337	figs-activepassive	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	43	y3g2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	19	43	tib4	figs-idiom	ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ	1	the days will come upon you	This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	19	43	tib4	figs-idiom	ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ	1	the days will come upon you	This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	43	m338	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι	1	days	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	19	43	n88i	figs-you	σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε	1	you … your … you … you … you	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	19	43	n88i	figs-you	σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε	1	you … your … you … you … you	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	43	e7xp	translate-unknown	χάρακά	1	a barricade	The term **barricade** refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	19	44	m339	figs-metaphor	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	they will dash you to the ground	Jesus is speaking figuratively. To **dash** something **to the ground** means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	44	p7qg	figs-apostrophe	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	they will dash you to the ground	As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is figuratively addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 LUK	19	44	m340	figs-idiom	καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	and your children within you	To **dash** people **to the ground** figuratively means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
 LUK	19	44	m341	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	your children within you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	19	44	m342	figs-you	σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου	1	you … your … you … you … you did not know … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	19	44	m342	figs-you	σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου	1	you … your … you … you … you did not know … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	44	f51h	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί	1	they will not leave stone upon stone in you	This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	19	44	xv9n	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου	1	you did not know the time of your visitation	Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	45	xq47	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -3424,7 +3424,7 @@ LUK	19	46	wac1	figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	a house of prayer
 LUK	19	46	ba8w	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	47	m344	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	19	47	mn6e	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	19	47	m345	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	19	47	m345	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	19	47	m346	figs-metaphor	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	The term **first** figuratively represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	48	m347	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	19	48	m348		οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν	1	they were not finding that which they might do	Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
@@ -3433,7 +3433,7 @@ LUK	19	48	pnf9	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων	1
 LUK	20	intro	h6in			0		# Luke 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1-8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9-19)<br>3. Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20-26)<br>4. Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27-40)<br>5. Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41-44)<br>6. Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45-47)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in [20:17](../20/17.md) and [20:42-43](../20/42.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Questions that seem to have no good answer<br><br>In [20:4](../20/04.md), Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John [20:5-6](../20/05.md).<br><br>In [20:22](../20/22.md), the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, [Luke 20:41-44](../20/41.md), Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
 LUK	20	1	h8gv	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	20	1	vtg4	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	20	1	m350	writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47-48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	20	1	m350	writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47-48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	20	2	m351	figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	Tell us by what authority you are doing these things, or who the one is who gave you this authority	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	20	3	qn89	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	20	3	ku6a		ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι	1	I also will ask you a word, and you say to me	Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
@@ -3467,13 +3467,13 @@ LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν 
 LUK	20	10	isk1	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν	1	sent him away empty	Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	11	r72a		ἀτιμάσαντες	1	treated him shamefully	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
 LUK	20	11	vxh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	sent him away empty	See how you translated this in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	20	12	m363	figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	a third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	12	lr3h	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	a third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	12	m363	figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	a third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	12	lr3h	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	a third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	12	ub4g		οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	they also wounded that one	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
 LUK	20	12	h32a	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	threw him out	Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	13	m364		ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	the lord of the vineyard	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
 LUK	20	13	kt8i	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him.’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	20	13	m365		ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	Perhaps they will respect him	In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
+LUK	20	13	m365		ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	Perhaps they will respect him	In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
 LUK	20	14	ib2b	figs-explicit	ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	But when the farmers saw him	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	14	m366		οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	the farmers	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
 LUK	20	14	rvi4	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία	1	saying, ‘This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3537,38 +3537,38 @@ LUK	20	28	pn1c	figs-metaphor	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελ
 LUK	20	28	m388	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	seed	See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [1:55](../01/55.md). Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	29	c2jr	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	οὖν	1	Therefore	The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 LUK	20	29	ax5n	figs-hypo	ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος	1	there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless	While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	20	29	si57	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	29	m389	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	29	si57	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	29	m389	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	30	m390	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	30	p5mw	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	20	30	m391	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	30	m392	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	30	r4xe	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	30	m392	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	30	r4xe	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	31	m393	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	31	d5tq	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the third took her	The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	31	m394	figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	31	ky9p	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	31	m394	figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	31	ky9p	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	31	f1fj	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	and likewise the seven also left no children, and died	The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	33	avu1		ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
 LUK	20	33	m395	figs-hypo	οὖν	1	Therefore	This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	33	m396		οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	the seven had her as wife	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
-LUK	20	34	nlu3	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	34	nlu3	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	34	n91c	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the sons of this age	The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	34	m398	figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	the sons	Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	20	34	m399	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	this age	As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	35	m400	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες	1	those who are considered worthy	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	35	m401	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead	Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	35	ct9h	figs-abstractnouns	τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	20	35	m3gm	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	35	rh62	figs-idiom	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	neither marry nor are given in marriage	If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	20	35	m3gm	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	35	rh62	figs-idiom	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	neither marry nor are given in marriage	If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	36	lk28	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται	1	neither are they able to die anymore	The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	36	m402	figs-explicit	ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν	1	for they are like the angels	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	36	m403	figs-gendernotations	υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ	1	they are sons of God	Here Jesus is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	20	36	btb3	figs-idiom	τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες	1	being sons of the resurrection	Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case idiomatically to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	37	j8z5	figs-activepassive	ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead are raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	20	37	m404	figs-nominaladj	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	37	m404	figs-nominaladj	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	37	g3xg		καὶ Μωϋσῆς	1	even Moses	Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
 LUK	20	37	m405	translate-names	Μωϋσῆς	1	Moses	**Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	20	37	n82t	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	at the bush	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3577,9 +3577,9 @@ LUK	20	37	nx7f	figs-verbs	λέγει	1	he calls	In many languages, it is convent
 LUK	20	37	pqm8	figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	37	m407	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ	1	Abraham … Isaac … Jacob	translate-names
 LUK	20	38	tdq7	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	20	38	u1y5	figs-parallelism	οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not … of the dead, but of the living	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	20	38	m408	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	38	dxi9	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	the living	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	38	u1y5	figs-parallelism	οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not … of the dead, but of the living	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	20	38	m408	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	38	dxi9	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	the living	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	38	i6am	figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	for all are alive to him	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	39	n5nq	writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Then answering some of the scribes said	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	20	39	m409	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν	1	answering … said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ LUK	20	42	h2al	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, 
 LUK	20	42	e1i2	figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	The Lord said to my Lord	Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	20	42	m415	figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	42	pse3	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	20	43	m416	figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	20	43	m416	figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you could make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	20	43	fl1h	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet	The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	43	m418	figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	a footstool for your feet	If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you could rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	44	m419	figs-quotesinquotes	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ	1	David therefore calls him ‘Lord’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3621,10 +3621,10 @@ LUK	20	47	zpx5	figs-explicit	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερ
 LUK	21	intro	ny7d			0		# Luke 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1-4)<br>2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5-38)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “the times of the nations”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../21/18.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../21/18.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
 LUK	21	1	k2zb	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	21	1	m425	writing-newevent	εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους	1	he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury	This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	21	1	m428	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…πλουσίους	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	21	1	m428	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…πλουσίους	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	21	1	nf4c	figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	gifts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	1	unv2	figs-metonymy	τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	the treasury	Luke is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the **treasury**. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	21	2	xrk2	writing-participants	εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν	1	And he saw a certain poor widow	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	21	2	xrk2	writing-participants	εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν	1	And he saw a certain poor widow	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	21	2	vzu8	translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο	1	two lepta	The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 LUK	21	3	i8gf	figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	he said	Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in [20:45](../20/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	3	t97j		ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
@@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ LUK	22	3	r65v		εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς	1	entered into	This was probably ver
 LUK	22	3	m499	translate-names	Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην	1	Judas Iscariot	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	3	m500	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	the one called Iscariot	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	3	m501	figs-nominaladj	ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα	1	who was from the number of the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	22	3	m502	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	22	3	m502	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	4	qpi4	figs-explicit	στρατηγοῖς	1	captains	The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	4	s7qx	writing-pronouns	πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν	1	how he might deliver him to them	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	22	5	ir4p		ἐχάρησαν	1	they rejoiced	Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
@@ -3830,14 +3830,14 @@ LUK	22	11	khy9	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ
 LUK	22	11	iv6f		ὁ διδάσκαλος	1	the Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	22	11	pq8q	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	12	lpw6		κἀκεῖνος	1	and that one	Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
-LUK	22	12	lg2z	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1	upper room	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	22	12	m506	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	furnished	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	12	lg2z	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1	upper room	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	22	12	m506	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	furnished	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	13	m507	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	22	13	g9ty	figs-explicit	ἀπελθόντες	1	they went	The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	13	m508	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	14	j1dn	figs-idiom	ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα	1	when the hour came	Luke is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	14	lnc6	translate-unknown	ἀνέπεσεν	1	he reclined to eat	See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	22	15	hue3	figs-explicitinfo	ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα	1	With desire I have desired	Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you can use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
+LUK	22	15	hue3	figs-explicitinfo	ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα	1	With desire I have desired	Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you could use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	22	15	m509	figs-metonymy	τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα	1	this Passover	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	15	s1sj	figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	before I suffer	Jesus is referring figuratively to his death by association with the way that he will **suffer** much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	16	m510	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
@@ -3880,10 +3880,10 @@ LUK	22	25	m522	figs-explicit	οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	the
 LUK	22	25	zjf5		κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	lord it over them	Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
 LUK	22	25	tw4y	figs-irony	εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται	1	are called Benefactors	The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 LUK	22	25	m523	figs-activepassive	καλοῦνται	1	are called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	22	25	m524	translate-names	εὐεργέται	1	Benefactors	This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	22	25	m524	translate-names	εὐεργέται	1	Benefactors	This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	26	ne9r		ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως	1	But you be not thus	Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
 LUK	22	26	m525		ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος	1	let the greater among you become like the younger	As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
-LUK	22	26	m526	figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος	1	the greater … the younger	Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	22	26	m526	figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος	1	the greater … the younger	Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	22	26	cdq7	figs-metonymy	ὁ νεώτερος	1	the younger	This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring figuratively to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	26	y4n1		ὁ διακονῶν	1	the one who serves	Alternate translation: “a servant”
 LUK	22	27	mw2l	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -3937,7 +3937,7 @@ LUK	22	37	g4l7	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	thi
 LUK	22	37	m548	figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	37	u9jx	figs-activepassive	δεῖ τελεσθῆναι	1	must be accomplished in me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	37	m549	figs-quotesinquotes	τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	And he was reckoned with the lawless	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	22	37	jz9d	figs-nominaladj	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	22	37	jz9d	figs-nominaladj	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	22	37	jf1f	figs-activepassive	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	37	se1d	figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει	1	For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment	Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	38	kbt8	figs-explicit	ἱκανόν ἐστιν	1	It is enough	This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3965,11 +3965,11 @@ LUK	22	46	in7g	figs-rquestion	τί καθεύδετε?	1	Why are you sleeping?	J
 LUK	22	46	nl7w	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	22	46	m563	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	47	m564	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	22	47	kt25	writing-participants	ὄχλος	1	a crowd	Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	22	47	kt25	writing-participants	ὄχλος	1	a crowd	Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	22	47	m565	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας	1	the one called Judas	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	47	m56x	translate-names	Ἰούδας	1	Judas	**Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [22:3](../22/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	47	m567	figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	one of the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	22	47	m568	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	22	47	m568	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	47	mva7	figs-explicit	προήρχετο αὐτούς	1	was leading them	Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	47	c2l7	translate-symaction	φιλῆσαι αὐτόν	1	to kiss him	In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	22	48	e2n9	figs-rquestion	φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως?	1	are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4111,11 +4111,11 @@ LUK	23	16	m606	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν	1	having punish
 LUK	23	17	m607	translate-textvariants	Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα	1	And he had obligation to release one to them at every feast	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	23	17	m608	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	This verse uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	23	17	m609	writing-pronouns	Ἀνάγκην…εἶχεν	1	he had obligation	The pronoun **he** refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	23	17	m610	figs-nominaladj	ἕνα	1	one	This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	17	m610	figs-nominaladj	ἕνα	1	one	This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	17	m611	figs-synecdoche	κατὰ ἑορτὴν	1	at every feast	This verse uses the general term **feast** to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	23	18	v7pf	writing-pronouns	ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ	1	they cried out all together	The pronoun **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	23	18	ib9q	figs-imperative	αἶρε τοῦτον	1	Take away this one	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	23	18	m612	figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	but release to us Barabbas	This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you can also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+LUK	23	18	ib9q	figs-imperative	αἶρε τοῦτον	1	Take away this one	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+LUK	23	18	m612	figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	but release to us Barabbas	This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	23	18	i6pj	figs-exclusive	ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν	1	release to us	When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	18	m613	translate-names	Βαραββᾶν	1	Barabbas	**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	19	vd6b	writing-background	ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder	Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -4124,8 +4124,8 @@ LUK	23	19	zl1f	figs-explicit	διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην 
 LUK	23	20	vbp4	writing-pronouns	πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς	1	again addressed them	The pronoun **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	20	t1i2	grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	desiring to release Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	21	m614	translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	23	21	m615	figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	23	22	iz5v	translate-ordinal	ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he spoke to them a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	23	21	m615	figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+LUK	23	22	iz5v	translate-ordinal	ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he spoke to them a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	23	22	ck75	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	For what evil has this one done?	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	23	22	de5a		οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	No cause for death have I found in him	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
 LUK	23	22	mij1	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@ LUK	23	31	m630	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ	1	in the moist tree	T
 LUK	23	31	m631	figs-metonymy	ξύλῳ	1	tree	Jesus is using the term **tree** figuratively to refer to wood that comes from a **tree**. Alternate translation: “wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	31	m632	translate-unknown	ξύλῳ	1	tree	A **tree** is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a **tree** is, or if people do not use wood from a **tree** as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	31	zt5s	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	23	31	m633	figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	31	m633	figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	32	m634	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	32	w8yj	figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away with him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	32	m635	figs-verbs	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away	If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
@@ -4186,7 +4186,7 @@ LUK	23	33	m638	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον	1	that is called
 LUK	23	33	m639	translate-names	Κρανίον	1	The Skull	**The Skull** is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	33	i3vx	writing-pronouns	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucified him	In this case the pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	33	m640	translate-unknown	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucified him	See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	23	33	bjr2	figs-nominaladj	ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν	1	one at the right and one at the left	Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	33	bjr2	figs-nominaladj	ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν	1	one at the right and one at the left	Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	34	m641	translate-textvariants		0	But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing”	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	23	34	m642	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	23	34	m643	grammar-connect-logic-result		0	Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -4200,7 +4200,7 @@ LUK	23	35	t7mb	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	He saved others	Here the
 LUK	23	35	m647	figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	He saved others	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	35	m648	figs-hypo	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	He saved others, let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One	The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	23	35	m3f6	figs-explicit	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν	1	let him save himself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	35	a963	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	35	a963	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	35	m649	translate-names	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	36	b3jz	figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) the soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	37	x5wr	figs-hypo	εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself	The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -4213,7 +4213,7 @@ LUK	23	39	tmy7	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός?	1	Are y
 LUK	23	39	g6uk	figs-irony	σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς	1	Save yourself and us	The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 LUK	23	39	m652	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Since this criminal is using the term **us** to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	40	lb4e	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη	1	But answering, the other, rebuking him, said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	23	40	m653	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἕτερος	1	the other	Luke is using the adjective **other** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	40	m653	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἕτερος	1	the other	Luke is using the adjective **other** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	40	nk1r	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment?	The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	23	40	m654	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment?	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	40	m655	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ	1	you are under the same judgment	The second criminal is using the word **judgment** figuratively to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@ LUK	23	41	qyp6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμ
 LUK	23	41	m656	figs-verbs	ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	we … we are receiving … we did	Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	23	41	i4gm	figs-ellipsis	ἡμεῖς…δικαίως	1	we justly	The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	23	41	m657	figs-nominaladj	ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν	1	worthy of what we did	The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	23	41	nu35	figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	this one	The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	41	nu35	figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	this one	The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	42	mht9	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἔλεγεν	1	And he said	The pronoun **he** refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	42	j9d9	figs-idiom	μνήσθητί μου	1	remember me	As in [1:72](../01/72.md), the word **remember** here figuratively describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you could to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	42	m658	figs-imperative	μνήσθητί μου	1	remember me	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -4232,11 +4232,11 @@ LUK	23	43	m659		σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παρ
 LUK	23	43	f1fl		τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	in paradise	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term **paradise**. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
 LUK	23	44	m660	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ἤδη	1	And it was already	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	44	x7fl		ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
-LUK	23	44	m661	translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	23	44	m661	translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	23	44	q4t3		σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	The term translated as **land** could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
 LUK	23	44	m662	figs-metonymy	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	44	e8zn		ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
-LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	23	45	hjt3	figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	The sun failed	This means figuratively that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	23	45	m664	translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	23	45	ssh2	figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	the curtain of the temple	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4254,12 +4254,12 @@ LUK	23	47	c2ti		ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	this ma
 LUK	23	48	gt8y	figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	that had come together for this spectacle	The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	48	whs7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	returned	The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	48	ft9q	translate-symaction	τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη	1	beating their breasts	As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	23	49	m669	figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	49	m669	figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	49	m670	figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in [19:30-33](../19/30.md) and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in [22:11-13](../22/11.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	49	xzh8	figs-explicit	γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	the women who followed him from Galilee	Here, **followed** does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in [8:2-3](../08/02.md), who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	49	s74u		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “what happened”
 LUK	23	50	cbj7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	23	50	ud7p	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	a man named Joseph was a council member, a good and righteous man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	23	50	ud7p	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	a man named Joseph was a council member, a good and righteous man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	50	m671	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph	**Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	50	wx2z	figs-explicit	βουλευτὴς	1	a council member	The term **council** refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in [22:66](../22/66.md). You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated it there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	50	m672	figs-doublet	ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	a good and righteous man	The terms **good** and **righteous** mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -4290,7 +4290,7 @@ LUK	23	56	uzk9		ἡσύχασαν	1	they rested	Alternate translation: “the wo
 LUK	23	56	tk6s		κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν	1	according to the commandment	Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
 LUK	24	intro	r5qx			0		# Luke 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1-12)<br>2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13-35)<br>3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36-53)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The loyalty of the women<br><br>Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](../24/38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the third day”<br><br>This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../24/07.md), [24:21](../24/21.md), and [24:46](../24/46.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../18/33.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
 LUK	24	1	m682	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	1	m683	figs-idiom	ὄρθρου βαθέως	1	deeply at dawn	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	1	qg7a	writing-pronouns	ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν	1	they came to the tomb	The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55-56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	2	jq9p		εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	they found the stone rolled away	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
@@ -4305,7 +4305,7 @@ LUK	24	5	c11i	writing-pronouns	ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν
 LUK	24	5	n5xf	translate-symaction	κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	bowed their faces toward the ground	Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	24	5	abcw	figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	they said to them	If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	5	fs3y	figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	Why are you seeking the living among the dead?	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	24	5	m687	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	the living among the dead	The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	24	5	m687	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	the living among the dead	The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	6	m688	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	6	awf1	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	6	s8k5		μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Remember how he spoke to you	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
@@ -4318,11 +4318,11 @@ LUK	24	7	m692	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the S
 LUK	24	7	e4ca	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	into the hands of sinful men	As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	7	m693	figs-activepassive	καὶ σταυρωθῆναι	1	and to be crucified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	7	m694	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι	1	and on the third day to rise up	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	7	dta4	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	7	dta4	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	7	m695	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise up	Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	8	rew5	figs-metonymy	ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	they remembered his words	Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	9	iz68	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in [8:1](../08/01.md) and several other places in the book. See how you translated it there. Luke now says **the Eleven** because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	24	9	m696	translate-names	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	24	9	m696	translate-names	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	9	fnh6	figs-explicit	καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς	1	and to all the rest	Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	10	h1ml	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	24	10	m697	translate-names	Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία	1	Mary Magdalene	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated this in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ LUK	24	12	m704		βλέπει	1	he sees	To call attention to a development in the
 LUK	24	12	n1tg	figs-explicit	τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα	1	only the linen cloths	The phrase **the linen cloths** refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in [23:53](../23/53.md). The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	12	d6i2	translate-unknown	τὰ ὀθόνια	1		The term **linen cloths** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fine cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	24	12	m705		ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός	1	he went away, wondering to himself what had happened	This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
-LUK	24	13	emc5	writing-newevent	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	24	13	emc5	writing-newevent	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	24	13	m706	writing-background	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν	1	on that same day, two of them were going to a distant village	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	24	13	e8gx	writing-pronouns	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	two of them	The word **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	13	s5n1	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on that same day	Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4376,16 +4376,16 @@ LUK	24	21	ljb1	figs-metaphor	ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰ
 LUK	24	21	m726	figs-personification	τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Israel	The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	24	21	d52i	figs-idiom	ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις	1	But indeed also with all these things	The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	21	sg3g	figs-explicit	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	21	xqc3	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	21	xqc3	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	22	a3j9		γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	some women among us	Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
 LUK	24	22	m727	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	22	du1v		γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον	1	having been at the tomb early	The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
-LUK	24	23	m728		καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν	1	and not finding his body, they came	If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you can continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
+LUK	24	23	m728		καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν	1	and not finding his body, they came	If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you could continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
 LUK	24	24	m729		τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν	1	some of those with us	Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
 LUK	24	24	m730	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	us	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	24	m731	figs-explicit	εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον	1	they found it thus, just as the women had indeed said	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	24	fkw9	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον	1	they did not see him	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	24	25	m732	figs-nominaladj	ἀνόητοι	1	foolish ones	Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	24	25	m732	figs-nominaladj	ἀνόητοι	1	foolish ones	Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	25	m733	figs-youdual	ἀνόητοι	1	foolish ones	Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual form if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	24	25	vg3z	figs-metaphor	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	and slow in heart to believe	The term **heart** figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	25	m734	figs-metonymy	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	and slow in heart to believe	The word **slow** figuratively represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4474,9 +4474,9 @@ LUK	24	45	m779		αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	their mind	If it would be unusu
 LUK	24	46	cwr5	figs-activepassive	οὕτως γέγραπται	1	Thus it has been written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	46	m780	figs-synecdoche	παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν	1	the Christ would suffer	Jesus uses the word **suffer** to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	24	46	e75f	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	24	46	m781	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	24	46	m781	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	46	m782	figs-explicit	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	46	r2zy	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	46	r2zy	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	47	m783	figs-abstractnouns	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	24	47	w5j5	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	47	lty6	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here the **name** of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
index 0c1ba4b7d4..1920a19392 100644
--- a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	1	e8j3	translate-names	Παῦλος	1	Paul	Here and throughout the letter, **Paul** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CO	1	1	qp1n	figs-activepassive	κλητὸς ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Sosthenes our brother	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on who is **called** rather than focusing on the person doing the “calling.” Alternate translation: “whom Christ Jesus called to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	1	qvn5	figs-possession	διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **the will** that **God** has. If your readers would misunderstand that this phrase refers to what God wills, you could express the idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because God desired this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1CO	1	1	xfbo	figs-explicit	καὶ Σωσθένης	1		This phrase means that Sosthenes is with Paul, and Paul writes the letter for both of them. It does not mean that Sosthenes was the scribe who wrote the letter down. It also does not mean that Sosthenes dictated the letter with Paul, since Paul uses the first-person singular more than the first-person plural in the letter. If there is a way in your language to indicate that Paul writes on behalf of Sosthenes, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “and I write on behalf of Sosthenes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1CO	1	1	xfbo	figs-explicit	καὶ Σωσθένης	1		This phrase means that Sosthenes is with Paul, and Paul writes the letter for both of them. It does not mean that Sosthenes was the scribe who wrote the letter down. It also does not mean that Sosthenes dictated the letter with Paul, since Paul uses the first-person singular more than the first-person plural in the letter. If there is a way in your language to indicate that Paul writes on behalf of Sosthenes, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “and I write on behalf of Sosthenes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	1	1	n9zv	translate-names	Σωσθένης	1		**Sosthenes** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CO	1	2	r9kg	figs-123person	τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ…τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ	1	to the church of God at Corinth	In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would name those to whom they sent the letter, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the recipient of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you who are members of the church of God at Corinth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1CO	1	2	e75p	figs-activepassive	ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ…κλητοῖς ἁγίοις	1	those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **sanctified** and **called** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sanctifying” and “calling.” If you must state who does the actions, Paul implies that “God” does them. Alternate translation: “whom God has sanctified in Christ Jesus, and whom God has called to be saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	2	8	ji1o	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ…ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν τὸν Κύριον τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν;	1		Here Paul uses **if** to introduce a scenario that he knows is not true. He wants to point out that the **rulers** were the ones who **crucified** Jesus, and this proves that they did not understand God’s wisdom. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express the idea by reversing the two clauses and making **they understood it** negative and **they would not have crucified the Lord of glory** positive. Alternate translation: “they crucified the Lord of glory, which means that they did not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 1CO	2	8	zc89	figs-possession	τὸν Κύριον τῆς δόξης	1	the Lord of glory	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **the Lord** who has **glory**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express the idea by translating **glory** with an adjective or a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who has glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	2	9	fu1y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Things that no eye … arisen, the things … who love him	Here, **But** introduces a contrast with the hypothetical statement in [2:8](../02/08.md) about how the rulers would not have crucified the Lord if they had understood God’s wisdom. The **But** reminds the reader that this hypothetical statement is not true, and Paul wishes to introduce further statements about how people do not understand God’s wisdom. If your readers would misunderstand **But**, you could leave **But** untranslated or use a word or phrase that would signal that Paul is no longer speaking hypothetically. Alternate translation: “But instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1CO	2	9	wuar	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here Paul has omitted some words that may be necessary in your language to form a complete thought. If necessary, you can supply a summary from [2:8](../02/08.md) of what the rulers did not understand and how they acted. Alternate translation: “But the rulers did not understand, just as it is written” or “But the rulers did do these things, just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	2	9	wuar	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here Paul has omitted some words that may be necessary in your language to form a complete thought. If necessary, you could supply a summary from [2:8](../02/08.md) of what the rulers did not understand and how they acted. Alternate translation: “But the rulers did not understand, just as it is written” or “But the rulers did do these things, just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	2	9	qcb2	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 64:4](../isa/64/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1CO	2	9	w3m2	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you could express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Isaiah has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	2	9	pt3m	figs-infostructure	ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν	1		In this quotation, **What eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man** are the **things God has prepared**. If your language would naturally put **What eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man** after **God has prepared**, you could reverse the order. Alternate translation: “God has prepared for those who love him what eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	5	13	kx9j	writing-quotations	ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul quotes a command that appears many times in the Old Testament book named Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 13:5](../deu/13/05.md); [17:7](../deu/17/07.md), [17:12](../deu/17/12.md); [19:19](../deu/19/19.md); [21:21](../deu/21/21.md); [22:21–22](../deu/22/21.md), [22:24](../deu/22/24.md); [24:7](../deu/24/07.md)). If your readers would not recognize this command as a quotation, you could introduce it in the same way that you have already introduced quotations from the Old Testament (see [1:31](../01/31.md)). Alternate translation: “As it can be read in the Old Testament, ‘Remove the evil from among yourselves’” or “According to the book of Deuteronomy, ‘Remove the evil from among yourselves’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1CO	5	13	al7v	figs-quotations	ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν	1		If you cannot use this form in your language, you could translate this command as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “We read in Scripture that you should remove the evil from among yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	5	13	h6ry	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πονηρὸν	1		Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1CO	6	intro	s6hb			0		# 1 Corinthians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)<br>      * Against public lawsuits (6:1–8)<br>      * Sins and salvation (6:9–11)<br>      * Flee from sexual immorality (6:12–20)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>In [6:1–8](../06/01.md), Paul speaks about believers taking other believers to court in lawsuits. Paul critiques them for taking their disputes before unbelievers rather than settling them within the church. By the end of the section, Paul says that lawsuits themselves are a “complete defeat” of believers. Paul’s point is that believers will judge angels and the world, so they are quite able to resolve disputes within the church. Therefore, believers should never take other believers to court. In this section, use words and language that describe legal matters in your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>In [6:12–20](../06/12.md), Paul discusses “sexual immorality.” This phrase refers generally to any kind of improper sexual activity, and Paul does speak generally in this section. He mentions particularly having sex with prostitutes, but the commands he gives apply to all kinds of sexual activity. The Corinthians seemed to think that they could do whatever they wanted with their bodies, including having sex with anyone. Paul responds that their bodies are united to Christ, and any sexual activity they participate in needs to fit with their union with Christ. Use general words for improper sexual activity in this section. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])<br><br>### Redemption<br><br>In [6:20](../06/20.md), Paul tells the Corinthians that they have been “bought with a price.” He does not state what the price is or whom God bought the Corinthians from. However, it is clear that Paul is speaking about what we call “redemption” here. Paul thinks of the Corinthians as slaves up for sale, and God buys them from their previous owner by paying a price. The previous owner can be understood as sin, death, and evil powers, while the price is Jesus the Son dying for believers. You should not include all these implications in your translation, but you should use words that can be interpreted in this way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “Members” of Christ or of a prostitute<br><br>In [6:15–17](../06/15.md), Paul speaks of a person’s connection to Christ and to a prostitute with the language of “members” and “joining.” When he refers to “members,” he is speaking as if the believer were either a body part of Christ or a body part of a prostitute. He shows how bad it is to be “joined” with a prostitute by speaking as if someone cut a body part off of Christ and attached it to a prostitute instead. That is how closely a person is joined either to Christ or to a prostitute. If possible, preserve the body parts language here. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/member]])<br><br>### Body as temple<br><br>In [6:19](../06/19.md), Paul speaks as if believers’ bodies are temples of the Holy Spirit. Sometimes he speaks as if the church as a whole is a temple, but here he means that individual believers are all temples. A temple is where a god is specially present, so Paul means that the Holy Spirit is specially present in believers’ bodies. If possible, preserve this metaphor, since it connects to themes throughout the entire Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In [6:1–7](../06/01.md), [9](../06/09.md), [15–16](../06/15.md), [19](../06/19.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Words for homosexual behavior<br><br>In [6:9](../06/09.md), Paul refers to “male prostitutes” and “those who practice homosexuality.” In Paul’s culture, these words refer to both participants in homosexual activity. The words “male prostitutes” refers to those who are penetrated during sexual activity, while “those who practice homosexuality” refer to those who do the penetrating during sexual activity. If your culture has specific words to describe these things, you can use them here. If your culture does not have such specific words, you can use general phrases like the ULT does, or you could combine the two phrases into one phrase that identifies homosexual activity.<br><br>### Quoting the Corinthians<br><br>In [6:12–13](../06/12.md), Paul quotes words that the Corinthians have said or that they wrote to him. The ULT indicates these words by putting quotation marks around them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that an author is quoting someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+1CO	6	intro	s6hb			0		# 1 Corinthians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)<br>      * Against public lawsuits (6:1–8)<br>      * Sins and salvation (6:9–11)<br>      * Flee from sexual immorality (6:12–20)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>In [6:1–8](../06/01.md), Paul speaks about believers taking other believers to court in lawsuits. Paul critiques them for taking their disputes before unbelievers rather than settling them within the church. By the end of the section, Paul says that lawsuits themselves are a “complete defeat” of believers. Paul’s point is that believers will judge angels and the world, so they are quite able to resolve disputes within the church. Therefore, believers should never take other believers to court. In this section, use words and language that describe legal matters in your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>In [6:12–20](../06/12.md), Paul discusses “sexual immorality.” This phrase refers generally to any kind of improper sexual activity, and Paul does speak generally in this section. He mentions particularly having sex with prostitutes, but the commands he gives apply to all kinds of sexual activity. The Corinthians seemed to think that they could do whatever they wanted with their bodies, including having sex with anyone. Paul responds that their bodies are united to Christ, and any sexual activity they participate in needs to fit with their union with Christ. Use general words for improper sexual activity in this section. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])<br><br>### Redemption<br><br>In [6:20](../06/20.md), Paul tells the Corinthians that they have been “bought with a price.” He does not state what the price is or whom God bought the Corinthians from. However, it is clear that Paul is speaking about what we call “redemption” here. Paul thinks of the Corinthians as slaves up for sale, and God buys them from their previous owner by paying a price. The previous owner can be understood as sin, death, and evil powers, while the price is Jesus the Son dying for believers. You should not include all these implications in your translation, but you should use words that can be interpreted in this way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “Members” of Christ or of a prostitute<br><br>In [6:15–17](../06/15.md), Paul speaks of a person’s connection to Christ and to a prostitute with the language of “members” and “joining.” When he refers to “members,” he is speaking as if the believer were either a body part of Christ or a body part of a prostitute. He shows how bad it is to be “joined” with a prostitute by speaking as if someone cut a body part off of Christ and attached it to a prostitute instead. That is how closely a person is joined either to Christ or to a prostitute. If possible, preserve the body parts language here. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/member]])<br><br>### Body as temple<br><br>In [6:19](../06/19.md), Paul speaks as if believers’ bodies are temples of the Holy Spirit. Sometimes he speaks as if the church as a whole is a temple, but here he means that individual believers are all temples. A temple is where a god is specially present, so Paul means that the Holy Spirit is specially present in believers’ bodies. If possible, preserve this metaphor, since it connects to themes throughout the entire Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In [6:1–7](../06/01.md), [9](../06/09.md), [15–16](../06/15.md), [19](../06/19.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Words for homosexual behavior<br><br>In [6:9](../06/09.md), Paul refers to “male prostitutes” and “those who practice homosexuality.” In Paul’s culture, these words refer to both participants in homosexual activity. The words “male prostitutes” refers to those who are penetrated during sexual activity, while “those who practice homosexuality” refer to those who do the penetrating during sexual activity. If your culture has specific words to describe these things, you could use them here. If your culture does not have such specific words, you could use general phrases like the ULT does, or you could combine the two phrases into one phrase that identifies homosexual activity.<br><br>### Quoting the Corinthians<br><br>In [6:12–13](../06/12.md), Paul quotes words that the Corinthians have said or that they wrote to him. The ULT indicates these words by putting quotation marks around them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that an author is quoting someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1CO	6	1	gmy5	figs-rquestion	τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν, πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων, καὶ οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων?	1	does he dare to go … saints?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. Here, the truthful answer to the question is “they are, but they should not.” Paul asks the question to get the Corinthians to realize how bad going **to court before the unrighteous** is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a “should” statement or a statement of fact. Alternate translation: “Some of you actually dare, having a dispute with another, to go to court before the unrighteous, and not before the saints.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	1	q5d3	translate-unknown	τολμᾷ	1	dispute	Here, **dare** refers to having confidence or boldness when one should not have confidence or boldness. Use a word or phrase in your language that indicates improper confidence. Alternate translation: “Do … have the audacity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	6	1	qi57	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον	1		The phrase **having a dispute with another** provides the situation in which they are going **to court**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “if you have a dispute with another” or “whenever you have a dispute with another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	6	18	jr46	figs-metaphor	ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν	1	sin that a person commits	Here Paul speaks as if sins were located **outside the body**. By speaking in this way, he means that most sins do not affect the **body** the way **sexual immorality** does. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could express the idea nonfiguratively or with a comparable metaphor. Alternate translation: “does not directly affect the body” or “is apart from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	6	19	i5bt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1	Do you not know … God? … that you are not your own?	The word **Or** introduces an alternate to what Paul speaks about in [6:18](../06/18.md). Some people are indeed “sinning against their bodies.” Paul gives the correct alternative: they should **know** that their bodies are the “temple” of the **Holy Spirit**. If your readers would misunderstand **Or**, you could use a word that signifies a contrast or gives an alternative. Alternate translation: “Rather,” or “On the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	6	19	qy5j	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν, ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν Ἁγίου Πνεύματός ἐστιν, οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ Θεοῦ?	1	Do you not know … God? … that you are not your own?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, we know.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “You certainly know that your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit in you, whom you have from God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	6	19	bb35	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν	1	your body	The word **body** is a singular noun that refers to multiple “bodies.” Paul makes this clear by using a plural **your**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “each of your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+1CO	6	19	bb35	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν	1	your body	The word **body** is a singular noun that refers to multiple “bodies.” Paul makes this clear by using a plural **your**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “each of your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1CO	6	19	d2mc	figs-metaphor	ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν Ἁγίου Πνεύματός	1	temple of the Holy Spirit	Here Paul speaks of the relationship between the believer and the **Holy Spirit** as if the believer were a **temple** and the **Holy Spirit** were the god that dwelled in that temple. In Paul’s culture, deities had specific temples, and they would be specially present to their worshipers in those temples. Paul applies this thinking to believers. Each believer is a **temple**, and the **Holy Spirit** is **in** each believer. This means that the Holy Spirit is specially present with each believer. This is a significant metaphor in the Bible so, if possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea by using a simile. Alternate translation: “is a temple in which the Holy Spirit dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	6	19	cg8m		οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1	temple of the Holy Spirit	Alternate translation: “whom God has given to you”
 1CO	6	20	vzz8	figs-metaphor	ἠγοράσθητε…τιμῆς	1	For you were bought with a price	Here Paul speaks if the Corinthians were slaves whom God had **bought with a price** from someone else. Paul is speaking of what we often call “redemption.” The **price** is Christ’s death on the cross, which “redeems” believers from sin and evil powers. This is an important biblical metaphor so, if possible, preserve the metaphor or express it as an analogy. Alternate translation: “you were bought with a price, which is the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	7	11	r5oz	figs-genericnoun	χωρισθῇ…τῷ ἀνδρὶ…ἄνδρα…γυναῖκα	1		Here Paul is speaking of wives and husbands in general, not just of one **wife** and **husband**. If your readers would misunderstand **wife** and **husband**, you could use a comparable way to refer generically to wives and husbands. Alternate translation: “one of the wives might be separated … to her husband … each husband … his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	7	11	pqr9	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν δὲ καὶ χωρισθῇ, μενέτω	1		Here Paul uses **even if** to introduce a true possibility. He means that a wife **might be separated**, or she might not. He then specifies the result if **she** is **separated**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express the **if** statement by introducing it with a word such as “whenever” or with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “but let whichever wife might be separated remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 1CO	7	11	phpw	figs-activepassive	χωρισθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the “wife” who is **separated**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “separating.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that the “wife” does it herself. Alternate translation: “she separates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	7	11	lj79	figs-ellipsis	χωρισθῇ	1		Here Paul omits some words that might be needed in your language to make a complete thought. Paul omits them because he already used them in [7:10](../07/10.md) and he assumes his audience will infer them from there. If you need to include these words, you can insert the words “from her husband.” Alternate translation: “she might be separated from her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	7	11	lj79	figs-ellipsis	χωρισθῇ	1		Here Paul omits some words that might be needed in your language to make a complete thought. Paul omits them because he already used them in [7:10](../07/10.md) and he assumes his audience will infer them from there. If you need to include these words, you could insert the words “from her husband.” Alternate translation: “she might be separated from her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	7	11	tvo2	figs-imperative	μενέτω ἄγαμος ἢ τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω	1		Here Paul uses two third-person imperatives. If you have third-person imperatives in your language, you could use them here. If you do not have third-person imperatives, you could express the idea by using a word such as “should” or “must.” Alternate translation: “she must remain unmarried, or she must be reconciled to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1CO	7	11	lxf7	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω	1	be reconciled to her husband	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the “wife,” who is **reconciled**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “reconciling.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that the “wife” does it herself. Alternate translation: “let her reconcile with the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	7	11	k7ju		ἄνδρα γυναῖκα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1		Alternate translation: “a husband should not divorce a wife”
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	8	7	jdnr	translate-unknown	εἰδωλόθυτον	1	everyone … some	Here, the **things sacrificed to idols** refers to meat that has been offered to an idol. Translate this phrase the same way you did in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	8	7	pdev	figs-activepassive	εἰδωλόθυτον	1	everyone … some	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	7	o04n	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὡς εἰδωλόθυτον ἐσθίουσιν	1	everyone … some	This phrase could refer to: (1) whenever the people that Paul is talking about eat **things sacrificed to idols**. Alternate translation: “happen to eat things sacrificed to idols” (2) how the people that Paul is talking about think that the **things sacrificed to idols** actually belong to another god. Alternate translation: “eat meat as if it were sacrificed to idols that were real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-1CO	8	7	xl4f	grammar-collectivenouns	ἡ συνείδησις αὐτῶν	1	everyone … some	The word **conscience** is a singular noun that refers to all **their** consciences. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “each of their consciences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+1CO	8	7	xl4f	grammar-collectivenouns	ἡ συνείδησις αὐτῶν	1	everyone … some	The word **conscience** is a singular noun that refers to all **their** consciences. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “each of their consciences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1CO	8	7	pbyx	figs-metaphor	ἀσθενὴς οὖσα	1	everyone … some	Here, **weak** identifies a **conscience** easily that leads a person to feel guilty. A **weak** conscience condemns some things that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “being sensitive” or “which often condemns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	8	7	ba7e	figs-activepassive	ἡ συνείδησις αὐτῶν ἀσθενὴς οὖσα μολύνεται	1	is defiled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **their conscience**, which is **defiled**, rather than focusing on who or what does the “defiling.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that the **things sacrificed to idols** or “they” do it. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “their conscience being weak, they defile it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	8	ii4m	figs-personification	βρῶμα…ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ Θεῷ	1	food will not present us to God	Here Paul speaks as if **food** were a person who could **bring us near to God**. By speaking in this way, Paul discusses whether food can make our relationship with God stronger or not. Just like a person who cannot **bring us near** to someone so that we can know that person better, so food cannot make our relationship with God any stronger. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “food will not make our relationship with God any stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	10	c42y	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀροτριῶν…ὁ ἀλοῶν	1	for our sake	Paul is speaking of these people in general, not of one particular person who **plows** or **threshes**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “anyone who plows … anyone who threshes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	9	10	bdlk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι…ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν	1	for our sake	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **hope**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “hopefully” or a verb such as “expect.” Alternate translation: “hopefully … hopefully expecting to share the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	9	10	pas5	figs-ellipsis	ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	for our sake	Here Paul does not mention what the **hope** expects because he states it at the end of the verse: **sharing the harvest**. If your readers would misunderstand that **sharing the harvest** is what the **hope** expects here, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “in hope of sharing the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1CO	9	10	q1q2	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ἀλοῶν ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	for our sake	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**ought to plow**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “the one who threshes ought to thresh in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	9	10	q1q2	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ἀλοῶν ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	for our sake	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**ought to plow**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “the one who threshes ought to thresh in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	9	11	zn5m	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν τὰ πνευματικὰ ἐσπείραμεν, μέγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ θερίσομεν?	1	is it too much for us to reap material things from you?	In this verse, Paul applies the farming language he used in [9:9–10](../09/09.md). When he and Barnabas “sow,” they should also “reap” the harvest. Paul clarifies that what they **sowed** was **spiritual things**, which means the good news. The **material things** that they can **reap** are money and support from the Corinthians. If your reader would misunderstand this application of the farming language, you could use analogies to clarify what Paul is referring to or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “Similarly, if we told you about the good news, is it too much if we receive material support from you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	9	11	b5g9	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	-1	is it too much for us to reap material things from you?	Here, **we** refers particularly to Paul and Barnabas. It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	9	11	jpjj	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	is it too much for us to reap material things from you?	Paul is speaking as if **we** “sowing spiritual things” was a possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” or “Given that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	17	x6s9	translate-unknown	ἑκὼν…ἄκων	1	if I do this willingly	Here, **willingly** means that someone does something because they choose to, while **unwillingly** means that someone has to do something whether they choose to or not. If your readers would misunderstand **willingly** and **unwillingly**, you could express the idea by using two contrasting words that refer to whether someone chooses to do something or not. Alternate translation: “because I choose to … I do not choose to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	9	17	gkxi	figs-abstractnouns	μισθὸν ἔχω	1	if I do this willingly	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **reward**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “reward” or “compensate.” Alternate translation: “I am compensated for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	9	17	gteh	figs-infostructure	εἰ δὲ ἄκων, οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι.	1	But if not willingly	This sentence could: (1) include both the “if” and the “then” statements and explain how Paul preaching the gospel is “unwilling.” He did not choose this **stewardship**, and so he does it **unwillingly**. However, the reason he does preach the gospel is because he has **been entrusted with** that **stewardship**. Alternate translation: “But if unwillingly, I do this because I have been entrusted with a stewardship” (2) express the “if” statement for the question (the “then” statement) at the beginning of the next verse ([9:18](../09/18.md)). The word **unwillingly** would modify **entrusted**, and you would need to connect the end of this verse and the beginning of the next verse with a comma, dropping the capitalization on “What.” Alternate translation: “But I have been unwillingly entrusted with a stewardship,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1CO	9	17	t8pm	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ ἄκων	1	But if not willingly	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I do this**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “But if I do this unwillingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	9	17	t8pm	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ ἄκων	1	But if not willingly	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I do this**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “But if I do this unwillingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	9	17	xa5p	figs-activepassive	πεπίστευμαι	1	I have been entrusted with a stewardship	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on himself, who has **been entrusted**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “entrusting.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “God has entrusted me with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	9	17	kjgf	figs-abstractnouns	οἰκονομίαν	1	I have been entrusted with a stewardship	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **stewardship**, you could express the idea by using a phrase with a verb such as “oversee” or “do.” Alternate translation: “something to do” or “a task to oversee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	9	18	lg51	figs-rquestion	τίς οὖν μού ἐστιν ὁ μισθός?	1	What then is my reward?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the following words are the answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea by using a construction that introduces what follows as the **reward**. Alternate translation: “This, then, is my reward:” or “Here, then, is my reward:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1227,13 +1227,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	20	hh8t		ἐγενόμην…ὡς Ἰουδαῖος	1	I became like a Jew	Alternate translation: “I practiced Jewish customs”
 1CO	9	20	g1ig	translate-unknown	κερδήσω	-1	I became like a Jew	Just as in [9:19](../09/19.md), to **gain** someone means to help them to believe in the Messiah. Translate this word the same way you did in [9:19](../09/19.md). Alternate translation: “to convert” or “to gain for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	9	20	s9tu	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ νόμον	-1	I became like one under the law	Here Paul speaks about those who think that they need to obey the law as if they were physically **under law**. By speaking as if the **law** were on top of these people, Paul emphasizes how the **law** controls their lives. If your readers would misunderstand **under law**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the obligation to obey the **law**. Alternate translation: “who keep the law … one who keeps the law … one who keeps the law … who keep the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	9	20	buuw	figs-ellipsis	ὑπὸ νόμον, ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον	1	I became like one under the law	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I became**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “under law, I became as one under law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	9	20	buuw	figs-ellipsis	ὑπὸ νόμον, ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον	1	I became like one under the law	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I became**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “under law, I became as one under law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	9	20	rusa		ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον	1	I became like one under the law	Alternate translation: “I kept the law”
 1CO	9	20	m82d	translate-textvariants	μὴ ὢν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον	1	I became like one under the law	A few early manuscripts do not include **not being under law myself**. However, most early manuscripts do include these words. If possible, include these words in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1CO	9	20	fhhp	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μὴ ὢν	1	I became like one under the law	Here, **not being** introduces a phrase that contrasts with **as under law**. If your readers would misunderstand **not being**, you could add words that introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “although I am not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1CO	9	20	d330	figs-infostructure	νόμον, μὴ ὢν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον, ἵνα τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον κερδήσω	1	I became like one under the law	Here, **in order to gain those under law** is the purpose for which Paul acts like a person **under law**. The phrase **not being under law myself** indicates that Paul realizes that he is not actually **under law**. If your language would put the purpose immediate after what leads to that purpose, you could rearrange these two clauses. Alternate translation: “law in order to win those under law, not being under law myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	9	21	vjuq	translate-unknown	τοῖς ἀνόμοις…ἄνομος…τοὺς ἀνόμους	1	outside the law	Here, **without the law** refers to people who do not have **the law** that Moses wrote down. These people are not Jews, but Paul is not saying that they are disobedient. Rather, Paul is emphasizing **the law** that Moses wrote down here, which is why he uses this language rather than referring to “Gentiles” or “non-Jews.” If your readers would misunderstand **without the law**, you could express the idea by clarifying that Paul is referring to people who do not have the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “To those without Moses’ law … without Moses’ law … those without Moses’ law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	9	21	htnr	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἄνομος	1	outside the law	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous verses (**I became** in [9:20](../09/20.md)). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Since English needs these words, the ULT has supplied them in brackets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	9	21	htnr	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἄνομος	1	outside the law	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous verses (**I became** in [9:20](../09/20.md)). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Since English needs these words, the ULT has supplied them in brackets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	9	21	d1ol	figs-infostructure	μὴ ὢν ἄνομος Θεοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἔννομος Χριστοῦ, ἵνα κερδάνω τοὺς ἀνόμους	1	outside the law	Much like in [9:20](../09/20.md), Paul includes some statements between being **without the law** and the purpose of being **without the law**. If your readers would find this structure confusing, you could rearrange the clauses so that the purpose comes immediately after **without the law**, or you could mark the statements in the middle as parenthetical, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “so that I might win those without the law. Now I am not without the law of God, but under the law of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	9	21	hzib	figs-possession	ἄνομος Θεοῦ	1	outside the law	Here Paul uses the possessive form to state that: (1) he is **not without the law** that **God** has given. Paul distinguishes between the **law** that Moses wrote down and God’s **law** in general. Alternate translation: “without any law from God” (2) he is **not** someone who is disobedient (**without the law**) towards **God**. Paul is distinguishing between people who do not have the **law** that Moses wrote down and people who disobey God. Alternate translation: “disobedient towards God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	9	21	qtu7	figs-metaphor	ἔννομος Χριστοῦ	1	outside the law	Much like in [9:20](../09/20.md), Paul speaks about those who think that they need to obey **the law** as if they were physically **under the law**. By speaking as if **the law** were on top of these people, Paul emphasizes how **the law** controls their lives. If your readers would misunderstand **under the law**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the obligation to obey **the law of Christ**. Alternate translation: “keeping the law of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	25	bfe4	figs-metaphor	ἄφθαρτον	1	a wreath that is perishable … one that is imperishable	Here Paul speaks of a **wreath** that is **imperishable** that believers will **receive**. He speaks of what God will give to believers as a **wreath** in order to emphasize that Christians will receive something like the honor and glory that a successful athlete receives. Paul emphasizes that it will be better because it will be **imperishable**. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could express the idea nonfiguratively or with an analogy. Alternate translation: “an imperishable reward that is like a wreath” or “an imperishable prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	9	26	k64n	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων	1	I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air	Here Paul uses two different athletic metaphors, the first from footraces and the second from boxing. Both metaphors emphasize how Paul remains focused on his goal. As a runner, he has a **purpose**, which is to reach the finish line as quickly as possible. As a boxer, he does not box **the air** but rather focuses on striking his opponent. If your readers would misunderstand these figures of speech, you could express the ideas nonfiguratively or by using analogies. Alternate translation: “I focus on the goal, much like a runner focuses on the finish line and a boxer focuses on striking the opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 1CO	9	26	m7gf	figs-infostructure	οὕτως…ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως…ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων	1		In both halves of this verse, Paul introduces how he “runs” or “fights” with the word **thus**, and then he explains more clearly how he “runs” or “fights.” If your readers would find this confusing, you could introduce how Paul “runs” or “fights” more naturally. Alternate translation: “not as without purpose … not as boxing the air” or “as one who is not without purpose … as one who is not boxing the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1CO	9	26	muuc	figs-litotes	ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως	1		Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “as with purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1CO	9	26	muuc	figs-litotes	ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως	1		Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “as with purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1CO	9	26	k69i	figs-idiom	ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων	1		Here Paul refers to a boxer who hits **the air** instead of the opponent. This kind of boxer does not succeed. If your readers would misunderstand **boxing the air**, you could use a phrase that refers to a boxer who often misses his punches. Alternate translation: “not as missing my punches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	9	27	pma2	figs-metaphor	ὑπωπιάζω μου τὸ σῶμα	1		Here Paul uses words that continue the boxing metaphor from [9:26](../09/26.md). The clause **I subdue my body** could also be translated “I give my body a black eye.” Paul’s point is that he controls or rules over his **body**, just like boxers control or rule over any opponents that they have punched in the face. He does not mean that he physically hurts his body. Since this language would be misunderstood in English, the ULT has expressed the idea nonfiguratively. You could also express the idea nonfiguratively, or you could use a comparable metaphor. Alternate translation: “I rule my body” or “I take control of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	9	27	whfp	figs-synecdoche	μου τὸ σῶμα, καὶ δουλαγωγῶ	1		Here Paul uses **my body** to refer to himself as a whole. He does not mean that his nonphysical part “subdues” and “enslaves” his physical part. Rather, he means that he “subdues” and “enslaves” himself. If your readers would misunderstand **my body**, you could express the idea by using a natural way in your language to refer to oneself. Alternate translation: “myself and enslave myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	27	uoic	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…γένωμαι	1		Here, **myself** focuses attention on **I**. If **myself** would not draw attention to the Son in your language, you could express the attention or focus in another way. Alternate translation: “even I might be” or “I indeed might be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1CO	10	intro	abcd			0		# 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>5. On food (8:1–11:1)<br>      * Warning from Israelite history (10:1–12)<br>      * Encouragement and command (10:13–14)<br>      * The Lord’s Supper and food offered to idols (10:15–22)<br>      * Both freedom and care for others (10:23–11:1)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The Exodus and wilderness journey<br><br>In the first half of this chapter, Paul consistently refers to the narrative about how God rescued the Israelites from Egypt and led them through the wilderness so that they could take possession of the land he had promised to give them. He mentions multiple stories from this narrative. God led the Israelites by appearing as a pillar of cloud, and he made a path through the sea for them (see [Exodus 13:17–14:31](../exo/13/17.md)). God miraculously provided them with food while they were traveling through the desert (see [Exodus 16](../exo/16/01.md)), and he also provided water from a rock for them to drink (see [Exodus 17:1–7](../exo/17/01.md) and [Numbers 20:2–13](../num/20/02.md)). Despite this, the Israelites often grumbled against God and against their leaders, so God punished them by letting them die in the wilderness (see [Numbers 14:20–35](../num/14/20.md)). The Israelites also worshiped other gods (see [Exodus 32:1–6](../exo/32/01.md)) and committed sexual immorality (see [Numbers 25:1–9](../num/25/01.md)), so God again punished them. Other times when the Israelites complained about their leaders, God sent snakes (see [Numbers 21:5–6](../num/21/05.md)) or a plague ([Numbers 16:41–50](../num/16/41.md)) to kill them. Paul’s point here is that God acted to save the Israelites, but when they disobeyed or grumbled, God punished them. Paul wants the Corinthians to understand this as a warning to them as well. They should not be like the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/desert]])<br><br>### “Spiritual”<br><br>In [10:3–4](../10/03.md), Paul states that the Israelites ate “spiritual food” and drank “spiritual drink” from a “spiritual rock.” By “spiritual,” Paul could be referring to the action of God’s Spirit, who provided the food and drink from the rock. By using “spiritual,” Paul could also be identifying the “food,” “drink,” and “rock” as prefigurations or types of the Lord’s Supper, which he discusses later in the chapter. Or, he could simply want the reader to think of the Lord’s Supper without drawing any direct connection. Consider the theology of the group you are translating for to decide exactly how to express “spiritual” here. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>### The Lord’s Supper<br><br>In [10:16–17](../10/16.md), [21](../10/21.md), Paul refers to the Lord’s Supper. He describes the unity that comes with the Lord and with other believers when believers partake of the “cup” and the “table,” that is, the bread and the wine. He then argues that this unity means that participating in the Lord’s Supper is incompatible with participating in meals that unite one to idols, or rather, to the demons that the idols represent. In these verses, use words and phrases that fit with how your language talks about the Lord’s Supper.<br><br>### Things sacrificed to idols<br><br>In Paul’s culture, animals were often sacrificed to the gods. After the animal was slaughtered, the people who were participating in the worship would eat parts of the animal. Other times, some of the meat would be sold in the market, as Paul implies in [10:25](../10/25.md). For most people who were not wealthy, participating in worship with a sacrifice or buying sacrificed meat in the market were two of the few situations in which they could eat meat. Throughout this chapter, Paul continues to explain how the Corinthians should think about eating or not eating this meat. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In [10:16](../10/16.md), [18–19](../10/18.md), [22](../10/22.md), [29–30](../10/29.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### “That rock was Christ”<br><br>In [10:4](../10/04.md), Paul states that the “rock” from which the Israelites received water “was Christ.” This metaphor can be interpreted in two major ways: (1) Paul could be saying that Christ was the one who made the rock provide the Israelites with water. (2) Paul could be saying that the rock provided water for the Israelites like Christ provides salvation for those who believe in him. (3) Paul could be saying that Christ was somehow present in or with the rock itself. Since Paul’s sentence allows for a number of interpretations, if possible you should also allow for a number of interpretations with your translation. Also, consider the theology of the group you are translating for to decide exactly how to express “that rock was Christ.”<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Quoting the Corinthians<br><br>In [10:23](../10/23.md), Paul quotes words that the Corinthians have said or that they wrote to him. The ULT indicates these words by putting quotation marks around them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that an author is quoting someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])<br><br>### Are [10:28–29a](../10/28.md) a parenthesis?<br><br>In [10:25–27](../10/25.md), Paul tells the Corinthians that they can eat any food from the marketplace or in someone’s home without asking about whether it was sacrificed to an idol. Everything belongs to God, so whether it was sacrificed or not does not matter. However, in [10:28–29a](../10/28.md), Paul gives an exception: if someone tells you directly that the food was sacrificed to an idol, you should not eat it for the sake of the person who told you. Immediately after, however, in [10:29b](../10/29.md), he asks a question that implies that one’s freedom should be constrained by some other person’s ideas about right and wrong. This does not seem to fit with the exception Paul has given in [10:28–29a](../10/28.md). Most likely, Paul means [10:28–29a](../10/28.md) to be understood as a side note, and [10:29b](../10/29.md) follows directly from [10:27](../10/27.md). In order to indicate this, the UST puts parentheses around [10:28–29a](../10/28.md). Consider using a natural way in your language to indicate a side note or a digression from the main argument.
 1CO	10	1	gce5	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	passed through the sea	Here, **For** introduces what Paul says about the Israelites in [10:1–5](../10/01.md). What Paul says in these verses explains what he said in the previous verse about how he and other believers should work hard not to be “disqualified” ([9:27](../09/27.md)). The Israelites whom God took out of Egypt were “disqualified,” and believers should work not to be like them. If your readers would misunderstand **For**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an example or support. Alternate translation: “Here is an example:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1CO	10	1	navn	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	our fathers	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1CO	10	1	navn	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	our fathers	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1CO	10	1	hhts	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…οἱ πατέρες	1	our fathers	Although the words **brothers** and **fathers** are masculine, Paul is using them to refer to both men and women. If your readers would misunderstand **brothers** and **fathers**, you could use nongendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters … fathers and mothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1CO	10	1	mnri	translate-kinship	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Here, **our fathers** refers to the Israelites who were slaves in Egypt and whom God rescued. Not all the Corinthians were descended from these Israelites. However, Paul can still refer to the Israelites as their **fathers** because he believes that all Christians have been included in the family of Abraham, the ancestor of the Israelites. Preserve the family language in your translation. Alternate translation: “our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 1CO	10	1	v4c6	figs-explicit	πάντες ὑπὸ τὴν νεφέλην ἦσαν, καὶ πάντες διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης διῆλθον	1	passed through the sea	In this verse, Paul refers to the story of when God brought the Israelites out of Egypt. For this story, see especially [Exodus 13:17–14:31](../exo/13/17.md). God appeared to the Israelites as a pillar of cloud and fire, and he led them and protected them with this pillar of cloud and fire. To get out of Egypt, God led them to a sea called the “Red Sea” or the “Sea of Reeds.” When the king of Egypt came to take the Israelites back to Egypt, God worked through Moses to divide the water of the sea and make a path for the Israelites to travel through. When the king of Egypt tried to follow them, God sent the water back, and the Egyptian army drowned. Paul draws special attention to the **cloud** and the **sea** because of what he will say in the next verse. If your readers are not familiar with this story, you could add a footnote that refers to or summarizes the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	11	6	ahln	figs-imperative	καὶ κειράσθω	1	If it is disgraceful for a woman	Here Paul uses a third-person imperative. If you have third-person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third-person imperatives, you could express the idea using a word such as “should” or “needs to.” Alternate translation: “her hair also needs to be cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1CO	11	6	i9ou	figs-activepassive	καὶ κειράσθω	1	If it is disgraceful for a woman	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the **hair**, which is **cut off**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “cutting.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “someone” does it. Alternate translation: “let a person cut her hair off also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	11	6	s4r5	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	2	If it is disgraceful for a woman	Paul is speaking as if this was a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is” or “since it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1CO	11	6	lqlu	figs-doublet	τὸ κείρασθαι ἢ ξυρᾶσθαι	1	If it is disgraceful for a woman	Here, **to have her hair cut off** refers to how **hair** is trimmed or cut much shorter. The phrase **to be shaved** refers to how **hair** can be cut so short that it is no longer visible. If your language has separate words for these two actions, you can use them here. If your language has only one word for cutting **hair** short, you could use just one word here. Alternate translation: “to have her hair cut short” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1CO	11	6	lqlu	figs-doublet	τὸ κείρασθαι ἢ ξυρᾶσθαι	1	If it is disgraceful for a woman	Here, **to have her hair cut off** refers to how **hair** is trimmed or cut much shorter. The phrase **to be shaved** refers to how **hair** can be cut so short that it is no longer visible. If your language has separate words for these two actions, you could use them here. If your language has only one word for cutting **hair** short, you could use just one word here. Alternate translation: “to have her hair cut short” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1CO	11	6	pflq	figs-activepassive	τὸ κείρασθαι ἢ ξυρᾶσθαι	1	If it is disgraceful for a woman	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the **hair** that is **cut off** or **shaved** rather than focusing on the person doing the “cutting” or “shaving.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “someone” does it. Alternate translation: “to have someone cut her hair off or to shave her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	11	6	od1s	figs-imperative	κατακαλυπτέσθω	1	If it is disgraceful for a woman	Here Paul uses a third-person imperative. If you have third-person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third-person imperatives, you could express the idea using a word such as “should” or “needs to.” Alternate translation: “she needs to cover her head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1CO	11	7	endt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	should not have his head covered	Here, **For** introduces further reasons why what Paul has argued about “covering heads” is true. If your readers would misunderstand **For**, you could leave it untranslated or use a word or phrase that introduces further reasons. Alternate translation: “Here are more reasons why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	11	9	g8lw	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ γὰρ	1	For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man	Here, **For indeed** introduces a second basis for what Paul has claimed in [11:7](../11/07.md), most specifically for the claim that “woman is the glory of man.” In [11:10](../11/10.md). However, Paul gives the result of what he has claimed in [11:7](../11/07.md) in [11:10](../11/10.md). Because of this, in some languages [11:7–8](../11/07.md) might seem like they interrupt the logic or argument. If that is true in your language, you could mark [11:7–8](../11/07.md) as an interruption by using parentheses or some other natural form in your language. Alternate translation: “As another side note,” or “Also by the way,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1CO	11	9	rrs5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐκτίσθη ἀνὴρ διὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα	1	For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man	Again, Paul is speaking about a **man** and a **woman**. Just as in [11:8](../11/08.md), these words could refer to: (1) the first **man** and **woman** that God created: Adam and Eve. In the story in [Genesis 2:18–25](../gen/02/18.md), God has already made Adam. God then has Adam name all the animals, but there was no “helper” for Adam. God then makes Eve as a “helper” for Adam. Alternate translation: “the first man was not created for the first woman, but the first woman was created for the first man” (2) “men” and “women” in general. In this case, Paul would be referring to the relationship between males and females in general or to the specific relationship between husbands and wives. Alternate translation: “men were not created for women, but women for men” or “husbands were not created for wives, but wives for husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	11	9	tctb	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐκτίσθη ἀνὴρ	1	For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **man**, who is **created**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “creating.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “God did not create man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	11	9	t4je	figs-ellipsis	γυνὴ διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα	1	For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**was created**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “woman was created for the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	11	9	t4je	figs-ellipsis	γυνὴ διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα	1	For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**was created**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “woman was created for the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	11	10	q3kx	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο…ἡ γυνὴ…διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους	1	have a symbol of authority on her head	Here, **For this reason** could refer to: (1) both what Paul said in [11:7](../11/07.md) about how “the woman is the glory of man” and what he will say at the end of this verse about **the angels**. Alternate translation: “Because of how the woman is the glory of the man and because of the angels, the woman” (2) just what Paul has said in [11:7](../11/07.md) about how “the woman is the glory of man.” Alternate translation: “Because of what I have said, the woman … because of the angels” (3) just what Paul will say at the end of the verse about **the angels**. Alternate translation: “For this reason, that is, because of the angels, the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1CO	11	10	bikt	figs-explicit	ἡ γυνὴ	1	have a symbol of authority on her head	Here, **the woman** could refer to: (1) a female person. Alternate translation: “the female person” (2) a wife. Alternate translation: “the wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	11	10	jsu0	figs-genericnoun	ἡ γυνὴ	1	have a symbol of authority on her head	Paul is speaking of “women” in general, not of one particular **woman**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “every woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -1516,13 +1516,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	11	16	qi6p		δοκεῖ φιλόνικος εἶναι	1	For her hair has been given to her	Alternate translation: “decides to pick a fight about this” or “considers starting a conflict about this”
 1CO	11	16	q5jl	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	For her hair has been given to her	Here, **we** refers to Paul and others who proclaim the gospel with him. It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	11	16	dr9j	figs-explicit	τοιαύτην συνήθειαν	1	For her hair has been given to her	Here, **any such practice** could refer to: (1) the **practice** that anyone who **thinks to be contentious** supports. Therefore, this **practice** would be for women to have “uncovered” heads. Alternate translation: “the practice that they have” or “the practice of women with uncovered heads” (2) being **contentious**. Alternate translation: “any such practice of being contentious” or “the practice of being contentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CO	11	16	cjpt	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For her hair has been given to her	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**do not have any such practice**). If your language does need these words, you can supply as many as are needed from that clause. Alternate translation: “nor do the churches of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	11	16	cjpt	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For her hair has been given to her	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**do not have any such practice**). If your language does need these words, you could supply as many as are needed from that clause. Alternate translation: “nor do the churches of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	11	17	vt5a	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	in the following instructions, I do not praise you. For	Here, **But** introduces a new topic and also signals a contrast with what Paul said in [11:2](../11/02.md) about being able to “praise” them. Here, he does **not praise** them. If your readers would misunderstand **But**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic. If possible, preserve the contrast with [11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “Now, however,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1CO	11	17	arh9	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο…παραγγέλλων	1	in the following instructions, I do not praise you. For	Here, **this** refers to what Paul is about to say about the Lord’s Supper. It does not refer back to what he has already said. If your readers would misunderstand what **this** refers to, you could clarify that it refers to what Paul is about to say. Alternate translation: “in commanding what I am about to command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	11	17	fw7j	figs-go	συνέρχεσθε	1	in the following instructions, I do not praise you. For	Throughout this chapter, **come together** refers to a group gathering in a specific place. Your language may say “go” or “gather” rather than “come” in contexts such as this. Use whatever is most natural. Alternate translation: “you go together” or “you gather together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 1CO	11	17	du1a	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον	1	it is not for the better but for the worse	Paul is using the adjectives **better** and **worse** as nouns in order to describe the results of the Corinthians’ behavior. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrase. Alternate translation: “not for better things but for worse things” or “not with better results but with worse results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1CO	11	17	u6em	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον	1	it is not for the better but for the worse	Here Paul does not state for whom or what the “coming together” is **not for the better but for the worse**. The Corinthians would have understood him to mean that their behavior was **worse** and **not for the better** for people in their group and for how they glorify God. If your readers would not infer this information, you could state it more explicitly. Alternate translation: “not for the better for your group but for the worse” or “not for better glorifying God and serving others but for doing this worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CO	11	18	oo5h	translate-ordinal	πρῶτον	1	in the church	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+1CO	11	18	oo5h	translate-ordinal	πρῶτον	1	in the church	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 1CO	11	18	na0x		πρῶτον	1	in the church	Here Paul uses **first**, but he never moves on to “second.” Most likely, Paul had in mind other things he wanted to say, but he either never mentions them or he tells the Corinthians in [11:34](../11/34.md) that he will “give directions” about these “remaining things” when he visits them. If your readers would misunderstand **first** without “second,” you could make it clearer that Paul addresses the other items in [11:34](../11/34.md).
 1CO	11	18	nsuo	figs-extrainfo	ἀκούω	1	in the church	Here Paul does not state from whom he “heard” this information. He does this to avoid causing unnecessary conflict among the Corinthians based on who told things to Paul. If you must specify who spoke to Paul, you could use a vague or indefinite statement. Alternate translation: “I hear from somebody that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 1CO	11	18	c87f	figs-pastforfuture	ἀκούω	1	in the church	Here Paul is speaking as if he currently “is hearing” about the **divisions**. By speaking in the present tense, he emphasizes that this is information he received while or immediately before he wrote this letter. If your readers would misunderstand the use of present tense, you could use a tense that most naturally refers to when Paul was writing this letter. Alternate translation: “I have heard that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1642,16 +1642,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	8	i6n9	writing-pronouns	ᾧ…ἄλλῳ	1	to one is given by the Spirit a word	While Paul specifically refers to **one** and to **another**, he is not speaking about just two people. Rather, he is using this form to give two examples. If your readers would misunderstand that Paul is using two examples here, you could use a form in your language that does indicate representative examples, or you could use plural forms here. Alternate translation: “to certain people … to other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	12	8	us1k	figs-metonymy	λόγος	-1	a word	Here, **word** figuratively represents what someone says in words. If your readers would misunderstand **word**, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message … a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	12	8	terk	figs-abstractnouns	λόγος σοφίας	1	a word	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you could express the idea in another way. Paul could mean that: (1) the **word** is characterized by **wisdom**. Alternate translation: “a wise word” (2) the **word** gives **wisdom** to those who hear it. Alternate translation: “a word that makes others wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1CO	12	8	pe8s	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλῳ…λόγος	1	is given	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**is given**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to another is given a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	12	8	pe8s	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλῳ…λόγος	1	is given	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**is given**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to another is given a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	12	8	pbe4	figs-abstractnouns	λόγος γνώσεως	1	is given	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea in another way. Paul could mean that: (1) the **word** is characterized by **knowledge**. Alternate translation: “an enlightened word” (2) the **word** gives **knowledge** to those who hear it. Alternate translation: “a word that makes others knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	12	9	dkia		ἑτέρῳ	1	to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit	Here Paul uses a different word for **another** than he does in the previous verse or the rest of this verse. It is possible that Paul uses this different word to indicate that he is beginning a new section in the list. If you are breaking the list into sections, you could begin a new section here. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a period before it. Alternate translation: “To another person”
 1CO	12	9	zhfq	writing-pronouns	ἑτέρῳ…ἄλλῳ	1	to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit	In both parts of this verse, Paul specifically refers to **another**. When he does this, he is not speaking about just one person. Rather, he is using this form to give an example. If your readers would misunderstand that Paul is giving examples here, you could use a form in your language that does indicate representative examples, or you could use plural forms here. Alternate translation: “to other people … to other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1CO	12	9	rh96	figs-ellipsis	ἑτέρῳ πίστις…ἄλλῳ…χαρίσματα	1	to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly at the beginning of [12:8](../12/08.md) (“is given”). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to another is given faith … to another are given gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	12	9	rh96	figs-ellipsis	ἑτέρῳ πίστις…ἄλλῳ…χαρίσματα	1	to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly at the beginning of [12:8](../12/08.md) (“is given”). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to another is given faith … to another are given gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	12	9	s2lf	figs-explicit	πίστις	1	to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit	Here, **faith** refers to a special belief in God. It does not refer to the **faith** that all believers have. This special **faith** could be the belief in God that is required to do miracles, or it could be the ability to help others believe more, or it could be something else. If your readers would misunderstand **faith** by itself, you could state more explicitly that this is a special kind of **faith**. Alternate translation: “special faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	12	9	foa8	figs-abstractnouns	πίστις	1	to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “the ability to believe” or “how they believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	12	9	szhv		τῷ ἑνὶ Πνεύματι	1	to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit	Here, **that one Spirit** means basically the same thing as **the same Spirit**. Paul uses a different phrase because changing a repeated phrase was sometimes considered good style in his culture. If it would not be good style to state **the same Spirit** with different words in your language, and if your readers would be confused about why Paul changes his words, you could use **the same Spirit** here instead of **that one Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the same Spirit”
 1CO	12	10	x572	writing-pronouns	ἄλλῳ…ἄλλῳ…ἄλλῳ…ἑτέρῳ…ἄλλῳ	1	to another prophecy	Throughout this verse, Paul specifically refers to **another**. When he does this, he is not speaking about just one person. Rather, he is using this form to give an example. If your readers would misunderstand that Paul is giving examples here, you could use a form in your language that does indicate representative examples, or you could use plural forms here. Alternate translation: “to other people … to other people … to other people … to other people … to other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1CO	12	10	v7xy	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλῳ δὲ ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων, ἄλλῳ προφητεία, ἄλλῳ διακρίσεις πνευμάτων, ἑτέρῳ γένη γλωσσῶν, ἄλλῳ δὲ ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν.	1	to another various kinds of tongues	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly at the beginning of [12:8](../12/08.md) (“is given”). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “and to another are given workings of power; to another is given prophecy; to another are given discernments of spirits; to another are given kinds of tongues; and to another is given the interpretation of tongues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	12	10	v7xy	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλῳ δὲ ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων, ἄλλῳ προφητεία, ἄλλῳ διακρίσεις πνευμάτων, ἑτέρῳ γένη γλωσσῶν, ἄλλῳ δὲ ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν.	1	to another various kinds of tongues	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly at the beginning of [12:8](../12/08.md) (“is given”). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “and to another are given workings of power; to another is given prophecy; to another are given discernments of spirits; to another are given kinds of tongues; and to another is given the interpretation of tongues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	12	10	j8qk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων	1	to another the interpretation of tongues	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **workings** or **power**, you could express the ideas by using a verb and adverbs. Alternate translation: “how they powerfully work” or “what they powerfully do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	12	10	ekgi	figs-possession	ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων	1	to another the interpretation of tongues	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak about **workings** that are characterized by **power**. This could mean: (1) that the person can “work” things that are “powerful.” Alternate translation: “doing powerful deeds” or “doing miracles” (2) that the **workings** exhibit or show **power**. Alternate translation: “powerful workings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	12	10	tnym	figs-abstractnouns	προφητεία	1	to another the interpretation of tongues	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **prophecy**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “prophesy.” Alternate translation: “how they prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	17	dfrr	figs-hypo	εἰ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα ὀφθαλμός, ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή? εἰ ὅλον ἀκοή, ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις?	1	where would the sense of hearing be? … where would the sense of smell be?	Here Paul is using two hypothetical situations to teach the Corinthians. He wants them to imagine that **the whole body** was **an eye** or **an ear**. He uses these hypothetical situations because it is absurd for **an eye** or **an ear** to make up **the whole body**. Use a natural way in your language to introduce hypothetical situations. Alternate translation: “Suppose the whole body were an eye; where would the hearing be? Suppose the whole were an ear; where would the sense of smell be?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1CO	12	17	zl05	figs-genericnoun	ὅλον τὸ σῶμα…ὅλον	1	where would the sense of hearing be? … where would the sense of smell be?	Here Paul is speaking of “bodies” in general, not of one particular **body**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to “bodies” in general. Alternate translation: “any whole body … any whole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	12	17	rsl6	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις?	1	where would the sense of hearing be? … where would the sense of smell be?	Paul does not ask these questions because he is looking for information about **where** the senses of **hearing** and **smell** are. Rather, he asks them to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The questions assume that the answer is “nowhere.” In other words, a **body** that is only **an eye** does not have **hearing**, and a **body** that is only an **ear** does not have **smell**. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you could express the ideas with strong negations. Alternate translation: “it would never hear anything. … it would never smell anything.” or “it would not have hearing. … it would not have the sense of smell.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	12	17	uuvi	figs-ellipsis	ὅλον	2	where would the sense of hearing be? … where would the sense of smell be?	Here Paul omits **body** because he stated it explicitly in the previous sentence. If your language needs to state **body** here, you can supply it from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “the whole body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	12	17	uuvi	figs-ellipsis	ὅλον	2	where would the sense of hearing be? … where would the sense of smell be?	Here Paul omits **body** because he stated it explicitly in the previous sentence. If your language needs to state **body** here, you could supply it from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “the whole body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	12	18	n3pu	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1	where would the body be?	Here, **But now** introduces what is true, in contrast to the hypothetical situations Paul offered in the last verse ([12:17](../12/17.md)). Here, the word **now** does not refer to time. If your readers would misunderstand **But now**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces reality in contrast to a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,” or “As it really is,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1CO	12	18	habs	figs-infostructure	τὰ μέλη, ἓν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐν	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul interrupts his sentence to include **each one of them**. In Paul’s culture, this interruption emphasized **each one of them**. If your readers would misunderstand why Paul interrupts his sentence, you could rearrange the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “each and every member in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	12	18	yikv	translate-unknown	καθὼς ἠθέλησεν	1	where would the body be?	Here, **just as he desired** means that the God **appointed the members** as he decided, and not because of any other factors. If your readers would misunderstand **desired**, you could use a word that refers to what God “decided” or “chose.” Alternate translation: “in the way that he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1705,14 +1705,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	19	y4vg	figs-rquestion	ποῦ τὸ σῶμα?	1	where would the body be?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information about **where** the **body** is. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “nowhere.” In other words, a **body** that is made up of only **one member** is not a **body** at all. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “there would be no body!” or “the body would certainly not exist.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	12	20	hmcr	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νῦν δὲ	1	where would the body be?	Just as in [12:18](../12/18.md), **But now** introduces what is true, in contrast with the hypothetical situations Paul offered in the last verse (12:19). The word **now** does not refer to time here. If your readers would misunderstand **But now**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces reality in contrast to a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,” or “As it really is,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1CO	12	20	qr0s	figs-explicit	πολλὰ…μέλη	1	where would the body be?	Here, **many members** refers to many kinds of **member**. In other words, it does not indicate that there are many examples of one body part (many arms, for example). Rather, it indicates that there are many different types of **members** (ears, legs, and arms, for example). If your readers would misunderstand **many members**, you could clarify that Paul has in mind many different kinds of **members**. Alternate translation: “there are many types of members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CO	12	20	honm	figs-ellipsis	ἓν δὲ σῶμα	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul omits some words that your language might need to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**there are**). If your language does need these words here, you can supply them from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but there is one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	12	20	honm	figs-ellipsis	ἓν δὲ σῶμα	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul omits some words that your language might need to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**there are**). If your language does need these words here, you could supply them from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but there is one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	12	21	nl5l	figs-hypo	οὐ δύναται…ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς…ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Corinthians. He wants them to imagine that an **eye** and a **head** could talk to other body parts. He uses this hypothetical situation because, if these body parts could talk, they would never say **“I have no need of you”** to other body parts. His point is that human body parts work together; they do not try to get rid of each other. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose that the eye could speak. It is not able … suppose that the head could speak. It is not able to say to the feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1CO	12	21	ig02	figs-personification	οὐ δύναται…ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς εἰπεῖν τῇ χειρί, χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω; ἢ πάλιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν, χρείαν ὑμῶν οὐκ ἔχω	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul speaks as if an **eye** and a **head** could say things. He speaks in this way because he wants the Corinthians to think of themselves as body parts of the body of Christ, and so the **eye** and the **head** are examples for them. He also wishes them to see how absurd it would be if an **eye** or a **head** were to say that it did not need other body parts. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could clarify that this is a hypothetical situation in which an **eye** or a **head** can say things. Alternate translation: “say that an eye could talk. It is not able to say to the hand, ‘I do not have need of you.’ Or again, say that a head could talk. It is not able to say to the hand, ‘I do not have need of you.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1CO	12	21	cmnr	figs-quotations	τῇ χειρί, χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω…τοῖς ποσίν, χρείαν ὑμῶν οὐκ ἔχω.	1	where would the body be?	If your language does not use this form, you could translate the statement as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “that it does not need the hand … that it does not need the feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	12	21	ytya	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται…ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς εἰπεῖν τῇ χειρί…ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν	1	where would the body be?	Paul is using these body parts as examples. He is not speaking about one particular **eye**, **hand**, **head**, or **feet**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to any ear. Alternate translation: “no eye is able to say to a hand … no head is able to say to feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	12	21	lhik	figs-idiom	χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω…χρείαν ὑμῶν οὐκ ἔχω	1	where would the body be?	Here, **I do not have need of you** is a natural way to express this idea in Paul’s language. In some languages, this clause sounds unnatural or longer than it needs to be. Paul is not using this form for special emphasis, so you could express the idea in whatever way seems natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not require you … I do not require you” or “You are not needed … You are not needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	12	21	q8ru	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ πάλιν	1	where would the body be?	Here, **or again** introduces another example. If your readers would misunderstand **or again**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example. Alternate translation: “or, for another example,” or “or further” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1CO	12	21	jwzv	figs-ellipsis	ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**is not able to say**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “the head is not able to say to the feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	12	21	jwzv	figs-ellipsis	ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**is not able to say**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “the head is not able to say to the feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	12	22	hnt4	translate-unknown	ἀσθενέστερα	1	where would the body be?	Here, **weaker** refers to physical frailty or lack of strength. It is unclear which body parts he might have considered to be **weaker**. Use a similar general word that identifies frailty or weakness. Alternate translation: “frailer” or “less strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	12	22	w75w	translate-unknown	ἀναγκαῖά	1	where would the body be?	Here, **essential** identifies the **weaker** bodies parts as required for the body to function properly. If your readers would misunderstand **essential**, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the body parts as “necessary” or “required.” Alternate translation: “required” or “indispensable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	12	22	q1wr	figs-explicit	πολλῷ μᾶλλον…ἀσθενέστερα ὑπάρχειν, ἀναγκαῖά ἐστιν	1	where would the body be?	Here Paul seems to be stating a general principle that the **weaker** a body part is, the **more** it ends up being **essential** for the body. He implies a comparison with other body parts, which are “stronger” but “less essential.” If your readers would misunderstand this general principle or what Paul is comparing, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “to be weaker than other members are actually that much more essential than those other members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	24	mqcu	figs-genericnoun	τὸ σῶμα	1	our unpresentable members	Here Paul is speaking of “bodies” in general, not of one particular **body**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to “bodies” in general. Alternate translation: “the human body” or “each body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	12	24	gg2h	figs-explicit	τῷ ὑστερουμένῳ, περισσοτέραν δοὺς τιμήν	1	our unpresentable members	Here Paul implies that the body parts that “lack” honor receive **more honor** from God. The Corinthians would have understood this clause to mean that God is the one who created the body, so that what Paul has already stated in [12:23–24](../12/23.md) is true. God has made the body in such a way that we give more honor and dignity to the private and less honorable body parts. If your readers would misunderstand this implication, you could express the idea more plainly by including what humans think about the body parts. Alternate translation: “giving more honor to what we think has less honor” or “giving more honor to the body parts that we consider to be less honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	12	24	sbnd	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὑστερουμένῳ, περισσοτέραν δοὺς τιμήν	1	our unpresentable members	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **honor**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “honor” or an adjective such as “honorable.” Alternate translation: “honoring more what is honored less” or “making honorable what is less honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1CO	12	25	uvnk	figs-litotes	μὴ…σχίσμα…ἀλλὰ	1	there may be no division within the body, but	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. If you do, you will need to express the contrast between the two halves of this verse as a connection. Alternate translation: “complete unity … and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1CO	12	25	uvnk	figs-litotes	μὴ…σχίσμα…ἀλλὰ	1	there may be no division within the body, but	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. If you do, you will need to express the contrast between the two halves of this verse as a connection. Alternate translation: “complete unity … and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1CO	12	25	zvsl	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ᾖ σχίσμα ἐν τῷ σώματι	1	there may be no division within the body, but	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **division**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “divide” or “split.” Alternate translation: “the body may not divide itself” or “the body may not become divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	12	25	u3wp	figs-personification	ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσι τὰ μέλη	1	there may be no division within the body, but	Here Paul speaks as if **the members** of a body could **care for another**. He speaks in this way because he wants the Corinthians to think of themselves as **members** of the body of Christ, and so **the members** of a human body are an example for them. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use an analogy or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “the members should work together like they care for one another” or “the members should work with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1CO	12	25	z4kk	figs-idiom	τὸ αὐτὸ	1	there may be no division within the body, but	Here, **the same** means that **the members** are “caring” for each body part **the same** way they care for all the others. In other words, the body parts make no distinctions about honor or dignity. Instead, they treat each other **the same**. If your readers would misunderstand **the same**, you could express the idea with a comparable phrase that emphasizes equality or similarity. Alternate translation: “equally” or “without distinctions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	27	i8i6	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς…ἐστε σῶμα Χριστοῦ, καὶ μέλη ἐκ μέρους	1	Now you are	Here Paul speaks as if believers were **members**, or body parts, that together make up **the body of Christ**. By speaking in this way, he applies everything he has said in [12:12–26](../12/12.md) about “bodies” to the church, and he emphasizes the unity of the church. Paul used **body** language throughout this whole paragraph, and it is an important metaphor for 1 Corinthians and for Christian teaching. Because of this, you should preserve this metaphor or, if you must express the idea differently, use an analogy. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are the body of Christ and individually members of it” or “you function as the body of Christ, and individually you function as members of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	12	27	gul0	translate-unknown	μέλη ἐκ μέρους	1	Now you are	Here, **individually** refers to how specific people are **members** of the **body of Christ**. In other words, discrete people can each be considered a “member”. If your readers would misunderstand **individually**, you could use a word or phrase that identifies people on their own, apart from the communities in which they participate. Alternate translation: “each one of you is a member of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	12	28	n04s	writing-pronouns	οὓς	1	first apostles	Here, **some** refers to the specific people who have the gifts listed in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand **some**, you could clarify that it refers to the people who have the gifts or titles he gives in the list. Alternate translation: “people to specifically function” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1CO	12	28	ft5q	translate-ordinal	πρῶτον…δεύτερον…τρίτον	1	first apostles	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “one, … two, … three,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+1CO	12	28	ft5q	translate-ordinal	πρῶτον…δεύτερον…τρίτον	1	first apostles	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “one, … two, … three,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 1CO	12	28	ll3s		ἐκκλησίᾳ πρῶτον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκάλους, ἔπειτα δυνάμεις, ἔπειτα χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων	1	first apostles	Here Paul could use the numbers and **then** to indicate: (1) that he listed these things in the order in which he thought of them. In this case, there is no special significance to the numbers, and Paul stopped numbering items because he kept listing things after he said **then**. Alternate translation: “church. This includes first apostles, second prophets, third teachers, then miracles, then gifts of healing” (2) that the items are listed in order of importance or authority until Paul starts using **then**. This means that **apostles**, **prophets**, and **teachers** have special importance or authority in that order. Alternate translation: “church. Most important are apostles, second are prophets, and third are teachers. Then there are miracles, gifts of healing” (3) that the items are listed in the order in which God uses them in the church, up until Paul starts using **then**. Alternate translation: “church, which first requires apostles, second prophets, and third teachers. Then God gives miracles, gifts of healing”
 1CO	12	28	al4j	figs-explicit	ἔπειτα δυνάμεις, ἔπειτα χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, ἀντιλήμψεις, κυβερνήσεις, γένη γλωσσῶν	1	first apostles	When Paul stops using numbers in his list, he also stops using titles for people and instead names the gifts they have. However, the questions in the next two verses ([12:29–30](../12/29.md)) show that Paul wants the Corinthians to think about these gifts as belonging to specific people. If your readers would be confused by the change from titles to gifts, you could explicitly connect these gifts with the people who perform them. Alternate translation: “then people who perform miracles, then those with gifts of healing, those who help, those who administer, and those who speak various kinds of tongues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	12	28	unh1	translate-unknown	ἀντιλήμψεις	1	those who provide helps	Here, **helps** could refer to: (1) acts that help other people. Alternate translation: “helpful deeds” (2) service that **helps** the church, which would include administrative work and distributing aid to those in need. Alternate translation: “supporting the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	13	12	w2eu	figs-explicit	βλέπομεν	1	now we see	Here Paul does not state what it is that **we see**. The Corinthians would have inferred that he meant that **we see** God. If your readers would misunderstand this implication, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “we see God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	13	12	mtw1	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγματι	1	now we see	Here Paul speaks as if **we** were looking at **a mirror** and could see a reflection **unclearly**. With this metaphor, Paul could be expressing the idea: (1) that **now** we can **see** God only indirectly, like a reflection **in a mirror** is an indirect image. Alternate translation: “an indirect reflection of God, as if we were looking in a mirror” (2) that **now** we can only **see** some things about God, like a **mirror** only imperfectly reflects an image. Alternate translation: “imperfectly, as if we were looking at a vague reflection in a mirror” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	13	12	bn3h	translate-unknown	δι’ ἐσόπτρου	1	For now we see indirectly in a mirror	In Paul’s culture, **a mirror** was often made of polished metal. Often, these mirrors were relatively high quality and could reflect images well. Use a word in your language that describes something that reflects an image. Alternate translation: “in a looking glass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	13	12	xx1g	figs-ellipsis	τότε δὲ πρόσωπον	1	but then face to face	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**we see**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause, but in the future tense. Alternate translation: “but then, we will see face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	13	12	xx1g	figs-ellipsis	τότε δὲ πρόσωπον	1	but then face to face	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**we see**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause, but in the future tense. Alternate translation: “but then, we will see face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	13	12	tjq9	figs-idiom	τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον	1		Here, **face to face** identifies an action or situation as something that takes place in person. In other words, a person can actually see the other person’s **face**. If your readers would misunderstand **face to face**, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “but then, eye to eye” or “but then, in God’s direct presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	13	12	x54w	figs-explicit	τότε	-1		Here, **then** refers to the time when Jesus comes back and what happens after that. If your readers would misunderstand what **then** refers to, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “then, when Jesus returns, … then, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	13	12	mgd5	writing-pronouns	ἄρτι γινώσκω ἐκ μέρους; τότε δὲ ἐπιγνώσομαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην	1		Here Paul switches from first-person plural to first-person singular. Since he is using himself as an example for every believer, there is no special meaning behind the switch. Rather, Paul changes from plural to singular because it was good style in his culture. If your readers would misunderstand the change from plural to singular, you could express this verse in first-person plural as well, or you could include words that clarify that Paul is using himself as an example. Alternate translation: “Now I, for example, know in part, but then I will know fully, just as I also have been fully known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	14	3	ypx0	figs-abstractnouns	παράκλησιν, καὶ παραμυθίαν	1	to build them up	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **encouragement** and **consolation**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “encourage” and “console.” Alternate translation: “encouraging and consoling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	14	4	k612	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ…ὁ…προφητεύων	1	builds up	Here, just as in [14:2–3](../14/02.md), Paul is speaking of people “who prophesy” and people “who speak in tongues” in general, not of two particular people. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “Anyone who speaks in a tongue … anyone who prophesies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	14	4	b2mg	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτὸν οἰκοδομεῖ…ἐκκλησίαν οἰκοδομεῖ	1	builds up	Just as in [14:3](../14/03.md), Paul here speaks as if believers were a building that one **builds up**. With this metaphor, he emphasizes that **The one who speaks in a tongue** helps himself or herself become stronger and more mature, while **the one who prophesies** helps other believers become stronger and more mature, just like the one who builds a house makes it strong and complete. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “helps himself grow … helps the church grow” or “edifies himself … edifies the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	14	5	f1sh	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον δὲ ἵνα	1	Now the one who prophesies is greater	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I desire**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “but I desire even more that” or “but even more, I desire that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	14	5	f1sh	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον δὲ ἵνα	1	Now the one who prophesies is greater	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I desire**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “but I desire even more that” or “but even more, I desire that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	14	5	z5my	figs-genericnoun	ὁ προφητεύων…ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσαις	1	Now the one who prophesies is greater	Here, just as in [14:4](../14/04.md), Paul is speaking of people “who prophesy” and people “who speak in tongues” in general, not of two particular people. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “anyone who prophesies … anyone who speaks in tongues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	14	5	o0b6	figs-explicit	μείζων	1	Now the one who prophesies is greater	Here, **greater** indicates that **the one who prophecies** does something that is more important and helpful than **the one who speaks in tongues**. It does not mean that God cares about the person **who prophesies** more than the person **who speaks in tongues**. If you readers would misunderstand **greater**, you could state explicitly how or in what way the person is **greater**. Alternate translation: “does something more useful” or “does what is more valuable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	14	5	u9oq	figs-infostructure	ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ διερμηνεύῃ, ἵνα ἡ ἐκκλησία οἰκοδομὴν λάβῃ	1	Now the one who prophesies is greater	The ULT puts these clauses in parentheses because they give a qualification of what Paul has said about how **the one who prophesies is greater than the one who speaks in tongues**. In this clause, Paul clarifies that he is only speaking about **tongues** without interpretation. Further, if someone does **interpret** the **tongues**, then that can lead to **building up**, just like prophecy. Use a form in your language that would indicate a qualification or a parenthesis. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a period before it. Alternate translation: “That is true except for when he interprets, so that the church receives building up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	14	11	ut5z	figs-123person	μὴ εἰδῶ…ἔσομαι…ἐμοὶ	1	none is without meaning	Here Paul uses the first person to give himself as an example. If your readers would misunderstand the first person here, you could instead use a generic third person. Alternate translation: “somebody does not know … he or she will be … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1CO	14	11	ueuu	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δύναμιν τῆς φωνῆς	1	none is without meaning	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **meaning**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “communicates” or “means.” Alternate translation: “what the language means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	14	11	szms	translate-unknown	βάρβαρος	-1	none is without meaning	Here, **foreigner** identifies someone with whom one does not share a culture and language. If your readers would misunderstand **foreigner**, you could use a comparable term for someone who has a different language and culture. Alternate translation: “an outsider … will be an outsider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	14	11	q756	figs-ellipsis	τῷ λαλοῦντι…ὁ λαλῶν	1	none is without meaning	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the first clause (**the language**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to the one speaking the language … the one speaking the language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	14	11	q756	figs-ellipsis	τῷ λαλοῦντι…ὁ λαλῶν	1	none is without meaning	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the first clause (**the language**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to the one speaking the language … the one speaking the language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	14	12	o0rq	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	try to excel in the gifts that build up the church	Here, **So also you** introduces the conclusion Paul wishes to draw from what he has said in [14:1–11](../14/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand the function of **So also you**, you could use a comparable phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “In line with all of that” or “Given what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1CO	14	12	oel4	figs-ellipsis	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	try to excel in the gifts that build up the church	Here Paul omits some words that your language may need to make a complete thought. If your language does need these words, you could supply a phrase such as “should act in this way.” Alternate translation: “So also you should behave in the following way:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	14	12	f6vn	figs-idiom	ζητεῖτε ἵνα περισσεύητε	1	try to excel in the gifts that build up the church	Here, **seek that you would abound** refers to desiring to have more of something. If your readers would misunderstand this construction, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates a desire to have or do more. Alternate translation: “desire to overflow with them” or “endeavor to gain more of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	14	17	cgls	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἕτερος	1	you certainly give	Paul is speaking of **other** people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	14	17	w25k	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται	1	the other person is not built up	Just as in [14:4](../14/04.md), Paul here speaks as if a person were a building that one “builds up.” With this metaphor, he emphasizes that **you** who are “giving thanks” are not helping other people become stronger, unlike the one who builds a house and thus makes it strong and complete. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “the other person is not helped to grow” or “the other person is not edified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	14	17	m7cj	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to emphasize the person who **is not built up** rather than emphasizing the person who is not doing the building up. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “you” did it. Alternate translation: “you do not build up the other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	14	18	t27e	figs-ellipsis	πάντων ὑμῶν	1		Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**speak in tongues**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “all of you speak in tongues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	14	18	t27e	figs-ellipsis	πάντων ὑμῶν	1		Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**speak in tongues**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “all of you speak in tongues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	14	19	w4pr	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	than ten thousand words in a tongue	Here, **in the church** is a spatial metaphor that speaks of the **church** as if it were a place **in** which people could gather. Paul speaks in this way to indicate the situation which he is discussing: a gathering of believers that meets to worship God. If your readers would misunderstand **in the church**, you could clarify that **the church** refers to a gathering of believers for worship. Alternate translation: “in the gathering of believers” or “during the worship service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	14	19	jht9	translate-numbers	πέντε	1	than ten thousand words in a tongue	Here Paul refers to **five** words to indicate just a few words in contrast to the **myriads** he will mention later on in the verse. There is no special significance to the number **five**. If your readers would misunderstand and think that **five** is a special number, you could use a number that would not be considered special or indicate that Paul has “a few” words in mind. Alternate translation: “four” or “only several” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 1CO	14	19	nzby	figs-infostructure	ἵνα καὶ ἄλλους κατηχήσω, ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ	1	than ten thousand words in a tongue	If your language would naturally state the rest of the comparison before the purpose, you could rearrange these clauses. You may need to start a new sentence when you express the purpose. Alternate translation: “than myriads of words in a tongue. That way, I might also instruct others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	4	wa7m	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	he was buried	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive to avoid saying who **buried** him, so if you must state who did the action, you could use a generic or nonspecific subject. Alternate translation: “they buried him” or “someone buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	4	n7c7	figs-activepassive	ἐγήγερται	1	he was raised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive here to focus on Jesus, who **was raised**, rather than focusing on the one doing the “raising.” If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	4	d6ew	figs-idiom	ἐγήγερται	1	was raised	Here, **raised** refers to someone who had died then coming back to life. If your language does not use **raised** to describe coming back to life, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “he was restored to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1CO	15	4	zufz	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	was raised	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+1CO	15	4	zufz	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	was raised	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 1CO	15	4	v7vv	translate-numbers	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	was raised	In Paul’s culture, the current **day** was counted as the “first day.” So, **the third day** would refer to two days after **he was buried**. If Jesus **was buried** on a Friday, he **was raised** on a Sunday. Consider how your language counts days and use a phrase that represents the timing properly. Alternate translation: “two days later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 1CO	15	4	jex1	writing-quotations	κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς	1	was raised	In Paul’s culture, **according to** was a normal way to introduce a reference to an important text. In this case, Paul does not state exactly which part of **the Scriptures** he has in mind but rather refers to **the Scriptures** as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand how Paul introduces the quotation, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “as can be read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1CO	15	4	hssy		τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς	1	was raised	Here, **according to the Scriptures** could modify (1) **he was raised on the third day**. Alternate translation: “on the third day, which all happened just as the Scriptures record” (2) just **on the third day**. Alternate translation: “on the third day, which was when the Scriptures indicated that it would happen”
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	10	n45h	figs-litotes	οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη, ἀλλὰ	1	his grace in me was not in vain	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. If you do, you will need to change the contrast word **Instead** into a support word or phrase such as “in fact” or “indeed.” Alternate translation: “was effective. Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1CO	15	10	it0q	figs-idiom	κενὴ	1	his grace in me was not in vain	Here, **in vain** identifies a cause that does not have its intended effect. In this case, God’s **grace** would be **in vain** if it did not lead Paul to “labor” or if no one believed Paul’s message. If your readers would misunderstand **in vain**, you could use a word or phrase that identifies a cause that does not have its intended effect. Alternate translation: “for nothing” or “to no purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	15	10	zait	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν πάντων	1	his grace in me was not in vain	Here, **them** refers back to the “apostles” that Paul mentions in the previous verse ([15:9](../15/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could refer explicitly to “apostles” here. Alternate translation: “all of the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1CO	15	10	pl58	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ, ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί	1	his grace in me was not in vain	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I labored**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “yet it was not I who labored, but the grace of God labored with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	15	10	pl58	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ, ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί	1	his grace in me was not in vain	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**I labored**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “yet it was not I who labored, but the grace of God labored with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	15	10	h2w1	figs-infostructure	οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ, ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί	1	his grace in me was not in vain	If your language would not naturally state the negative before the positive, you could reverse the order of the **not** statement and the **but** statement. Alternate translation: “although it was really the grace of God with me, not I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	15	10	xh95	figs-metonymy	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί	1	the grace of God that is with me	Here Paul describes God’s action in **grace** as simply **the grace of God**. If your readers would not understand that **the grace of God** identifies God himself acting in **grace**, you could express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “God in grace with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	15	11	pm2o	figs-ellipsis	εἴτε…ἐγὼ εἴτε ἐκεῖνοι	1	the grace of God that is with me	Here Paul introduces **I** and **they** without a verb. He does this to identify whom he means when he uses **we** later in the verse. If your language needs a verb in this situation, you could use a verb that introduces or brings up characters or ideas. Alternate translation: “whether we are talking about me or them” or “whether we are referring to me or to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	38	dmx1		ὁ…Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων, ἴδιον σῶμα	1	God will give it a body as he chooses	Here Paul concludes his analogy about farming. In the last verse he proved that seeds grow into bodies that look nothing like the seeds. Here, he shows that God is one who decides what **body** a seed grows into and that God gives different kinds of “bodies” to different kinds of seeds. Again, the main verbal connection between human resurrection and seeds growing is the word **body**, so if possible use a word for **body** that can apply to both seeds and humans. Alternate translation: “God decides what kind of plant a seed grows into, and each of the seeds grows into its own kind of plant”
 1CO	15	38	ude0	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	God will give it a body as he chooses	Here, **it** refers back to “a bare seed” in [15:37](../15/37.md). If your readers would misunderstand **it**, you could refer explicitly back to the “seed.” Alternate translation: “the seed” or “that seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	15	38	wrnh	translate-unknown	καθὼς ἠθέλησεν	1	God will give it a body as he chooses	Here, **just as he desires** means that God has chosen what kind of **body** every seed will grow into, and he does this as he thinks best. If your readers would misunderstand **desires**, you could use a word that refers to what God “decides” or “chooses.” Alternate translation: “in the way that he decides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	15	38	fd1f	figs-ellipsis	ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων, ἴδιον σῶμα	1	God will give it a body as he chooses	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**God gives**). If your language does need these words, you can supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to each of the seeds God gives its own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	15	38	fd1f	figs-ellipsis	ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων, ἴδιον σῶμα	1	God will give it a body as he chooses	Here Paul omits some words that your language may require to make a complete thought. Paul omits these words because he stated them explicitly in the previous clause (**God gives**). If your language does need these words, you could supply them from that clause. Alternate translation: “to each of the seeds God gives its own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	15	38	alya	figs-explicit	ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων	1	God will give it a body as he chooses	Here, **each of the seeds** could refer to: (1) **each** of the varieties or kinds of **seeds** that exist. Alternate translation: “to each of the seed varieties” (2) **each** individual seed. Alternate translation: “to each individual seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	39	eui8	figs-parallelism	ἀλλὰ ἄλλη μὲν ἀνθρώπων, ἄλλη δὲ σὰρξ κτηνῶν, ἄλλη δὲ σὰρξ πτηνῶν, ἄλλη δὲ ἰχθύων	1	flesh	Here Paul repeats **flesh of** and the same structure in four consecutive clauses. This was worded powerfully in his culture, and it emphasizes the distinctions between the different kinds of **flesh**. If your readers would misunderstand why Paul repeats words and structure, and if it would not be worded powerfully or emphatically in your culture, you could eliminate some or all of the repetition and make the statements powerful in another way. Alternate translation: “Instead, men, animals, birds, and fish have varying kinds of flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1CO	15	39	e580	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλη μὲν ἀνθρώπων	1	flesh	Here Paul omits **{flesh}** because he used it in the previous sentence and because he uses it throughout the rest of this sentence. English speakers would misunderstand why Paul omits **{flesh}** here, so the ULT has included it in brackets. Consider whether your readers would also misunderstand why Paul has omitted **{flesh}**. Alternate translation: “one of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	39	qi8y	translate-unknown	κτηνῶν	1	flesh	Here, **animals** refers to living things that are not **men**, **birds**, or **fish** but still count as **animals**. The word often refers particularly to domesticated animals such as sheep, goats, oxen, or horses. Use a word or phrase in your language that refers to this group of beings. Alternate translation: “of domesticated animals” or “of beasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	15	40	d9k2	figs-explicit	σώματα ἐπουράνια, καὶ σώματα ἐπίγεια	1	heavenly bodies	Here, **heavenly bodies** refers to the kinds of things that Paul will mention in the next verse: the sun, moon, and stars ([15:41](../15/41.md)). The **earthly bodies** are the kinds of things Paul mentioned in the previous verse: humans, animals, birds, and fish ([15:39](../15/39.md)). The primary distinction Paul is drawing is a spatial one: some **bodies** exist in “heaven,” and others exist on “earth.” Use words or phrases that naturally draw this distinction in your language. Alternate translation: “superterrestrial bodies and terrestrial bodies” or “bodies in heaven and bodies on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	40	g6cf	figs-abstractnouns	ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων	1	earthly bodies	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **glory**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “glorious” or “splendorous.” Alternate translation: “the heavenly are splendorous in one way, and the earthly are splendorous in another way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1CO	15	40	j1kb	figs-ellipsis	τῶν ἐπουρανίων…τῶν ἐπιγείων	1	glory	Here Paul omits **bodies** because he stated them explicitly in the previous sentence. If your language needs **bodies** here, you can supply it from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “of the heavenly bodies … of the earthly bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CO	15	40	j1kb	figs-ellipsis	τῶν ἐπουρανίων…τῶν ἐπιγείων	1	glory	Here Paul omits **bodies** because he stated them explicitly in the previous sentence. If your language needs **bodies** here, you could supply it from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “of the heavenly bodies … of the earthly bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	15	40	qg3p	figs-explicit	ἑτέρα…ἑτέρα	1	the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another	Here Paul is distinguishing between different kinds of **glory**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “is one kind … is another kind” or “is of one type … is of another type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	41	y6lr	figs-explicit	ἄλλη	-1	the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another	Here, just as in [15:40](../15/40.md), Paul is distinguishing between different kinds of **glory**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is one kind of … another kind of … another kind of” or “There is one type of … another type of … another type of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	41	m075	figs-abstractnouns	ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων…ἐν δόξῃ	1	the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **glory**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “glorious” or “splendorous.” Alternate translation: “The sun is splendorous in one way, and the moon is splendorous in another way, and the stars are splendorous in another way … in how glorious they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	16	18	hxt7	figs-ellipsis	τὸ ὑμῶν	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Here Paul omits what it is that is **yours**. He does this because he stated it in the previous phrase (**spirit**). If your language would not omit **spirit** here, you could include it. Alternate translation: “your spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	16	18	k9d8	writing-pronouns	τοὺς τοιούτους	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Here, **those like these** refers back to the three men whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse ([16:17](../16/17.md)). It also refers to anyone else who, like those men, “refreshes the spirit” of others. If your readers would misunderstand that **those like these** refers to the three men and others like them, you could use a word or phrase that does clearly refer to these two groups. Alternate translation: “people who are like that” or “them and those such as them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	16	19	s0ml	translate-names	τῆς Ἀσίας	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Here, **Asia** refers to a province or region in the western part of what we now call Turkey. The city that Paul is in, Ephesus, was in the province of **Asia**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CO	16	19	urc0		ἀσπάζονται…ἀσπάζεται…πολλὰ	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	As was customary in his culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “ask to be remembered … enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “send regards … enthusiastically send regards to”
+1CO	16	19	urc0		ἀσπάζονται…ἀσπάζεται…πολλὰ	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	As was customary in his culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “ask to be remembered … enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “send regards … enthusiastically send regards to”
 1CO	16	19	nzlw	figs-idiom	πολλὰ	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Here, **enthusiastically** indicates that **Aquila and Priscilla** wish to **greet** the Corinthians especially strongly or with extra friendship. Use a word or phrase that identifies an especially strong or friendly greeting. Alternate translation: “warmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	16	19	n135	translate-names	Ἀκύλας καὶ Πρίσκα	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	**Aquila** is the name of a man, and **Priscilla** is the name of a woman. These two people were married to each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CO	16	19	wkte	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Here Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord**, or united to the Lord, identifies the greeting from **Aquila and Priscilla** as something that they give because both they and the Corinthians are united to the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “in their union with the Lord” or “as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	16	20	ai3u		ἀσπάζονται	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Here Paul continues to extend greetings from people who are with him. Translate **greet** as you did in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “ask to be remembered to” or “send regards to”
 1CO	16	20	j4bw		ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Since this letter would be read in public to the Corinthian believers, Paul wishes them to **Greet** each other in this situation. If possible, translate **Greet** as you did earlier in the verse. If you must translate it differently, use a word or phrase for “greeting” other people who are meeting together. Alternate translation: “Say hello to one another” or “Receive one another”
 1CO	16	20	fbuc	translate-unknown	ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	For they have refreshed my spirit	Here, **a holy kiss** describes a **kiss** that believers would give to other believers (that is why it is **holy**). In Paul’s culture, this was an appropriate way to greet someone with whom one was very close, such as a family member or a good friend. You could use a greeting that is used by close friends or family members and clarify that here it is used in a **holy** or Christian way. Alternate translation: “with a Christian hug” or “in warm way that is appropriate for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	16	21	izu6		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	I, Paul, write this with my own hand	Paul concludes his letter by writing a final greeting to the Corinthians. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “I ask to be remembered in my own hand” or “I send regards in my own hand”
+1CO	16	21	izu6		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	I, Paul, write this with my own hand	Paul concludes his letter by writing a final greeting to the Corinthians. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “I ask to be remembered in my own hand” or “I send regards in my own hand”
 1CO	16	21	msa3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	I, Paul, write this with my own hand	In Paul’s culture, it was normal for a scribe to write down what the author of the letter was saying. Paul here indicates that he himself is writing these last words. He may mean just this verse, or he may mean the rest of the letter. The phrase **in my own hand** means that it was **his own hand** that took up the pen and wrote. If your readers would misunderstand **in my own hand**, you could express the idea by using a comparable expression or include any extra information needed to make it clear. Alternate translation: “This greeting is in my handwriting” or “I write this greeting myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	16	21	f483	figs-123person	Παύλου	1	I, Paul, write this with my own hand	Here, **Paul** speaks of himself in the third person. He does this to sign his name to the letter, which shows that the letter is from **Paul** himself and carries his authority. If your language has a specific form for signing letters or documents, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I am Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1CO	16	22	il5a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ τις οὐ φιλεῖ τὸν Κύριον	1	may he be accursed	Here Paul speaks as **If** some people do **not love the Lord**, but he knows that this is true for some people. He uses **If** to identify these people as the ones that he is addressing. If your language does not use **If** to identify a certain group of people, you could use a form that does do this. Alternate translation: “Whoever does not love the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
index 2ccdcbc550..b79470201f 100644
--- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	1	1	f59u		Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	Timothy our brother	The word **our** indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**.
 2CO	1	1	mhg5	translate-names	Ἀχαΐᾳ	1	Achaia	**Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2CO	1	2	f6k1		χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	May grace be to you and peace	This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters.
-2CO	1	3	px2q	figs-activepassive	εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	3	px2q	figs-activepassive	εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	3	k7dl		ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ	1	the God and Father	Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father”
 2CO	1	3	pg4a	figs-parallelism	ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως	1	the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort	These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2CO	1	3	blv4		ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως	1	the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort	This could mean: (1) the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God**. (2) the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
@@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	1	5	i254		τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sufferings of Christ	This could refer to: (1) the **sufferings** that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ. (2) the **sufferings** that Christ experienced on their behalf.
 2CO	1	5	tg9w	figs-metaphor	περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν	2	our comfort abounds	Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	6	y9bi	figs-exclusive	εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα	1	But if we are afflicted	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2CO	1	6	ylw2	figs-activepassive	εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	1	6	wyj4	figs-activepassive	εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα	1	if we are comforted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	6	ylw2	figs-activepassive	εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	6	wyj4	figs-activepassive	εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα	1	if we are comforted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	6	cfq7		τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης	1	your comfort that results	Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort”
 2CO	1	8	jqn8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	we do not want you to be uninformed	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	1	8	pr8a	figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν	1	We were so completely crushed beyond our strength	Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	1	8	gu5b	figs-activepassive	ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν	1	We were so completely crushed	The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	8	gu5b	figs-activepassive	ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν	1	We were so completely crushed	The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	9	lks3	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν	1	we had the sentence of death on us	Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	9	i7up	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ	1	but in God	The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	1	9	bu2y	figs-idiom	τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς	1	who raises the dead	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CO	1	10	x4kh	figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1	a deadly peril	Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	10	mwn9		καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται	1	he will continue to deliver us	Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us”
 2CO	1	11	q17d		συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει	1	as you also join together … on our behalf	Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us”
-2CO	1	11	k1fl	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα	1	the gracious favor given to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	11	k1fl	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα	1	the gracious favor given to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	12	kqv3	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν	1	General Information:	In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	1	12	r9p8		ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν	1	For our proud confidence is this	The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
 2CO	1	12	c7mu	figs-personification	τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν	1	the testimony of our conscience	Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -59,17 +59,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	2	1	wh9c			0	Connecting Statement:	Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
 2CO	2	1	ij73		ἐν λύπῃ	1	in sorrow	Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
 2CO	2	2	nb6x	figs-rquestion	εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ?	1	If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me?	Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2CO	2	2	x2vr	figs-activepassive	ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ	1	the very one who was hurt by me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	2	x2vr	figs-activepassive	ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ	1	the very one who was hurt by me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	3	kxu2	figs-explicit	ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ	1	I wrote this same thing	Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	2	3	v87i	figs-activepassive	μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν	1	I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice	Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	3	v87i	figs-activepassive	μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν	1	I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice	Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	3	i5r6		ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	my joy is the same joy you all have	Alternate translation: “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
 2CO	2	4	uch7		ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως	1	from great affliction	Here the word **affliction** refers to emotional pain.
 2CO	2	4	vs7m	figs-metonymy	συνοχῆς καρδίας	1	with anguish of heart	Here the word **heart** refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	2	4	d5vf		διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων	1	with many tears	Alternate translation: “with much crying”
-2CO	2	6	iy4r	figs-activepassive	ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων	1	This punishment of that person by the majority is enough	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	6	iy4r	figs-activepassive	ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων	1	This punishment of that person by the majority is enough	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	6	wr3k	figs-abstractnouns	ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	2	6	a7c4		ἱκανὸν	1	is enough	Alternate translation: “is sufficient”
-2CO	2	7	vpx1	figs-activepassive	μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος	1	he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow	This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	7	vpx1	figs-activepassive	μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος	1	he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow	This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	8	r916			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
 2CO	2	8	yi2z		κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην	1	publicly affirm your love for him	This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
 2CO	2	9	xw5t	figs-explicit	εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε	1	you are obedient in everything	This could mean: (1) the Corinthians **are obedient** to God **in everything**. (2) the Corinthians **are obedient** **in everything** that Paul has taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	2	11	m46t	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν	1	For we are not ignorant of his plans	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	2	12	l6vd			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
 2CO	2	12	a1ti	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord	Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	2	12	n9cr	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	12	n9cr	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	13	rjy9		οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου	1	I had no relief in my spirit	Alternate translation: “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
 2CO	2	13	xd5h		Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου	1	my brother Titus	Paul speaks of **Titus** as his spiritual **brother**.
 2CO	2	13	wq6j		ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς	1	So I left them	Alternate translation: “So I left the people of Troas”
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	2	14	eq21		φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ	1	he spreads … everywhere	Alternate translation: “he spreads … everywhere we go”
 2CO	2	15	x6nn	figs-metaphor	Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ	1	we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ	Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were the pleasing smell of a burnt offering that someone offers to **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	2	15	b1k1		Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ	1	the sweet aroma of Christ	This could refer to: (1) the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of **Christ**. (2) the sweet aroma that **Christ** offers.
-2CO	2	15	itc8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς σῳζομένοις	1	those who are saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	15	itc8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς σῳζομένοις	1	those who are saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	16	dwk6	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴ	1	an aroma	This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “the knowledge of Christ is an aroma” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	2	16	ud2u	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον	1	an aroma from death to death	This could mean: (1) the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of **death** that causes people to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2CO	2	16	v2n3	figs-activepassive	οἷς	1	to the other	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	16	v2n3	figs-activepassive	οἷς	1	to the other	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	16	cdr3	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν	1	a fragrance from life to life	This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2CO	2	16	be6x	figs-rquestion	πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός?	1	who is worthy of these things?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	2	17	a5sa	figs-metonymy	καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who sell the word of God	Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	1	ad1u		συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν	1	letters of recommendation	This refers to **letters** that people write to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
 2CO	3	2	ty59	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε	1	You yourselves are our letter of recommendation	Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a **letter** of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	2	v2e7	figs-metonymy	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation. (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	3	2	bu1u	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	3	2	dr5k	figs-activepassive	γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	known and read by all people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	2	bu1u	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	2	dr5k	figs-activepassive	γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	known and read by all people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	3	s717	figs-explicit	ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ	1	you are a letter from Christ	Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the **letter**. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	3	3	wrk4		διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν	1	cared for by us	Alternate translation: “brought by us”
 2CO	3	3	q96q		ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1	It was written not with ink … on tablets of human hearts	Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects.
 2CO	3	3	vyuh	figs-ellipsis	ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1		The verb “written” is implied in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not written with ink, but written with the Spirit of the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO	3	3	qt5g	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	3	qt5g	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	3	t5ah	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1	not on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts	The verb “written” is implied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “not a letter that was written on stone tablets, but a letter that was written on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO	3	3	ih89	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	3	ih89	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	3	u959	figs-metaphor	πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1	tablets of human hearts	Paul speaks of their **hearts** as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	4	z7qx		πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν	1	such confidence	This refers to what Paul has just said. His **confidence** comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
 2CO	3	5	qye9		ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί	1	competent in ourselves	Alternate translation: “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	7	lyf7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed.
 2CO	3	7	ut6r	figs-irony	εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε	1	Now if the ministry that produced death … came in such glory	Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to **death**, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 2CO	3	7	du65	figs-explicit	ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου	1	the ministry that produced death	Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	3	7	j1hp	figs-activepassive	ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις	1	engraved in letters on stones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	7	j1hp	figs-activepassive	ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις	1	engraved in letters on stones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	7	r5p5		ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε	1	in such glory	Alternate translation: “in so much glory that”
 2CO	3	8	xxn6	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ?	1	Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	3	8	wq1v	figs-explicit	ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	the ministry of the Spirit	Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	9	e5zz	figs-metaphor	πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ.	1	the ministry of righteousness abound in glory	Paul speaks of **the ministry of righteousness** as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that this ministry is far more glorious than the law, which also had **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	9	ufq6	figs-explicit	ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the ministry of righteousness	Here, **the ministry of righteousness** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	3	10	n4pe		καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης	1	that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious … because of the glory that exceeds it	The Old Testament law no longer appears **glorious** when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
-2CO	3	10	t2dq	figs-activepassive	τὸ δεδοξασμένον	1	that which was once made glorious	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	10	t2dq	figs-activepassive	τὸ δεδοξασμένον	1	that which was once made glorious	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	10	d7k5		ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει	1	in this respect	Alternate translation: “in this way”
 2CO	3	11	zwb2	figs-metaphor	τὸ καταργούμενον	1	that which was fading away	This refers to “the ministry of condemnation,” which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: “that which was becoming useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	12	tnc1		ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα	1	Since we have such a hope	The word **Therefore** refers to what Paul has just said. His **hope** comes from knowing that the new covenant has an eternal glory.
@@ -143,17 +143,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	14	zm7j		ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	For until this present day	Here, **the present day** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
 2CO	3	14	w68p	figs-metaphor	τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει	1	when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains	Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses’ face because he covered his face with a **veil**, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the **old covenant**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	14	gg2d		ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης	1	when they read the old covenant	Alternate translation: “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
-2CO	3	14	gl8l	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται	1	It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away	Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	14	gl8l	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται	1	It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away	Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	15	rjh5		ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον	1	But even today	Here the word **today** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
 2CO	3	15	t3dl	figs-metonymy	ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς	1	whenever Moses is read	Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law that Moses wrote down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	3	15	ip29	figs-activepassive	ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	15	ip29	figs-activepassive	ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	15	gwp9	figs-metonymy	κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται	1	a veil lies over their heart	Here the word **heart** represents what people think. Alternate translation: “a veil prevents them from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	3	15	bb5u	figs-metaphor	κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται	1		Here the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have **a veil** that covers **their heart** the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	16	k2dr	figs-metaphor	ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον	1	whenever a person turns to the Lord	Here, **turn to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	3	16	w1y2	figs-activepassive	περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα	1	the veil is taken away	God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	16	w1y2	figs-activepassive	περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα	1	the veil is taken away	God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	18	r6rx	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες	1	Now we all	Here the word **we** refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	3	18	l3xw	figs-metaphor	ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι	1	with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord	Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	3	18	rc9x	figs-activepassive	τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα	1	are being transformed into the same image	The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	18	rc9x	figs-activepassive	τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα	1	are being transformed into the same image	The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	18	bx5b		ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν	1	from glory to glory	This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the **glory** of believers. Alternate translation: “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory”
 2CO	3	18	mw3v		καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου	1	just as from the Lord	Alternate translation: “just as this comes from the Lord”
 2CO	4	intro	rx1c			0		# 2 Corinthians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Life and death<br><br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hope<br><br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	4	2	aj24		συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων	1	commending ourselves to every person’s conscience	This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
 2CO	4	2	f6n1	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	3	mti5	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον	1	But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing	This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	3	hz2f	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον	1	if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	3	hz2f	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον	1	if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	3	e5yu		τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν	1	our gospel	Alternate translation: “the gospel that we preach”
 2CO	4	4	r6pz	figs-metaphor	ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the god of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelieving	Paul speaks of the **minds** of unbelievers as if they had eyes, and their inability to understand as their minds being unable to see. Alternate translation: “the god of this world has prevented unbelievers from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	4	tx9h		ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the god of this world	This phrase refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “the god who rules this world”
@@ -184,50 +184,50 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	4	6	p736	figs-metaphor	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ	Just as God’s **glory** shone upon Moses’ face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon **the face of Jesus**. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	7	xe5i	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν δὲ	1	But we have	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	4	7	xx2c	figs-metaphor	ἔχομεν…τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν	1	we have this treasure in jars of clay	Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a** treasure** and their bodies as if they were breakable **jars** made out of **clay**. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	8	ga9z	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	We are afflicted in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	4	9	bz8m	figs-activepassive	διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι	1	We are persecuted but not forsaken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	4	9	uvq1	figs-activepassive	καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι	1	We are struck down but not destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	8	ga9z	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	We are afflicted in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	9	bz8m	figs-activepassive	διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι	1	We are persecuted but not forsaken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	9	uvq1	figs-activepassive	καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι	1	We are struck down but not destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	10	zt4b	figs-metaphor	πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες	1	We always carry in our body the death of Jesus	Paul speaks of his sufferings as if they are an experience of **the death of Jesus**. Alternate translation: “we are often in danger of dying, as Jesus died” or “we always suffer in such a way that we experience the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	10	l6f6		καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because **Jesus** is alive. (2) the spiritual **life** that **Jesus** gives also may be shown in our bodies.
-2CO	4	10	w3jc	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	10	w3jc	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	11	ht74	figs-metaphor	ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ ζῶντες, εἰς θάνατον παραδιδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν	1	For we who are alive are always being handed over to death for the sake of Jesus	Here, **being handed over to death** represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus” or “for people are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	11	d1wm		ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	God wants Jesus’ **life** to **be shown** in us. This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive. (2) the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
-2CO	4	11	ww5r	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	11	ww5r	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	12	q3il	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	death is at work in us, but life is at work in you	Paul speaks of **death** and **life** as if they are persons who can **work**. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2CO	4	13	ret6		τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως	1	the same spirit of faith	Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament. Alternate translation: “the same attitude of faith”
-2CO	4	13	gzf4	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	according to that which was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	13	gzf4	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	according to that which was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	13	il5h		ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα	1	I believed, and so I spoke	This is a quote from the Psalms.
 2CO	4	14	t2i8	figs-idiom	ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ…ἐγερεῖ	1	that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will … raise	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will also raise” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will also raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CO	4	15	v7sj		τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	For all these things are for your sake	Here, **all these things** refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
-2CO	4	15	l1mu	figs-activepassive	ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων	1	the grace that is abounding to more and more people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	15	l1mu	figs-activepassive	ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων	1	the grace that is abounding to more and more people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	15	u8pp	figs-metaphor	τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ	1	thanksgiving may increase	Paul speaks of **thanksgiving** as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	16	u6e5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
 2CO	4	16	cb92	figs-doublenegatives	διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν	1	So we do not become discouraged	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	4	16	hhv6	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται	1	outwardly we are wasting away	This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: “our physical bodies are getting weak and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	4	16	s9b2	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ	1	inwardly we are being renewed day by day	This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: “our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	4	16	zct5	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ	1	inwardly we are being renewed day by day	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	16	zct5	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ	1	inwardly we are being renewed day by day	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	17	pd63	figs-metaphor	τὸ γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν…αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης, κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν	1	this momentary, light affliction is preparing us for an eternal weight of glory	Paul speaks of his sufferings and the **glory** that God will give him as if they were objects that can be weighed. The glory far outweighs the suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	17	na9y	figs-metaphor	καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν	1	that exceeds all measurement	The glory that Paul will experience is so heavy that no one can measure it. Alternate translation: “that cannot be measured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	17	d9re	figs-activepassive	καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	4	18	t2fp	figs-activepassive	τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα	1	things that are seen … things that are unseen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	17	d9re	figs-activepassive	καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	18	t2fp	figs-activepassive	τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα	1	things that are seen … things that are unseen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	18	f97x	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα	1	but for things that are unseen	You can supply the verb for this phrase. Alternate translation: “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	5	intro	s14p			0		# 2 Corinthians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New bodies in heaven<br><br>Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### New creation<br><br>The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Home<br><br>The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of reconciliation”<br><br>This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
 2CO	5	1	p7b7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul contrasts believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
 2CO	5	1	z4vs	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν	1	if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God	Here a temporary **earthly dwelling** is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	5	1	zy2k	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ	1	if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	1	zy2k	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ	1	if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	1	bqi5	figs-synecdoche	οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	It is a house not made by human hands	Here, **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here, **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven, not made by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2CO	5	1	bbvr	figs-activepassive	οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	1	bbvr	figs-activepassive	οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	2	tc2j		ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν	1	in this tent we groan	Here, **this** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
 2CO	5	2	ss6g	figs-metaphor	τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες	1	longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling	The words **our dwelling that is from heaven** means the same thing as “a building from God.” Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	3	i4es		ἐνδυσάμενοι	1	we have put it on	Alternate translation: “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
-2CO	5	3	ap7v	figs-activepassive	οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα	1	we will not be found to be naked	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	3	ap7v	figs-activepassive	οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα	1	we will not be found to be naked	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	4	bz6k	figs-metaphor	οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει	1	while we are in this tent	Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a **tent**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	4	e34b		ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν	1	in this tent, we groan	The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
 2CO	5	4	cjt4	figs-metaphor	βαρούμενοι	1	being burdened	Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	4	f8rb	figs-metaphor	οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι	1	We do not want to be unclothed … we want to be clothed	Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing for our spirit. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	4	n78p		ἐκδύσασθαι	1	to be unclothed	Alternate translation: “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
 2CO	5	4	de2b	figs-metaphor	ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς	1	so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life	Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an animal that eats **the mortal**. The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	5	4	e5zi	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς	1	so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	4	e5zi	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς	1	so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	5	g7yj	figs-metaphor	ὁ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	who gave us the Spirit as the down payment	The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were a partial **down payment** toward eternal life. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	6	clh5			0	Connecting Statement:	Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because: (1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ. (2) Christ who died for believers in love.
 2CO	5	6	xv3m	figs-metaphor	ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι	1	being at home in the body	Paul speaks of the physical **body** as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	5	9	j1sl		εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι	1	to be pleasing to him	Alternate translation: “to please the Lord”
 2CO	5	10	kdf2		ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	before the judgment seat of Christ	Alternate translation: “before Christ to be judged”
 2CO	5	10	c499		κομίσηται ἕκαστος	1	each one may receive back the things done in	Alternate translation: “each person may receive what he deserves for”
-2CO	5	10	v8sl	figs-activepassive	τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος	1	the things done in the body	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	10	v8sl	figs-activepassive	τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος	1	the things done in the body	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	10	lsh8		εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν	1	whether for good or for bad	Alternate translation: “whether those things were good or bad”
 2CO	5	11	dzh5		εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	knowing the fear of the Lord	Alternate translation: “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
 2CO	5	11	qm34	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν	1	we persuade people	This could mean: (1) **we persuade** people of the truth of the gospel. (2) **we persuade** people that we are legitimate apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	5	11	v11v	figs-activepassive	Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα	1	What we are is clearly seen by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	11	v11v	figs-activepassive	Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα	1	What we are is clearly seen by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	11	y5l1		καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι	1	that it is also clear to your conscience	Alternate translation: “that you are also convinced of it”
 2CO	5	12	mza1		ἵνα ἔχητε	1	so you may have an answer	Alternate translation: “so you may have something to say to”
 2CO	5	12	it2r	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ	1	those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart	Here the word **face** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	5	19	w1d1	figs-metonymy	ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ	1	in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself	Here, **the world** refers to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God was reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	5	19	b62q		θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς	1	He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation	God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
 2CO	5	19	ix97		τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς	1	the message of reconciliation	Alternate translation: “the message about reconciliation”
-2CO	5	20	wg8f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν	1	Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	20	wg8f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν	1	Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	20	q9u9		ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ…πρεσβεύομεν	1	representatives of Christ	Alternate translation: “we are those who speak for Christ”
-2CO	5	20	a6fx	figs-activepassive	καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ	1	Be reconciled to God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	20	a6fx	figs-activepassive	καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ	1	Be reconciled to God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	21	jp2a		τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν	1	The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us	Alternate translation: “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
 2CO	5	21	hz6z	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς	1	us … we	Here the words **us** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	5	21	ebz2		τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν	1	The one who did not know sin	Alternate translation: “Christ, the one who never sinned”
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	6	2	u9kc	figs-explicit	λέγει γάρ	1	For he says	This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “for God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	6	2	sa94		ἰδοὺ	1	Look	The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 2CO	6	3	v3wc	figs-metaphor	μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν	1	We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone	Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	6	3	he3c	figs-activepassive	μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία	1	our ministry might not	The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	3	he3c	figs-activepassive	μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία	1	our ministry might not	The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	4	xd9l	figs-exclusive	συνιστάντες	1	General Information:	When Paul uses **we** here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	6	4	p9up		ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι	1	we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants	Alternate translation: “we prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do”
 2CO	6	4	xyf9		Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις	1	God’s servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship	Paul mentions these difficult situations in which they proved that they are **God’s servants**.
@@ -288,16 +288,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	6	7	ef5b		τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the weapons of righteousness	Alternate translation: “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
 2CO	6	7	ijr2		τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν	1	for the right hand and for the left	This could mean: (1) there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other. (2) they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
 2CO	6	8	zi7d	figs-merism		0	General Information:	Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-2CO	6	8	e4pf	figs-activepassive	ὡς πλάνοι	1	as imposters	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	6	9	fcb5	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι	1	as if we were unknown and we are still well known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	6	9	r1d9	figs-activepassive	ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι	1	as being punished, and yet not being killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	8	e4pf	figs-activepassive	ὡς πλάνοι	1	as imposters	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	9	fcb5	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι	1	as if we were unknown and we are still well known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	9	r1d9	figs-activepassive	ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι	1	as being punished, and yet not being killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	11	v74j		τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Our mouth has been opened to you	Alternate translation: “We have spoken honestly to you”
 2CO	6	11	mv85	figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται	1	our heart is opened wide	Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a **heart** that is open. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	6	11	r815	figs-metonymy	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται	1		Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	6	12	m2kq	figs-metaphor	οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1		Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their **inner parts** were squeezed into a tight space. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	6	12	u4fz	figs-activepassive	οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν	1	You are not restrained by us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	12	u4fz	figs-activepassive	οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν	1	You are not restrained by us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	12	xv9t	figs-metonymy	στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1	You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections	Here, **inner parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	6	12	ecn4	figs-activepassive	στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1	you are restrained in your affections	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	12	ecn4	figs-activepassive	στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1	you are restrained in your affections	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	13	c6vp	figs-metaphor	πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	open yourselves wide also	Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	6	14	v7kk	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις	1	Do not be yoked together with unbelievers	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	6	14	qd33	figs-metaphor	μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες	1	be yoked together with	Paul speaks of working **together** toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “Do not team up” or “Do not have a close relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	6	16	u5g3	figs-parallelism	ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω	1	I will dwell among them and walk among them.	This is an Old Testament quotation that speaks of God being with the people in two different ways that mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2CO	6	16	g0nl	figs-metaphor	ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω	1		The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while the words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	6	17	fe1z			0	General Information:	Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
-2CO	6	17	z5ld	figs-activepassive	ἀφορίσθητε	1	be separate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	17	z5ld	figs-activepassive	ἀφορίσθητε	1	be separate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	17	c8jq	figs-doublenegatives	ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε	1	Touch no unclean thing	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	7	intro	hg36			0		# 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	1	h5xv		ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
@@ -326,27 +326,27 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	7	3	bhb7		πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω	1	I do not speak for your condemnation	Here, Paul refers back to what he has just said about not having wronged anyone. Alternate translation: “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.”
 2CO	7	3	fay3	figs-metaphor	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε	1	you are in our hearts	Paul speaks of his and his associates’ great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	7	3	xzg3	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν	1	for us to die together and to live together	This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2CO	7	4	mh12	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει	1	I am filled with encouragement	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	4	mh12	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει	1	I am filled with encouragement	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	4	mx9b	figs-metaphor	ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ	1	I overflow with joy	Paul speaks of **joy** as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	7	4	mr75		ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	even in all our afflictions	Alternate translation: “despite all our hardships”
 2CO	7	5	f3c5	figs-exclusive	ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν	1	When we came to Macedonia	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	7	5	c8ju	figs-synecdoche	οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν	1	our flesh had no rest	Here, **our flesh** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2CO	7	5	h3cv	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	we were troubled in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	5	h3cv	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	we were troubled in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	5	i4wr	figs-explicit	ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι	1	by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside	Here, **without** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies.” (2) “outside of the church.” The word **within** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	7	w7td	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν	1	by the comfort that Titus had received from you	Paul received **comfort** from knowing that the Corinthians had **comforted** Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	8	b2xj		ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη	1	General Information:	This refers to Paul’s previous **letter** to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
 2CO	7	8	vk7m		βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη	1	when I saw that my letter	Alternate translation: “when I learned that my letter”
-2CO	7	9	kn5q	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε	1	not because you were distressed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	9	kn5q	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε	1	not because you were distressed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	9	l6d2	figs-idiom	ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	you would not suffer loss in anything through us	This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CO	7	10	dtm3	figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν…ἐργάζεται	1	For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation	The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	7	10	lc4m		ἀμεταμέλητον	1	without regret	This could mean: (1) Paul has no **regret** that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation. (2) the Corinthians will not **regret** experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
 2CO	7	10	lc1s	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται	1	But the sorrow of the world produces death	This kind of **sorrow** leads to **death** instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	11	gpp2	figs-exclamations	ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν	1	what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves	Here the word **what** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-2CO	7	11	h6jc	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν	1	what avenging of wrong	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	7	12	i6sn	figs-activepassive	τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	11	h6jc	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν	1	what avenging of wrong	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	12	i6sn	figs-activepassive	τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	12	ycy7		ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
-2CO	7	13	kn2q	figs-activepassive	διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα	1	For this reason we are encouraged	Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	7	13	v2g6	figs-activepassive	ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν	1	his spirit was refreshed by all of you	Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	13	kn2q	figs-activepassive	διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα	1	For this reason we are encouraged	Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	13	v2g6	figs-activepassive	ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν	1	his spirit was refreshed by all of you	Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	14	b4uq		ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι	1	For if I boasted to him about you	Alternate translation: “For although I boasted to him about you”
 2CO	7	14	m22c		οὐ κατῃσχύνθην	1	I was not embarrassed	Alternate translation: “you did not disappoint me”
 2CO	7	14	q5hg		ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη	1	our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true	Alternate translation: “you proved to Titus that our boasting about you was true”
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	7	15	q47h		μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	with fear and trembling	This could refer to: (1) great reverence for God. (2) great reverence for Titus.
 2CO	8	intro	kl7m			0		# 2 Corinthians 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](../08/02.md))
 2CO	8	1	mm8g			0	Connecting Statement:	Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
-2CO	8	1	d1mj	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας	1	the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	1	d1mj	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας	1	the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	2	fsq8	figs-personification	ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν	1	the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity	Paul speaks of **joy** and **poverty** as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the people’s great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2CO	8	2	b7k5	figs-metaphor	ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν	1	the abundance of their joy	Paul speaks of **joy** as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	8	2	pr8c		ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν	1	their deep poverty … the riches of their generosity	Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and **poverty**, by God’s grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem.
@@ -373,18 +373,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	8	11	d6ly		καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι	1	there may be the completion	Alternate translation: “complete it” or “finish it”
 2CO	8	12	k9wh		καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ	1	according to whatever a person has	Alternate translation: “if it is proportional to what the person giving has”
 2CO	8	13	mp6k			0	For this	This verse refers back to collecting money for the believers in Jerusalem.
-2CO	8	13	smk2	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις	1	for the ease of others, and your affliction	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	13	smk2	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις	1	for the ease of others, and your affliction	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	13	ktd1		ἐξ ἰσότητος	1	for the sake of equality	Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
 2CO	8	14	v7aj		ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα	1	This is also so that their abundance may supply your need	Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
-2CO	8	15	ue8w	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	15	ue8w	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	15	u28y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν	1	did not have too little	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	8	16	cr18	figs-synecdoche	τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου	1	who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you	Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2CO	8	16	vsm3		τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν	1	same earnest care	Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
 2CO	8	17	e4xn	figs-explicit	ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο	1	For he not only accepted our appeal	Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	8	18	rje2		μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	with him	Alternate translation: “with Titus”
-2CO	8	18	jll9	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	the brother who is praised among all of the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	18	jll9	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	the brother who is praised among all of the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	19	j9rk		οὐ μόνον	1	Not only this	Alternate translation: “not only do believers among all of the churches praise him”
-2CO	8	19	c667	figs-activepassive	καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	he also was selected by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	19	c667	figs-activepassive	καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	he also was selected by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	19	k7dy		σὺν τῇ χάριτι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν	1	along with this act of grace which is being administered by us	This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to carry out this act of generosity”
 2CO	8	19	v22x		προθυμίαν ἡμῶν	1	our readiness	Alternate translation: “our eagerness to help”
 2CO	8	20	a3ps	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν	1	concerning this generosity that we are carrying out	This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	8	22	d3yj		αὐτοῖς	1	with them	The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
 2CO	8	23	mmi2		κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός	1	he is my partner and fellow worker for you	Alternate translation: “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
 2CO	8	23	lat3		ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν	1	As for our brothers	Here, **our brothers** refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
-2CO	8	23	u8lx	figs-activepassive	ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν	1	they are sent by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	23	u8lx	figs-activepassive	ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν	1	they are sent by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	23	a8v2	figs-abstractnouns	δόξα Χριστοῦ	1	an honor to Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	9	intro	lt8d			0		# 2 Corinthians 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
 2CO	9	1	wc5l			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	9	3	k1er		μὴ τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, κενωθῇ	1	our boasting about you may not be futile	Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
 2CO	9	4	j8ey		εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους	1	find you unprepared	Alternate translation: “find you unprepared to give”
 2CO	9	5	q1up	figs-go	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	the brothers they they would come to you	From Paul’s perspective, **the brothers** are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to come to you beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-2CO	9	5	nm2n	figs-activepassive	μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν	1	not as forced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	5	nm2n	figs-activepassive	μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν	1	not as forced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	6	mm9w	figs-metaphor	ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει; καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει	1	the one who sows … will also reap in blessings	Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he **sows**, so will God’s **blessings** be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	7	tzt4	figs-metonymy	καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	let each one give as he has decided in his heart	Here, **heart** refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “just as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	9	7	whg6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης	1	not reluctantly or under compulsion	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you could express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -412,17 +412,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	9	8	cz9b	figs-metaphor	δυνατεῖ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	God is able to make all grace overflow for you	Here, **grace** is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, **God** also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: “God is able to give you more than you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	8	zxz9		χάριν	1	grace	Here, **grace** refers to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
 2CO	9	8	u8w6		περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν	1	you may abound in every good work	Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
-2CO	9	9	mma1	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	9	mma1	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	10	p3fl		ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν	1	He who supplies	Alternate translation: “God who supplies”
 2CO	9	10	b1xe	figs-metonymy	ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν	1	bread for food	Here the word **bread** refers to **food** in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	9	10	uts1	figs-metaphor	χορηγήσει καὶ πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν	1	will supply and multiply your seed for sowing	Paul speaks of the Corinthians’ possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were **sowing** seeds. Alternate translation: “will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	10	ci67	figs-metaphor	αὐξήσει τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν	1	will increase the fruits of your righteousness	Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: “God will bless you even more for your righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	10	yv67		τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν	1	the fruits of your righteousness	Here, **righteousness** refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
-2CO	9	11	eey1	figs-activepassive	πλουτιζόμενοι	1	enriching you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	11	eey1	figs-activepassive	πλουτιζόμενοι	1	enriching you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	11	b3e5	figs-explicit	ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι’ ἡμῶν, εὐχαριστίαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	which produces thanksgiving to God through us	The word **which** refers to the Corinthian’s generosity. Alternate translation: “Because of your generosity, those who receive the gifts we bring them will thank God” or “and when we give your gifts to those who need them, they will give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	9	12	l7kq	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης	1	For the ministry of this service	Here, **service** refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	9	12	esk7	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God	Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	9	13	plj4	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης	1	Because of the proof of this ministry	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	13	plj4	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης	1	Because of the proof of this ministry	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	13	ze14		δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	they glorify God for your obedience … the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone	Paul says that the Corinthians will **glorify God** both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
 2CO	9	15	es8c		ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ	1	for his inexpressible gift	This **gift** could refer to: (1) “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous. (2) Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
 2CO	10	intro	abcd			0		# 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	10	16	raq7		ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι	1	another person’s area	Alternate translation: “an area that God has assigned to someone else”
 2CO	10	17	q8cc		ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω	1	boast in the Lord	Alternate translation: “let … boast about what the Lord has done”
 2CO	10	18	h81t		ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων	1	who commends himself	This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how “recommend ourselves” is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
-2CO	10	18	n5v6	figs-activepassive	οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος	1	is approved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	10	18	n5v6	figs-activepassive	οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος	1	is approved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	10	18	sy2r	figs-ellipsis	ὃν ὁ Κύριος συνίστησιν	1	the one whom the Lord commends	You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	11	intro	abce			0		# 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False teaching<br><br>The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Light<br><br>Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Irony<br><br>This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.<br><br>“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.<br><br>The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.<br><br>“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”<br><br>He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”<br><br>### “Are they servants of Christ?”<br><br>This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](../11/30.md))
 2CO	11	1	r4q6		ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης	1	bear with me in a little bit of foolishness	Alternate translation: “you would allow me allow me to act like a fool”
@@ -484,13 +484,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	11	9	fc6l	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω	1	In everything I have kept myself from being a burden to you	Paul speaks of someone for whom one has to spend money as if they were heavy items that people have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	11	9	sqcf	figs-explicit	ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω	1		The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I have done all I can to make sure you do not have to spend money so that I can be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	11	9	b35r		ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν…ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω	1	I will continue to do that	Alternate translation: “I never will be a burden to you”
-2CO	11	10	si2r		ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	the truth of Christ is in me	Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you can know that what I am about to say is true”
-2CO	11	10	nae3	figs-activepassive	ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ	1	this boasting of mine will not be silenced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	10	si2r		ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	the truth of Christ is in me	Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you could know that what I am about to say is true”
+2CO	11	10	nae3	figs-activepassive	ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ	1	this boasting of mine will not be silenced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	10	ua2i		ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ	1	this boasting of mine	This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
 2CO	11	11	zqu5	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς?	1	Why? Because I do not love you?	Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	11	11	rj6f	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν	1	God knows	You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	11	12	d9sl	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐκκόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	in order that I may take away the opportunity	Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	11	12	t4js	figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῶσιν	1	they may be regarded as equal to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	12	t4js	figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῶσιν	1	they may be regarded as equal to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	13	ml66		οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι	1	For such people	Alternate translation: “I do what I do because people like them”
 2CO	11	13	nq3t		ἐργάται δόλιοι	1	deceitful workers	Alternate translation: “dishonest workers”
 2CO	11	13	y896		μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους	1	disguising themselves as apostles	Alternate translation: “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	11	23	qdcm	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως	1		This is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten too many times to bother counting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2CO	11	23	r6jv		ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις	1	in facing many dangers of death	Alternate translation: “and I have almost died many times”
 2CO	11	24	ttz2		τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν	1	forty lashes minus one	This was a common expression for being whipped 39 times. In Jewish law the most they were allowed to whip a person at one time was forty lashes. So they commonly whipped a person thirty-nine times so that they would be guilty of whipping someone too many times if the accidentally counted wrong.
-2CO	11	25	u9xc	figs-activepassive	ἐραβδίσθην	1	I was beaten with rods	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	11	25	xk9w	figs-activepassive	ἐλιθάσθην	1	I was stoned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	25	u9xc	figs-activepassive	ἐραβδίσθην	1	I was beaten with rods	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	25	xk9w	figs-activepassive	ἐλιθάσθην	1	I was stoned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	25	b4kz		νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα	1	I have spent a night and a day on the open sea	Paul was referring to floating in the water after the ship he was on sank.
 2CO	11	26	b3j9	figs-explicit	κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις	1	in danger from false brothers	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	11	27	ds5h	figs-hyperbole	γυμνότητι	1	nakedness	Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	11	31	yx8z	figs-litotes	οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am not lying	Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2CO	11	32	n383		ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν	1	the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city	Alternate translation: “the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city”
 2CO	11	32	j7de		πιάσαι με	1	to arrest me	Alternate translation: “so that they might catch and arrest me”
-2CO	11	33	i8xa	figs-activepassive	ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην	1	I was lowered in a basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	33	i8xa	figs-activepassive	ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην	1	I was lowered in a basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	33	aw7d	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ	1	from his hands	Paul uses the governor’s **hands** as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: “from the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	12	intro	abcf			0		# 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](../12/05.md))
 2CO	12	1	iwn3			0	Connecting Statement:	In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	2	cz7u		οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ	1	I know a man in Christ	Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
 2CO	12	2	fth2		εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα	1	whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know	Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
 2CO	12	2	k4aw		τρίτου οὐρανοῦ	1	the third heaven	Here, the **third heaven** refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
-2CO	12	4	qv5h		ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον	1	was caught up into paradise	Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
+2CO	12	4	qv5h		ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον	1	was caught up into paradise	Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
 2CO	12	4	wm7y		ἡρπάγη	1	caught up	Here, **caught up** refers to being suddenly and forcefully held and taken.
 2CO	12	4	ic45		τὸν Παράδεισον	1	paradise	Here, **paradise** could refer to: (1) heaven. (2) the third heaven. (3) a special place in heaven.
 2CO	12	5	hpq6		τοῦ τοιούτου	1	of such a person	Alternate translation: “of that person”
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	6	p8fm		μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ ἐμοῦ	1	no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me	Alternate translation: “no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me”
 2CO	12	7	v5s7			0	General Information:	This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
 2CO	12	7	xxi2		τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων	1	because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations	Alternate translation: “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
-2CO	12	7	hu8g	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί	1	a thorn in the flesh was given to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	12	7	hu8g	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί	1	a thorn in the flesh was given to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	12	7	q5e7	figs-metaphor	σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί	1	a thorn in the flesh	Here Paul’s physical problems are compared to a **thorn** piercing his **flesh**. Alternate translation: “an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	12	7	q7lz		ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ	1	a messenger from Satan	Alternate translation: “a servant of Satan”
 2CO	12	7	ehp9		μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι	2	overly proud	Alternate translation: “I would not become too proud”
@@ -568,11 +568,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	10	t7qg		ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι	1	For whenever I am weak, then I am strong	Paul is saying that when he is no longer **strong** enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
 2CO	12	11	a1ym		γέγονα ἄφρων	1	I have become a fool	Alternate translation: “I am acting like a fool”
 2CO	12	11	pzw1		ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε	1	You forced me to this	Alternate translation: “You forced me to talk this way”
-2CO	12	11	v2lr	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι	1	I should have been commended by you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	12	11	v2lr	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι	1	I should have been commended by you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	12	11	f644		συνίστασθαι	1	commended	See how you translated similar phrases in ([3:1](../03/01.md)) and ([4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “been praised” or “been recommended”
 2CO	12	11	h4d5	figs-litotes	οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑστέρησα	1	For I was not at all inferior	By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is **inferior** are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2CO	12	11	s82x	figs-irony	τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων	1	super-apostles	Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-2CO	12	12	kp5l	figs-activepassive	τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη	1	indeed the signs of an apostle were performed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	12	12	kp5l	figs-activepassive	τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη	1	indeed the signs of an apostle were performed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	12	12	d4um		σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν	1	signs and wonders and mighty deeds	These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
 2CO	12	13	z35e	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν?	1	how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you?	Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	12	13	d426		αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν	1	I was not a burden to you	Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
@@ -603,9 +603,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	21	rn6u	figs-abstractnouns	πορνείᾳ	1	of the … sexual immorality	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	12	21	yyr5	figs-abstractnouns	ἀσελγείᾳ	1	of the … lustful indulgence	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	13	intro	abcg			0		# 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Preparation<br><br>Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Power and weakness<br><br>Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.<br><br>### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
-2CO	13	1	slj1	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	13	1	slj1	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	13	2	fxl6		τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν	1	all the rest	Alternate translation: “all you other people”
-2CO	13	4	a1bf	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη	1	he was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	13	4	a1bf	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη	1	he was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	13	5	sbx4		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
 2CO	13	7	u75e	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν	1	that you may not do any wrong	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	13	7	gt2e		δόκιμοι	1	to have passed the test	Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”
diff --git a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
index 4e28a46bc8..aeb7cdaffd 100644
--- a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ EPH	3	18	abd8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phra
 EPH	3	18	bkk6		καταλαβέσθαι	1	to comprehend	This is the third item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and the second is that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)).
 EPH	3	18	uu6l		πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις	1	all the saints	Alternate translation: “all the believers in Christ”
 EPH	3	18	ef4s	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος	1	the width and length and height and depth	In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. This could refer to: (1) the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	3	18	ef4t	figs-explicit	τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος	1	the width and length and height and depth	It may be necessary to state explicitly what these words refer to. If so, you can combine this with the phrase from the next verse and say: “the width and length and height and depth of, and truly know the love of Christ” or “the width and length and height and depth of the love of Christ, and truly know it”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EPH	3	18	ef4t	figs-explicit	τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος	1	the width and length and height and depth	It may be necessary to state explicitly what these words refer to. If so, you could combine this with the phrase from the next verse and say: “the width and length and height and depth of, and truly know the love of Christ” or “the width and length and height and depth of the love of Christ, and truly know it”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	3	19	rev9		γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	and to know the love of Christ	This continues the idea from the previous verse. They both refer to knowing the greatness of the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “that you can know how great Christ’s love for us is”
 EPH	3	19	px4z		ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God	This is the fourth item for which Paul bends his knees and prays ([Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md)). The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)), the second is that “Christ would live in their hearts through faith” ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)), and the third is that they “could comprehend Christ’s love” ([Ephesians 3:18](../03/18.md)).
 EPH	3	19	ab4z	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God	In this metaphor Paul pictures the Ephesian believers as containers into which **God** can pour himself. Alternate translation: “so God can give you everything that he has to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ EPH	5	11	hpl2	figs-metaphor	ἐλέγχετε	1	expose them	Speaking against the
 EPH	5	12	cd23	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	them	Here, **them** refers to the “sons of disobedience” mentioned in 5:6 and also referred to as “them” in 5:7. If it is unclear who “them” refers to in either place, then use “those who disobey God” or a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EPH	5	13	sp1z			0	General Information:	It is unknown if this quotation is a combination of quotations from the prophet Isaiah or a quotation from a hymn sung by the believers.
 EPH	5	13	abdy	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Hiding the shameful works of darkness now is in contrast to the light exposing them later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EPH	5	13	vqi7	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν	1	everything that is revealed is light	Paul makes this general statement in order to imply that God’s Word shows people’s actions to be good or bad. The Bible often speaks of God’s truth as if it were **light** that could reveal the character of something. Alternate translation: “if you compare everything to what God says, you can know if it is good or bad” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	5	13	vqi7	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν	1	everything that is revealed is light	Paul makes this general statement in order to imply that God’s Word shows people’s actions to be good or bad. The Bible often speaks of God’s truth as if it were **light** that could reveal the character of something. Alternate translation: “if you compare everything to what God says, you could know if it is good or bad” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	14	abdz	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that their sins will be revealed by the light. The result is that sinners should allow Christ to shine on them. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	5	14	z4ar	figs-apostrophe	ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead	This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 EPH	5	14	abcl	figs-apostrophe	ὁ καθεύδων	1	O sleeper	This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul is addressing this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ EPH	5	30	abee	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	because	The connecting word
 EPH	5	30	h44f	figs-metaphor	μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ	1	we are members of his body	Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with Christ as if they were part of his own **body**, for which he would naturally care. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	31	yp23			0	General Information:	The quotation is from the writings of Moses in the Old Testament.
 EPH	5	31	yp24			0	General Information:	The words **his** and **himself** refer to a male believer who marries.
-EPH	5	31	abef	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀντὶ τούτου	1	For this reason	The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. In this case, this phrase is part of a quotation from Genesis 2:24 and so the reason is not stated here, but it is stated in Genesis 2:23 that woman was created out of man. The result is that a man will leave his father and mother and be joined to his wife. If it is confusing to not state the reason, you can include a footnote that says, “the reason for this is that woman was created out of man. See Genesis 2:23” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EPH	5	31	abef	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀντὶ τούτου	1	For this reason	The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. In this case, this phrase is part of a quotation from Genesis 2:24 and so the reason is not stated here, but it is stated in Genesis 2:23 that woman was created out of man. The result is that a man will leave his father and mother and be joined to his wife. If it is confusing to not state the reason, you could include a footnote that says, “the reason for this is that woman was created out of man. See Genesis 2:23” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	6	intro	r7c3			0		# Ephesians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about working to please God whether as a slave or as a master. What Paul teaches here about slavery would have been surprising. In his time, masters were not expected to treat their slaves with respect and not threaten them.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Armor of God<br><br>This extended metaphor describes how Christians can protect themselves when spiritually attacked. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	1	wq46	figs-you		0	General Information:	The command in verse one is plural. Then in verses two and three Paul quotes from the law of Moses. Moses was talking to the people of Israel as though they were one person, so **your** and **you** are singular there. If that does not make sense, you may need to translate them as plurals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EPH	6	1	jf17			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to each other. He gives instructions to children, fathers, workers, and masters.
diff --git a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
index 981540704a..be2825bb5f 100644
--- a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ PHP	1	6	u80a	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν
 PHP	1	6	qhmh		ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [Philippians 1:2](../01/02.md).
 PHP	1	6	p2a5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτελέσει	1		Here, **will perfect it** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	p5pu	figs-explicit	ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	7	sowf	figs-idiom	τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς	1	I have you in my heart	The phrase, **I have you in my heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you can state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+PHP	1	7	sowf	figs-idiom	τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς	1	I have you in my heart	The phrase, **I have you in my heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you could state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	1	7	jn2s		συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντας	1	being partakers with me of grace	Alternate translation: “sharing in grace with me”
 PHP	1	7	df00	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτος	1		Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God’s gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	7	o7ef	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul refers to his imprisonment in Rome by using the phrase **my chains**. Paul was chained to a guard and the Philippian Christians would have understood that Paul was referring to his imprisonment when he used the phrase **my chains** because of the close association between **chains** and being in prison. If this association is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιο
 PHP	1	11	t3w4	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1		The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	11	yq99	figs-metaphor	τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	jwgb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	11	mfs6	figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you can use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+PHP	1	11	mfs6	figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you could use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	12	tu2t	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you can express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	12	zy4g	figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	the things concerning me	The phrase **the things concerning me** refers to Paul’s imprisonment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things I have suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** figuratively refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	13	wi6n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	my chains in Christ became apparent among the whole palace guard and all the others	Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	13	h1ly	figs-metonymy	δεσμούς μου	1	my chains in Christ became apparent	Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	13	f8az	figs-explicit	τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ	1	my chains in Christ	Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	14	a1kh		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		See how you translated **brothers** in the previous verse [1:12](../01/12.md).
-PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you can express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	sz29	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		The phrase **encouraged in the Lord** means that the Philippian Christians had grown in their trust of the Lord because of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “trust the Lord more because of my chains” or “have received more courage from the Lord as a result of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	k4tm	figs-activepassive	καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	14	ecy8	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ PHP	1	15	z9y9	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν	1		If it
 PHP	1	15	yh1c	figs-abstractnouns	εὐδοκίαν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goodwill** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their desire that others would know Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	16	w0b8	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἀγάπης	1		Here the object of the word **love** is not specified. You can leave the object of **love** unspecified or, if it is needed in your language, you may specify the object of **love**. Here, the word **love** could refer to: (1) love for Paul. Alternate translation: “because of their love for me” (2) love for Christ. Alternate translation: “The ones who proclaim the good news because they love Christ” (3) love for multiple objects, such as Paul and Christ and those who have not yet heard or believed in the gospel. Alternate translation: “The ones who proclaim the good news because of their love for me, and Jesus, and those who do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	16	ttr2	figs-activepassive	κεῖμαι	1	I am appointed for the defense of the gospel	You could state the phrase **I am appointed** in active form. Alternate translation: “God appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHP	1	16	st7k	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the defense of the gospel	Paul is speaking of the gospel as though it were a place or person that could be attacked. If this is confusing in your language, you can use plain language. See how you translated “defense and confirmation of the gospel” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “to prove that the message about Jesus is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	16	st7k	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the defense of the gospel	Paul is speaking of the gospel as though it were a place or person that could be attacked. If this is confusing in your language, you could use plain language. See how you translated “defense and confirmation of the gospel” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “to prove that the message about Jesus is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	16	ia9l	figs-explicit	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι	1		The phrase **I am appointed** could refer to: (1) God appointing Paul’s current situation of being in prison. Alternate translation: “I am assigned to be here for the defense of the gospel” (2) God appointing Paul to the ministry of defending the gospel. Alternate translation: “God has delegated me to the ministry of publicly defending the truth of the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	16	vnfl		ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		See how you translated the phrase “defense and confirmation of the gospel” in [1:7](../01/07.md).
 PHP	1	17	sgss	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας τὸν Χριστὸν καταγγέλλουσιν	1	in my chains	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **ambition** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but they proclaim Christ only to make themselves seem important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -131,22 +131,22 @@ PHP	2	1	m84k		εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	if any fellowsh
 PHP	2	1	quhq	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	if any fellowship of the Spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	l2px	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	if any affections and compassions	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **affections** and **compassions** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if you feel any affection and compassion for one another” or “if you have any affection and compassion for each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	u3dz	figs-explicit	σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	if any affections and compassions	The phrase **if any affections and compassions** probably refers to the Philippian believers’ affection and compassion toward each other. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have any affection and compassion toward one another”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	2	j5v2	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “make me overflow with happiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	2	j5v2	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “make me overflow with happiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	2	jxq2		τὸ αὐτὸ φρονῆτε	1	fulfill my joy	Alternate translation: “you think together as one”
-PHP	2	2	ve0w	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	2	ve0w	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	2	yo7j	figs-idiom	σύνψυχοι	1		Paul’s use of the idiom, **united in soul**, is a figurative way of asking the Philippians to be unified and to agree about what is important. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “be one in spirit” or “be one in heart and will” or “agree about what is important” or “be unified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	2	b8gz		τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες	1		Alternate translation: “being concerned about the same things”
 PHP	2	3	p0v0		μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν	1		Alternate translation: “Do not be selfishly ambitious” or “Do not do anything with an attitude of self-importance”
 PHP	2	3	y1le		μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν	1		Alternate translation: “or with empty pride”
-PHP	2	3	xmey	figs-abstractnouns	μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conceit** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “or with prideful motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	3	kzj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **humility** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “but rather, act in a humble way by considering others more important than yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	3	xmey	figs-abstractnouns	μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **conceit** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “or with prideful motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	3	kzj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **humility** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “but rather, act in a humble way by considering others more important than yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	4	ezk6		μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος σκοποῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἕκαστοι	1	each one not considering the things of himself, but also the things of each other	Alternate translation: “each of you caring not only about what you need, but also about what others need”
 PHP	2	4	nowd	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος	1		The phrase **each one** here means “each person” and refers to all of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you” or “each of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	4	ob45		μὴ…σκοποῦντες	1		Alternate translation: “not thinking about”
 PHP	2	4	l3q0	figs-pronouns	ἑαυτῶν	1		Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** is plural in form in the original language in which Paul wrote this letter. If your language has a plural form for this pronoun, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	4	qmzl	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτῶν	1		Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** refers back to **each one** at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 PHP	2	5	pqdc		τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Alternate translation: “Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had”
-PHP	2	5	rh98	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Have this attitude in you which also was in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **attitude**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **attitude** with a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	5	rh98	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Have this attitude in you which also was in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **attitude**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **attitude** with a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	5	kwoe	figs-yousingular	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε	1		This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian believers. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have this attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	2	5	acmu	figs-explicit	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here the phrase **Have this attitude in you which was also in Christ Jesus** means that a believer is to have the same attitude and disposition which Christ Jesus had and which characterized his behavior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think the same way that Christ Jesus did” or “Have the same values which Christ Jesus also had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	6	xo2l		ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων	1		The phrase **existing in the form of God** means that Jesus had the very nature of God. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be God, but was not God. This phrase is saying that Jesus was fully God. The rest of this verse and the next two verses explain that Jesus, while being fully God, humbled himself and acted as a servant, in obedience to God. Avoid any translation that would suggest that Jesus was not fully God. Alternate translation: “being fully God” or “though everything that is true of God is true of him”
@@ -175,12 +175,12 @@ PHP	2	10	xz1u	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γ
 PHP	2	10	xn7a		ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων	1		Paul uses the phrase **in heaven and on earth and under the earth** to include to all beings, including human beings and angels. This phrase emphasizes that all beings everywhere will bow in reverence to Jesus. Consider the best way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “every being in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth”
 PHP	2	11	xy4f	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται	1	every tongue	Here Paul uses the word **tongue** figuratively to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is figuratively describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	11	mr2i	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	Here the word **to** expresses result. Alternate translation: “with the result that God the Father will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-PHP	2	11	equs	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	11	equs	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	12	jnp3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **So then** shows that what follows it is the desired result of what preceded it in [2:5-11](../02/05.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	12	e359		ἀγαπητοί μου	1	my beloved	Here, the word **beloved** refers to the believers in Philippi. Paul uses this word to express how much he loves them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent phrase in your language that expresses love and affection. Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers”
 PHP	2	12	c1ix		ὡς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου	1	in my presence	Alternate translation: “when I was present with you”
 PHP	2	12	u5ng		ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου	1	in my absence	Alternate translation: “when I am not there with you”
-PHP	2	12	j897	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε	1	work out your own salvation with fear and trembling	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verbal form of this word or expressing it in some other way which describes God’s saving work. Alternate translation: “with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do that which is proper for those whom God saves” or “with awe and reverence for God, work to do good things, as those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	12	j897	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε	1	work out your own salvation with fear and trembling	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verbal form of this word or expressing it in some other way which describes God’s saving work. Alternate translation: “with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do that which is proper for those whom God saves” or “with awe and reverence for God, work to do good things, as those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	12	cm1s	figs-doublet	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	with fear and trembling	Paul uses the words **fear** and **trembling** together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Consider the best way to express this idea in your language. These words have very similar meanings, so you can express them as one idea or translate them as two separate expressions. Alternate translation: “with awe and reverence for God” or “with deep reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	13	fc9l		ἐνεργῶν	1		In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **working** expresses continuous action and emphasizes the ongoing nature of God’s work in believers. Consider the best way to express the continuous nature of this word in your language. Alternate translation: “continually working”
 PHP	2	13	qy5x	figs-extrainfo	ἐν ὑμῖν	1		The phrase **in you** could refer to: (1) God working individually within the heart of each of the Philippian believers. (2) God working among the Philippian believers as a whole. Alternate translation: “among you” (3) both option one and two simultaneously. Alternate translation: “in and among you” If your language allows you to keep the object of God’s work ambiguous, as it is in the ULT, this is the preferable option. If your language does not allow for this, choose one of the options above. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -215,12 +215,12 @@ PHP	2	17	ip8i	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργ
 PHP	2	17	s1j9		χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν	1		The phrase **I rejoice and rejoice with you all** is Paul’s summary of his attitude toward his hard work and suffering on behalf of the Philippians, which he described in [2:16](../02/16.md) and in this verse.
 PHP	2	18	bicj	figs-explicit	τὸ…αὐτὸ	1		The phrase **in the same manner** refers to the Philippian Christians rejoicing in the same manner that Paul said he would rejoice in previous verse [2:17](../02/17.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way that I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	18	dr9c	figs-yousingular	καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συνχαίρετέ μοι	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrases **you also rejoice** and **rejoice with me** are both commands or instructions given to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I urge each of you to rejoice, and also to rejoice with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	2	19	gml9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	Now I hope in the Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	19	gml9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	Now I hope in the Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	19	pq9g	translate-names	Τιμόθεον	1		**Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	2	20	d9mw		οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον	1	For I have no one like-minded	Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
 PHP	2	21	b922	figs-explicit	οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For they all	Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	22	gm8i	figs-simile	ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	as a child with his father, he served with me	The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-PHP	2	22	clvw	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	22	clvw	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	22	xdn5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	in the gospel	Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	24	yn62		πέποιθα…ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι	1	I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon	Alternate translation: “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
 PHP	2	24	qqpo	figs-explicit	ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι.	1		Here, the word **also** expresses that Paul was confident that he would be able to visit the Philippian Christians too, in addition to sending Timothy to them. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that I myself, in addition to Timothy, will also come soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -233,24 +233,24 @@ PHP	2	26	gxn9		ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδη
 PHP	2	26	wdvh	writing-pronouns	ἐπειδὴ ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν διότι ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἠσθένησεν	1		In this verse all three uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Epaphroditus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural. Alternate translation: “seeing that Epaphroditus has been longing to be with you all and is distressed because you heard that he was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	27	d3ou	writing-pronouns	καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ, ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν, οὐκ αὐτὸν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην σχῶ	1		Here the pronoun **he** refers to Epaphroditus, as do both uses of the pronoun **him**. If this would be unclear in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For indeed Epaphroditus was sick nearly to death. But God had mercy on him, and not on him only, but also on me, so that I might not have sorrow upon sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	27	rl0m	figs-abstractnouns	ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was sick nearly to the point of dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	27	n0zd	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an adjective such as “merciful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “but God was merciful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	27	n0zd	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an adjective such as “merciful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “but God was merciful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	27	ioqq	figs-explicit	λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην	1		If your readers would misunderstand the expression **sorrow upon sorrow**, consider using an equivalent expression, or state the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “sorrow added to sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	27	dzgz		λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην	1		The expression **sorrow upon sorrow** could mean: (1) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ sickness. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of his sickness” (2) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of my imprisonment”
 PHP	2	28	kt1d	writing-pronouns	σπουδαιοτέρως οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτὸν, ἵνα ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν, χαρῆτε κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ	1		Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider clarifying who **him** is referring to in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I sent Epaphroditus all the more eagerly, so that, having seen him again, you might rejoice, and I might be free from pain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-PHP	2	28	y5gc	figs-abstractnouns	κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ	1	and I might be free from pain	Here when Paul refers to **pain**, he is referring to emotional pain. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pain**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **pain** with an adjective such as “anxious” or “concerned” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “and I might be less anxious” or “and I might be less concerned about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	28	y5gc	figs-abstractnouns	κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ	1	and I might be free from pain	Here when Paul refers to **pain**, he is referring to emotional pain. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pain**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **pain** with an adjective such as “anxious” or “concerned” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “and I might be less anxious” or “and I might be less concerned about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	29	y95x	figs-yousingular	προσδέχεσθε…αὐτὸν	1	Therefore welcome him	The word **welcome** is a command or instruction in plural form to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort all of you to welcome him” or “all of you receive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	2	29	qx14	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς	1	in the Lord with all joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “joyfully,” as the UST does, or you can use a verbal form of this word such as “rejoicing.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, welcome him in the Lord with rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	29	qx14	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς	1	in the Lord with all joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “joyfully,” as the UST does, or you can use a verbal form of this word such as “rejoicing.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, welcome him in the Lord with rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	29	l59w	figs-yousingular	ἐντίμους ἔχετε	1		The phrase **hold in honor** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to hold in honor” or “each of you honor” or “all of you honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	2	29	lk2b	figs-abstractnouns	ἐντίμους ἔχετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **honor** with a verbal form of **honor** as the UST does, or in some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	29	lk2b	figs-abstractnouns	ἐντίμους ἔχετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **honor** with a verbal form of **honor** as the UST does, or in some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	ns1y	writing-pronouns	ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider clarifying this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “since for the sake of the work of Christ, Epaphroditus came near even to death, risking his life so that he might make up your lack of service to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	30	vj8b	figs-possession	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	he came near even to death	In the phrase **the work of Christ**, Paul is using the possessive form to describe work that is done for Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state this in some other way. Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-PHP	2	30	nhja	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **work** with a verbal form such as “working.” Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	30	ffly	figs-abstractnouns	μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was close to dying” or “he came close to dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	30	kjti	figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	30	x4rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you could express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	30	nhja	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **work** with a verbal form such as “working.” Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	30	ffly	figs-abstractnouns	μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was close to dying” or “he came close to dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	30	kjti	figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	30	x4rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you can express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	g98z	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he might make up your lack of service to me	The **lack of service** Paul speaks of here is the inability of the Philippian believers to be present with him in prison. By sending Epaphroditus to Paul, the Philippian believers ministered to Paul’s needs through Epaphroditus, and so Epaphroditus supplied what they could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he might supply what you could not give me” or “so that he might make up for what you could not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	intro	btx3			0		# Philippians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br><br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected bodies<br><br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br><br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
-PHP	3	1	zu9l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you can express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+PHP	3	1	zu9l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	3	1	ymm2	figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	The word **rejoice** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to rejoice in the Lord” or “each of you rejoice in the Lord” or “all of you rejoice in the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 PHP	3	1	b8y6		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	Alternate translation: “in your relationship with the Lord” or “in who the Lord is and what he has done”
 PHP	3	1	qb78	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές	1	and is a safeguard for you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how writing these things is a **safeguard** for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “and these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ PHP	3	3	xt5r	figs-metonymy	ἡ περιτομή	1	the circumcision	In contrast t
 PHP	3	3	wn2n		οἱ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λατρεύοντες	1		Alternate translation: “the ones who are empowered by God’s Spirit to worship him” or “the ones who are enabled to worship God by his Spirit” or “the ones who worship God through his Spirit”
 PHP	3	3	k8ph	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1	having no confidence in the flesh	You can state explicitly that Paul did not have any **confidence** in the “works of” **the flesh**. Alternate translation: “having no confidence in the works of the flesh” or “not trusting that circumcision will please God” or “not trusting that being circumcized will earn God’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	3	nkrs		καυχώμενοι ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		The phrase **boasting in Christ Jesus** and the phrase **and having no confidence in the flesh** are complementary ideas which express a similar truth. If people truly place their confidence in Christ as their only means of earning God’s favor, they will not put their confidence in themselves or religious acts. Conversely, if people put their confidence in religious rituals and observances, they cannot place their full confidence in Christ. Consider the best way to clearly express these coordinate ideas in your language.
-PHP	3	3	ox7y	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as **trusting** or a verbal form such as **trust.** Alternate translation: “and we do not trust in our flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	3	ox7y	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as **trusting** or a verbal form such as **trust.** Alternate translation: “and we do not trust in our flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	4	upw5	figs-hypo	ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν σαρκί. εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον	1	I myself, having confidence even in the flesh. If anyone else seems to have confidence in the flesh, I even more	Using a type of hypothetical situation, Paul recites his own credentials to illustrate that if observing the law could earn God’s favor, then he had more reason to boast than anyone else. His purpose is to teach the Philippian believers that they should only trust in Christ and not trust in other things to earn God’s favor. Paul explains in [3:7–11](../03/07.md) that his hope is in Christ and not in the things he lists in the next two verses. Alternate translation: “We do not trust in those rituals to make us acceptable to God, although I could very well do that if it would be useful for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 PHP	3	5	d5bq		περιτομῇ ὀκταήμερος ἐκ γένους Ἰσραήλ φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1		In this verse and the next verse, Paul lists a total of seven things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ. In this verse he lists five of those things and in the next verse he lists the remaining two.
 PHP	3	5	yq98	figs-explicit	φυλῆς Βενιαμείν	1	circumcision	The phrase **of the tribe of Benjamin** means that Paul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin and therefore descended from Jacob’s son Benjamin. Consider the best way to say this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ PHP	3	6	hln8	figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμ
 PHP	3	7	i2td	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	3	7	lb8f	figs-metaphor	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	a profit … loss	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	7	n4lg	figs-explicit	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	Whatever was a profit for me	Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	3	7	nwdi	figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you could express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	7	yxtx	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	7	nwdi	figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	7	yxtx	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	e1fp	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1	I consider even all things to be loss	In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	8	epts		ἡγοῦμαι	1		See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 PHP	3	8	wugj	figs-abstractnouns	ζημίαν	1		See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “worth losing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	8	iji5	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **value**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **value** with an adjective such as “valuable.” Alternate translation: “I consider everything worth losing for the sake of what is most valuable, namely, knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	8	dxql	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal form such as “knowing.” Alternate translation: “because of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	8	iji5	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **value**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **value** with an adjective such as “valuable.” Alternate translation: “I consider everything worth losing for the sake of what is most valuable, namely, knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	8	dxql	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal form such as “knowing.” Alternate translation: “because of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	cv55		διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord	Alternate translation: “because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more”
 PHP	3	8	g1hy	figs-explicit	τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		Here, the word **knowledge** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of someone or something. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “of intimately knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” or “of deeply knowing and experiencing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	8	dh2d	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην	1		See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “for whom I have willingly lost all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -294,22 +294,22 @@ PHP	3	8	ovd9	translate-unknown	σκύβαλα	1		During Paul’s time this word
 PHP	3	8	vgf5		κερδήσω	1		See how you translated the word **gains** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 PHP	3	8	h3kq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1		The phrase **so that** is a purpose clause. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of gaining Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 PHP	3	9	iy4k	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	be found in him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHP	3	9	ubvr	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	9	w62g	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	9	ubvr	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	9	w62g	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	g9a9	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	not having my own righteousness that is from the law	Here, the word **that** refers to “righteousness.” Paul assumes his readers will know this from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness which is through faith in Christ” or “but the righteousness which comes by faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	3	9	pbgf	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. See how you translated **righteousness** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “being pleasing to God by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	9	jmqf	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. See how you translated **faith** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness from God, which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	9	pbgf	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. See how you translated **righteousness** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “being pleasing to God by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	9	jmqf	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. See how you translated **faith** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness from God, which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	dely	figs-ellipsis	ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει	1		In the phrase **by faith**, Paul is leaving out some words that would be needed to complete the sentence in many languages. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which comes by faith” or “which is received through faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	10	ot4a	writing-pronouns	τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ, συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1		All occurrences of the pronouns **him** and **his** in this verse refer to Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to know Christ and the power of his resurrection and the fellowship of his sufferings, being conformed to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	3	10	vj4s	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	the power of his resurrection	The first occurrence of the word **and** indicates that what follows is the Paul’s explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	3	10	tam1		τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, he closely connects the phrase **the power of his resurrection** and the phrase **the fellowship of his sufferings**. He does this because in Paul’s mind these two things are inseparably linked, and a person cannot know the power of Christ’s resurrection without first sharing in Christ’s suffering. Consider the best way to show the close connection between these two phrases in your language.
 PHP	3	10	ngz6		τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν	1		See how you translated the word “knowledge” in [3:8](../03/08.md). Here, the word **know** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of something or someone. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “to intimately know Christ” or “to deeply know and experience him”
-PHP	3	10	fpij	figs-abstractnouns	δύναμιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully,” as modeled in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	10	vqb6	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “participate” or “sharing.” Alternate translation: “and to participate in his sufferings” or “and the sharing of his sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	10	qm5n	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of suffering, you could express the idea behind the word **sufferings** by using a verbal form such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “and to suffer with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	10	fpij	figs-abstractnouns	δύναμιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully,” as modeled in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	10	vqb6	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “participate” or “sharing.” Alternate translation: “and to participate in his sufferings” or “and the sharing of his sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	10	qm5n	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of suffering, you can express the idea behind the word **sufferings** by using a verbal form such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “and to suffer with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	10	r3gz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2		Here, the word **and** indicates that what follows is the second aspect of knowing Christ, which Paul introduces in explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. Alternate translation: “and to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	3	10	xw42	figs-activepassive	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **being conformed to** with an active form. Alternate translation: “taking on the likeness of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHP	3	10	ps0j	figs-abstractnouns	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	10	ps0j	figs-abstractnouns	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	11	l4rm		τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	if somehow I might attain to the resurrection that is from the dead	Alternate translation: “the resurrection from the dead”
 PHP	3	12	xk5q	figs-extrainfo	οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **it** in the phrase **Not that I already received it** could be referring to: (1) spiritual perfection and completion. This phrase would then mean that Paul is saying that he is not yet spiritually perfect or complete. Alternate translation: “Not that I have already attained spiritual perfection” or “Not that I am already spiritually complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already perfected” (2) that Paul has not yet reached the goals he has for himself and so has not received his reward. Alternate translation: “Not that I have yet reached my goals and received my reward from God” (3) Paul has not yet finished the work God gave him to do with his life, and then died and received his reward from God. Alternate translation: “Not that I have finished my work and received my reward from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	12	ms3v	figs-activepassive	ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	I already received it	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “or think that God has already made me perfect” or “or think that God has already completed his work in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ PHP	3	14	jhtv		σκοπὸν…εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω 
 PHP	3	14	lmr6	figs-extrainfo	τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The phrase **the prize of the upward calling of God** could mean: (1) that **the prize** is **the upward calling of God**. Alternate translation: “receive the prize of God’s upward call” or “receive the prize of God’s heavenward invitation” (2) that the **upward calling of God** is a call to come and receive God’s **prize**. Alternate translation: “answer God’s upward call to receive his prize” or “answer God’s invitation to receive his prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	14	cq3f	figs-extrainfo	τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The word **upward** probably refers to both the origin of God’s call and to the direction of God’s call. In other words, the phrase **the upward calling of God** probably refers both to the fact that the **calling** is from God and that the calling is also a heavenly calling to move towards God. Alternate translation: “God’s heavenward call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	14	agwg	figs-explicit	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could be: (1) modifying the phrase **the upward calling of God**. (2) modifying the phrase **I press on**. Alternate translation: “I press on in Christ Jesus toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	3	14	d75h	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **goal**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goal** in another way. Alternate translation: “I make it my main focus to win the prize of God’s upward calling in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	14	d75h	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **goal**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **goal** in another way. Alternate translation: “I make it my main focus to win the prize of God’s upward calling in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	15	de4y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	as many as are perfect should think this way	The word **Therefore** indicates that Paul is transitioning from teaching the Philippians by using his personal experience ([Philippians 3:4-14](../03/04.md)) to exhorting them ([Philippians 3:15-17](../03/15.md)). Use the form that would best express this meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	3	15	ki7f	figs-ellipsis	ὅσοι	1	God will also reveal that to you	The phrase **as many as** is missing some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” or “all of you who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	15	pb9p		ὅσοι…τέλειοι	1	God will also reveal that to you	Here, the word **perfect** does not mean “without sin,” but rather it means “spiritually mature.” Alternate translation: “as many as are spiritually mature”
@@ -341,22 +341,22 @@ PHP	3	18	ab61	figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν	1	ma
 PHP	3	18	zwp3	figs-ellipsis	πολλοὶ γὰρ	1	I have often told you	The phrase **For many** leaves out a word that would be needed in some languages to be completely clear. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “For many people walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	18	h6pc		νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων	1	weeping, I say	Alternate translation: “but now telling you with great sadness”
 PHP	3	18	n8q2	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as enemies of the cross of Christ	Paul is figuratively describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	3	19	v8gv	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	19	vcap	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	19	v8gv	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	19	vcap	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	hn9i	figs-synecdoche	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	whose god is their belly	Here Paul uses **belly** figuratively to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	3	19	u9cl	figs-metonymy	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	Here, **shame** stands for the actions that people should be ashamed of but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	3	19	exy0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	19	r3t0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	19	exy0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	19	r3t0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	sv5z	figs-metonymy	οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες	1	who are thinking about earthly things	Here, **earthly** refers to all the things that pertain to everyday living on earth. Alternate translation: “who only think about the things here on this earth” or “who only think about the things of this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	n8e3	figs-explicit	οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες	1	who are thinking about earthly things	The implied contrast that Paul is making here is between earthly things and spiritual things. Alternate translation: “who think about is earthly things instead of the things of God” or “who only think about earthly things instead of the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	20	q1cc	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἀπεκδεχόμεθα	1		Here when Paul uses **our** and **we**, he is referring to himself and the believers in Philippi, so **our** and **we** are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHP	3	20	u8yr	figs-abstractnouns	πολίτευμα	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you could express the idea behind **citizenship** with a concrete noun such as “citizen.” Alternate translation: “status as citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	20	u8yr	figs-abstractnouns	πολίτευμα	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you can express the idea behind **citizenship** with a concrete noun such as “citizen.” Alternate translation: “status as citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	21	r3zw	writing-pronouns	σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ’s glorious body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-PHP	3	21	deci	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** in some other way. Alternate translation: “of his might and ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	21	deci	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** in some other way. Alternate translation: “of his might and ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	1	oax3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	brothers	Here Paul uses the word **Therefore** as a transition word to introduce the exhortations to the Philippian Christians which he is about to give and which are based on the things that he has said before this verse. Consider the best word or phrase to use in your language to show this meaning. Alternate translation: “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	4	1	ngs7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	4	1	fe2y		ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι	1	my brothers, beloved and longed for	Alternate translation: “whom I love and greatly desire to see”
-PHP	4	1	wx5w	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	4	1	wx5w	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	1	lg9a	figs-extrainfo	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	The phrase **my joy and crown** could refer to: (1) Paul’s current feelings of joy regarding the Philippian Christians and his future hope of being rewarded for his labor among them. Alternate translation: “my source of joy and my future hope of being rewarded when Christ returns” (2) Paul’s joy and reward in the future when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “my hope for joy and reward when Christ returns” (3) Paul’s present joy in the Philippian believers and his present feeling that they are his reward for his work among them. Alternate translation: “my joy and reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	4	1	kvsk	figs-metaphor	στέφανός	1	my joy and crown	Paul speaks figuratively of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	1	t07j		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Alternate translation: “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
@@ -381,16 +381,16 @@ PHP	4	6	w5gk	figs-yousingular	μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε	1	in everything by
 PHP	4	6	h63g	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	Here, the word **but** shows a contrast between the phrase **Be anxious** and the phrase **by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God**. Consider the best way to show this contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	4	6	mcvt	figs-extrainfo	ἐν παντὶ	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	The phrase **in everything** could refer to: (1) all situations. Alternate translation: “in all situations” or “in all circumstances.” (2) time. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	4	6	ahul	figs-doublet	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	The words **prayer** and **petition** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used both for emphasis and comprehensiveness. Petition is a type of prayer in which a person asks God for things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words. Alternate translation: “by prayer” or “in prayer”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	4	6	stab	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** with a verb such as “praying” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and making a petition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	4	6	pqyr	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **petition**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **petition** by using a verbal form such as “petitioning” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and petitioning God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	4	6	izqi	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ εὐχαριστίας	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **thanksgiving**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **thanksgiving** with a verb such as “thank” or in a verbal phrase such as “giving thanks.” Alternate translation: “and giving thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	4	6	stab	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** with a verb such as “praying” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and making a petition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	4	6	pqyr	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **petition**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **petition** by using a verbal form such as “petitioning” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and petitioning God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	4	6	izqi	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ εὐχαριστίας	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **thanksgiving** with a verb such as “thank” or in a verbal phrase such as “giving thanks.” Alternate translation: “and giving thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	6	f4t5	figs-yousingular	τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	The phrase **let your requests be known** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	4	6	a443	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεό	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **requests**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **requests** in some other way. Alternate translation: “tell God your needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	4	6	a443	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεό	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **requests**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **requests** in some other way. Alternate translation: “tell God your needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	7	jgba	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	the peace of God	Here, the word **and** shows that what follows is the result of practicing what comes before **and** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	4	7	u1sz	figs-extrainfo	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the peace of God	The phrase **the peace of God** refers to the peace which God gives. Alternate translation: “the peace that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	4	7	gejd	figs-abstractnouns	Θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	the peace of God	If your readers not understand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the meaning with an adjectival phrase such as “at peace” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “then God will help you be confident in God, even if you don’t understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	7	zr4x		ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	The phrase **which surpasses all understanding** could mean: (1) that the peace God gives is so great that human minds are not able to understand it. Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (2) that the peace that God gives is superior to anything that humans can contrive through their own efforts. Alternate translation: “which humans cannot accomplish or attain by their own efforts”
-PHP	4	7	sauc	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	4	7	sauc	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	7	sb6s	figs-metaphor	φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν	1	will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ	The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	7	tsz6		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ	See how you translated the phrase **in Christ Jesus** in [Philippians 1:1](../01/01.md).
 PHP	4	8	b8ig		τὸ λοιπόν	1	As to the rest	Here, as Paul comes near to the end of his letter, he gives some final instructions for how believers should live. Alternate translation: “Regarding what remains to be said” or “As to what remains for me to say”
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ PHP	4	12	fwes	figs-merism	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθα
 PHP	4	13	z1pb	writing-pronouns	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “I can do all things because Christ gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	4	13	fpo4	figs-explicit	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, **all things** refers to all situations. The phrase **I can do all things** means “I can handle all situations.” Alternate translation: “I can deal with anything through him who strengthens me” or “I am able to act properly in every situation because Jesus makes me strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	14	fe2z	figs-explicit	συνκοινωνήσαντές μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	The phrase **having shared together in my affliction** means that the Philippian believers helped Paul while he was experiencing difficulties by giving him money and sending Epaphroditus to him. If it would help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by helping me in my affliction through your gift of money and sending Epaphroditus to me” or “by helping me when I faced difficult circumstances by sending Epaphroditus to encourage me and bring me your gift of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	4	14	ulzo	figs-abstractnouns	μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	4	14	ulzo	figs-abstractnouns	μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	14	tlur		μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	Alternate translation: “in my trials” or “in my troubles” or “in my difficulties”
 PHP	4	15	w23w	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	Here, **in the beginning of the gospel** refers to when Paul first began communicating the gospel message to the Philippians. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when you first heard me preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	15	npph		τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md) and [4:3](../04/03.md).
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ PHP	4	19	r96p	figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1
 PHP	4	19	xmk2		κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus	Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
 PHP	4	20	fba5	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Now to our God	When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	4	21	h2jr	figs-yousingular	ἀσπάσασθε	1	The brothers	This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you can express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	21	kaxz	figs-gendernotations	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “The brothers and sisters with me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 PHP	4	22	rg96	translate-unknown	τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας	1	especially those from the household of Caesar	The phrase **the household of Caesar** refers to the servants who worked in Caesar’s palace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 PHP	4	23	a3f8	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	Paul figuratively describes the Philippian Christians as whole persons by reference to their **spirit**. Alternate translation: “be with you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
diff --git a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
index 6cc2f7cc84..437b981db5 100644
--- a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ COL	1	1	nlf1	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Throughout this letter the w
 COL	1	1	bqvt	figs-yousingular		0	General Information:	The words “you,” “your,” and “yours” refer to the Colossian believers, and so they are plural unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 COL	1	1	xnhq	figs-123person	Παῦλος	1		In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	1	1	v9jr	translate-names	Παῦλος	1		Here and throughout the letter, **Paul** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-COL	1	1	yzlo	figs-explicit	καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		This phrase does not mean that Timothy helped Paul write this letter. Paul was the author of this letter, as he shows by using the first person singular throughout the letter. What this does mean is that Timothy is with Paul and that Timothy is in agreement with what Paul writes. If it sounds in your language like Timothy is writing the letter with Paul, you can make Timothy’s supporting role more clear. Alternate translation: “with the support of Timothy, our fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	1	1	yzlo	figs-explicit	καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		This phrase does not mean that Timothy helped Paul write this letter. Paul was the author of this letter, as he shows by using the first person singular throughout the letter. What this does mean is that Timothy is with Paul and that Timothy is in agreement with what Paul writes. If it sounds in your language like Timothy is writing the letter with Paul, you could make Timothy’s supporting role more clear. Alternate translation: “with the support of Timothy, our fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	1	f3ki	translate-names	Τιμόθεος	1		**Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	1	2	v9x7	figs-123person	τοῖς ἐν Κολοσσαῖς ἁγίοις, καὶ πιστοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ	1		In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would name those to whom they sent the letter, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the recipient of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to you who live in the city of Colossae and who are God’s people and faithful fellow believers who are united to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	1	2	s9x7	figs-doublet	τοῖς…ἁγίοις, καὶ πιστοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ	1		The words **saints**, **faithful brothers**, and **in Christ** all describe people who are followers of Jesus. Paul is using all of these to describe one group of people. For example, he is not implying that **saints** and **faithful brothers in Christ** are two different groups. If using both **saints** and **faithful brothers** would be misunderstood in your language, you could join these together in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “to God’s faithful people, joined together as a family in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	2	cqfk	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		After stating his name and the name of the person to whom he is writing, Paul adds a blessing for the Colossians. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and peace within you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus the Messiah” or “I pray that grace and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus the Messiah will always be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-COL	1	2	jzhd	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The words **grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	2	jzhd	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The words **grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	2	egjk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		Here and throughout the chapter, **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father,” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples)
 COL	1	3	q1su	figs-exclusive	εὐχαριστοῦμεν…ἡμῶν	1	We give thanks … of our Lord	The word **We** here does not include the Colossians, but the word **our** here does include the Colossians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	3	g0sn	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1		Here, **always** is an exaggeration that the Colossians understood to mean that Paul and Timothy prayed for them often. If that would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “consistently” or “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-COL	1	4	z6eb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀκούσαντες τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν	1	your faith in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “having heard that you are trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	4	gjwb	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους,	1	your faith in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	4	z6eb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀκούσαντες τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν	1	your faith in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “having heard that you are trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	4	gjwb	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους,	1	your faith in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	5	n1qz	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐλπίδα	1	because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens	Here, **hope** refers not only to the attitude of hopefulness but also to what the believer hopes for, that is, what God has promised to give to all believers. If **hope** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	5	bmpc	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκειμένην	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	5	xn8s	figs-possession	τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -33,52 +33,52 @@ COL	1	8	hzqq		ἐν Πνεύματι	1		Alternate translation: “which is by th
 COL	1	9	f2xd	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἠκούσαμεν, οὐ παυόμεθα	1	we heard this we also have not stopped	The word **we** here does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	9	u7zh		ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν	1	from the day we heard this	Alternate translation: “from the day Epaphras told us these things”
 COL	1	9	crnv	figs-hyperbole	οὐ παυόμεθα	1		Here, **have not stopped** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Paul and Timothy pray often for the Colossians. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “have been frequently” or “have made a habit of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-COL	1	9	qxnu	figs-litotes	οὐ παυόμεθα	1		Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “have kept” or “are continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+COL	1	9	qxnu	figs-litotes	οὐ παυόμεθα	1		Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “have kept” or “are continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 COL	1	9	w2a7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1	that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will	Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could be filled up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	9	kmea	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῆτε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	1	9	hson	figs-abstractnouns	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you could express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	9	kmea	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῆτε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	9	hson	figs-abstractnouns	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you can express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	9	s903	figs-infostructure	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ,	1		Here, **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** identifies how the Colossians are **filled**. The phrase does not describe God’s **will**. If what **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** describes would be misunderstood in your language, you could move the phrase so that it appears immediately after **filled**. Alternate translation: “you might be filled in all wisdom and spiritual understanding with the knowledge of his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-COL	1	9	mzz8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom** and **understanding**, you could express the ideas with adjectives or verbs. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “which includes being spiritually very wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	9	mzz8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom** and **understanding**, you can express the ideas with adjectives or verbs. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “which includes being spiritually very wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	9	k8x2		σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1		Here, **spiritual wisdom and understanding** could refer to: (1) wisdom and understanding that comes from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding given by the Holy Spirit” (2) wisdom and understanding in spiritual matters. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding about spiritual things”
 COL	1	9	w78g	figs-doublet	σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	10	m4hf	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to walk worthily of the Lord	Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	10	vv4g	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν	1	in every pleasing way	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you could express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing way** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	10	vv4g	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν	1	in every pleasing way	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing way** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking figuratively of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their fruit. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	10	b9l1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	10	b9l1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	11	gxv6	figs-activepassive	δυναμούμενοι	1	being strengthened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	1	11	da4r	figs-possession	τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	11	da4r	figs-possession	τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	11	b2uq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν μετὰ χαρᾶς	1		This is a purpose phrase. Paul is stating the purpose for which the Colossians have been **strengthened with all power**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose phrases. Alternate translation: “so that you have all endurance and patience with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-COL	1	11	xqlu	figs-hendiadys	ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **patience** tells what kind of **endurance** the Colossians can have. If your language does not use this form, you could express the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “patient endurance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-COL	1	11	uqtt	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **endurance** and **patience**, you could express the ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “endure always and wait patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	11	xqlu	figs-hendiadys	ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **patience** tells what kind of **endurance** the Colossians can have. If your language does not use this form, you can express the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “patient endurance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+COL	1	11	uqtt	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **endurance** and **patience**, you can express the ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “endure always and wait patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	11	jzk9		πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν μετὰ χαρᾶς	1		Here, **with joy** could describe (1) the way that the Colossians are to have endurance and patience (2) the way that the Colossians are to give thanks in verse 12. Alternate translation: “all endurance and patience”
 COL	1	12	zsdp		εὐχαριστοῦντες	1	who has made you able to share	Some Bible versions connect the phrase “with joy” at the end of verse 11 to the phrase at the beginning of verse 12, instead of connecting it to verse 11. Alternate translation: “with joy giving thanks”
 COL	1	12	t5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	who has made you able to share	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus, and it also describes the relationship between God and believers, who are adopted children. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 COL	1	12	lt2q		ἱκανώσαντι ὑμᾶς	1	who has made you able	Alternate translation: “who has qualified you”
 COL	1	12	ss5g	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God made the Colossians **able**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that you can share the inheritance of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-COL	1	12	r2zw	figs-possession	τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου	1	the inheritance	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **share** that is characterized by **inheritance**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you could use a verbal phrase like “receive your portion of” or “take part in.” Alternate translation: “to take part in the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	12	hno0	figs-possession	τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **inheritance** is for the **saints**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you could use a descriptive phrase such as “that God is keeping for” or “that belongs to” instead. Alternate translation: “the inheritance that belongs to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	12	r2zw	figs-possession	τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου	1	the inheritance	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **share** that is characterized by **inheritance**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a verbal phrase like “receive your portion of” or “take part in.” Alternate translation: “to take part in the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	12	hno0	figs-possession	τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **inheritance** is for the **saints**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a descriptive phrase such as “that God is keeping for” or “that belongs to” instead. Alternate translation: “the inheritance that belongs to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	12	hkf5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	in the light	Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in God’s glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	13	dw5k	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1	the authority of the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	13	z8b5	figs-possession	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	13	i0sn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you could express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	13	z8b5	figs-possession	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	13	i0sn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	13	kgvf	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν	1		Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a kingdom. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	13	o1pl	figs-possession	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	13	o1pl	figs-possession	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	zav6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1	of his beloved Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Father’s beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 COL	1	14	qe6x	translate-textvariants	τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1	in whom	Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 COL	1	14	wh6q	figs-metonymy	ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1	in whom	Here, the word **redemption** does not refer to a payment or to the act of redeeming. Instead, it refers to the result of the act of redeeming. If **redemption** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word such as “freedom” to express this idea. Alternate translation: “we have freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	14	v5d8	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **redemption** and **forgiveness**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed us; that is, he has forgiven our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	14	pbmh	figs-possession	τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **forgiveness** concerns **sins**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could use a verb for **forgiveness** and make **sins** its object or complement. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to replace the comma before it with a semicolon. Alternate translation: “that is, God has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	14	pbmh	figs-possession	τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **forgiveness** concerns **sins**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb for **forgiveness** and make **sins** its object or complement. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to replace the comma before it with a semicolon. Alternate translation: “that is, God has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	15	j5u9	figs-metaphor	ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου	1	He is the image of the invisible God	Here, **image** does not mean a representation of something that is visible, like a photo or a reflection. Instead, **image** refers to how the Son perfectly reveals the Father. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could replace **image** with an expression that emphasizes how the Son reveals the Father. Alternate translation: “What the invisible God is like can be seen in his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	15	rgb7	translate-unknown	τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου	1		The word **invisible** does not mean that God the Father could be seen by people but hides himself. Instead, it means that human sight is unable to perceive God the Father, since he is not part of the created world. If **invisible** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase to clarify the idea. Alternate translation: “of God, whom humans are unable to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	15	h945	figs-metaphor	πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως	1	the firstborn of all creation	The word **firstborn** does not refer to when Jesus was born. Instead, it refers to his position as the eternal Son of God the Father. In this sense, **firstborn** is a metaphor that means that he existed as God before God created anything and that he is most important. You could emphasize either or both of these ideas in your translation. Alternate translation: “God’s Son, the most important one over all creation” or “God’s Son, who existed as God before all creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	15	af6b	figs-abstractnouns	πάσης κτίσεως	1	of all creation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **creation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “create.” Alternate translation: “of all that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	16	kru3	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα	1	For in him all things were created	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “For in him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	15	af6b	figs-abstractnouns	πάσης κτίσεως	1	of all creation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **creation**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “create.” Alternate translation: “of all that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	16	kru3	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα	1	For in him all things were created	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “For in him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	16	zed8	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα	1		Paul here seems to speak as if God created everything inside the Son. This is a metaphor that describes the involvement of the Son when God created all things, which you could clarify by making both the Son and the Father the subjects of **created**. If your language can clearly indicate different types of agency, you could identify God the Father as the primary agent and God the Son as the secondary agent. Alternate translation: “God the Father created all things through the work of God the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	16	ho8g	figs-merism	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Paul refers to two opposite things, the **heavens** and the **earth**, as a way to include not only them but also everything else in what God and his Son created. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in every part of the universe” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism)
 COL	1	16	s8h1	figs-merism	τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα	1		Paul refers to two opposite things, the **visible and the invisible**, as another way to refer to everything that God and his Son created. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whether people can see them or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 COL	1	16	fkic	translate-unknown	εἴτε θρόνοι, εἴτε κυριότητες, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ, εἴτε ἐξουσίαι	1		The words **thrones**, **dominions**, **governments**, and **authorities** here refer to different kinds of angels or other spiritual beings that are not specified as being good or evil. They are examples of what is **invisible**. It may be that the false teachers were teaching that these beings should be worshiped. But Paul is emphasizing here that God the Father created all of these spiritual beings through his Son, and so the Son is much greater than these. If these four words would be misunderstood in your language, you could (1) identify that these are spiritual beings and translate as many of these names as you have different words for. Alternate translation: “Including all spiritual beings, which can be called thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities” (2) use names from your culture that identify different classes of angels or spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “Whether angels or archangels or spirit rulers” (3) summarize without using specific names. Alternate translation: “Including all types of powerful spiritual beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	1	16	zl7j	figs-activepassive	τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται	1	all things were created through him and for him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “through him and for him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	16	zl7j	figs-activepassive	τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται	1	all things were created through him and for him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “through him and for him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	16	c3lm		δι’ αὐτοῦ…ἔκτισται	1		The phrase **through him** shows God the Son’s involvement in creating the world with the Father. Alternate translation: “God the Father created by working through the Son”
 COL	1	16	nmr1	grammar-connect-logic-goal	καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **for him** refers to the Son as the purpose or goal of all creation. If the meaning of **for him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that creation’s purpose is to honor and glorify the Son. Alternate translation: “and everything exists to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	1	17	wk9y	grammar-connect-time-sequential	αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων	1	he is before all things	The word **before** refers to time, not location. It means that the Son did not come into being when God created everything, but rather he existed as God before anything was created. If the meaning of **before** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to prior time. Alternate translation: “before God created anything, the Son existed as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -95,15 +95,15 @@ COL	1	19	zu89	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ 
 COL	1	19	wmdw	figs-metonymy	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα	1		In the context, **fullness** stands for the **fullness** of divinity, or everything that characterizes God. If your readers would misunderstand **fullness**, you could make it clear that this word refers to the **fullness** of God. Alternate translation: “the full divinity of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	20	qweh		ἀποκαταλλάξαι	1	through the blood of his cross	This verse continues the sentence from the previous verse, so **to reconcile** continues the same verb from there, “was pleased,” along with its implied subject, God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could repeat that subject and verb here. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to reconcile”
 COL	1	20	cf2d		τὰ πάντα	1	through the blood of his cross	Here, **all things** includes everything that God created, including people. If **all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could be more specific. Alternate translation: “all things and all people”
-COL	1	20	c3qd	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρηνοποιήσας	1	through the blood of his cross	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having made things right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	20	as3p	figs-possession	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	through the blood of his cross	Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	20	c3qd	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρηνοποιήσας	1	through the blood of his cross	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you can express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having made things right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	20	as3p	figs-possession	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	through the blood of his cross	Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	20	x5av	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the blood of his cross	Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. If the meaning of **blood** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	20	mbra	figs-infostructure	τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you could move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
+COL	1	20	mbra	figs-infostructure	τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 COL	1	20	quxc	figs-merism	εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and **the things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 COL	1	21	kv5u	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ποτε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **At one time** does not refer to one specific instance in time when the Colossians were alienated from God. Instead, it refers to all the time before they believed in Jesus. If **At one time** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **time** Paul is referring to. Alternate translation: “During the time before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-COL	1	21	wp3t	figs-activepassive	ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους	1	alienated	If your language does not use this passive form, you could describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	21	wp3t	figs-activepassive	ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους	1	alienated	If your language does not use this passive form, you can describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	21	rn6l	figs-explicit	ἀπηλλοτριωμένους, καὶ ἐχθροὺς	1		Paul assumes that the Colossians will know from whom they were **alienated** and with whom they were **enemies**: God. If your language would include this implied information, you could include a reference to “God” in this sentence. Alternate translation: “alienated from God and were his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	1	21	wa9m	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς,	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you could express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	21	wa9m	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς,	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you can express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	22	f8yw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	νυνὶ δὲ	1		The word **now** does not refer to the moment at which Paul writes this letter or the moment at which it is read to the Colossians. Instead, it refers to the time since they believed, including the present moment. This follows as a sequence to the previous verse, which referred to the time when they had not yet believed. If the meaning of **now** would be misunderstood your language, you could add a phrase such as “that you have believed.” Alternate translation: “But now that you have faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 COL	1	22	vvl1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		The word **But** here introduces a strong contrast from the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast from what was just said. Alternate translation: “Instead of that,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 COL	1	22	x2pl	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ COL	1	22	d2x4	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ θανάτου	1		Here, Paul has not
 COL	1	22	t8ls	grammar-connect-logic-result	παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **to present you** gives the purpose for which God reconciled the Colossians by the death of his Son. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a purpose phrase such as “so that” or “in order to.” Alternate translation: “so that he might present you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	1	22	ejt4	figs-metaphor	παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους, κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	to present you holy and blameless and above reproach before him	Here Paul is describing the Colossians as though Jesus had brought them to stand before God the Father, by which he means that Jesus has made them acceptable to God. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “to make you acceptable before him, holy and blameless and above reproach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	22	u94j	translate-unknown	ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους	1	blameless and above reproach	The words **blameless** and **above reproach** are adjectives that describe a person or thing that is free from blemishes and that cannot be blamed for doing anything wrong. If the meaning of these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could use relative clauses instead. Alternate translation: “as people who are holy and who have no faults and who cannot be blamed for doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	1	22	rvtf	figs-doublet	ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους	1	blameless and above reproach	These words, **holy**, **blameless**, and **above reproach**, mean basically the same thing here. The repetition is used to emphasize the completeness of what the Son did to take away the Colossians’ sin. After trusting in Jesus, they are now completely morally pure. If your language does not use repetition in this way or you do not have three words that mean this, you could use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely pure” or “without any sin at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	1	23	s069	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ γε ἐπιμένετε	1		Here Paul explains that the Colossians need to continue in their faith for what he said in the previous verse to be true about them. In other words, in order for them to be reconciled to God, blameless and without reproach, they need to continue in the faith. However, he does not think that this is a hypothetical situation or something that is likely not true. Instead, Paul thinks that they are continuing in their faith, and he uses this statement with **if** to encourage them to keep doing so. If your language does not use **if** in this context, you could rephrase the condition into a circumstance or an assumption. Alternate translation: “provided that you continue” or “presuming that you continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-COL	1	23	h5u9	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “to trust God” or “to believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	23	zja3	figs-doublet	τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι	1		The words **founded** and **firm** mean basically the same thing. The words **not being moved** repeat the idea again in a negative way. The repetition is used to emphasize that it is important for the Colossians to continue strong in their faith. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word for this idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very firm” or “like a rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+COL	1	22	rvtf	figs-doublet	ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους	1	blameless and above reproach	These words, **holy**, **blameless**, and **above reproach**, mean basically the same thing here. The repetition is used to emphasize the completeness of what the Son did to take away the Colossians’ sin. After trusting in Jesus, they are now completely morally pure. If your language does not use repetition in this way or you do not have three words that mean this, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely pure” or “without any sin at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+COL	1	23	s069	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ γε ἐπιμένετε	1		Here Paul explains that the Colossians need to continue in their faith for what he said in the previous verse to be true about them. In other words, in order for them to be reconciled to God, blameless and without reproach, they need to continue in the faith. However, he does not think that this is a hypothetical situation or something that is likely not true. Instead, Paul thinks that they are continuing in their faith, and he uses this statement with **if** to encourage them to keep doing so. If your language does not use **if** in this context, you can rephrase the condition into a circumstance or an assumption. Alternate translation: “provided that you continue” or “presuming that you continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+COL	1	23	h5u9	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “to trust God” or “to believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	23	zja3	figs-doublet	τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι	1		The words **founded** and **firm** mean basically the same thing. The words **not being moved** repeat the idea again in a negative way. The repetition is used to emphasize that it is important for the Colossians to continue strong in their faith. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word for this idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very firm” or “like a rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	23	x600	figs-metaphor	τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ	1		Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	23	kgp1	figs-possession	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		Here Paul uses to possessive to explain that **hope** comes from the **gospel**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea by using a phrase such as “that comes from” or “gained from.” Alternate translation: “the hope that comes from the gospel” or “how you hope, which you gained from the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	23	prwf	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	23	d9kg	figs-activepassive	τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	which was proclaimed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	23	kgp1	figs-possession	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		Here Paul uses to possessive to explain that **hope** comes from the **gospel**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a phrase such as “that comes from” or “gained from.” Alternate translation: “the hope that comes from the gospel” or “how you hope, which you gained from the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	23	prwf	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	23	d9kg	figs-activepassive	τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	which was proclaimed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	23	q21b	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	to every creature that is under heaven	Here Paul uses an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to emphasize how far the good news has spread. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or qualify the claim. Alternate translation: “to people in many different places” or “to people in every place we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	23	lptz	translate-unknown	τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1		In Paul’s culture, **under heaven** refers to the visible part of creation that humans regularly interact with. It excludes spiritual beings, the stars, and anything else in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand **under heaven**, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “that is on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	23	g8iq	figs-personification	οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος διάκονος	1	of which I, Paul, became a servant	Here Paul speaks as if the good news were a person of whom he could become **a servant**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could explain that Paul is **a servant** of God, but his task from God is to proclaim the good news. Alternate translation: “which I, Paul, proclaim as God has commanded me, his servant, to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -130,24 +130,24 @@ COL	1	24	nb2g	figs-explicit	τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων 
 COL	1	24	k5yd	figs-possession	τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul uses two possessive forms to speak about the **lack** that characterizes the **afflictions** that **Christ** suffered. If your language would not use possessive forms to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause or two clauses. Alternate translation: “what Christ, when he suffered, left for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	24	mge9	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	for the sake of his body, which is the church	Here Paul speaks of the **church** as if it were Christ’s **body**, and he provides the explanation of what **body** means. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the **church** first and then identify it as his **body**. Alternate translation: “the church, which is his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	25	gc4m	figs-explicit	ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος	1		If your language would specify who called Paul to be a servant of the church, you could rephrase this clause so that God is the subject and Paul is the object. Alternate translation: “God appointed me to be a servant of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	1	25	j4xm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν οἰκονομίαν	1		The word **stewardship** refers to managing a household or, more generally, to directing any group or process. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **stewardship**, you could replace the word with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “authoritative oversight” or “superintending authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	25	j4xm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν οἰκονομίαν	1		The word **stewardship** refers to managing a household or, more generally, to directing any group or process. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **stewardship**, you can replace the word with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “authoritative oversight” or “superintending authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	25	t0oa	figs-possession	τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **stewardship** that could (1) come from God. Alternate translation: “the stewardship from God” (2) belong to God and be **given** to Paul. Alternate translation: “God’s own stewardship” or “God’s own oversight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	25	s0ax	figs-activepassive	τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “that God gave to me” or “that he gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	25	s0ax	figs-activepassive	τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “that God gave to me” or “that he gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	25	t6ud	figs-possession	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a word that is (1) from God. Alternate translation: “the word that came from God” (2) about God. Alternate translation: “the word about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	25	elpv	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message from God” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	26	f3mt	figs-activepassive	τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον	1	the mystery that had been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	26	f3mt	figs-activepassive	τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον	1	the mystery that had been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	26	ijtl	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1		Here Paul calls “the word of God,” from [1:25](../01/25.md), a **mystery**. This does not mean that it is hard to understand, but rather, it had not yet been revealed. Now, however, Paul says that it “has been revealed.” If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that has been revealed, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	26	emw6	figs-explicit	τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν	1		This clause does not mean that the **ages** and the **generations** were unable to understand the “mystery.” Instead, **from the ages** and **from the generations** refer to the time during which the mystery was hidden. Those from whom the mystery was hidden are not expressed explicitly, but it is clear that they are those who were alive during those times. If your language would express explicitly those from whom the mystery was hidden, you could insert it into the sentence. Alternate translation: “that has been hidden from the people who lived during the ages and in the generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	26	z8gv	translate-unknown	ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν	1	from the ages and from the generations	These phrases speak about the passage of time. The word **ages** refers to periods of time that are marked off by specific boundaries (often major events), while the word **generations** refers to time periods marked off by human birth and death. The **mystery** has been **hidden** during all these time periods up until the present time. If these phrases would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or short phrases. Alternate translation: “during all time periods, while people were born and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	26	ipfn	figs-explicit	νῦν δὲ	1		The word **now** does not refer to the time during which Paul wrote this letter. Instead, it contrasts with the **ages** and **generations** and refers to the time or “age” after the work of Jesus. If **now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could further identify what time **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “but now that Jesus has come, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	1	26	a9kw	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη	1	now has been revealed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has revealed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	26	a9kw	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη	1	now has been revealed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has revealed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	27	c8yb	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου	1	the riches of the glory of this mystery	Paul emphasizes the scope of **the glory** by speaking as if it had wealth or **riches**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable statement or express the idea with an adverb such as “very” or an adjective such as “abundant.” Alternate translation: “the abundant glory of this mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	27	axm7	figs-possession	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to connect **riches** to **glory**, which then characterizes the **mystery**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could translate both **riches** and **glory** as adjectives or adverbs describing the **mystery**. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	27	mj8z	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express that idea in another way, such as with a description word. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” or “this abundantly wonderful mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	27	mj8z	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a description word. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” or “this abundantly wonderful mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	27	hm8q		ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		This could refer to: (1) how the mystery applies to all people, including **Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “that applies to every person, including the Gentiles” (2) where God makes the mystery known. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles”
 COL	1	27	c7ln	figs-metaphor	Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Christ in you	Paul speaks of the believers as if they were containers in which **Christ** is present. The expression means basically the same thing as “you in Christ.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the same translation you have used for being “in Christ.” Alternate translation: “your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	27	mr83	figs-possession	ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης	1	the hope of glory	Here Paul speaks of a **hope** that relates to **glory**. This could refer to: (1) hoping for, or expecting, glory. Alternate translation: “the expectation of becoming glorious” (2) a hope that is glorious. Alternate translation: “the glorious hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	27	nkz3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης	1	the hope of glory	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **hope** and **glory**, you could express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “with whom we can expect to share his glorious life” or “who makes us confidently hope for living with him in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	27	nkz3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης	1	the hope of glory	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **hope** and **glory**, you can express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “with whom we can expect to share his glorious life” or “who makes us confidently hope for living with him in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	28	va1x	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν	1	We proclaim … we may present	The pronoun **we** in this verse does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	28	lyz1	figs-explicit	πάντα ἄνθρωπον	-1	so that we may present every man	Here, **every man** refers to every person whom Paul has told about Jesus. If **every man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “every man whom we talk to … each of them … each of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	28	pwff	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	-1		Here, the word **man** does not refer to only male people but to any human being. If **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -157,28 +157,28 @@ COL	1	28	rrvr	figs-explicit	παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπο
 COL	1	28	uk2i	translate-unknown	τέλειον	1	complete	The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or you could translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called him to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	29	ejqu	figs-doublet	κοπιῶ, ἀγωνιζόμενος	1		The words **labor** and **striving** mean very similar things. The repetition emphasizes how hard Paul works. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “work hard” or “labor greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	29	sj4r	figs-doublet	τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἐμοὶ	1		The word **working** is repeated here to emphasize God’s activity in Paul that enables him to do what he does. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can just use the word once and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “his constant working in me” or “how he greatly enables me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	1	29	n1h2	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἐνεργουμένην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **working**, you could express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “according to how God works, who works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	29	f397	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you could express the idea with an adjective or adverb. Alternate translation: “in powerful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	29	n1h2	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἐνεργουμένην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **working**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “according to how God works, who works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	29	f397	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you can express the idea with an adjective or adverb. Alternate translation: “in powerful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	intro	p3uc			0		# Colossians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>2. Teaching Section (1:13–2:23)<br>    * Paul’s Ministry (1:24–2:5)<br>    * Effects of Christ’s Work (2:6–15)<br>    * Freedom in Christ (2:16–23)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Philosophy<br><br>Paul speaks of “philosophy” in [2:8](../02/08.md). He is not referring to all attempts by humans to understand the world around them. Instead, he makes it clear that he is referring to thinking that is “empty” and full of “deceit,” that comes from traditions of humans and the “elemental principles.” All this “philosophy” is bad because it is not “according to Christ.” The “philosophy” that Paul attacks, then, is any attempt to make sense of the world that does not do so in line with Christ and his work.<br><br>### Fullness<br><br>Just as in the last chapter, “fullness” is an important idea that Paul refers to [2:9–10](../02/09.md). Again, Christ has the divine “fullness,” and he “fills” the Colossians. No other source of “fullness” is needed.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Head and body<br><br>As in the last chapter, Christ is called the “head,” both of powerful rulers ([2:10](../02/10.md)) and of his church [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul uses this language to identify Christ as (1) the supreme ruler, just as the head rules over the body, and (2) the source of life for the church, just as a body is dead without its head. Paul also identifies the church as the body of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Here, his point is that the church cannot survive and grow without being connected to Christ, just as a body does not live or grow without a head. Finally, Paul refers to a “body” in [2:17](../02/17.md), but here the metaphor is different. The word “body” refers to any object that can cast a shadow (not primarily to an organic, human body) and here the “body” (the object) is Christ, who casts a shadow, which is identified as old covenant regulations.<br><br>### Circumcision and baptism<br><br>In [2:11–13](../02/11.md), Paul uses the old covenant sign of circumcision to refer to removing the “the body of flesh,” and he uses the new covenant sign of baptism to refer to “being buried” with Christ. He uses these two signs to show how Christians are united with Christ, freed from sin, and given new life.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>In Colossians, Paul uses “flesh” to refer to human, embodied existence in the world before the resurrection and before God creates the new heavens and earth. He uses “flesh” neutrally to refer to physical presence in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:5](../02/05.md). In many other places, however, he uses “flesh” to refer to the weakness and sinfulness of humans as they live in ways that fit with this broken world ([2:11](../02/11.md), [13](../02/13.md), [18](../02/18.md), [23](../02/23.md)). Often, “flesh” in these situations is translated with something like “sinful nature.” However, it is perhaps better to emphasize both weakness and sinfulness, and the term “nature” can be confusing. For examples of some ways to translate “flesh,” see the UST and notes in this chapter.<br><br>### The false teaching<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives some information about what the false teachers are saying and doing. However, it is not enough to give us a full picture of who they were and what they taught. What is clear is that they spoke about extraordinary experiences, were interested in spiritual beings, and gave commands about behavior that at least sometimes were related to Old Testament law. If possible, keep your translation as vague as Paul’s own description of the false teachers.
 COL	2	1	tt6v	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **For** introduces the reason why Paul told them in [1:29](../01/29.md) about how hard he works. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the transition more explicit. Alternate translation: “I tell you about my hard work because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	2	1	dqg5	figs-metaphor	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1	how great a struggle I have for you	Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	1	xoih	figs-abstractnouns	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	1	xoih	figs-abstractnouns	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	1	fn4z	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	those at Laodicea	This list includes the Colossians and the Laodiceans among those who have not seen Paul’s **face in the flesh**. If this inclusion would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the list and include **you** and **those at Laodicea** among those who **have not seen** Paul’s face. Alternate translation: “for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh, including you and those at Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	1	rj7d	figs-idiom	οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	as many as have not seen my face in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, seeing a **face in the flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	2	ge1w	figs-123person	αὐτῶν	1	so that their hearts	Paul here switches from the second person to the third person because he wishes to include everyone he has not met in person, including the Colossians. If this switch would be misunderstood in your language, you could (1) use the second person from the previous verse but make it clear that this includes everyone Paul has not met in person. Alternate translation “your hearts and their” (2) retain the third person here and reverse the list in the previous verse as suggested by the note there (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-COL	2	2	oyih	figs-activepassive	παρακληθῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν, συμβιβασθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express these verbs in their active forms, with Paul as the subject of the “encouraging” and God as the subject of the “bringing together.” Alternate translation: “I might encourage their hearts, with God bringing them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	2	oyih	figs-activepassive	παρακληθῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν, συμβιβασθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express these verbs in their active forms, with Paul as the subject of the “encouraging” and God as the subject of the “bringing together.” Alternate translation: “I might encourage their hearts, with God bringing them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	2	spxx	figs-synecdoche	αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν	1		Here when Paul refers to **their hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **their hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 COL	2	2	a4px	figs-metaphor	πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας	1	having been brought together	Paul here speaks as if **full assurance** could be characterized as having **all the riches**. He uses this metaphor to describe **the full assurance** as complete and valuable. If **all the riches of the full assurance** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “the complete and valuable full assurance” or “all the blessings of the full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	2	kdg8	figs-possession	τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως	1	all the riches of the full assurance of understanding	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **full assurance** that is gained from **understanding**. From the rest of the verse, it is clear that what is “understood” is **the mystery of God**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a relative clause to translate **of understanding**. Alternate translation: “of the full assurance that comes from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	2	qgi2	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the mystery of God	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **full assurance**, **understanding**, and **knowledge**, you could express the ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “having all the riches that come when they completely trust God because they understand, that is, they know the mystery of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	2	qgi2	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the mystery of God	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **full assurance**, **understanding**, and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “having all the riches that come when they completely trust God because they understand, that is, they know the mystery of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	2	ahpn	figs-doublet	τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν	1	of the mystery of God	Here, the words **understanding** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both words to emphasize the breadth of spiritual knowledge he speaks about. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **understanding** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	2	2	v13e	figs-possession	ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου	1	Christ	Here, Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **knowledge** about the **mystery**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **knowledge** with a verb such as “knowing” or use different prepositions, such as “about.” Alternate translation: “knowing about the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	2	v9az	figs-possession	τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about a **mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	2	v9az	figs-possession	τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about a **mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	3	o2ob	figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ	1		If your readers would misunderstand to whom the word **whom** refers, you could state it more clearly. The word **whom** could refer to: (1) the mystery. Alternate translation: “in this mystery” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “in the Messiah.” Since [2:2](../02/02.md) identifies the mystery with Christ, both options express what Paul is saying, so pick the option that most clearly communicates the idea in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	2	3	w74d	figs-activepassive	εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι	1	in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden	If your language does not use this form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	3	w74d	figs-activepassive	εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι	1	in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden	If your language does not use this form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	3	vhsr	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι	1		Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	3	w4mr	figs-possession	οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	the treasures of wisdom and knowledge	Paul here uses the possessive form to explain what the **treasures** are: **wisdom** and **knowledge**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could clarify that **wisdom** and **knowledge** are the **treasures**. Alternate translation: “the treasures, which are wisdom and knowledge,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	3	vd98	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	of wisdom and knowledge	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **wisdom** and **knowledge**, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns with adjectives such as “wise” and “knowledgeable.” Alternate translation: “of wise and knowledgeable thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	3	w4mr	figs-possession	οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	the treasures of wisdom and knowledge	Paul here uses the possessive form to explain what the **treasures** are: **wisdom** and **knowledge**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can clarify that **wisdom** and **knowledge** are the **treasures**. Alternate translation: “the treasures, which are wisdom and knowledge,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	3	vd98	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	of wisdom and knowledge	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **wisdom** and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns with adjectives such as “wise” and “knowledgeable.” Alternate translation: “of wise and knowledgeable thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	3	iiob	figs-doublet	τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	of wisdom and knowledge	The words **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **wisdom** as an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wisdom” or “of knowledge” or “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	2	4	j8di	figs-explicit	τοῦτο	1	might deceive	The word **this** refers to what Paul has said in [2:2–3](../02/02.md) about the “secret.” If **this** would be misunderstood in your language, you could summarize what Paul has said instead of using **this**. Alternate translation: “these things about the secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	4	ksh8		μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται	1		Alternate translation: “people cannot deceive you”
@@ -192,55 +192,55 @@ COL	2	5	yvvr		τῷ πνεύματι	1	I am with you in the spirit	Here, **the s
 COL	2	5	w0ye	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	χαίρων καὶ βλέπων	1		Here, **rejoicing and seeing** are what Paul does while he is with them “in the spirit.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the relationship between the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: (adding a period after “spirit”) “When I think about you, I rejoice and see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	2	5	t8mc	figs-hendiadys	χαίρων καὶ βλέπων	1		Paul here expresses a single idea with the two words **rejoicing** and **seeing**. He means that he “rejoices” when he “sees.” If **rejoicing and seeing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by translating **rejoicing** as an adverb or prepositional phrase. Alternate translation: “joyfully seeing” or “seeing with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 COL	2	5	ev9p	translate-unknown	ὑμῶν τὴν τάξιν	1	good order	The phrase **good order** refers to behavior that properly fits into a larger pattern or arrangement. In the context, that larger pattern is what God expects of his people. If **good order** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable term or translate the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “the fact that you behave according to God’s standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	5	hth1	figs-possession	τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	the strength of your faith	Paul uses the possessive form to describe the Colossians’ **faith** as something that has **strength**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea by translating **strength** with an adjective such as “strong.” Alternate translation: “your strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	5	kw3x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	the strength of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **strength** and **faith**, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns in another way. Alternate translation: “how you strongly believe” or “the fact that you firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	5	hth1	figs-possession	τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	the strength of your faith	Paul uses the possessive form to describe the Colossians’ **faith** as something that has **strength**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express this idea, you can express the idea by translating **strength** with an adjective such as “strong.” Alternate translation: “your strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	5	kw3x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	the strength of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **strength** and **faith**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns in another way. Alternate translation: “how you strongly believe” or “the fact that you firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	6	a6cr	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** draws an inference or conclusion from what Paul has said in [2:1–5](../02/01.md), which includes the truth about Paul and the benefits that flow from knowing the Messiah. If **Therefore** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could specify from what does Paul draw his inference. Alternate translation: “Because of what I have told you about myself and about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	2	6	wqwi	figs-infostructure	ὡς…παρελάβετε τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε,	1		Paul here draws a comparison between the way in which the Colossians **received** the Messiah and the way in which he wishes them to behave now. If your language would put the comparison second, you could reverse the two clauses. Alternate translation: “walk in Christ Jesus the Lord just as you received him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 COL	2	6	s99k	figs-metaphor	παρελάβετε τὸν Χριστὸν	1		Paul says that the Colossians **received Christ** as if they had welcomed him into their homes or received him as a gift. What this means is that they believed in Jesus and the teachings about him. If **received Christ** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to coming to believe in Jesus, or you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you first believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	6	m3f1	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε	1	walk in him	This command does not require the Colossians to walk around inside Jesus. Rather, in Paul’s culture, to **walk** is a common metaphor for how people live their lives, and the words **in him** refer to being united to Christ. If **walk in him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a verb that refers to behavior in life and connect it with how you have translated “in Christ” elsewhere. Alternate translation: “act as those who are united to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	7	e2x6	figs-explicit	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι…περισσεύοντες	1	being rooted … built up in him … confirmed in the faith … abounding in thanksgiving	Paul uses these four verbs to give examples of how the Colossians should “walk in” the Messiah ([2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could add a phrase that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “Walking in him entails being rooted … built up … confirmed … abounding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	2	7	en3l	figs-activepassive	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι	1		If your language does not use these passive forms, you could translate all three of these words in their active forms with the Colossians as the subject. Alternate translation: “rooting yourselves … building yourselves up … having confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	7	en3l	figs-activepassive	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι	1		If your language does not use these passive forms, you can translate all three of these words in their active forms with the Colossians as the subject. Alternate translation: “rooting yourselves … building yourselves up … having confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	7	fw47	figs-metaphor	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐν αὐτῷ	1	being rooted	Paul wants the Colossians to be united so closely to Christ that he speaks of this union as if the Colossians were a plant with roots growing into Christ. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “being closely connected with … in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	7	tb5m	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ	1	built up in him	Paul wants the Colossians to base everything they think and do on Christ as if they were a house built on Christ, who is the foundation. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in him, and basing everything you think and do on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	7	yh83	translate-unknown	βεβαιούμενοι τῇ πίστει	1	confirmed in the faith	The word **confirmed** refers to something being sure or valid. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “sure about the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	7	umcl	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1	confirmed in the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “in what you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	2	7	l1is	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	just as you were taught	If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this verb (1) in its active form with Epaphras as the subject (we know he was their teacher from [1:7](../01/07.md)) (2) with a verb such as “learned.” Alternate translation: “you learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	7	j47d	figs-abstractnouns	περισσεύοντες ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ	1	abounding in thanksgiving	If your language does not use an abstract for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being very thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	2	8	cbw5	figs-idiom	βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	Paul uses this clause to warn the Colossians against any person who wishes to take them captive. If your language does not use this form, you could simplify or restructure the clause so that it does not include both **someone** and **the one**. Alternate translation: “Beware lest anyone take you captive” or “Make sure that no one takes you captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	2	7	umcl	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1	confirmed in the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “in what you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	7	l1is	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	just as you were taught	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb (1) in its active form with Epaphras as the subject (we know he was their teacher from [1:7](../01/07.md)) (2) with a verb such as “learned.” Alternate translation: “you learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	7	j47d	figs-abstractnouns	περισσεύοντες ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ	1	abounding in thanksgiving	If your language does not use an abstract for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being very thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	8	cbw5	figs-idiom	βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	Paul uses this clause to warn the Colossians against any person who wishes to take them captive. If your language does not use this form, you can simplify or restructure the clause so that it does not include both **someone** and **the one**. Alternate translation: “Beware lest anyone take you captive” or “Make sure that no one takes you captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	8	ga9l	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς…ὁ συλαγωγῶν	1	will be the one who takes you captive	Paul speaks of those who are trying to deceive the Colossians as if they were capturing the Colossians as prisoners. He uses this language to portray the false teachers as enemies who do not care about the Colossians but only want to use them for their own benefit. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “the one who convinces you to believe a lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	8	p3vx	figs-hendiadys	τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης	1	philosophy	The words **philosophy** and **empty deceit** work together to express one idea: human **philosophy** that is **empty** of content and deceitful. If your language does not use this form, you could combine the two nouns into one phrase, such as by using words like “meaningless” and “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “empty, deceitful philosophy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-COL	2	8	nlws	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς φιλοσοφίας	1	philosophy	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **philosophy**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how humans understand the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	8	p3vx	figs-hendiadys	τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης	1	philosophy	The words **philosophy** and **empty deceit** work together to express one idea: human **philosophy** that is **empty** of content and deceitful. If your language does not use this form, you can combine the two nouns into one phrase, such as by using words like “meaningless” and “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “empty, deceitful philosophy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+COL	2	8	nlws	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς φιλοσοφίας	1	philosophy	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **philosophy**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how humans understand the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	8	t8xx	figs-metaphor	κενῆς ἀπάτης	1	empty deceit	Paul speaks of deceitful **philosophy** as if it were a container that had nothing in it. He means that the deceitful **philosophy** has nothing important or meaningful to contribute. If **empty deceit** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “valueless deceit” or “deceit with no content” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	8	l9jt	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world	The **tradition of men** refers to the ways in which humans behave that they learned from their families and pass on to their children. If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea of **tradition**, you could a phrase that refers to traditions that are passed on from parents to children. Alternate translation: “customary human thinking and behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	8	l9jt	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world	The **tradition of men** refers to the ways in which humans behave that they learned from their families and pass on to their children. If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea of **tradition**, you can a phrase that refers to traditions that are passed on from parents to children. Alternate translation: “customary human thinking and behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	8	oy49	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world	Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	2	8	jg16	translate-unknown	τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου	1		The phrase **elemental teaching** could refer to (1) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “human worldviews” (2) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “spiritual beings that rule the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	9	slg7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **for** introduces a reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): Christ is God and provides access to God. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make what Paul is supporting more explicit. Alternate translation: “You must beware of any teaching without Christ, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	2	9	ahq5	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	Paul speaks as if Jesus were a place in which complete divinity (**fullness of deity**) lives (**dwells**). This metaphor indicates that Jesus, who is human (**in bodily form**), is truly and fully God. If this metaphor does not indicate Jesus’ full divinity and full humanity in your language, you could express this idea with a metaphor that does indicate this or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he is both fully God and fully man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	9	m529	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **fullness** and **deity**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that it means to be God” or “everything that belongs fully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	9	m529	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **fullness** and **deity**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that it means to be God” or “everything that belongs fully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	10	oykt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		The word **and** introduces another reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): not only is Christ fully God ([2:9](../02/09.md)), but he provides the way in which the Colossians are filled with everything they need. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this link more explicit. Alternate translation: “and furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	2	10	lbk7	figs-metaphor	ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι	1	you are filled in him	Here Paul speaks as if people were containers that are filled when they are united to Christ, which means that people receive everything they need, including salvation, in their union with Christ. The word **filled** is very similar to the word Paul used in [2:9](../02/09.md) for “fullness.” If your language uses similar words in these two sentences, you could use a word like the one you used in [2:9](../02/09.md). If not, you could express this idea in another way, using a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you lack nothing because of your union with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	10	sbi0	figs-activepassive	ἐστὲ…πεπληρωμένοι	1		If in your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this verb in the active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has filled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	10	sbi0	figs-activepassive	ἐστὲ…πεπληρωμένοι	1		If in your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb in the active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has filled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	10	je36	figs-metaphor	ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας	1	who is the head of all rule and authority	The expression **head of** here refers to supremacy and authority over something or somebody. If **head** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with another noun, such as “sovereign” or “ruler,” or a verb, such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “the sovereign over all rule and authority” or “the one who rules over all rule and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	10	pwg2	translate-unknown	πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας	1		The words **rule** and **authority** could refer to (1) powerful spiritual beings, as in [1:16](../01/16.md). Translate these words here as you translated them there. Alternate translation: “of all spirit beings who govern and rule” (2) anyone or anything with power and authority. Alternate translation: “of anyone with power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	11	xeq7	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ, ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός, ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in whom you were also circumcised	Here Paul uses **circumcision** as an image to describe what happens to believers when they are united to the Messiah. In the metaphor, the **circumcision** is completed **without hands**, which means that God accomplishes it. What is “removed” or cut off is the **body of flesh**, which refers to the broken and sinful parts of the person. If this metaphor about **circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you were also marked off by God as his own when he took away your body of flesh by the work of the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-COL	2	11	f6ek	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε	1	in whom you were also circumcised	If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this verb in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “in whom God also circumcised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	11	ii43	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός	1	with a circumcision made without hands	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **removal**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “remove.” Alternate translation: “when he removed the body of flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	2	11	m3xu	figs-possession	ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to connect **circumcision** with **Christ**. This does not refer to when Christ himself was circumcised or how he himself circumcises believers. Instead, the possessive form connects the extended metaphor of circumcision with Christ’s work: the circumcision that Paul speaks about is accomplished in what Christ has done. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could make the relationship between **circumcision** and **Christ** more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the circumcision accomplished by Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	11	fw80	figs-metonymy	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the word **Christ** to refer primarily to what **Christ** has accomplished. If your language does not use a person’s name to identify something that they have done, you could clarify that Paul is speaking of the “work” **of Christ**. Alternate translation: “that comes from what Christ did” or “that Christ’s work accomplished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	2	11	f6ek	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε	1	in whom you were also circumcised	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “in whom God also circumcised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	11	ii43	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός	1	with a circumcision made without hands	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **removal**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “remove.” Alternate translation: “when he removed the body of flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	11	m3xu	figs-possession	ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to connect **circumcision** with **Christ**. This does not refer to when Christ himself was circumcised or how he himself circumcises believers. Instead, the possessive form connects the extended metaphor of circumcision with Christ’s work: the circumcision that Paul speaks about is accomplished in what Christ has done. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between **circumcision** and **Christ** more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the circumcision accomplished by Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	11	fw80	figs-metonymy	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the word **Christ** to refer primarily to what **Christ** has accomplished. If your language does not use a person’s name to identify something that they have done, you can clarify that Paul is speaking of the “work” **of Christ**. Alternate translation: “that comes from what Christ did” or “that Christ’s work accomplished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	12	ln8e	figs-metaphor	συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ	1	having been buried with him in baptism	Paul here uses a metaphor that connects **baptism** to “burial” to further explain what happens to believers when they are united to Christ. This metaphor expresses how, when they are baptized, believers are united to Christ in his (death and) burial and are no longer who they once were. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having been united with the Messiah in his burial when you were baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	12	s2a0	figs-synecdoche	συνταφέντες	1		Here Paul refers only to being **buried**, but he also implies “dying.” If **buried** would not include the idea of “dying” in your language, you could include “dying” in your translation. Alternate translation: “having died and been buried with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-COL	2	12	r8l8	figs-activepassive	συνταφέντες αὐτῷ	1	having been buried with him in baptism	If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this phrase in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God burying you with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	12	r8l8	figs-activepassive	συνταφέντες αὐτῷ	1	having been buried with him in baptism	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this phrase in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God burying you with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	12	g1rq	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ…συνηγέρθητε	1	in whom you were raised up	Paul here explains that believers are not only united to Christ in his burial but also in his resurrection. It is by being united to him in his resurrection that believers receive new life. If believers being **raised up** now would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	12	yp7u	figs-activepassive	συνηγέρθητε	1	in whom you were raised up	If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate the idea in its active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God raised you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	12	yp7u	figs-activepassive	συνηγέρθητε	1	in whom you were raised up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the idea in its active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God raised you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	12	rec6	figs-idiom	συνηγέρθητε…τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	you were raised up	Paul uses the words **raised up** and **raised him from the dead** to refer to someone who had died and then came back to life. If your language does not use these words to describe coming back to life, use a comparable idiom or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you were restored to life … who restored him to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	2	12	oo6l	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you were raised up	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **faith** and **power**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because you trusted in the powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	12	oo6l	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you were raised up	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **faith** and **power**, you can express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because you trusted in the powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	12	j4uy	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 COL	2	13	oxde	writing-pronouns	ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν, συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς	1		Here Paul begins the sentence with **you**, and then he restates **you** when he identifies what God has done for **you**. If your language would not restate **you** or use this structure, you could separate the two uses of **you** into separate sentences. Alternate translation: “you were dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh. Then, he made you alive together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	2	13	c40c	grammar-connect-time-background	νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		This clause does not refer to the current situation of the Colossians, but rather it describes their situation before God acted to make them alive, as expressed in the rest of the verse. If the time of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that this clause describes a time before **he made you alive**. Alternate translation: “who used to be dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 COL	2	13	v6vi	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας	1	you, being dead	Paul speaks of people who are without Christ as if they were dead. By this he means that those who lack any relationship with God and are not united to Christ are spiritually dead. If calling the Colossians **dead** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual death or express the idea with a simile, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you, being like dead people” or “you, being totally separated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	emdw	figs-metaphor	νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		When Paul speaks of someone **being dead in** something, this identifies both why and in what state the person is dead. In other words, the Colossians were **dead** because of their **trespasses** and because of their **uncircumcision**, and these things also characterized them while they were dead. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a phrase like “because of,” or you could translate **trespasses** and **uncircumcision** as descriptors of **dead**. Alternate translation: “being dead because of your trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” or “being dead, that is, trespassing God’s commands and being uncircumcised in your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	pphm	translate-unknown	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here, **uncircumcision** could refer (1) to how the Colossians were not circumcised Jews and thus not part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews without God’s promises” (2) to the metaphor about circumcision in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “apart from God’s saving work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	13	gdke	figs-possession	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **flesh** that has not been “circumcised.” If your language does not express this idea with the possessive form, you could translate **uncircumcision** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “your uncircumcised flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	13	gdke	figs-possession	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **flesh** that has not been “circumcised.” If your language does not express this idea with the possessive form, you can translate **uncircumcision** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “your uncircumcised flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	13	f9ms	figs-metaphor	συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	you, being dead … he made you alive together	Here Paul speaks of God’s work in restoring people to himself as if he brought these people back to life physically. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual life or express the idea with a simile or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he did something like making you alive together with him” or “he restored you to proper relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	upyk	writing-pronouns	συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ	1		The word **he** refers to God the Father, while the word translated **him** refers to God the Son. If these pronouns would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify the antecedent of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “he made you alive together with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	2	14	w22z	figs-metaphor	ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ;	1	having canceled the written record of the decrees against us, which were opposed to us	Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if God **canceled** debts that we owed him. In the metaphor, God has crossed out or erased the **written record** of those debts and thus removed any impact these debts have on our relationship to him. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having taken away the guilt from our sins, he has kept those sins from impacting our relationship with him, having nailed them to the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ COL	2	15	pbkm	translate-unknown	τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσ
 COL	2	15	h7kx		ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Alternate translation: “by the cross” or “through the cross”
 COL	2	15	cg37	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ	1	in the cross	Here Paul uses **the cross** to refer to Christ’s death on the cross. If the meaning of **cross** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include a word or a phrase which includes Christ’s death. Alternate translation: “the Messiah’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	16	bvs7	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** draws an inference or conclusion from what Paul has already said, which can be found in [2:9–15](../02/09.md): in the work of Christ, the Colossians have received new life and the powers that rule this world have been defeated. Because of these things that have happened, the Colossians should not allow others to judge them in how they behave. Paul is continuing the warning against false teachers that he started in [2:8](../02/08.md). If these connections would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to these ideas more explicitly or use a comparable transition word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In light of all these things” or “Given the Messiah’s sufficient work on your behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-COL	2	16	e1rp	figs-imperative	μὴ…τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you can use one here. If your language does not have third-person imperatives, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “you should not let anyone judge you” or “do not permit anyone to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+COL	2	16	e1rp	figs-imperative	μὴ…τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not have third-person imperatives, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “you should not let anyone judge you” or “do not permit anyone to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 COL	2	16	cii9	figs-explicit	ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει, ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων	1	in food or in drink	This list of areas in which someone might judge the Colossians refers to parts of the law of Moses. Some of these areas were also important for other religions in Paul’s culture. If Paul’s list of things that someone could **judge** the Colossians in would be misunderstood in your translation, you could clarify that these areas are covered by the law of Moses and sometimes by the traditions of other religions as well. Alternate translation: “for you how behave in relationship to the law of Moses and other religious traditions, including in the areas of food and drink and festivals, new moons or Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	16	b4kd	figs-metonymy	νουμηνίας	1	in regard to a festival, or a new moon, or Sabbaths	The word **new moon** refers to a festival or celebration that would take place when it was the time of the new moon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea with a longer phrase. Alternate translation: “a new moon celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	17	ip3a	figs-metaphor	ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	which are a shadow of the things coming, but the body is of Christ	A **shadow** shows the shape and outline of a **body**, but it is not the **body** itself. In a similar way, the things listed in the previous verse show the shape and outline of the **things coming**, but the **body** that casts this **shadow** is **Christ**. He is the substance of the **things coming**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “which are a foretaste of the things coming, but the full experience is of Christ” or “which hint at the things that were to come, but Christ is the one who came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -260,23 +260,23 @@ COL	2	17	sev8	figs-possession	σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων	1		Paul here
 COL	2	17	liqe	translate-unknown	τῶν μελλόντων	1		The **things coming** primarily refers to things that will happen or be experienced in the future. They can be connected with both the first and the second coming of Christ, which is why the **body** is of Christ in this verse. If that meaning of **coming** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **coming** refers to what Christ has blessed believers with at his first coming and what he will bless them with at his second coming. Alternate translation: “blessings that Christ brings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	17	ykh9	figs-possession	τὸ…σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify **Christ** as the **body** that casts the “shadow.” If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea with a simple “being” verb. Alternate translation: “the body is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	18	aa4v	figs-gendernotations	μηδεὶς…ἑόρακεν…αὐτοῦ	1		The words **no one**, **he**, and **his** do not refer to one male person. Instead, they refer in a generic way to anyone who acts in these ways. If the meaning of these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words with a comparable generic phrase in your language or make them plural. Alternate translation: “no one … they have seen … their” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-COL	2	18	ontu	figs-imperative	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you can use one here. If your language does not, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone … deprive you of your prize” or “Be on your guard against anyone … so that he does not deprive you of your prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+COL	2	18	ontu	figs-imperative	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone … deprive you of your prize” or “Be on your guard against anyone … so that he does not deprive you of your prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 COL	2	18	zv2t	figs-metaphor	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1	Let no one … deprive you of your prize	Here Paul refers to the false teachers as if they were judges or umpires at a contest who could decide against the Colossians, thus keeping them from receiving the prize for winning the contest. This metaphor fits with the “judging” language in [2:16](../02/16.md). These two verses together suggest that the Colossians are tempted to choose the false teachers as their judges instead of Christ. If these figures of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Let no one … act instead of Christ as your judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	18	b5ce	figs-abstractnouns	ταπεινοφροσύνῃ	1	delighting in false humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **humility**, you could express the idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “humbling themselves falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	18	b5ce	figs-abstractnouns	ταπεινοφροσύνῃ	1	delighting in false humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **humility**, you can express the idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “humbling themselves falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	18	pmcn	figs-possession	θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe the act of worshiping angels, not the worship that angels present to God. If **worship of the angels** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify with a phrase such as “presented to.” Alternate translation: “worship presented to the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	18	kn5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμβατεύων	1	standing on things he has seen	Here Paul speaks as if the false teachers were **standing** on “things they have seen.” This metaphor means that they talk about what they have seen and base teachings on it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **standing** with a verb that expresses this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “constantly talking about” or “basing his teaching on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	18	p67q	figs-explicit	ἃ ἑόρακεν	1		In the context of angel worship, **things he has seen** refers to visions and dreams that reveal powerful beings, heaven, the future, or other secrets. If these implications would not be understood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these kinds of visions or dreams or use a phrase to express the idea. Alternate translation: “things he has seen in visions” or “secrets revealed to him in visions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	2	18	p7q4	figs-activepassive	εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh	If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate the phrase in its active form. Alternate translation: “the mind of his flesh puffing him up without cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	18	p7q4	figs-activepassive	εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the phrase in its active form. Alternate translation: “the mind of his flesh puffing him up without cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	18	wp42	figs-metaphor	φυσιούμενος	1	becoming puffed up	Here Paul describes people who boast as if they had made themselves larger by filling themselves with air. He means that they think of themselves as more important than they really are. If **becoming puffed up** would not mean “becoming prideful” in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “becoming self-important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	18	zz4a	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **mind**, you could express this idea by using a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “by how he thinks in fleshly ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	2	18	if94	figs-possession	τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	the mind of his flesh	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mind** that belongs to the **flesh**. This phrase refers to thinking that is characterized by the flesh in its weakness and sinfulness. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea by translating **flesh** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “his fleshly mind” or “his weak and sinful mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	18	zz4a	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **mind**, you can express this idea by using a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “by how he thinks in fleshly ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	18	if94	figs-possession	τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	the mind of his flesh	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mind** that belongs to the **flesh**. This phrase refers to thinking that is characterized by the flesh in its weakness and sinfulness. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can express the idea by translating **flesh** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “his fleshly mind” or “his weak and sinful mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	19	m2dz	figs-metaphor	οὐ κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν	1	not holding on to the head	Paul describes the false teachers as if they had let go of the **head**, which is Christ. This means that they have stopped treating Christ as the source and authority behind their teaching. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “not staying connected to the head” or “not treating the head, which is Christ, as most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	19	r4ca	figs-exmetaphor	τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον, αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	from which the whole body throughout the joints and ligaments is being supplied and held together	In this verse Paul uses an extended metaphor in which Christ is the **head** of the **body**, which is his church, which has **joints** and **ligaments**, and which **grows**. Paul uses this metaphor to describe how Christ leads, directs, nourishes, and unifies his church to help it become what he wants it to be. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea using the language of analogy, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “to the Messiah, from whom the whole church receives nourishment and leadership and in whom the church is united as it grows with the growth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-COL	2	19	i2yd	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the sentence in active form. Alternate translation: “which supplies and holds the whole body together throughout the joints and ligaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	19	i2yd	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the sentence in active form. Alternate translation: “which supplies and holds the whole body together throughout the joints and ligaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	19	qnsp	translate-unknown	τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων	1		The word **joints** refers to where parts of the body are connected together, while the word translated **ligaments** refers to what holds these parts together. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could use technical terms that correspond to **joints** and **ligaments**, or you could use more general language for what holds the body together. Alternate translation: “what holds it together” or “all its parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	19	wcds	figs-doublet	αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν	1		The words **grows** and **growth** are directly related and may be redundant in your language. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use just one form of “grow.” Alternate translation: “experiences the growth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+COL	2	19	wcds	figs-doublet	αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν	1		The words **grows** and **growth** are directly related and may be redundant in your language. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use just one form of “grow.” Alternate translation: “experiences the growth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	2	19	n3y4	figs-possession	τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul here speaks of **growth** that is **from God** to show that the church’s **growth** is given by **God** and fits with what **God** desires. If your language would not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “with the growth that God gives” or “with the growth that God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	20	cpki	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you could translate the clause as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you died with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+COL	2	20	cpki	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you can translate the clause as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you died with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 COL	2	20	yg7h	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ	1	If you died with Christ from the elemental principles of the world	Paul now returns to a metaphor he has used earlier: believers have died and “been buried with” Christ ([2:12](../02/12.md)). This means that, in their union with Christ, believers share in his death so that they too have died. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the language of analogy, or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	20	oshk	figs-idiom	ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ ἀπὸ	1		To “die from” something does not identify what caused the death, but rather it indicates what the death separated the person from. Here, then, the Colossians were separated from the **elemental principles** by participating in Christ’s death. If “dying” **from** something would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you died with Christ, which separated you from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	20	ydqo	translate-unknown	τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ κόσμου	1		As in [2:8](../02/08.md), the word **elemental principles** could refer to (1) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “the powerful spiritual beings in this world” (2) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “the basic things that humans teach about the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -284,33 +284,33 @@ COL	2	20	uu77	figs-infostructure	τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δο
 COL	2	20	ywkx	figs-metaphor	ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul uses the verb **living** to describe the Colossian’s way of life. They are indeed physically alive and in the world, but he wants them to behave in ways that do not match what people **in the world** normally do. If **living in the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a verbal phrase such as “belonging to” or “conforming to.” Alternate translation: “belonging to the world” or “conforming to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	20	xm1v	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		In this context, the word **as** introduces something that is not true: the Colossians do not actually live **in the world**. If **as** would be misunderstood your language, you could clarify that **living in the world** is not true of the Colossians, using a phrase such as “as if.” Alternate translation: “as if living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 COL	2	20	fe1k	figs-rquestion	τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε	1	of the world	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. Here, there is no answer to the question, since that is exactly Paul’s point. There is no reason for them to be **subjected to its decrees**. If this question would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea as an imperative or a “should” statement. Alternate translation: “do not, as living in the world, be subjected to its decrees” or “you should not, as living in the world, be subjected to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-COL	2	20	g0jz	figs-activepassive	δογματίζεσθε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in its active form, perhaps by using a similar verb. Alternate translation: “do you submit to its decrees” or “do you subject yourselves to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	20	cdgc	figs-abstractnouns	δογματίζεσθε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **decrees**, you could express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “are you being subjected to what people require” or “are you being subjected to what it commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	20	g0jz	figs-activepassive	δογματίζεσθε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in its active form, perhaps by using a similar verb. Alternate translation: “do you submit to its decrees” or “do you subject yourselves to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	2	20	cdgc	figs-abstractnouns	δογματίζεσθε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **decrees**, you can express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “are you being subjected to what people require” or “are you being subjected to what it commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	21	v9e7			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse gives three commands that are not from Paul, but rather they are examples of the “decrees” from [2:20](../02/20.md). If these commands would be misunderstood in your language, you could introduce these commands with a phrase, such as “for example,” that shows that they connect to the “decrees” in the previous verse.
-COL	2	21	pzj1	figs-yousingular	ἅψῃ…γεύσῃ…θίγῃς	1	Connecting Statement:	These commands are addressed to **You** in the singular. Most likely, Paul refers to specific commands given to one person in a specific situation. However, he does intend these to be taken as examples of commands that might be given to any person among the Colossians. If your language can use a command in the singular as a generic example, you can do so here. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use plural commands here. Alternate translation: “You all may … handle … taste … touch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+COL	2	21	pzj1	figs-yousingular	ἅψῃ…γεύσῃ…θίγῃς	1	Connecting Statement:	These commands are addressed to **You** in the singular. Most likely, Paul refers to specific commands given to one person in a specific situation. However, he does intend these to be taken as examples of commands that might be given to any person among the Colossians. If your language can use a command in the singular as a generic example, you could do so here. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use plural commands here. Alternate translation: “You all may … handle … taste … touch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 COL	2	21	b392	figs-explicit	μὴ ἅψῃ! μηδὲ γεύσῃ! μηδὲ θίγῃς!	1	You may not handle, nor taste, nor touch!	Paul does not express what these commands say not to **handle**, **taste**, or **touch**, but it is clear that only certain things would be included, not all things. If your language would make this information explicit, you could add a generic phrase such as “certain things” or use words that match each command. Alternate translation: “You may not handle certain objects, nor taste certain foods and drinks, nor touch certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	22	a25u	writing-pronouns	ἅ	1		This pronoun refers to the commands in the previous verse, especially focusing on the implied objects of the rules. If **which** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a noun or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “The things that these commands regulate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	2	22	ogj7	figs-idiom	ἐστιν πάντα εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει	1		This phrase means that all the objects that the commands in the previous verse are about end up being destroyed when they are used. In other words, food and drink are destroyed when they are eaten, and tools eventually break when they are used. By describing the objects in this way, Paul shows that the rules about these objects are not very important. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the idea more clearly, such as with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “all end up in destruction because of their use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	2	22	cmnf	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **destruction** and **use**, you could express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “destroyed when they are used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	2	22	klsg	figs-possession	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to describe **commands and teachings** that come from **men**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could clarify that these teachings “come from” **men**. Alternate translation: “the commands and teachings that come from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	22	d4lu	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **commands** and **teachings**, you could express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “what men command and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	22	cmnf	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **destruction** and **use**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “destroyed when they are used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	22	klsg	figs-possession	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to describe **commands and teachings** that come from **men**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can clarify that these teachings “come from” **men**. Alternate translation: “the commands and teachings that come from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	22	d4lu	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **commands** and **teachings**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “what men command and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	22	oqmf	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether men or women. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of men and women” or “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	2	23	r2m8	figs-idiom	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας	1		Commands that have **a word of wisdom** are commands that come from wise thinking or require wise behavior. If this **having indeed a word of wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idiom with a comparable expression, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “are indeed characterized by wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	23	h2hk	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	23	y2dc	figs-hypo	ἅτινά…λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	While there is no grammatical marker for a condition here, the word **in** functionally introduces a condition: these commands have a **word of wisdom** “if” one values **self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body**. It is only if one values these things that the commands have wisdom. If Paul’s explanation of how these commands could have **wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using a conditional expression, or use the word “seem.” Alternate translation: “which, having indeed a word of wisdom if one values self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-COL	2	23	g60j	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος,	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom**, **religion**, **humility**, and **severity**, you could rephrase this part of the verse so that you can express these ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “having indeed a word that seems wise according to people who serve God in their own way, who humble themselves for gain, and who act severely to their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	23	g60j	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος,	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom**, **religion**, **humility**, and **severity**, you can rephrase this part of the verse so that you can express these ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “having indeed a word that seems wise according to people who serve God in their own way, who humble themselves for gain, and who act severely to their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	23	vr8p	translate-unknown	ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ	1		The phrase **self-made religion** could describe (1) people who worship God however they want to. Alternate translation: “invented religion” (2) people who pretend to worship God but do not. Alternate translation: “mock worship” or “false worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	23	g9i8	translate-unknown	ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος	1		The phrase **severity of the body** refers to treating one’s body harshly as part of one’s religious practice. This could include beating oneself, not eating enough, or other ascetic practices. If **severity of the body** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that refers to religious practice or translate the idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “and wounding one’s body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	23	e7p5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐστιν…οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι	1	are not of any value against the indulgence of the flesh	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **value**, you could combine it with the verbal phrase **are not** to create a new phrase. Alternate translation: “do nothing” or “are ineffective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	23	e7p5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐστιν…οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι	1	are not of any value against the indulgence of the flesh	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **value**, you can combine it with the verbal phrase **are not** to create a new phrase. Alternate translation: “do nothing” or “are ineffective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	23	blil	figs-possession	πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός	1		Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **indulgence** one gives to the **flesh**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could translate **indulgence** with a verb such as “indulging.” Alternate translation: “indulging the flesh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	23	e70e	translate-unknown	πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός	1		If one “indulges” **the flesh**, this means that one has behaved in ways that match what one’s weak and sinful parts wish. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a word for “sin.” Alternate translation: “sin” or “giving in to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	23	k3x6	figs-abstractnouns	πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **indulgence**, you could use a verb, such as “indulge.” Alternate translation: “indulging the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	2	23	k3x6	figs-abstractnouns	πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **indulgence**, you can use a verb, such as “indulge.” Alternate translation: “indulging the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	intro	qtl2			0		# Colossians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in the next chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br>    * Seek the Things Above (3:1–4)<br>    * Take off Vices, Put on Virtues (3:5–17)<br>    * Commands for the Household (3:18–4:1)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Old and new “man”<br><br>Paul refers to the old and new “man” in [3:9–10](../03/09.md). These terms refer to the person before (“old”) and after (“new”) dying and rising with Christ. With these key words, Paul makes a similar claim to what he argued in [2:11–13](../02/11.md): believers are not who they used to be; rather, they have received new life in Christ and are new people. Your translation should reflect the idea that Paul tells the Colossians that they are new people in their union with Christ.<br><br>### The wrath of God<br><br>In [3:6](../03/06.md), Paul speaks of the “wrath of God,” which is “coming.” God’s “wrath” is not primarily an emotion, but rather, it is his act of judgment on those who do not believe and who disobey. It is “coming” because God will act in judgment soon. In your translation, emphasize God’s act over his emotion.<br><br>### No Greek and Jew …<br><br>In [3:11](../03/11.md), Paul refers to multiple different ways to categorize people in his world. See the notes on that verse for details. Paul says that none of these categories exist in the “new man.” By this, he means that these categories are not relevant for those who have died and risen with Christ. It is one’s status as a “new” person that is relevant and important.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Christ, your life<br><br>In [3:4](../03/04.md), Paul identifies Christ as the Colossians’ “life.” This metaphor comes from the previous verse, where Paul says that the Colossians’ life is “hidden with Christ.” Since their life is in Christ, Christ can be called their life. To say this a different way, the Colossians only have life in Christ, so their life and Christ’s life are bound together.<br><br>### Avoiding vices, pursuing virtues<br><br>In his exhortation to the Colossians to avoid vices and pursue virtues, Paul uses a number of metaphors. For avoiding vices, he uses the language of “putting to death” ([3:5](../03/05.md)), “laying aside” ([3:8](../03/08.md)), and “taking off” ([3:9](../03/09.md)). All these metaphors require separation from vices, whether that is pictured as putting to death parts of the body that pursue vices or as taking off evil desires as if they were clothing. For pursuing virtues, he opposes “taking off” with “putting on” ([3:10](../03/10.md); [3:12](../03/12.md)). Just as the Colossians should “take off” the desire to pursue vices, they should “put on” the desire to pursue virtues. These metaphors are all intended to help the Colossians pursue virtue instead of vice.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Vice and virtue lists<br><br>In [3:5](../03/05.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), Paul gives lists of vices. These lists are not meant to provide a complete catalog of immoral and evil behaviors. Instead, they provide some examples that are meant to show the Colossians the kinds of behaviors that Paul has in mind. In [3:12](../03/12.md), he provides a corresponding list of virtues. The same thinking applies here: this is not a complete catalog of correct or good behavior but instead gives examples of the kinds of things that Paul wants the Colossians to do. You could introduce these lists as examples if it would help your readers understand.<br><br>### The “household code”<br><br>In [3:18](../03/18.md)–[4:1](../04/01.md), Paul uses a form that was well-known in his culture. It is often called a “household code,” and it consists of a list of instructions to different members of the household, including parents, children, slaves, and others. Paul uses this form and gives his own specific instructions to members of the household. Of course, he is not addressing a household but a church. He gives his instructions to whomever in the audience was a parent or a child or a slave.
 COL	3	1	r5yh	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	If, therefore	The word **therefore** introduces an exhortation based on what Paul has already said about being “raised with Christ” in [2:12](../02/12.md). Use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or concluding command based on what has already been said. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	1	oav8	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since … you were raised with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 COL	3	1	t1jv	figs-metaphor	συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1	you were raised with Christ	Paul again states that believers have been raised from the dead with Christ. By this, he means that believers are united to Christ in his resurrection and thus receive new life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	1	qmzv	figs-idiom	συνηγέρθητε	1	you were raised with Christ	Paul uses the word **raised** to refer to someone who had died coming back to life. If this word does not refer to coming back to life in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you were restored to life with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	1	sl1f	figs-activepassive	συνηγέρθητε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father raised you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	3	1	sl1f	figs-activepassive	συνηγέρθητε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father raised you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	1	vuct	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε	1		Here Paul speaks as if he wants the Colossians to look for or try to find **things above**. By using the word **seek**, Paul wants to tell the Colossians to focus on **the things above** as if they were something valuable that the Colossians had lost and needed to find. If **seek the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to the things above” or “focus on the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	1	p3fw	figs-idiom	τὰ ἄνω	1	the things above	The **things above** is another term for heavenly things, which Paul makes clear in the next phrase. If **the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	1	upi9	figs-explicit	ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθήμενος	1		This phrase implies two things. First, what Christ sits on is the divine throne in heaven. Second, **sitting** on this throne means that Christ has assumed a position of authority over the universe with God the Father. If **sitting at the right hand of God** would be misunderstood in your language, you could make either or both of these points explicit. Alternate translation: “sitting on the throne at the right hand of God” or “ruling at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -320,15 +320,15 @@ COL	3	2	ow7x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		The **things on the
 COL	3	3	oa5x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		The word **for** introduces the reason why the Colossians should think about the things above ([3:1–2](../03/01.md)): it is because they **have died**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the transition more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You should think about the things above because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	3	l9yk	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε	1	For you died	Here Paul expresses in slightly different form the idea he already stated in [2:20](../02/20.md): the Colossians have been united to Christ in his death. As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having **died** with Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea as you did in [2:20](../02/20.md), or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you died in union with the Messiah” or “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	3	gkz6	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians’ lives were objects that could be **hidden** where Christ is, and as if the place they were hidden was God. By using this metaphor, Paul wants the Colossians to know that they are safe (**with Christ in God**) but also that their new life is not yet fully revealed (**hidden**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “God is protecting your new life with Christ and will reveal it when the time comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	3	xetc	figs-activepassive	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form. Alternate translation: “God has hidden your life with Christ in himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	3	3	ihr6	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you could rephrase the sentence so that you can use a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “you live in a hidden way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	4	ugge	figs-activepassive	ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate the idea in active form with: (1) Christ as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ, your life, reveals himself” or “Christ, your life, appears” (2) God the Father as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father reveals Christ, your life,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	3	3	xetc	figs-activepassive	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. Alternate translation: “God has hidden your life with Christ in himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	3	3	ihr6	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you can rephrase the sentence so that you can use a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “you live in a hidden way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	4	ugge	figs-activepassive	ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the idea in active form with: (1) Christ as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ, your life, reveals himself” or “Christ, your life, appears” (2) God the Father as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father reveals Christ, your life,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	4	n4nj	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	Continuing the theme of the Colossians’ life being hidden with Christ, Paul now identifies Christ as the Colossians’ **life**. In other words, if the Colossians’ life is hidden with Christ, then Christ can be called their **life**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “who holds your life” or “with whom you have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	4	kpqf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you could express the idea with a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “in whom you live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	4	kpqf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you can express the idea with a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “in whom you live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	4	b2io	translate-unknown	φανερωθῇ…σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθήσεσθε	1		Paul uses the word **is revealed** to refer to Christ’s second coming, when he is **revealed** to everyone as who he truly is. Paul uses the phrase **will be revealed with him** to refer to how the Colossians will participate with Christ in that second coming and also be **revealed** as who they truly are. If the meaning of **revealed** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use words such as “coming” or “returning” instead of “revealing.” Alternate translation: “comes again … will come with him” or “returns … will return with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	4	vlxm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅταν…τότε	1		The word **when** indicates a moment in time, and the word translated **then** refers back to that same time. Therefore, the events described in two parts of this sentence occur at the same time. Use a construction that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “When … at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	3	4	mz6o	translate-unknown	ἐν δόξῃ	1		As a previous note pointed out, the “revealing” language suggests that something will be revealed about Christ and the Colossians. Here, Paul describes it as **glory**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that this is one thing that **is revealed** about Christ and the Colossians: they are glorious. Alternate translation: “as glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	3	4	ajcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δόξῃ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **glory**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	4	ajcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δόξῃ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **glory**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	5	xvsp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		Here, the word **therefore** introduces an exhortation based on previous statements. In this case, Paul bases his exhortation on what he has said about the Colossians’ union with Christ and its end goal: being revealed with him in glory. If the meaning of **therefore** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable connecting word or express the idea with a phrase that refers back to what Paul has already said. Alternate translation: “because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	5	jl45	figs-infostructure	νεκρώσατε οὖν	1		If your language would normally put a transition word like **therefore** at the beginning of the sentence, you could move it there in your translation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, put to death” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 COL	3	5	zn6i	figs-metaphor	νεκρώσατε…τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Here Paul speaks of the **members** as if they were people that one could kill or **put to death**. By using this metaphor, he wants to show the Colossians that the evil desires he lists should be treated as enemies and dealt with as harshly as possible. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Eliminate … the members that are on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ COL	3	7	s824	figs-metaphor	ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις	1	when you were liv
 COL	3	7	pw57	figs-doublet	ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις.	1		If **which** and **them** both refer to the sins mentioned in [3:5](../03/05.md), then “walking” and **living** in them mean very similar things. Paul uses the repetition to emphasize how thoroughly the Colossians’ lives were characterized by sins. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one phrase for this concept, you can use just one of these phrases. Alternate translation: “in which you also formerly walked” or “in which you used to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	3	8	k2dx	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		The phrase **but now** introduces a contrast with the previous verse, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Colossians believed. It introduces how they should behave **now** in contrast to how they behaved “formerly” ([3:7](../03/07.md)). If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 COL	3	8	l019	figs-metaphor	ἀπόθεσθε	1		Here Paul exhorts the Colossians to **lay aside** sins as if the sins were garments that they could take off or objects they could set down and stop using. By talking this way, Paul encourages the Colossians to no longer use or be associated with sins that are not part of who they are in their union with Christ, just as clothes and objects are not part of the person but can be removed. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “must … separate yourselves from” or “must … no longer do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	8	zltd	figs-abstractnouns	ὀργήν, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind these words, you could express the ideas by using verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “wrathful, angry, and lustful behavior, and slanderous and obscene words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	8	ahhs	figs-doublet	ὀργήν, θυμόν	1		The words **wrath** and **anger** are almost synonymous, with **wrath** emphasizing angry actions and **anger** emphasizing angry emotions. If your language does not have two words for “anger” that work here, you could express the idea with one word. Alternate translation: “anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+COL	3	8	zltd	figs-abstractnouns	ὀργήν, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind these words, you can express the ideas by using verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “wrathful, angry, and lustful behavior, and slanderous and obscene words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	8	ahhs	figs-doublet	ὀργήν, θυμόν	1		The words **wrath** and **anger** are almost synonymous, with **wrath** emphasizing angry actions and **anger** emphasizing angry emotions. If your language does not have two words for “anger” that work here, you can express the idea with one word. Alternate translation: “anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	3	8	d3wr	translate-unknown	κακίαν	1	evil desire	The phrase **evil desire** is a broad term that means “vice,” the opposite of “virtue.” If your language has a general term for “vice,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “vice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	8	f59z	translate-unknown	αἰσχρολογίαν	1	and obscene speech	The phrase **obscene speech** refers to “shameful words,” words that are not spoken in polite company. If your language has a word or phrase for these kinds of words, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “and obscenities” or “and cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	8	n23c	figs-idiom	ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν	1	from your mouth	Here, **from your mouth** is an idiom that refers to speaking, since speech comes out of the **mouth**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a word such as “talk.” Alternate translation: “in your talk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -361,17 +361,17 @@ COL	3	9	molr	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπεκδυσάμενοι	1		The cla
 COL	3	9	vsd8	figs-metaphor	ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	having taken off the old man with its practices	Here Paul uses a metaphor that is similar to one he used in [2:11](../02/11.md), where he speaks of the “circumcision of Christ” that “puts off” the body of flesh. Here, he speaks of the **old man** as if it were a piece of clothing that the Colossians could “take off.” This does not mean that their true selves are found underneath the **old man**, since the next verse has them putting on the **new man**. Instead, Paul uses the metaphor to illustrate how they have changed identity from **old** to “new.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having forsaken your old identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	9	x13d	figs-idiom	τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Paul uses the phrase **the old man** as part of his language about dying and rising with Christ. The **old man** is thus the person who died with Christ. It does not refer to a part of the person, but rather, it refers to what the whole person used to be before dying with Christ. This is why the ULT uses the neuter pronoun **its** to refer to **old man** later in the verse. If **the old man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to the whole person and who he or she used to be. Alternate translation: “the old ‘you’” or “your old identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	9	qlmf	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		While the word **man** is grammatically masculine, it does not refer primarily to male people but to humans in general. If you have a general word for humans in your language, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “human” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-COL	3	9	cowf	figs-abstractnouns	σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **practices**, you could express the idea by using a relative clause that refers to what the **old man** “normally does.” Alternate translation: “along with what it does” or “with how it acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	9	cowf	figs-abstractnouns	σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **practices**, you can express the idea by using a relative clause that refers to what the **old man** “normally does.” Alternate translation: “along with what it does” or “with how it acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	10	ya9k	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐνδυσάμενοι	1		The clause that begins with **having put on** is parallel to the clause beginning with “having taken off” in the previous verse ([3:9](../03/09.md)). Translate this clause with the same structure you used in the previous verse. This clause could (1) give the reason why the Colossians should not lie to each other (and should put off the sins listed in the [3:8](../03/08.md)). Alternate translation: “because you have put on” (2) give another command. Alternate translation: “put on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	10	brx6	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν νέον	1	and having put on the new man	Here, Paul continues the metaphor of changing clothing, which he began in [3:9](../03/09.md). Once the Colossians have “taken off” the “old man,” they **put on** the **new man**. Translate this expression as an appropriate opposite to your translation of “take off” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “having stepped into your new identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	10	q1ts	figs-idiom	τὸν νέον	1		As in the previous verse ([3:9](../03/09.md)), the phrase **new man** does not refer to a male person but to what one has become when one is raised with Christ. It does not refer to a part of the person but rather to what the whole person has become after being raised with Christ. If **new man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to the whole person and who they are. Alternate translation: “the new ‘you’” or “your new identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	10	sr6v	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “whom God is renewing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	3	10	sr6v	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “whom God is renewing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	10	jlhz	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν,	1		The first thing Paul says about the “renewing” is its purpose, which is **knowledge**. If **in knowledge** would not be understood as a purpose statement in your language, you could use an expression that indicates that gaining **knowledge** is one purpose of **being renewed**. Alternate translation: “to gain knowledge” or “so as to know more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	3	10	degc	figs-explicit	ἐπίγνωσιν	1		While Paul does not say here what this **knowledge** concerns, it probably refers to knowing both God (as in [1:10](../01/10.md)) and God’s will (as in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If **knowledge** without any description would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what this knowledge concerns. Alternate translation: “the knowledge of God and his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	3	10	mw3q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	10	mw3q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	10	v7xq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν	1		The second thing Paul says about the “renewing” is the standard or pattern by which God renews his people: the **image of the one who created it**. Use a word or phrase in your language that indicates the standard or pattern according to which something is accomplished. Alternate translation: “so that it matches the image of the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	3	10	d15v	translate-unknown	εἰκόνα	1	the image	The word **image** could refer to (1) the way humans show or reflect God’s glory, just like he created them to do. Alternate translation: “the reflection of the glory” (2) Christ, who is the image of God, the way humans can see the invisible God. Alternate translation: “Christ, the image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	3	10	rqsf	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ	1	the image	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **image**, you could express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Make sure your translation fits with what **image** refers to, as discussed in the previous note. Alternate translation: “according to how you reflect the one” or “according to Christ, who reflects the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	10	rqsf	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ	1	the image	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **image**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Make sure your translation fits with what **image** refers to, as discussed in the previous note. Alternate translation: “according to how you reflect the one” or “according to Christ, who reflects the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	10	jep5	writing-pronouns	τοῦ κτίσαντος	1		The **one who created it** refers to God. If **the one who created it** would be misunderstood, you could clarify that God is **the one**. Alternate translation: “of God, who created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	10	xnc0	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		The pronoun **it** refers to “the new man.” If your readers would misunderstand what **it** refers to, you could translate **it** with a phrase that more clearly refers back to “the new man.” Alternate translation: “this new man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	11	wnmm	figs-metaphor	ὅπου	1		Here Paul refers to the “new man” from the previous verse as if it were a place one could be in. This means that the word **where** refers to the new situation of those who have put on this “new man.” If **where** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by identifying those who have put on the “new man” as the ones addressed by this verse. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “For those who have put on the new man,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -394,21 +394,21 @@ COL	3	13	m1d9	figs-infostructure	ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων καὶ 
 COL	3	13	r8iy	figs-idiom	ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων	1	bearing with one another	In Paul’s culture, the phrase **bearing with one another** refers to being patient with others, even when they do things that are annoying or strange. If **bearing with one another** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “putting up with one another” or “being patient with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	13	rts1	figs-hypo	ἐάν	1	being gracious to each other	Paul uses **if** to introduce a hypothetical situation that he thinks will happen among the Colossians at times. It is in this kind of situation that he wants them to “bear with one another and be gracious to each other.” If your language would not use **if** to express that idea, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that refers to any time something happens. Alternate translation: “whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 COL	3	13	f5f9	figs-idiom	τις πρός τινα ἔχῃ μομφήν	1	being gracious to each other	This phrase indicates a situation in which one person feels offended or hurt by another person. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or an expression that indicates that one party has been offended or hurt by another. Alternate translation: “a person has been offended by another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	13	p474	figs-abstractnouns	πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν	1	may have a complaint against	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **complaint**, you could express the idea by translating the abstract noun as a verb. Alternate translation: “may complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	13	p474	figs-abstractnouns	πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν	1	may have a complaint against	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **complaint**, you can express the idea by translating the abstract noun as a verb. Alternate translation: “may complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	13	lp1o	figs-infostructure	καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	may have a complaint against	If your language would put the comparison after the command, you could switch them in your translation, including “forgive” in the new first clause. Alternate translation: “you should forgive others, just as the Lord forgave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 COL	3	13	lkdl	figs-simile	καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν	1	may have a complaint against	Here Paul draws a comparison between how he wants the Colossians to forgive and how Jesus has forgiven them. Use a word or phrase that would normally be used for comparing things that are similar. Alternate translation: “in the same way that the Lord forgave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 COL	3	13	l0kr	figs-ellipsis	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	may have a complaint against	Paul leaves out words that could be needed in some languages to make a complete statement. If your language needs these words, you could supply words such as “forgive one another.” Alternate translation: “so also you should forgive each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	3	14	l1ik	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these things**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	14	mlfc	figs-ellipsis	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language would include more words, you could insert the words that Paul implies, which can be found in [3:12](../03/12.md): “put on.” Alternate translation: “put on love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-COL	3	14	c5o7	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you could clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	14	c5o7	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	14	x5g8	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here, **the bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	14	bp1w	figs-possession	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **the bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **the bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	3	14	welw	figs-abstractnouns	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you could express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	14	welw	figs-abstractnouns	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you can express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	15	gtz3	figs-imperative	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could translate this imperative in the second person, with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “obey” and the **peace of Christ** as the object. Alternate translation: “in your hearts obey the peace of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 COL	3	15	hdg5	figs-metaphor	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Paul speaks of the **peace of Christ** as if it should be the “ruler” in the Colossians’ hearts. The word **rule** is closely related to the word translated “deprive of your prize” that Paul uses in [2:18](../02/18.md): both are used of a judge or an umpire making a decision, although in [2:18](../02/18.md), the judge or umpire decides against the Colossians. Here, the idea is that the **peace of Christ** acts as the judge or umpire in the **hearts** of the Colossians, which means that this **peace** helps them decide what to feel and do. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “let the peace of Christ make your decisions in your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	15	pz4p	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and plan. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	15	okpr	writing-pronouns	ἣν	1	in your hearts	The pronoun **which** refers to “the peace of Christ.” If what **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “which peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-COL	3	15	nj4e	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐκλήθητε	1	in your hearts	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God called you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	3	15	nj4e	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐκλήθητε	1	in your hearts	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God called you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	15	pod6	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι	1	in your hearts	Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were **in**, or part of, **one body**. With this metaphor, he clarifies the situation in which they have been called to peace: in the **one body**, which is the church. Just as the parts of a body are at “peace” with each other (when the body is working properly), so also the Colossians are to be at peace with each other in the church. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “as you together make up the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	15	bfnp		εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε	1	in your hearts	Alternate translation: “become thankful people” or “be thankful”
 COL	3	16	agax	figs-imperative	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express Paul’s command in the second person with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “welcome.” Alternate translation: “Welcome the word of Christ richly into your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -416,21 +416,21 @@ COL	3	16	w9dv	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικε
 COL	3	16	g0h5	figs-possession	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul uses the possessive form to relate **the word** to **Christ**. This could mean: (1) that **the word** is about **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word concerning the Messiah” (2) that **the word** is spoken by **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	3	16	mz40	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	16	frn8	figs-metaphor	πλουσίως	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul speaks as if the “word” were wealthy and could do something **richly**. He uses this metaphor to command that the word should dwell in the Colossians completely and with all the blessings that come from it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in every way and with every blessing” or “fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	16	aqx3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you could express the idea another way. Alternate translation: “in all wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	16	aqx3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea another way. Alternate translation: “in all wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	16	e44g	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς…ᾄδοντες	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Paul uses the words **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** to show the Colossians some ways in which they can “let the word of Christ dwell” in them. Therefore, **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** happen at the same time as **the word of Christ** dwelling in them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could directly state it. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “you could do this by teaching and admonishing one another in all wisdom … and by singing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-COL	3	16	h5k9	figs-doublet	διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες	1	admonishing one another	These two verbs have only slightly different meanings. The word **teaching** refers positively to giving someone information, skills, or concepts. The word **admonishing** refers negatively to warning someone against something. If you have words that fit these two ideas, you can use them here. If you do not have words that make these distinctions, you could translate both of them with a single verb such as “instruct.” Alternate translation: “instructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+COL	3	16	h5k9	figs-doublet	διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες	1	admonishing one another	These two verbs have only slightly different meanings. The word **teaching** refers positively to giving someone information, skills, or concepts. The word **admonishing** refers negatively to warning someone against something. If you have words that fit these two ideas, you could use them here. If you do not have words that make these distinctions, you could translate both of them with a single verb such as “instruct.” Alternate translation: “instructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	3	16	ubi5	translate-unknown	ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	These three terms name different kinds of songs. The word **psalms** refers to songs from the book of Psalms in the Bible. The word **hymns** refers to songs sung in praise, usually to a deity. Finally, the word **songs** refers to vocal music that celebrates someone or something, usually in poem form. If you have words that roughly match these categories in your language, you could use them here. If you do not have words that match these categories, you could express the idea with only one or two words or use adjectives to describe the different types of songs. Alternate translation: “psalms and spiritual songs” or “biblical songs, praise songs, and celebratory spiritual songs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	16	eapz	translate-unknown	ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	The word **spiritual** could refer to (1) the Holy Spirit as the origin or inspiration of the **songs**. Alternate translation: “and songs from the Spirit” (2) **songs** that are sung by or in the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “and songs empowered by the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	3	16	ese7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ χάριτι,	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thankfulness**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “thankfully” or an adjective such as “thankful.” Alternate translation: “in thankful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	16	ese7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ χάριτι,	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thankfulness**, you can express the idea by using an adverb such as “thankfully” or an adjective such as “thankful.” Alternate translation: “in thankful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	16	jv2b	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	Here the Colossians would have understood the phrase **in your hearts** to describe something that people do that they fully believe in. It means that the **singing** should be done with sincerity and the full approval of one’s own mind. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “with genuineness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	16	ives	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and desire. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	17	ivxg	figs-infostructure	πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα ἐν	1	in word or in deed	The word **all** refers back to **everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**. If your language would not write the object (**everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**) first, you could put it where **all** is, after the verb. Or, you could change the object into a relative clause. Alternate translation: “do everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed, in” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 COL	3	17	g059	figs-idiom	πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε	1	in word or in deed	In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to refer to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	17	g8p8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ	1	in word or in deed	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **word** and **deed**, you could express the idea with verbs such as “speak” and “act.” Alternate translation: “in speaking or in acting” or “when you speak or act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	17	g8p8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ	1	in word or in deed	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **word** and **deed**, you can express the idea with verbs such as “speak” and “act.” Alternate translation: “in speaking or in acting” or “when you speak or act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	17	uix9	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Acting **in the name of** a person means representing that person. Representatives, those who do anything **in the name of** someone else, should act so as to help others think well of and honor the people they represent. If **in the name of** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom for representing someone or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “as representatives of the Lord Jesus” or “in a way that leads to honor for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	17	bv84	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	through him	The phrase **through him** does not mean that the prayers of thanks are mediated to God the Father by God the Son. Rather, it is **through** the Son that the Colossians are able to give thanks. This means that they can give thanks because of what the Son has done for them. If that meaning of **through him** would not be understood in your language, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “because” or clarify that it is **through** the “work” of the Son. Alternate translation: “because of what he has done” or “through his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	18	tt9u		αἱ γυναῖκες	1	Wives, submit to your husbands	Here Paul directly addresses the **wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
-COL	3	18	gtft	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	3	18	gtft	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	18	dc5v	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wife’s husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to your own husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	18	juqx	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς	1	is fitting	Here, the word **as** functions to introduce the reason why “wives” should “be subjected to” their **husbands**. If **as** does not indicate a reason in your language, you could express this idea using a causal word such as “since” or “because.” Alternate translation: “because this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	18	b2y3	translate-unknown	ἀνῆκεν	1	is fitting	The phrase **is fitting** refers to what or to whom something properly belongs. If **is fitting** would be misunderstood your language, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that identifies proper behavior in specific circumstances. Alternate translation: “is suitable” or “suits your position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ COL	3	22	iy1n	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	all things, not with eyeservice
 COL	3	22	p36t	translate-unknown	μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	The word **eyeservice** describes how people sometimes behave to look good more than to do the right thing. If **eyeservice** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase such as “wanting to look impressive.” Alternate translation: “not focusing on how you appear to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	22	b5en	translate-unknown	ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	The phrase **people pleasers** describes the kind of people who care about “eyeservice.” Here, **people pleasers** are those who focus on impressing humans rather than doing what God desires. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could emphasize that **people pleasers** want to please humans only, not God. Alternate translation: “as people who want to please humans rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	22	r22m	figs-possession	ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	Paul here uses the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by its **sincerity**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea by translating **sincerity** with an adjective such as “sincere.” Alternate translation: “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	3	22	ouca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **sincerity**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “sincere” or and adverb such as “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely in your heart” or “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	22	ouca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **sincerity**, you can express the idea by using an adjective such as “sincere” or and adverb such as “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely in your heart” or “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	22	m27w	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	In Paul’s culture, the **heart** is the place where a person thinks and desires. If that meaning of **heart** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “of mind” or “of desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	22	tsn9	grammar-connect-logic-result	φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον	1	with sincerity of heart	The phrase **fearing the Lord** could describe: (1) the reason why the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “because you fear the Lord” (2) the way or manner in which the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “showing fear for the Lord” or “in a way that shows that you fear the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	23	olwu	figs-idiom	ὃ ἐὰν ποιῆτε	1	as to the Lord	In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way of referring to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “In anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -465,14 +465,14 @@ COL	3	23	itn9	figs-idiom	ἐκ ψυχῆς	1	as to the Lord	Working **from the s
 COL	3	23	arw4	figs-idiom	ὡς τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις	1	as to the Lord	This contrast indicates that, even though they serve **men**, they should consider their work to be directed to or in service of **the Lord**. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a contrast phrase such as “even as.” Alternate translation: “to serve the Lord, even as you are serving men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	23	ckiz	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	as to the Lord	The word **men** does not refer to only male people but to humans in general. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that refers to people or humans in general. Alternate translation: “to humans” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	3	24	p5qy	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδότες	1	the reward of the inheritance	The word **knowing** introduces a reason why the slaves should obey as Paul commands them to in [3:22–23](../03/22.md). If **knowing** would not introduce a reason in your language, you could clarify this by using a word such as “because.” Alternate translation: “since you know” or “for you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	3	24	f3ed	figs-possession	τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας	1	the reward of the inheritance	Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify the **reward** as **the inheritance**. If your language does not use the possessive form in this way, you could clarify that these two words name the same thing by using a phrase such as “that is.” Alternate translation: “the reward, that is, the inheritance” or “the reward, which is your inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	3	24	sod6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας	1	the reward of the inheritance	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **reward** and **inheritance**, you could express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has promised to hand down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	24	f3ed	figs-possession	τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας	1	the reward of the inheritance	Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify the **reward** as **the inheritance**. If your language does not use the possessive form in this way, you can clarify that these two words name the same thing by using a phrase such as “that is.” Alternate translation: “the reward, that is, the inheritance” or “the reward, which is your inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	3	24	sod6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας	1	the reward of the inheritance	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **reward** and **inheritance**, you can express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has promised to hand down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	24	oyo4	figs-declarative	τῷ Κυρίῳ Χριστῷ δουλεύετε	1	the reward of the inheritance	Here Paul uses a simple statement as (1) a reminder that states for whom they actually work. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that you are serving the Lord Christ” (2) a command about whom they should serve. Alternate translation: “Serve the Lord Christ” or “You should serve the Lord Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 COL	3	25	fvw0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	the reward of the inheritance	The word **for** introduces support for what has already been said. Here Paul uses it to introduce a negative reason for obedience (he already gave a positive reason in [3:24](../03/24.md)). If **for** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that it introduces another reason for obedience. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	25	u5lx	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀδικῶν…ἠδίκησεν	1	the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously	Here Paul speaks in general of anyone who does **unrighteousness**. However, he directs this general statement to the slaves he has been addressing (not the masters, since he does not address them until [4:1](../04/01.md)). If this generic form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary form for generic statements or include the slaves as the ones being addressed. Alternate translation: “any of you who do unrighteousness … you did unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-COL	3	25	sttw	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικῶν	1	the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	25	sttw	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικῶν	1	the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you can express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	25	ak8j	figs-metaphor	κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν	1	doing unrighteousness	In this context, the phrase **will receive** refers to getting something in payment or in return for something else. Paul, then, speaks as if **the one doing unrighteousness** will **receive** as payment or recompense exactly **what he did unrighteously**. By this, Paul means that God will punish those who do **unrighteousness** in a way that fits with what they did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “will receive a punishment that fits the crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	25	c9fx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία	1	there is no favoritism	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	25	c9fx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία	1	there is no favoritism	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	intro	nm3y			0		# Colossians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br>* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)<br><br>4. Letter Closing (4:7–18)<br>* The Messengers (4:7–9)<br>* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)<br>* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)<br>* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Paul’s chains<br><br>Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### A “master in heaven”<br><br>In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation.
 COL	4	1	b9nm		οἱ κύριοι	1	what is right and fair	Here Paul directly addresses the **Masters** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You masters”
 COL	4	1	orih	figs-metaphor	τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις παρέχεσθε	1	what is right and fair	Here Paul speaks of how masters treat their slaves as if the master were “giving” the treatment of their slaves. By this, he means that the thing given (**what is right and fair**) is what characterizes the master’s dealing with the slave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using adverbs such as “rightly” and “fairly” with a verb such as “treat.” Alternate translation: “act rightly and fairly towards your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ COL	4	1	t9wy	figs-explicit	Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	you also have a m
 COL	4	2	pp1c		τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε	1	Continue steadfastly in prayer	Alternate translation: “Keep praying faithfully” or “Pray consistently”
 COL	4	2	gmtv	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	γρηγοροῦντες	1	Continue steadfastly in prayer	The word **staying alert** expresses what Paul wants the Colossians to do as they pray. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary expression that indicates that **staying alert** happens at the same time as they “continue steadfastly in prayer.” Alternate translation: “and stay alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	4	2	wv73		ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Continue steadfastly in prayer	Alternate translation: “during your time of prayer”
-COL	4	2	calz	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ	1	Continue steadfastly in prayer	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you could express the idea by using a verbal phrase such as “and giving thanks” or an adverb such as “thankfully.” Alternate translation: “thankfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	4	2	calz	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ	1	Continue steadfastly in prayer	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea by using a verbal phrase such as “and giving thanks” or an adverb such as “thankfully.” Alternate translation: “thankfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	3	iqjo	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἅμα	1	:	In this context, the word **together** does not refer to people being together but rather, it refers to actions happening **together** or at the same time. If **together** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that the Colossians should pray for Paul at the same time they pray about other things (the things mentioned in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	4	3	sct4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν	1		In this verse, the word **us** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	4	3	ql6g	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) the content of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that” or “asking that” (2) the purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -491,22 +491,22 @@ COL	4	3	m7z4	figs-doublet	τοῦ λόγου, λαλῆσαι	1	God may open a d
 COL	4	3	w4fl	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the message” or “for what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	3	tl71	grammar-connect-logic-goal	λαλῆσαι	1	may open a door to us for the word	The phrase **to speak** indicates the purpose for which the “door” is opened. If **to speak** would not indicate purpose in your language, you could use a word or phrase that does indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we might speak” or “so that we can speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	3	ce37	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1	the mystery of Christ	Paul speaks of his message as **the mystery** of Christ. This does not mean that the message is hard to understand, but rather that it had not previously been revealed. Now, however, Paul does “make it clear” (as [4:4](../04/04.md) says). If a **mystery** that is revealed or spoken would be misunderstood in your language, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” or “the previously hidden message” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
-COL	4	3	fkva	figs-possession	τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the mystery of Christ	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mystery** whose content is a message about **Christ**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “about” or a relative clause such as “that concerns.” Alternate translation: “the mystery that concerns Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	4	3	fkva	figs-possession	τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the mystery of Christ	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mystery** whose content is a message about **Christ**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can express the idea with a preposition such as “about” or a relative clause such as “that concerns.” Alternate translation: “the mystery that concerns Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	4	3	gs8f	writing-pronouns	δι’ ὃ	1	the mystery of Christ	The pronoun **which** refers back to the “mystery of Christ.” If your readers would misunderstand what **which** refers to, you could state this more clearly by adding a word such as “mystery.” Alternate translation: “on account of which mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	4	3	q4jx	figs-metonymy	δέδεμαι	1	on account of which also I have been bound	Here Paul uses the phase **I have been bound** to refer to how he is in prison. If **I have been bound** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that stands for being in prison or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I am imprisoned” or “I am incarcerated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	4	3	lsdv	figs-activepassive	δέδεμαι	1	on account of which also I have been bound	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they have bound me” or “the authorities have bound me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	4	3	lsdv	figs-activepassive	δέδεμαι	1	on account of which also I have been bound	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they have bound me” or “the authorities have bound me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	4	4	x8bf	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	in order that I may make it clear	The phrase **in order that** could introduce: (1) another thing for which the Colossians should pray (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and that” or “and asking that” (2) another purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	4	hm5w		φανερώσω αὐτὸ	1	in order that I may make it clear	Alternate translation: “I may reveal it” or “I may express it clearly”
 COL	4	4	rkal	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς	1	in order that I may make it clear	Here, the word **as** functions to introduce a reason why Paul must preach his message clearly. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of **as**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action. Alternate translation: “because this is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	4	4	ofin	figs-explicit	δεῖ με λαλῆσαι	1	in order that I may make it clear	If your language would state who requires Paul to speak in these ways, you could include “God” as the one that role. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	5	z3ax	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε πρὸς	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	Here Paul uses the word **walk** to refer to consistent, habitual behavior (like putting one foot in front of the other). In this image, walking **toward** someone refers to consistent behavior in relationship with that person. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Act … with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	4	5	u3j7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν σοφίᾳ	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you could express the idea with an adverb such as “wisely” or an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “in wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	4	5	u3j7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν σοφίᾳ	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea with an adverb such as “wisely” or an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “in wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	5	ww8p	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἔξω	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	The phrase **those outside** is a way to identify people who do not belong to one’s group. Here, **those outside** would be anyone who does not believe in Jesus. If **those outside** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase for people who are not in one’s group. Alternate translation: “outsiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	5	nvqu	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἐξαγοραζόμενοι	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	The word **redeeming** introduces an example of how to “walk in wisdom toward those outside.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to indicate that the **redeeming** happens at the same time as “walking in wisdom” and gives an example of how it might look. Alternate translation: “which includes redeeming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	4	5	b525	figs-metaphor	τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι	1	redeeming the time	Here Paul speaks of **time** as something that one could be **redeeming**. The picture is of a person buying **time** from someone. Paul uses this picture to refer to making the most of (**redeeming**) one’s opportunities (**the time**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “making the most of every chance you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	6	bza7			0	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	This verse provides one way in which Paul wants the Colossians to “walk in wisdom toward those outside” ([4:5](../04/05.md)). They are to speak with words that are compelling and carefully chosen to fit the situation.
 COL	4	6	v14n	figs-ellipsis	ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	Paul has not included a verb for “speaking” in this phrase, because it was not necessary in his language. If your language would require a verb of speaking here, you could include it. Alternate translation: “speaking your words always with grace” or “your words always spoken with grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-COL	4	6	u9mh	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν χάριτι	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **grace**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	4	6	u9mh	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν χάριτι	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **grace**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	6	fuv5	figs-metaphor	ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	In Paul’s culture, when food was **seasoned with salt**, it would taste good and be nourishing. Paul thus speaks of seasoning one’s “words” **with salt** to say that the words should be interesting (like food that tastes good) and helpful (like food that is nourishing). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “both compelling and helpful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	6	c1w4	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδέναι	1	to know how it is necessary for you to answer	Here Paul uses the phrase **to know** to introduce the result of speaking words **with grace** and **seasoned with salt**. If **to know** does not introduce a result in your language, you could use a word or phrase that more clearly expresses that Paul is speaking about a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that you will know” or “ so that you might know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	4	6	jdtx		πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς…ἀποκρίνεσθαι	1	to know how it is necessary for you to answer	Alternate translation: “how to best answer” or “the right answer to give to”
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ COL	4	9	aqe3	figs-idiom	ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	the faithful and beloved
 COL	4	9	n15d	writing-pronouns	γνωρίσουσιν	1	they will make known to you	The pronoun **they** refers back to Onesimus and Tychicus. If what **they** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit by using their names or referring to “two” of them. Alternate translation: “the two of them will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	4	9	vb7j	figs-idiom	πάντα…τὰ ὧδε	1	all the things here	Just like the phrases “all the things concerning me” in [4:7](../04/07.md) and “the things concerning us” in [4:8](../04/08.md), the phrase **all the things here** refers to details about life such as where people are living, their health, how their work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “all the news about us” or “all the details about what is happening here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	10	wmf4	translate-names	Ἀρίσταρχος…Μᾶρκος…Βαρναβᾶ	1	Aristarchus	These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-COL	4	10	lcxt		ἀσπάζεται	1	Aristarchus	As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
+COL	4	10	lcxt		ἀσπάζεται	1	Aristarchus	As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
 COL	4	10	v0le	translate-unknown	ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου	1	Aristarchus	The phrase **my fellow prisoner** identifies Aristarchus as someone who is in prison along with Paul. If **fellow prisoner** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this with a short phrase instead. Alternate translation: “who has been imprisoned with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	4	10	uq72	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Μᾶρκος, ὁ ἀνεψιὸς Βαρναβᾶ	1	Aristarchus	Paul has not included the verb “greet” in this clause because it was unnecessary in his language. If it is necessary in your language, you could include it here. Alternate translation: “and Mark, the cousin of Barnabas, also greets you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	4	10	ta5i	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀνεψιὸς Βαρναβᾶ	1	Aristarchus	The word **cousin** refers to the son of the brother or sister of one’s mother or father. If possible, use a word in your language that makes this relationship clear, or you could describe the relationship. Alternate translation: “the son of Barnabas’ aunt or uncle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
@@ -540,14 +540,14 @@ COL	4	10	wiwq	figs-hypo	ἐὰν ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Aristarchus	H
 COL	4	10	a1v3	figs-idiom	δέξασθε αὐτόν	1	if he may come	To **receive** someone means welcoming that person into one’s group and extending hospitality to him or her. If **receive** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression that indicates this kind of hospitality or express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “show him hospitality and accept him into your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	11	bm6s	translate-names	Ἰησοῦς…Ἰοῦστος	1	Jesus who is called Justus	**Jesus** and **Justus** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	4	11	p6tp	figs-distinguish	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος	1	Jesus who is called Justus	Here Paul gives further information about “Jesus.” This information identifies which “Jesus” this is (the one also known as **Justus**), distinguishing him from other men who might be named “Jesus.” If this way of introducing a second name would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a form in your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “, the one called Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-COL	4	11	ktfz	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος	1	Jesus who is called Justus	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “whom some people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	4	11	ktfz	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος	1	Jesus who is called Justus	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “whom some people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	4	11	oscc	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος	1	Jesus who is called Justus	Paul has not included the verb “greet” in this clause because it was unnecessary in his language. If it is necessary in your language, you could include it here. Alternate translation: “and Jesus who is called Justus also greets you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	4	11	o5rh	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1	Jesus who is called Justus	The word **These** refers back to the three men mentioned in this verse and the previous verse: Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus. If what **These** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could restate their names or indicate the reference in another way. Alternate translation: “These three are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	4	11	ehgz	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία.	1	Jesus who is called Justus	Paul here describes the three men in two ways. First, he identifies them as the **only** ones among his **fellow workers** who are Jewish (**from the circumcision**). In other words, Paul distinguishes them from all the other people who work with him, because these three men are the only ones who are circumcised Jews. Second, he describes them as ones **who have been a comfort** to him. Here, he is not distinguishing them from other fellow workers; instead, he just wishes to say that they have **been a comfort** to him. If these descriptions would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate the two descriptions differently so that it is clear that the first distinguishes the three men while the second describes the three men. Alternate translation: “Out of all my fellow workers for the kingdom of God, these are the only ones being from the circumcision, and they have been a comfort to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 COL	4	11	ci74	figs-metonymy	ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς	1	These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision	Paul uses the label **from the circumcision** to identify the men as Jews who had received circumcision. If **from the circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea non-figuratively by using a term such as “Jewish.” Alternate translation: “who are Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	4	11	b7l6	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία	1	These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **comfort**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “comfort.” Alternate translation: “who have comforted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	4	11	b7l6	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία	1	These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **comfort**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “comfort.” Alternate translation: “who have comforted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	12	gg86	translate-names	Ἐπαφρᾶς	1	Epaphras	**Epaphras** is the name of a man. He was the one who first preached the good news to the people in Colossae (see [Colossians 1:7](../01/07.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-COL	4	12	et2g		ἀσπάζεται	1		As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
+COL	4	12	et2g		ἀσπάζεται	1		As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
 COL	4	12	rq61	figs-idiom	ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	He is from among you	The phrase **from among you** means that Epaphras used to live with the Colossians and was part of the group to whom Paul is writing the letter. To express this idea, you could use a word or phrase that indicates in your language that a person belongs to a specific group of people. Alternate translation: “He is from your town” or “He used to live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	12	ek51	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	a servant of Christ Jesus	Here, **always** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Epaphras prays for them very often. If **always** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “consistently” or “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	4	12	p8ff	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	always striving on behalf of you in prayers	The word **striving** is usually used for attempting to win a contest, whether that is athletic, military, or legal. While Epaphras is not actually participating in an athletic or military contest, Paul uses the metaphor to explain how earnestly Epaphras prays for the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “praying zealously for you” or “spending much effort on his prayers for you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
@@ -555,33 +555,33 @@ COL	4	12	sn23	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	you may stand complete and fu
 COL	4	12	nuh9	figs-metaphor	σταθῆτε τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians can **stand complete and fully assured in all the will of God**. By this, he means that they should consistently do God’s will, just as if God’s will served as a foundation underneath them. The words **complete and fully assured** explain the way in which they are supposed to **stand** or continue to obey. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you may be complete and fully assured as you consistently do all the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	12	t6o3	translate-unknown	τέλειοι	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called you to be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
 COL	4	12	ojtu	translate-unknown	πεπληροφορημένοι	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The phrase **fully assured** describes people who are confident or sure of what they believe and do. If **fully assured** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “convinced about what you know” or “without doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	4	12	s7e7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **will**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “wants” or “desires.” Alternate translation: “in whatever God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	4	12	s7e7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **will**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “wants” or “desires.” Alternate translation: “in whatever God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	13	sg4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	The word **For** introduces further support for Paul’s statements about Epaphras in the previous verse. In [4:12](../04/12.md), Paul says that Epaphras is “always striving” for them, and he supports that claim here by giving his own testimony about how hard Epaphras has worked for the Colossians and for other believers who live near them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a previous statement, or you could refer back to what Paul is supporting. Alternate translation: “you could be sure that he does this, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-COL	4	13	k8vv	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχει πολὺν πόνον	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **labor**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “labor.” Alternate translation: “he labors diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	4	13	k8vv	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχει πολὺν πόνον	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **labor**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “labor.” Alternate translation: “he labors diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	13	zzc8	figs-ellipsis	τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ τῶν ἐν Ἱεραπόλει	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	Here Paul leaves out to whom the pronoun **those** refers, since in his language it was clear that **those** refers to people who live in the cities he mentions. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **those** refers to believers who live in these two towns. Alternate translation: “of believers who live in Laodicea, and of believers who live in Hierapolis” or “of believers who live in Laodicea and Hierapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	4	13	d0et	figs-explicit	Λαοδικίᾳ…Ἱεραπόλει	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	**Laodicea** and **Hierapolis** were towns near Colossae. In fact, they were all in the same valley. If it would be helpful to your readers to clarify that these are nearby towns, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “nearby Laodicea … nearby Hierapolis” or “Laodicea … Hierapolis, churches near you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	4	14	v0ho		ἀσπάζεται	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
+COL	4	14	v0ho		ἀσπάζεται	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
 COL	4	14	hq1k	translate-names	Λουκᾶς…Δημᾶς	1	Demas	**Luke** and **Demas** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	4	14	bv7b	figs-ellipsis	ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Λουκᾶς, ὁ ἰατρὸς ὁ ἀγαπητὸς, καὶ Δημᾶς.	1	Demas	Paul has not included the verb “greet” with **and also Demas,** because it was unnecessary in his language. If including “greet” is necessary in your language, you could (1) move **and also Demas** before **greets you**. Alternate translation: “Luke the beloved physician and also Demas greet you” (2) include it with the phrase **and also Demas**. Alternate translation: “Luke the beloved physician greets you, and also Demas greets you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-COL	4	15	xi2b		ἀσπάσασθε	1	the brothers	As was customary in this culture, Paul not only extends greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing (as he has done in [4:10–14](../04/10.md)). He also asks the Colossians to extend greetings for him to other people that both he and the Colossians know. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “Remember me to” or “Say hello for me to”
+COL	4	15	xi2b		ἀσπάσασθε	1	the brothers	As was customary in this culture, Paul not only extends greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing (as he has done in [4:10–14](../04/10.md)). He also asks the Colossians to extend greetings for him to other people that both he and the Colossians know. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Remember me to” or “Say hello for me to”
 COL	4	15	sc5g	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς…ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	The word **brothers** does not refer to only male people. Instead, it refers to both men and women who are part of the group of believers. If **brothers** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a word that does not refer to natural gender or you could use both male and female genders. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	4	15	zkp3	translate-names	Νύμφαν	1	in Laodicea	**Nympha** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	4	15	wyk3	figs-idiom	κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	Nympha, and the church that is in her house	The phrase **in her house** is a way to indicate that the church used Nympha’s house as their meeting place. If **in her house** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that gathers in her house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	16	zzq4	figs-explicit	ἀναγνωσθῇ…ἀναγνωσθῇ…ἀναγνῶτε	1	Nympha, and the church that is in her house	In this culture, letters sent to a group were normally read out loud by one person to everyone else in the group. The words that are translated by **read** in this verse refer to this practice. If you have a way to refer to this practice, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “has been heard … it is heard … hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	4	16	zvor	figs-activepassive	ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ’ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή…ἀναγνωσθῇ	1	Nympha, and the church that is in her house	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active forms by supplying an indefinite subject such as “person” or by expressing the idea with a different verb such as “hear.” Alternate translation: “you have heard this letter … they hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	4	16	zvor	figs-activepassive	ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ’ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή…ἀναγνωσθῇ	1	Nympha, and the church that is in her house	If your language does not use these passive forms, you can express the ideas in active forms by supplying an indefinite subject such as “person” or by expressing the idea with a different verb such as “hear.” Alternate translation: “you have heard this letter … they hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	4	16	q4sz	figs-explicit	ποιήσατε ἵνα καὶ ἐν τῇ Λαοδικαίων ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀναγνωσθῇ, καὶ τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικίας ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε	1	Nympha, and the church that is in her house	With these commands, Paul is asking the churches to exchange letters. He wants the Colossians to hear the letter he sent to Laodicea, and he wants the Laodiceans to hear the letter he sent to the Colossians. If you have a specific form to refer to sending and receiving letters, you could use it hear. Alternate translation: “send it off to Laodicea to be read in the church there, and request the letter I sent to them so that you can read it too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	16	q05z	figs-idiom	τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικίας	1	Nympha, and the church that is in her house	The phrase **the one from Laodicea** refers to a letter that Paul has already sent or is about to send to the church in Laodicea. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that clarifies that this is a letter from Paul, not one written to Paul. Alternate translation: “the letter I addressed to Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	17	z330		καὶ εἴπατε	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	In addition to asking the Colossians to greet others for him ([4:15](../04/15.md)), Paul also asks them to **say** something to Archippus. If you have a specific form in your language for instructions on relaying a message, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “And relay this message”
 COL	4	17	do70	translate-names	Ἀρχίππῳ	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	**Archippus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-COL	4	17	yy8s	figs-quotations	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The instruction from Paul to Archippus is written as a direct quote. If your language does not use this form, you could write it as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “that he must look to the ministry that he has received in the Lord, so that he may fulfill it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+COL	4	17	yy8s	figs-quotations	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The instruction from Paul to Archippus is written as a direct quote. If your language does not use this form, you can write it as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “that he must look to the ministry that he has received in the Lord, so that he may fulfill it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 COL	4	17	d39x	figs-yousingular	εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς.	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The words **Look**, **you have received**, and **you may fulfill** all refer to Archippus alone and are singular. However, the word **say** refers to the Colossians and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 COL	4	17	dy11	figs-metaphor	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Here Paul speaks as if Archippus’ **ministry** were something he can **look to**. By this, he means that he wants Archippus to focus on carrying out his ministry just as if it were something he could stare at. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Focus on the ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	17	dau6	figs-extrainfo	τὴν διακονίαν…παρέλαβες	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Paul does not clarify or even hint at what **the ministry** is or from whom Archippus **received** it. If it is possible, leave this information unclear in your translation. If you must include some extra information, you could clarify that “God” gave him the **ministry** of serving the church. Alternate translation: “the task of serving the church … God gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 COL	4	17	uble	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of Archippus with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord** or united to the Lord identifies the situation in which he **received** his **ministry**. He received this **ministry** when he was united to **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	17	ufdy	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The phrase **so that** introduces a goal or purpose. Here, it is the purpose for which Archippus should **look to** or stay focused on his ministry. Use a word or phrase that introduces the goal or purpose of a previous statement. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-COL	4	18	t5js		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	Paul concludes his letter by writing a final greeting to the Colossians. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “I ask to be remembered by my own hand” or “I say hello by my own hand”
+COL	4	18	t5js		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	Paul concludes his letter by writing a final greeting to the Colossians. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “I ask to be remembered by my own hand” or “I say hello by my own hand”
 COL	4	18	fqek	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	In this culture, it was normal for a scribe to write down what the author of the letter was saying. Paul here indicates that he himself is writing these last words. The phrase **by my own hand** means that it was his own hand that took up the pen and wrote. If your readers would misunderstand **by my own hand**, you could express the idea by using a comparable expression or include any extra information needed to make it clear. Alternate translation: “is in my handwriting” or “I write myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	18	sz0k	figs-123person	Παύλου	1	Remember my chains	Here Paul speaks of himself in the third person. He does this to sign his name to the letter, which shows that the letter is from Paul himself and carries his authority. If your language has a specific form for signing letters or documents, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I am Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	4	18	h3kx	figs-metonymy	μου τῶν δεσμῶν	1	Remember my chains	Paul speaks of his **chains**, by which he means his imprisonment. If **chains** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “that I am in jail” or “remember my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	18	w2vm	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Colossians. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness within you” or “I pray that you will have grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-COL	4	18	v7qw	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις μεθ’	1	Grace be with you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **Grace**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May God be gracious to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	4	18	v7qw	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις μεθ’	1	Grace be with you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **Grace**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May God be gracious to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
diff --git a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
index f32b526865..0d56703ade 100644
--- a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	1	ms5e	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here some words are omitted that a sentence would need in order to be complete in many languages. Alternate translation: “We are Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, writing to the church” (See rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 1TH	1	1	zivb	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Paul is understood to be the author of this letter. Silvanus and Timothy are with him as he writes and are in agreement with what he writes. If that might not be understood in your language, you could include this information in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, together with Silvanus and Timothy, write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	1	1	r7n0	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	The name **Silvanus** is a longer form of the name **Silas**, the form of the name used for this same man in the book of Acts. You could choose to use the shorter form here as well, or you could choose to use the longer form here and include a footnote explaining that they are forms of the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1TH	1	1	z7wu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	1	1	z7wu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	1	1	vlb3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		When **God** is called **Father** (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), it is meant to highlight his relationship to **Jesus** as “Son” (See [1:10](../01/10.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1TH	1	1	luw5	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace to you	This phrase is a common biblical blessing formula and greeting (See Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3; 2 Cor. 1:2; Gal. 1:3; Eph. 1:2; Phil. 1:2; Col. 1:2; 2 Th. 1:2; Philem. 1:3; 1 Pet. 1:2; 2 Pet. 1:2; Rev. 1:4). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May God give you his grace and peace” or “I pray that God shows you favor and keeps you safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1TH	1	1	qx70	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace to you	The words **grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
+1TH	1	1	qx70	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace to you	The words **grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 1TH	1	1	nn67	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Throughout this letter the word **you** is plural and refers to the church of Thessalonica, unless otherwise noted. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
 1TH	1	2	of3g	figs-infostructure	εὐχαριστοῦμεν…ποιούμενοι	1		In this verse Paul describes the apostles’ prayers for the Thessalonians in two clauses. The first clause is specific, that they **give thanks to God**, and the second is general, that they are **making mention** of them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the clauses, as done in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 1TH	1	2	o7cp	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε…μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν, ἀδιαλείπτως	1		Here the words **always** and **continually** are exaggerations that figuratively express the intensity and frequency of the prayers offered up to God by Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy for the Thessalonians. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We regularly give thanks to God for all of you, very often making mention of you in our prayers” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole)
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	5	ude4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	not in word only	The writers of this letter use a contrasting clause to emphasize the multi-faceted effect of the gospel. Alternate translation: “our gospel preaching did not come to you as only a simple message, but even accompanied with power and the Holy Spirit and full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	1	5	sm4j	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	not in word only	If it is clearer in your language, you could change this extended phrase to a simultaneous clause, framed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “our gospel message was completely validated: by our words, by a display of power, by the Holy Spirit, by your own full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 1TH	1	5	h675		ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit	This phrase could refer to: (1) the **Holy Spirit** who gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. (2) the **Holy Spirit** who caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect in the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit”
-1TH	1	5	t1w3	figs-abstractnouns	πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	in much assurance	Here, **assurance** is an abstract noun. If your language does not use the abstract noun **assurance**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gave you full confidence” or “the Holy Spirit fully convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	1	5	t1w3	figs-abstractnouns	πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	in much assurance	Here, **assurance** is an abstract noun. If your language does not use the abstract noun **assurance**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gave you full confidence” or “the Holy Spirit fully convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	1	5	wdr7		καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι	1		The phrase **just as you know what kind of men** is used by writers of this letter to validate the gospel message, by the example of their own conduct amongst the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “you even experienced for yourself what type of men” or “you are well aware how we behaved while”
 1TH	1	6	cs49	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	you became imitators	If your language would not use a noun for the idea behind **imitators**, you could translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “And all of you mimicked us and the Lord” or “And all of you copied us and the Lord” or “And all of you behaved like us and the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 1TH	1	6	kgjr		ὑμεῖς	1	you became imitators	The word translated **you** is in a position that gives it special emphasis as a new topic. Use a natural way in your language to show that Paul is now going to talk about the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “on your part, you” or “you yourselves”
@@ -75,18 +75,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	1	gpr4	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε	1	you yourselves know	The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles’ previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	2	1	tdl3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	1	r14z	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	2	1	nwlt	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	2	1	nwlt	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	1	g6qq	figs-exclusive	τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν…ὅτι	1	our coming	Here, **our** is exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy–but not to the Thessalonian church (See [1:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “when we apostles came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	2	1	w584	figs-litotes	οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν	1	has not been in vain	Here, **has not been in vain** is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “has proved quite beneficial” or “has definitely been worthwhile” or “has been very useful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TH	2	1	w584	figs-litotes	οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν	1	has not been in vain	Here, **has not been in vain** is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “has proved quite beneficial” or “has definitely been worthwhile” or “has been very useful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	2	2	h9s8	writing-background		0		This verse provides background information about what happened when Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy were in the city of Philippi (See Acts 16-17:1-10; [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	2	2	w0qu	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις ἐπαρρησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν	1		**But** begins a contrasting clause emphasizing that the coming of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy was **not in vain** [2:1](../02/01.md). The phrase **we were bold** is an emphatic contrast to the normal response one would expect from suffering. Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are able to respond this way because their boldness comes from God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However … God made us confident in how powerful he is” or “Instead … God encouraged us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	2	clqq	figs-infostructure	ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις	1		Here, **just as you know** is meant to emphasize how well the Thessalonian church understands the apostles’ suffering. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But, as you are well aware that we already suffered and were badly insulted at Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1TH	2	2	fac4	figs-doublet	προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered violently” or “since we already suffered being shamefully abused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	2	2	fac4	figs-doublet	προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered violently” or “since we already suffered being shamefully abused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	2	2	daei	figs-possession	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This possessive phrase, **the gospel of God**, expresses how **gospel** relates to **God**. It can refer to three main ideas: (1) possession. Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (2) source. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (3) association. “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	2	2	v4dg	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι	1	in much struggle	Here, **in much struggle** can also refer to a spiritual contest or game. If your language does not use the abstract noun **struggle**, for this idea, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “although we struggled hard” or “despite how much we agonized” or “during the time we contested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	2	2	v4dg	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι	1	in much struggle	Here, **in much struggle** can also refer to a spiritual contest or game. If your language does not use the abstract noun **struggle**, for this idea, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “although we struggled hard” or “despite how much we agonized” or “during the time we contested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	3	hl9c	figs-litany	ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ	1		Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases to describe why Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy had boldness to speak. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This list of phrases also defends how their message was “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
-1TH	2	3	xg1c	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract nouns **exhortation**, **error**, **impurity**, and **deceit**, you could express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	2	3	t7ty	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ	1	was not from error, nor from impurity, nor in deceit	Paul uses this list of figures of speech that express a strong positive meaning by using a negative words together with words that are the opposite of the intended meaning. Here this list highlights the sincere motive and true content of the **exhortation** Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy shared with the Thessalonian church. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “was from honest, pure, sincere motives” or “was made properly, purely, and sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TH	2	3	xg1c	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract nouns **exhortation**, **error**, **impurity**, and **deceit**, you can express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	2	3	t7ty	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ	1	was not from error, nor from impurity, nor in deceit	Paul uses this list of figures of speech that express a strong positive meaning by using a negative words together with words that are the opposite of the intended meaning. Here this list highlights the sincere motive and true content of the **exhortation** Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy shared with the Thessalonian church. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “was from honest, pure, sincere motives” or “was made properly, purely, and sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	2	4	is1a	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ καθὼς	1	we have been approved by God to be entrusted	Here, **but just as** is meant to contrast the negative items in [2:3](../02/03.md), and reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are authorized to preach the gospel. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “it is actually true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	4	lfv7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ καθὼς δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1		Here, **to be entrusted** expresses the result of **been examined**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “certainly, God trusts us to proclaim the gospel because he tested and approved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	2	4	ue4y	figs-explicit	δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1		The combination of these two verbs, **examined** and **entrusted**, are meant to emphasize how the apostles are authorized to preach the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has verified that we can be trusted to proclaim his good news” or “we have passed God’s test as faithful preachers of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -101,19 +101,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	5	qqia	figs-ellipsis	(Θεὸς μάρτυς)	1		In the phrase **God {is} witness**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “God is our witness!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	2	5	lfym	figs-metaphor	(Θεὸς μάρτυς)	1		The apostles are appealing to God to validate their gospel message and personal motives. They figuratively speak as if they are summoning God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	6	j6c4	figs-synecdoche	οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων	1		Here Paul refers figuratively to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human being–not you or anyone else–” or “We were not hoping for any human honors from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1TH	2	6	afcc	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν	1		If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	2	6	afcc	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν	1		If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	7	u7y2	figs-hypo	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι	1		With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christ’s apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1TH	2	7	a75z	figs-metaphor	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	7	bslq	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	7	y3bi	figs-metaphor	ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν	1		Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	7	bnp2	figs-idiom	ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν	1		Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	7	ag1l	figs-simile	ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα	1	as if a mother might comfort her own children	The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1TH	2	8	r8b4	figs-abstractnouns	οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν	1	Having affection for you in this manner	If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	2	8	r8b4	figs-abstractnouns	οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν	1	Having affection for you in this manner	If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	8	q86v	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς	1	we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls	Paul uses **our own souls** to speak figuratively of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	9	v837	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		Here the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	9	exw6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	2	9	tc98	figs-doublet	τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον	1	our labor and toil	Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	2	9	ilj2	figs-distinguish	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1		This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “although working night and day” or “despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	2	9	tc98	figs-doublet	τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον	1	our labor and toil	Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	2	9	ilj2	figs-distinguish	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1		This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “although working night and day” or “despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	2	9	ylkl	figs-idiom	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1		Here, **night and day working** is an idiom for excessive labor. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we stayed busy working” or “we never stopped laboring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	9	kedf	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack (See note at [2:7](../02/07.md)). Alternative translation, “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	9	tw00	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πρὸς τὸ μὴ	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why the apostles worked so much. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	12	afop	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthy of God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	2	12	go6b	figs-possession	εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe how God’s people should live. Use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” or “to live in a way that God honors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	2	12	udek	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν	1		Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	2	12	v9ph	figs-distinguish	τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase gives us further information about God and describes what he is doing through the apostles’ teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	2	12	v9ph	figs-distinguish	τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase gives us further information about God and describes what he is doing through the apostles’ teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	2	12	b0by	figs-parallelism	τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **who is calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles’ **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with God’s **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	2	12	vbd2	figs-hendiadys	εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν	1		This phrase, **into his own kingdom and glory**, expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **glory** describes what the **kingdom** is like. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	2	13	au3b	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως	1	General Information:	The phrase **And because of this** indicates that what follows are the reasons why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian church. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, as in the UST, to make this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	2	13	zja7	figs-hyperbole	καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως	1		This phrase uses exaggeration to emphasize the apostles’ gratitude (See also [1:2](../01/02.md)). Here, **constantly** does not mean “every moment.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows intense gratitude. Alternate translation: “We ourselves habitually thank” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	2	13	ruy0		ἡμεῖς	1		Here Paul uses the word **we** to emphasize how thankful the apostles are. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we personally” or “we ourselves”
-1TH	2	13	ei3j	figs-distinguish	ὅτι παραλαβόντες λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ’ ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐδέξασθε	1	General Information:	This clause explains why the apostles are thankful. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	2	13	ei3j	figs-distinguish	ὅτι παραλαβόντες λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ’ ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐδέξασθε	1	General Information:	This clause explains why the apostles are thankful. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	2	13	i39s	figs-events	ὅτι παραλαβόντες λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ’ ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐδέξασθε	1	General Information:	Paul is stressing that it is **the word of God** that the apostles reported. This is why he first mentions that the Thessalonians **received the word of God** before mentioning that they **heard** it. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “that when we told you God’s message, you heard it, and then you accepted it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 1TH	2	13	dr6q	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, **that** marks the reasons in [2:13-14](../02/13.md) for why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why people should do things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	2	13	zj5f	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν	1	not as the word of man	Paul uses this contrasting clause to strongly negate the idea that the apostles’ message is of human origin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing an emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but in fact what it really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	14	xopt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the proof of how God’s message is working among the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “Because” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	14	cj05	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	14	ij9j		μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1		Here, **imitators** is a noun that can be translated with a verb (See [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “mimicked the churches” or “imitated the churches” or “copied the behavior of the churches”
-1TH	2	14	g0t5	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	14	g0t5	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	15	a6xd	writing-background	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		This is the specific content of the background information about the Jewish persecution of Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	2	15	pgzz	figs-merism	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		The whole history of the persecution of God’s people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1TH	2	15	ucaz	figs-events	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		This list of those persecuted by the Jews is not chronological, but emphasizes the order of importance and intensity of persecution. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “who have killed the prophets, then the Lord Jesus, and finally persecuted us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
@@ -158,21 +158,21 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	15	u6ko	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Paul speaks figuratively about **all men** to refer to “all people types” or “the whole human race.” Here, **all men** refers to two parts of humanity represented by Jews (See [2:14](../02/14.md)) and Gentiles (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to all people types” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	2	15	ywwr	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **to all men** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to express his emotions about the hostile Jews. Paul does not mean that the Jews are hostile to every individual human being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this emphasis. Alternate translation: “toward all of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	2	15	vfyv	figs-gendernotations	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “to all humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	2	16	u012	figs-distinguish	κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι, ἵνα σωθῶσιν	1		This clause gives further information for why the Gentiles are “not pleasing to God and {are} hostile to all men” (See [2:15](../02/15.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	2	16	u012	figs-distinguish	κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι, ἵνα σωθῶσιν	1		This clause gives further information for why the Gentiles are “not pleasing to God and {are} hostile to all men” (See [2:15](../02/15.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	2	16	o0vb	figs-genericnoun	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Here, **Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1TH	2	16	r5fi	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα σωθῶσιν	1		This purpose clause gives the reason why the Jews are trying to prevent the apostles from preaching the gospel to the Gentiles. Here, **to speak** expresses the way the Gentiles **might be saved.** This clause could refer to: (1) the Jews purposely trying to keep the Gentiles from salvation. Alternate translation: “to hinder the Gentiles from being saved” (2) how the speaking is for the purpose of saving the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “in order that the Gentiles can be saved” or “for the purpose of saving the nations” The clause could also refer to both ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	2	16	n2ue	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε	1	to always fill up their own sins	Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews’ sins as if they fill a container. He means that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape God’s **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to always fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	16	z5fr	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε	1		This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	2	16	jzjj	figs-pastforfuture	ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος.	1		Paul is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. This phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md)) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 1TH	2	16	fq9m	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	wrath has come upon them in the end	Paul uses **But** to indicate that what follows is important. Here, **But** could refer to: (1) certainty. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “In fact” (2) contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	2	16	uwuq	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ	1	wrath has come upon them in the end	If your language does not use the abstract noun **the wrath**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	2	16	uwuq	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ	1	wrath has come upon them in the end	If your language does not use the abstract noun **the wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	17	edb1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἡμεῖς δέ, ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	The phrase **But we, brothers** expresses that this is a contrasting phrase that switches the attention back to the apostles’ relationship with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	17	m5sf	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	17	yhhy	figs-explicit	ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ’ ὑμῶν	1		Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **having been separated from you** can also mean “having been orphaned from you,” Paul may be revisiting the idea where the apostles affectionately compare themselves to “little children” in [2:7](../02/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since we have been apart from you, we feel like orphans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	2	17	lmpu	figs-idiom	πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας	1		Here, **for the time of an hour** is an idiom that indicates a short time span. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for short time” or “for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	17	vr7v	figs-metonymy	προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ	1	by face, not in heart	Here, **face** represents the person or physical presence, and **heart** represents the apostles’ concerns, feelings, and affections. Though the apostles were not physically present in Thessalonica, they continued to care about and show concern for their relationship with the church there. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “by distance, not in feeling” or “in person, not in affection” or “in presence, not in concern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	2	17	yxzu	figs-parallelism	τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ	1	to see your faces	Here, **to see your faces, in much desire** means the same thing as **by face, not in heart**. Paul says the same thing twice in slightly different ways to show how much the apostles desire to visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	2	17	jgi2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ	1	to see your faces	If your language does not use the abstract noun **desire**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. It can also be translated as an active phrase. Alternate translation: “for which we long passionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	2	17	jgi2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ	1	to see your faces	If your language does not use the abstract noun **desire**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. It can also be translated as an active phrase. Alternate translation: “for which we long passionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	17	ot1s	figs-idiom	τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν	1	to see your faces	The phrase **to see your faces** is an idiom meaning **to visit**. Here, it expresses the apostles’ strong desire to personally visit and share spiritual intimacy with the Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend quality time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	18	zlny	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διότι	1	to see your faces	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is background information for why Paul had not yet visited. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	18	pnw3	figs-go	ἐλθεῖν	1	to see your faces	Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “to go” or “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	1	n47x	figs-explicit	ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι	1	we thought it good to be left behind at Athens alone	Here, **we** and **alone** refer to Paul and Silvanus (and perhaps Timothy), since in [3:2](../03/02.md) it says, “we sent Timothy.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Silas and I thought it was good idea to remain alone in Athens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	3	2	q1f7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	our brother and a servant	What follows the word **and** here is in contrast to Paul and Silvanus staying behind at Athens. Instead, they sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “even though this was true,” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	3	2	vsoo	figs-exclusive	ἐπέμψαμεν…ἡμῶν	1	our brother and a servant	When Paul says **we** and **our**, he is exclusively speaking of himself and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	3	2	d8yy	figs-distinguish	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	This phrase gives us further information about Timothy. It is meant to clarify that he is authorized by the apostles and God himself. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and we sent Timothy, who is our fellow worker and an authorized servant of God” or “and we sent Timothy. He is our assistant and God’s authorized servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	3	2	d8yy	figs-distinguish	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	This phrase gives us further information about Timothy. It is meant to clarify that he is authorized by the apostles and God himself. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and we sent Timothy, who is our fellow worker and an authorized servant of God” or “and we sent Timothy. He is our assistant and God’s authorized servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	3	2	yyio	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	2	lkvo	figs-possession	καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, **servant of God** could refer to: (1) a servant in general. Alternate translation: “and a minister of God” or “and assistant to God” (2) office of deacon. Alternate translation: “and a deacon of God” or “who also serves God as a deacon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	3	2	dsnc		ἐν	1	our brother and a servant	The preposition **in** could refer to: (1) Timothy’s association with the gospel. Alternate translation: “associated with” or “partnering in” (2) the cause of the gospel. Alternate translation: “for the cause of” or “for the sake of” (3) the means of the gospel. Alternate translation: “through” or “by means of”
 1TH	3	2	pqif	figs-possession	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Paul is most likely using the possessive form to refer to **the gospel** that is “about” **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with “about.” Alternate translation: “about Christ” or “concerning Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	3	2	x4vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλέσαι	1	our brother and a servant	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he and Silvanus sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would be confirmed and consoled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	3	3	u7vo	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ταύταις	1	no one be disturbed	If your language does not use the abstract noun **afflictions**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “so that when you are distressed, it would not make anyone waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	3	u7vo	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ταύταις	1	no one be disturbed	If your language does not use the abstract noun **afflictions**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “so that when you are distressed, it would not make anyone waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	3	o4w8	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι	1	no one be disturbed	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for sending Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that no one would waver” or “for the purpose of keeping anyone from being deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	3	3	v8q7	figs-nominaladj	τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι	1	no one be disturbed	Paul is using the adjective **no one** as a noun in order to describe the Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “so that no person wavers” or “in order that none of you are deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	3	3	t0vs	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε	1	no one be disturbed	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize what the apostles had previously told them about **afflictions**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact, you know for yourselves” or “Certainly, you are well aware of the fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	6	esxw	grammar-connect-time-background		0	Connecting Statement:	In [3:6](../03/06.md) Paul describes Timothy’s current report about the Thessalonian church. Paul provides this background information to help his readers understand how comforted he is (See [3:7](../03/07.md)).Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 1TH	3	6	r4pa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρτι δὲ ἐλθόντος Τιμοθέου πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀφ’ ὑμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **But just now** brings Paul’s narrative into the present time. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “But Timothy recently returned to us from visiting you” or “But now, Timothy is back to us from his visit with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	3	6	gci4	figs-exclusive	πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	to us	This is an exclusive use of **us**, referring to Paul and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	3	6	tu8d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν	1	of your faith	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **faith** and **love**, you could express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “that you remain faithful to God and love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	6	tu8d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν	1	of your faith	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **faith** and **love**, you can express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “that you remain faithful to God and love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	6	fu8h	figs-hendiadys	τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν	1	of your faith	This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **faith** could describe **love**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your faithful love” or “your faithful love toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	3	6	tf95	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε, ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν	1	you always have good memories	This phrase could indicate a result clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and you constantly desire to visit with us, because you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	3	6	e6kx	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε	1	you always have good memories	If your language does not use the abstract noun **memories**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “and how you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	6	e6kx	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε	1	you always have good memories	If your language does not use the abstract noun **memories**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “and how you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	7	dpij	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο παρεκλήθημεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ’ ὑμῖν	1	brothers	This phrase is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of the Timothy’s good news in [3:6](../03/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers in Christ, as a result of Timothy’s good news about you, God consoled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	7	csz7	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	in all our distress and affliction	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **distress** describes the **affliction**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Here this phrase emphasizes how much and how intensely the apostles were persecuted. Alternate translation: “in all our abusive affliction” or “in all our violent suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	3	7	e96u	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	in all our distress and affliction	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **distress** and **affliction**, you could express them in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) the time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) the place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	7	e96u	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	in all our distress and affliction	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **distress** and **affliction**, you can express them in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) the time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) the place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	8	utk3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus, we are now refreshed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	8	y1vb	figs-hyperbole	ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν	1	we live	Here, **For now we live** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how thankful he is that the Thessalonians **stand firm** in the Christian faith (See [3:7](../03/07.md)). Paul is not trying to say that he was dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows thankfulness. Alternate translation (replace the comma): “O how we are now refreshed!” or “O how we now feel alive!” or “Certainly now we thrive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	3	8	x4zn	figs-idiom	ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Here, the term **stand firm** is an idiom meaning “remain faithful.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when you remain faithful to the Lord” or “if you continue unwavering in your relationship with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -250,27 +250,27 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	10	k71n	figs-hyperbole	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι	1	earnestly	This emphatic phrase is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how much and often the apostles pray for the Thessalonian church. Paul does not mean to say he never does anything else except pray. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we never stop intensely pleading” or “we continually and fervently pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	3	10	eb26	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to see your face	Here, the phrase **to see your face** is an idiom meaning “visit.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	3	10	s0xz	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to see your face	Paul refers figuratively to **your face** to mean the whole Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1TH	3	10	e5fh	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	to see your face	If your language does not use the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	10	e5fh	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	to see your face	If your language does not use the abstract noun **faith**, you can express the idea behind it in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	11	tet9	translate-blessing	δὲ…κατευθύναι	1	General Information:	Here the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that … would guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1TH	3	11	f3wh	figs-hendiadys	ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
 1TH	3	11	mc2m	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may our God and Father … direct	Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	3	11	bql9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	3	11	um1c	figs-metaphor	κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.	1	may … direct our way to you	Paul speaks figuratively about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “quickly bring us to you” or “direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	3	12	f4ma	figs-doublet	ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	3	12	f4ma	figs-doublet	ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	12	o80n	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “in the way you love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	12	ofl2	figs-merism	εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be speaking figuratively, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1TH	3	12	gyy3	figs-nominaladj	εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. It could refer to: (1) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity” (2) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	3	12	dm6c		καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way that we love you”
-1TH	3	13	ms8t	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you could express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	13	ms8t	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	13	ly21	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	Paul speaks figuratively of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	13	taws	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian church’s love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	3	13	jev8	figs-doublet	ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	3	13	jev8	figs-doublet	ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	13	p12j	figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This phrase is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	3	13	vnsi	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This is a reference to Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). Here it is implied that these **saints** are all those who are **blameless in holiness** and who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	3	13	ytqg	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **at the coming of the Lord Jesus** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19; 4:15](../02/19.md)) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	4	intro	b1z5			0		# 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
 1TH	4	1	vtas	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λοιπὸν οὖν	1	brothers	Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	1	u2lw	figs-doublet	ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν	1	we beg and exhort you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	4	1	u2lw	figs-doublet	ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν	1	we beg and exhort you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	p4db	figs-metaphor	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	ckii	figs-hendiadys	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε)	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -279,38 +279,38 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	2	dg4p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “The reason we beg and exhort you is because you realize that when we gave commands, it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	2	ebjm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	3	ycsw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν,	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you could express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	3	ycsw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν,	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	3	lit4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	3	vnp0	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1TH	4	3	mw4j		τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν	1	For this is the will of God, your sanctification	Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of a topic.
-1TH	4	3	lgac	figs-distinguish	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	This phrase gives us further information about what is meant by **sanctification**. Paul is defining the **sanctification** God wants for his people by forbidding **sexually immorality**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	3	lgac	figs-distinguish	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	This phrase gives us further information about what is meant by **sanctification**. Paul is defining the **sanctification** God wants for his people by forbidding **sexually immorality**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	3	lhxi	figs-imperative	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/03.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “you yourselves must refrain” or “you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	4	4	u98k	figs-distinguish	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	4	u98k	figs-distinguish	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	4	vhbp	figs-euphemism	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ,	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here, **to know to possess** refers to sexual intimacy. This is a polite way of referring to something private. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God desires that you treat your wives’ bodies like they belong to God and to honor them” or “each of you men must use your own body for God’s holy and honorable purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1TH	4	4	fk6n	figs-nominaladj	ἕκαστον	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the adjective **each** as a noun in order to describe a group of men. Here it specifically is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “each and every man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	4	4	f4ux	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	4	arkf	figs-possession	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the possessive form **his own** to express ownership. Use a natural way in your language to express ownership. Alternate translation: “the wife that belongs to you” or “your very own wife” or “the body that belongs to you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	4	4	ihqe	figs-hendiadys	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **honor** tells how a husband or man must live in **sanctification**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “by honorably setting it apart for God’s purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	4	5	utvd	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	5	utvd	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	5	y9g2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **not in the passion of lust** contrasts with the previous phrase “in holiness and honor” (See: [4:4](../04/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	4	5	vjej	figs-possession	πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	Paul is using the possessive phrase **of lust** to describe **passion**. This genitive phrase could refer to: 1) passion characterized by lust. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” 2) the source of the passion. Alternate translation: “passion that comes from lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	4	5	nrmz	figs-distinguish	καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	This phrase gives us further information about the those who live **in the passion of lust**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “like the nations who remain ignorant of God act” or “exactly like all the people who have no relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	5	nrmz	figs-distinguish	καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	This phrase gives us further information about the those who live **in the passion of lust**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “like the nations who remain ignorant of God act” or “exactly like all the people who have no relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	5	tz8o	figs-genericnoun	τὰ ἔθνη	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **the Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase (See your translation at [2:16](../02/16.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1TH	4	5	w03g	figs-distinguish	τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **who do not know God** is meant to give further information about the **Gentiles**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who have no relationship with God” or “who remain ignorant of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	5	w03g	figs-distinguish	τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **who do not know God** is meant to give further information about the **Gentiles**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who have no relationship with God” or “who remain ignorant of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	6	wmb6	figs-hendiadys	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exploit** describes **transgress** . If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “exploits by transgressing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	4	6	ho6h	figs-metaphor	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks figuratively about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	6	ckez	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord is an avenger	Here, **in this matter** could be speaking figuratively of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	6	q7bf	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	the Lord is an avenger	This clause gives the final result for those who live “in the passion of lust” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express result. This could refer to: 1) all the matters spoken of in [4:3-6](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus will avenge all these things” 2) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord Jesus will punish all those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	6	d1ip	writing-background	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	Paul provides this background information about what the apostles said in an earlier visit (See in [2:10-12](../02/10.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This will happen just as we already told you and solemnly testified to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-1TH	4	6	ix4p	figs-doublet	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	4	7	qx6y	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **uncleanness** and **sanctification**, you could express the ideas behind them in other ways. Alternate translation: “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” or “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	4	7	v3np	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Certainly God summons us to live purely and act holy” or “Indeed, God calls us to be pure and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TH	4	6	ix4p	figs-doublet	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	4	7	qx6y	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **uncleanness** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in other ways. Alternate translation: “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” or “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	7	v3np	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Certainly God summons us to live purely and act holy” or “Indeed, God calls us to be pure and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	4	7	q4tj	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	God did not call us	Here, **us** is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian church, and by extension, to all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “us believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	4	7	qli0	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us	What follows the word **but** is in contrast to **uncleanness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	4	8	mn5y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοιγαροῦν	1	the one rejecting this	This emphatic connecting word is meant to mark the end of this section prohibiting sexual immorality. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “So then” or “As you can be absolutely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	8	gzz8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ ἀθετῶν…ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα	1	rejecting this rejects not man, but God	Here God’s constant giving of the **Holy Spirit** is contrasted with the person who constantly **rejects** the apostolic teaching. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “he who continues to reject … but actually God himself, who continues to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	4	9	uxn8	figs-explicit	περὶ δὲ τῆς φιλαδελφίας	1	brotherly love	This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, related to your question about how to love fellow believers in Christ” or “Now, about your question referring to Christian relationships” or “Now, about your question related to Christian friendships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	9	rpmn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς φιλαδελφίας	1	brotherly love	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **brotherly love**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “how to affectionately care for fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	9	rpmn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς φιλαδελφίας	1	brotherly love	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **brotherly love**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “how to affectionately care for fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	9	sgen	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν, αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους	1	brotherly love	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because God himself teaches you that you should love each other, you do not need us to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	9	l1n7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν	1	brotherly love	Here, **no need** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how successfully the Thessalonian church is practicing Christian love. Paul knows that they still have things to learn about loving fellow believers in Christ. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we feel no need to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	4	9	fyqe	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν	1	brotherly love	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **for us** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -333,13 +333,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	12	k59r	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω	1	before those outside	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	12	nait	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε	1	before those outside	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and so that you would not need anything” or “and then you could be self-sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	13	vi2y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** is a connecting word that signals the beginning of an extended section in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md) about the Second Coming of Christ (See chapter and book introduction)(See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7-10; 2:3-12). If our language has a special section marker, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	13	lan8	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	General Information:	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “We want you to know for certain” or “Now we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TH	4	13	lan8	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	General Information:	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “We want you to know for certain” or “Now we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	4	13	qt5b	figs-explicit	περὶ	1	you may not grieve	Here, **concerning** implies that the apostles are answering another specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as it relates to your question about” or “concerning your question about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	4	13	j68e	figs-euphemism	τῶν κοιμωμένων	1	General Information:	Here, **those who are asleep** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:16–17](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1TH	4	13	ocjp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε	1	brothers	Here, **so that you may not grieve** is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he does not want the Thessalonian church to remain ignorant about the destiny of their loved ones **who are asleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would not sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	4	13	r9f8	figs-nominaladj	καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Paul is using the adjective phrase **the rest** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like the rest of people” or “in the same way as the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	4	13	f9eq	figs-explicit	οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Here Paul assumes that his readers will know that **hope** refers to salvation at the final resurrection (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)). Previously **hope** was associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	13	puvg	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	If your language does not use the abstract noun **hope**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “who are not confident of life after death” “who are not sure about life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	13	puvg	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	If your language does not use the abstract noun **hope**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “who are not confident of life after death” “who are not sure about life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	14	j09o	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη	1	if we believe	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he actually means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think what the apostles are saying is not certain, then you can translate their words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “As we certainly believe that Jesus died and resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1TH	4	14	hmw4	figs-explicit	πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη	1	if we believe	Here it is assumed that the Thessalonian church knows the apostolic teaching that **Jesus died and rose again**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we apostles trust―as you already know―that Jesus died and rose again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	4	14	ybz6	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν	1	if we believe	Although **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [4:11](../04/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. Here, it mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	15	ni3m	figs-metonymy	ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	The phrase **the word of the Lord** figuratively refers to “the whole message of the Lord’s gospel.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Here, **word** could refer to: (1) the authority of the message. Alternate translation: “because the Lord Jesus authorized our message” (2) the means of the message. Alternate translation: “with a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	4	15	gbe1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	Κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς	1	by the word of the Lord	Here, **that** indicates that the rest of the verse is the content of **the word of the Lord**. You could indicate this by changing the punctuation or some other natural way in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord: we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	15	fdwk	figs-exclusive	λέγομεν…ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	by the word of the Lord	When Paul says **we say**, he is speaking of himself, Silvanus, and Timothy, so **we** would be exclusive. However, when Paul says **we who are alive**, since he seems to be referring to all Christians, **we who are alive** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles say … all of us believers in Christ who are still alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	4	15	hdlr	figs-distinguish	οἱ περιλειπόμενοι	1	by the word of the Lord	This phrase gives us further information about **we who are alive**. It is not making a distinction between **who are left behind** and **we who are alive**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and survive” or “and remain here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	15	hdlr	figs-distinguish	οἱ περιλειπόμενοι	1	by the word of the Lord	This phrase gives us further information about **we who are alive**. It is not making a distinction between **who are left behind** and **we who are alive**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and survive” or “and remain here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	15	b786	figs-idiom	εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	at the coming of the Lord	Here, **coming of the Lord** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “until the Lord Jesus returns” or “for the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	4	15	xd2y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας	1	by the word of the Lord	Here, the phrase translated **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never.” If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement as in the UST. Alternate translation: “will never precede those who are dead” or “are not permitted to come before those who have already died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TH	4	16	ah7p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	the Lord himself … will descend	Here, **For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	16	pjrh	figs-parallelism	καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον	1	the Lord himself … will descend	The first main verb **descend** is listed after the events that describe it. This is to show contrast with the second verb **rise**. After the **Lord** Jesus comes down from **heaven**, the **dead** Christians will resurrect from the earth. Paul makes two opposite statements, in similar ways, to emphasis the dramatic nature of the Lord’s Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “will come down from heaven, but the first to resurrect from the earth will be the dead people who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	4	16	k7sg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	the Lord himself … will descend	The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “and then after that,” or “and afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1TH	4	16	dr89	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that **the dead** are the same as “those who are asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated “fallen asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	16	xrxu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Here Paul speaks figuratively about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	16	xrxu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Here Paul speaks figuratively about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	17	iy00	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔπειτα	1	we who are alive	Here, **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1TH	4	17	l5l1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	we who are alive	Though **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section implies that all Christians are in view, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ who remain alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	4	17	otiq	writing-pronouns	ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	we who are alive	Here, Paul refers to “the dead in Christ” (See [4:16](../04/16.md)) as **them**. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “together with the dead in Christ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	4	elp9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	so that the day might overtake you like a thief	This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people such as those surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	4	otz2	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἡμέρα	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	4	ywez	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	5	ddce	figs-doublet	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	5	5	ddce	figs-doublet	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	5	5	zp3z	figs-metaphor	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	5	ilv4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church will escape God’s judgment on “the **day** of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	5	cxo9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες…ὑμεῖς…ἐστε	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the whole Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you Thessalonians are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	6	q33e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	we might not sleep	Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or “Rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	6	sdww	figs-metaphor	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are watch guards. He means that they should be aware and be prepared for the Lord’s return by living as God’s people should live. If your readers would not understand what it means to **keep watch** or **be sober** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	6	osxu	figs-hendiadys	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	5	7	fxca	figs-parallelism	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	7	fxca	figs-parallelism	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	7	oyjo	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should “not sleep” or be unprepared for the Lord’s return (See [5:6](../05/06.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	7	s253	figs-metaphor	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks figuratively as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	7	exa8	figs-metaphor	οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night	Paul speaks figuratively as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -419,24 +419,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	8	iv63	figs-imperative	ἡμεῖς…νήφωμεν	1	we, being of the day	Here, **should stay sober** could refer to: (1) a command. Alternate translation: “we … must stay sober” (2) an appeal. Alternate translation: “let us … stay sober” (See your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	8	jqqo	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες	1	we, being of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	9	h5y2	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	5	9	h5y2	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	5	9	lrx6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	8	l89q	figs-possession	πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	9	erz5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς…εἰς	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **to … to** introduces two purpose clauses. Paul is stating the purpose or goal for which God **appointed** the two types of people described in [5:3–8](../05/03.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	5	9	qmo5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to **wrath**. Here Paul emphasizes that God’s true people will not experience his final punishment. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “but instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	9	qfcf	figs-possession	εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to God’s people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	5	10	arhm	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **the one who died for us** gives us further information about what “salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ” is (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Paul means that God gives the guarantee that Christians will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who died on our behalf” or “who died for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	5	10	arhm	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **the one who died for us** gives us further information about what “salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ” is (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Paul means that God gives the guarantee that Christians will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who died on our behalf” or “who died for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	5	10	dzq0	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα…ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating why Jesus **died for us**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that … we could live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	5	10	w59c	figs-metaphor	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	11	r921	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	build up one the other	Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christ’s return in [4:14–18](../04/14.md) by again using the same phrase, **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	11	o85i	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε	1	build up one the other	**Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains how the Thessalonian church should respond to the fact that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	11	m2c9	figs-doublet	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	5	11	m2c9	figs-doublet	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	5	11	hepx	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	These verbs are imperatives but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-idiom	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	11	kdae	figs-idiom	εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	Here, the term **one the one** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	11	sfv4		καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Here Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also you are doing** to encourage the Thessalonian church to continue their practice of mutually supporting each other. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as you have been doing”
 1TH	5	12	pd47	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** indicates that what follows is the final section of instructions from the apostles. Alternate translation: “Lastly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	5	12	fqh3	figs-distinguish	τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς	1	leading you in the Lord	This clause expresses different functions for the same group of leaders. It is not making a distinction between **those who are laboring among you** and **leading you** and **admonishing you**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “your leaders who are working among you and guiding you in the Lord and training you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	5	12	fqh3	figs-distinguish	τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς	1	leading you in the Lord	This clause expresses different functions for the same group of leaders. It is not making a distinction between **those who are laboring among you** and **leading you** and **admonishing you**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “your leaders who are working among you and guiding you in the Lord and training you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	5	12	f4jv	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	leading you in the Lord	Paul speaks figuratively as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	13	jq0o	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because of their work on your behalf, we also ask you to lovingly show them the utmost consideration” or “and since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	13	p6m4	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks figuratively as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -458,10 +458,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	18	q7gn	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε; τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, **for** begins a reason clause. Paul is telling the Thessalonian church the reason why they should “rejoice,” “pray,” and **give thanks** in [5:16–18](../05/16.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Give thanks in everything, because all these things are what God desires for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “Because this is God’s will for you who are united to Christ Jesus, you must give thanks in everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	18	l3sk	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ	1	for this is the will of God	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that could refer to: (1) all the commands in [5:14-18](../05/14.md) Alternate translation: “because all these things are what God desires” (2) **give thanks**. Alternate translation: “for in fact, this is God’s will” or “for certainly, this thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1TH	5	18	yu36	figs-ellipsis	τοῦτο	1	for this is the will of God	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	5	18	sw8b	figs-abstractnouns	θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you could express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	5	18	mbz1	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	18	sw8b	figs-abstractnouns	θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you can express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	5	18	mbz1	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	19	j1ei	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul speaks figuratively of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	19	sv8r	figs-litotes	μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TH	5	19	sv8r	figs-litotes	μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	iv1n	figs-litotes	μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Readily accept” or “Cherish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	rrza	figs-parallelism	προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	The two phrases in [5:19–20](../05/19.md) could refer to the same thing. Paul could be saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to correct how the Thessalonian church viewed prophecy. He means that the Holy Spirit is the source of true prophecy (See [2 Peter 1:21](2pet/01/21.md)), so they should not “quench the Spirit” by rejecting all prophecies. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Do not continue to despise prophetic messages from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	21	ihzh	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	This could mean: (1) Paul is beginning a general list of things that the Thessalonians should **Test** and **Hold fast** if they are **good**. (2) Paul is continuing to refer to the prophesies in the previous verse, and he wants the Thessalonians to **Test** those and **Hold fast** to the prophesies that are truly from God.
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	21	jska	figs-ellipsis	τὸ καλὸν	1	Test all things	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	5	22	z9k0	figs-personification	παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ	1	Test all things	Here, **evil** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	5	23	mqi7	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer (See also [3:11–13](../03/11.md)). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that God himself, who gives peace, would sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1TH	5	23	ozyh	figs-parallelism	ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how much he wants God to preserve the Thessalonian church as his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” or “may … completely preserve each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	23	ozyh	figs-parallelism	ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how much he wants God to preserve the Thessalonian church as his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” or “may … completely preserve each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	23	sbxc	figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here Paul uses the possessive form **the God of peace**, which is a title for God found in the New Testament (See Romans 15:33; 16:20; Philippians 4:9; Hebrews 13:20). If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. In this context, **the God of peace** could refer to: (1) who God is. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” (2) what God does. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (3) Both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	23	nb1x	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Paul uses the word **himself** to emphasize the urgency of the apostles’ prayer or blessing by drawing attention to **God**, who is the only one who can sanctify and keep the Christian person blameless. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	5	23	vkhs	figs-activepassive	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη.	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **be kept** with an active form, and you could emphasize who did the action. Alternate translation: “may God keep you completely blameless” or “may God make your whole life sinless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -492,5 +492,5 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	27	yp7e	figs-activepassive	ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to make sure you read this letter out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TH	5	27	mtvd	figs-idiom	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian church–and by extension–all Christians (See [5:26](../05/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the whole church at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	28	ykkr	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	This is a blessing and greeting formula. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind he is” or “May the favor of the Lord Jesus Christ be among you all” or “I pray that the Lord Jesus Christ will favor all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1TH	5	28	n8ur	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	If your language does not use the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	5	28	n8ur	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	If your language does not use the abstract noun **grace**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	5	28	d35d	translate-textvariants	μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Many ancient manuscripts add “Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index 5f29a5a50f..75ff6ade40 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 2TH	front	intro	krd6			0		# Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-2)<br>1. Believers suffer from persecution (1:3-12)<br>       * God uses persecution to increase faith, love, and endurance in believers (1:3-4)<br>       * God is just: (1:5-12)<br>          * God will make believers worthy of his kingdom<br>          * God will give relief to believers<br>          * God will punish those who persecute believers<br>1. Some believers misunderstand about the second coming of Christ (2:1-12)<br>      * Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>      * Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian believers (2:13-17)<br>      * Paul calls the Thessalonian believers to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>      * Paul prays that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted believers. After he became a believer, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. Paul wrote this letter while he, Silvanus, and Timothy were staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return. He also warned them that they should not be idle but should work as they wait for Christ to return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians/believers in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### How are pronouns used in this letter?<br><br>In this letter, the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. If your language differentiates between inclusive and exclusive pronouns, use an exclusive pronoun for these. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br><br><br>In this letter, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, some ancient manuscripts have a different reading than others. The ULT follows the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in your area that your people are familiar with, consider using the reading that it follows. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Other versions follow the reading, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. The other reading is, “For God chose you from the first/beginning for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2TH	1	intro	m987			0		# 2 Thessalonians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1-2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type in which the sender identified himself, then the recipient, then gave a greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible.<br><br>A paradox occurs in verses 4-5 where Paul talks about the Thessalonian believers’ faithfulness through persecution as “evidence of the righteous judgment of God.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But the fact that God gave them the ability to persevere in their faith is evidence that God claims them as his own and will judge them as worthy of his kingdom. In verses 5-10, Paul goes on to explain more of God’s righteous judgment, that God will reward those who believe in him and that he will punish those who afflict his people. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4-5](./04.md))<br><br>Another paradox occurs in verse 9 where Paul describes the penalty for rejecting God as “eternal destruction.” Normally when something is destroyed it ceases to exist. But in this case, the people who reject God will experience eternal separation from God, as the verse goes on to explain. Being separated from God destroys all that was enjoyable about their lives, and this continuous destruction is what they experience through eternity. ([2 Thessalonians 1:9](../01/09.md))
-2TH	1	1	hm3e	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Silvanus	**Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you can use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TH	1	1	hm3e	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Silvanus	**Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you could use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TH	1	1	ge00	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 2TH	1	1	l8q8	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1		Although Paul wrote this letter, he identifies Silvanus and Timothy as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 2TH	1	2	g6rb	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace to you	Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-2TH	1	2	bv9m	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you could express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	2	bv9m	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you can express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	3	o6v9	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 3-12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	1	3	m6z5		εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν…πάντοτε	1	General Information:	Paul is expressing here that he has a moral obligation to God to give thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. Use a natural expression for this in your language. Alternate translation: “We are bound always to thank” or “We can do no other than to thank” or “We must give thanks continually to”
 2TH	1	3	ea59	figs-hyperbole	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε	1	We ought always to give thanks to God	Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	1	3	o01t	figs-explicit	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί	1		If your readers might misunderstand his meaning and think that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you can express the reality explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	3	o01t	figs-explicit	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί	1		If your readers might misunderstand his meaning and think that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you could express the reality explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	3	h6t9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a nonfigurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	1	3	ezaf	writing-pronouns	καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν	1		If it is difficult to express **just as it is fitting** in your language or if it is unclear what **it** refers to, consider starting a new sentence here to state it clearly. Alternate translation: “When we give thanks for you we are doing the right thing” or “Giving thanks for you is right for us to be doing” or “…is the right thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	1	3	emu9	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	1	3	xy7k	figs-abstractnouns	πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **love**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “each of you sincerely loves one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	3	emu9	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you can express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	3	xy7k	figs-abstractnouns	πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **love**, you can express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “each of you sincerely loves one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	3	bmn6	figs-rpronouns	ἀλλήλους	1	one another	Here, **one another** means fellow believers. Alternate translation: “each other” or “each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2TH	1	4	kx1n	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς	1	we ourselves	Here, **ourselves** is added to **we** to emphasize that even the apostle Paul and his associates are boasting about the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we are the ones who” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns)
-2TH	1	4	gcth	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you could express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	1	4	qlo9	figs-doublet	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2TH	1	4	md0d	figs-explicit	πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν	1		Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you can express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	4	gcth	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you can express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	4	qlo9	figs-doublet	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	1	4	md0d	figs-explicit	πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν	1		Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you could express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	5	rs3b	figs-explicit	ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς	1		The **evidence** that Paul is referring to here is the faithful endurance of the Thessalonian believers while suffering persecution, which he mentioned in verse 4. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Your endurance while suffering is a clear indication of God’s righteous judgment, that he considers you worthy” or “Your faithfulness through persecution shows that God is just and right to consider you worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	5	dad9	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	5	xm2g	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ πάσχετε	1		Here, **also** could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers are suffering for the kingdom of God as well as being counted worthy of it. Alternate translation: “being a part of which is also the reason that you are suffering” (2) the Thessalonian believers are suffering along with other believers. Alternate translation: “which is why you are going through sufferings along with many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	6	cxx1	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ	1	if indeed it is righteous for God	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is just” or “for God is certainly right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2TH	1	6	id3i	figs-metaphor	παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1	for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you	Here, **to return** means to cause someone to experience the same thing that they did to someone else as though the same action were bouncing back onto the people who did that action. Use a natural expression for this kind of reciprocal action. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “for God to pay back those who are afflicting you” “for God to do the same to those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	1	6	zemk	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	6	zemk	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	7	hxy2	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1	and relief to you	The words **and relief to you** continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). If this would not be understood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and it is righteous for God to give relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	1	7	l3ht	writing-pronouns	καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβομένοις, ἄνεσιν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1		Here, **you who are being afflicted** refers to the Thessalonian believers, and **us** refers to Paul and his associates. Other people are afflicting both groups because of their faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “and relief to you who are being afflicted just as we are being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	1	7	knbb	figs-abstractnouns	ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **relief**, you could express this idea with a verb or in another way. Alternate translation: “to relieve you” or “to rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	7	knbb	figs-abstractnouns	ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **relief**, you can express this idea with a verb or in another way. Alternate translation: “to relieve you” or “to rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	7	bcxy	figs-activepassive	τοῖς θλιβομένοις	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom other people are afflicting” or “from the affliction that others are causing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	7	fh5g	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **at the revealing** is an indication of the time when the suffering believers will have relief from their suffering. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Lord Jesus is revealed” or “when everyone sees the Lord Jesus coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	1	8	p1ie	figs-abstractnouns	διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **vengeance**, you could express this idea in another way. Since this is part of God’s justice, do not use a word that implies that God is doing something illegal or inappropriate. Alternate translation: “punishing the people” or “judging the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	8	p1ie	figs-abstractnouns	διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **vengeance**, you can express this idea in another way. Since this is part of God’s justice, do not use a word that implies that God is doing something illegal or inappropriate. Alternate translation: “punishing the people” or “judging the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	8	ynt4	figs-explicit	τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν	1		Here, **those who have not known God** refers to those who have refused the relationship with God that he had offered to them. Alternate translation: “on those who did not want to know God” or “on those who have rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	8	gv0v	figs-explicit	καὶ τοῖς μὴ ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		The phrase, **not obeying the gospel** could refer to: (1) the same people as **those not having known God**. Alternate translation: “and who are not obeying the gospel” (2) a separate group. Alternate translation: “and also on those who are not obeying the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	8	m37v	figs-idiom	ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		The phrase, **obeying the gospel** is an idiom that means to live according to everything that God tells us in the gospel message. Alternate translation: “living according to the message of the gospel” or “heeding the admonitions that are part of the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 
 2TH	1	8	dkkx	figs-possession	τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul is using the general possessive form **of our Lord Jesus** to describe **the gospel**. The specific meaning here is that the gospel is about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the gospel that is about our Lord Jesus” or “the gospel message that tells us about our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	1	9	plw5	writing-pronouns	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν	1	who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction	Here, **who** refers to the people who are not obeying the gospel, not to the Lord Jesus. You may prefer to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Those people will pay the penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	1	9	peog	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who will be punished by God” or “whom God will punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	9	peog	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **penalty**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who will be punished by God” or “whom God will punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	9	ebf1	figs-idiom	δίκην τίσουσιν	1		Here, the phrase **pay the penalty** is an idiom meaning to suffer the consequences of doing something bad. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will suffer the consequences” or “will undergo the retribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	1	9	yruv	figs-abstractnouns	ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον	1		Here, **eternal destruction** further describes the **penalty** that people will experience if they refuse to “obey the gospel.” The **destruction** that these people will experience is **eternal**, that is, it never ends. Therefore, do not translate with the meaning that these people will cease to exist. They will continue to exist, but continually experience the ruin of their lives. If necessary, put this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God will punish them eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	9	qhta	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the face of the Lord** is an idiom meaning the presence of the Lord. Alternate translation: “away from our Lord Jesus” or “separated from the presence of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	1	9	htqg	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the possessive form is describing **power** that has **glory**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “glorious” to describe the **power**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TH	1	9	wmdm	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “experiencing how magnificent and powerful he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	9	wmdm	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “experiencing how magnificent and powerful he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	10	ugk9	figs-explicit	ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	when he comes on that day	Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when Jesus returns to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	10	bi2u	figs-activepassive	ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν	1	to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	10	wsvb	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι	1		Here, the two verbs **to be glorified**and **to be marveled at** indicate the result of Jesus’ coming, not the purpose. Use a connector here that indicates result. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” or “with the result that his saints will glorify him and all those who have believed will marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TH	1	10	z1hg		ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν	1		The **saints** and **those who have believed** are one group of people, not two. If your readers might be confused by this, you can combine these into one phrase. Alternate translation: “with the result that all of his saints, that is, the believers, will glorify him and marvel at him” or “as all of his people glorify him and marvel at him”
+2TH	1	10	z1hg		ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν	1		The **saints** and **those who have believed** are one group of people, not two. If your readers might be confused by this, you could combine these into one phrase. Alternate translation: “with the result that all of his saints, that is, the believers, will glorify him and marvel at him” or “as all of his people glorify him and marvel at him”
 2TH	1	10	e56p	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have believed our witness when we shared it with you” or “when we testified about the saving power of Jesus Christ, you believed what we said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
 2TH	1	11	zy14	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὃ	1		Here, **for this** connects verse 11 to verse 10, so that verse 11 gives the means or method (prayer for the Thessalonian believers) for reaching the purpose that verse 10 has just described (for Jesus to “be glorified…and marveled at”). Use a natural way in your language for introducing this relationship. Alternate translation: “This is why” or “To this end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2TH	1	11	ik19	figs-hyperbole	καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν	1	we also pray always for you	Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	1	11	hiv9	figs-explicit	τῆς κλήσεως	1	of your calling	Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to belong to him and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “to appoint you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	1	11	r8gk	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης, καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire, because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	11	r8gk	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης, καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you can express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire, because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	11	c7o6	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πληρώσῃ	1		Here, **and he may fulfill** adds another reason why Paul and his associates **pray always** for the Thessalonian believers. This part of the sentence assumes some of the words from earlier in the sentence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the earlier part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that he may fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	1	12	nvth	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1		Here, **so that** introduces the purpose for which Paul and his associates pray all of the things mentioned in verse 11. It is a repetition of the same purpose that was given in verse 10, using similar words. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2TH	1	12	c6ec	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	1	12	q994	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	pg2i	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	and you in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus might glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	l4l1	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1		The phrase **and you in him** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make a complete sentence by supplying these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that you might be glorified in him” or “and so that he might glorify you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
-2TH	1	12	z8k9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	according to the grace of our God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to how exceedingly kind our God and the Lord Jesus Christ are to you” or “as our God and the Lord Jesus Christ continue to abundantly bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	12	z8k9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	according to the grace of our God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to how exceedingly kind our God and the Lord Jesus Christ are to you” or “as our God and the Lord Jesus Christ continue to abundantly bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	12	z1my		τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The phrase translated as **our God and the Lord Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) two persons of the Trinity, God the Father and Jesus the Son. (2) one person, Jesus, who is both God and Lord. Alternate translation: “our God and Lord, Jesus Christ”
 2TH	2	intro	jq9r			0		# 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br><br>This person is also called “the son of destruction” and “the lawless one” in this chapter. He is not Satan, but he is empowered by Satan and is the leader of those who do Satan’s evil work in the world in the last days. He is certainly one of the “antichrists” mentioned by John (1 John 2:18) and may be the final one, described as a beast in Revelation 13. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br><br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	2	1	r36t	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 1-12, Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back and warns them about the coming man of lawlessness. A heading for this section might be, “The Man of Lawlessness” or “The Deception before Jesus Returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	1	q1uq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	2	1	uy4z	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		The **coming of our Lord Jesus Christ** and **our gathering to him** are two actions that happen at the same time. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “regarding the time of our Lord Jesus coming when we will be gathered together unto him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-2TH	2	1	sx2f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		If it is more natural in your language, you can use active verbs for the events of **coming** and **gathering**. Alternate translation: “about the time when our Lord Jesus will come and gather us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	1	sx2f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		If it is more natural in your language, you could use active verbs for the events of **coming** and **gathering**. Alternate translation: “about the time when our Lord Jesus will come and gather us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	1	cvg5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	2	b8b2	figs-doublenegatives	εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς	1	for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled	The phrase **shaken in {your} mind** refers to a person’s thoughts being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate translation: “for you to remain firm in your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2TH	2	2	fj52	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι	1		The phrase **to be troubled** refers to a person’s emotions being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate translation: “and remain peaceful when a message comes” or “and keep calm when you hear something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	2	ib6m		ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the day of the Lord	Here, **the day of the Lord** refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
 2TH	2	3	l9c5		μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον	1	General Information:	Alternate translation: “Do not permit anyone to fool you” or “Do not believe at all the wrong words that people are telling you about this”
 2TH	2	3	ej66	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡ ἀποστασία πρῶτον	1	it may not come	Here, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for the day of the Lord will not come unless the apostacy comes first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TH	2	3	y7ch	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀποστασία	1	the apostacy	Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express it in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when many people will rebel against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	3	e86v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1	the man of lawlessness may be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man of lawlessness arrives” or “the man of lawlessness makes himself known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	3	y7ch	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀποστασία	1	the apostacy	Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express it in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when many people will rebel against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	3	e86v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1	the man of lawlessness may be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man of lawlessness arrives” or “the man of lawlessness makes himself known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	3	jsyj	figs-possession	ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a man who is characterized by lawlessness. By this Paul means that this man will oppose all of God’s commandments and instructions. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless man” or “the man who opposes God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	2	3	tkg9	figs-idiom	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** is an idiom meaning a person who is destined for destruction. Alternate translation: “the one who will be destroyed” or “the one whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	2	3	x6p0	figs-events	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1		God will destroy this person some time after the events of verse 4. If it would be clearer in your language, consider moving this phrase to the end of verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
@@ -85,61 +85,61 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	5	rsz1	figs-rquestion	οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι, ἔτι ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν	1	Do you not remember … these things?	Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to remind the Thessalonians of what he taught when he was with them previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2TH	2	5	lkk7	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to the topics that Paul mentioned in verses 3 and 4, including the rebellion against God, the man of lawlessness, and the return of Jesus on the day of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TH	2	6	hph0		καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε	1		There are two possibilities for understanding the function of the word **now** here. (1) It goes with **what is restraining him**. Alternate translation: “And you know what is restraining him now” or (2) it goes with **you know**. Alternate translation: “And now you know what is restraining him”
-2TH	2	6	ask4	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ	1	he is revealed in his time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proper time, when God will allow him to reveal himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	6	ask4	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ	1	he is revealed in his time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proper time, when God will allow him to reveal himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	7	faa5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	γὰρ	1		Here, the word translated **For** serves to connect this sentence as a contrast to what Paul has said about **lawlessness**, starting in verse 3. Until here, Paul was talking about lawlessness in the future, but now he wants to clarify that people are already being lawless.Use a natural way in your language for introducing this contrast. Alternate translation: “Now” or “Actually,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-2TH	2	7	si9i	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας	1	mystery of lawlessness	Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws, as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	7	si9i	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας	1	mystery of lawlessness	Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you can express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws, as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	7	fcu7		ὁ κατέχων	1	the one who restrains him	To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “the one who has been holding him back”
 2TH	2	7	bijc	writing-pronouns	γένηται	1		Here, **he** refers to the one who is restraining the man of lawlessness. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who restrains the man of lawlessness moves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TH	2	7	tt88	figs-metaphor	ἐκ μέσου γένηται	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	8	hn67	figs-activepassive	καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος	1	and then the lawless one will be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	8	vay9	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	with the breath of his mouth	In this figure of speech, **breath** represents the power of God and **mouth** represents the spoken word of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TH	2	8	hy3y	figs-parallelism	ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming	These two phrases describe the same event. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how much more powerful Jesus is than the man of lawlessness. If it is confusing for your readers to talk about killing someone and then bringing him to nothing, you can reverse the order of the phrases, as in the UST, or you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “will destroy by his glorious appearance and with the breath of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+2TH	2	8	hy3y	figs-parallelism	ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming	These two phrases describe the same event. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how much more powerful Jesus is than the man of lawlessness. If it is confusing for your readers to talk about killing someone and then bringing him to nothing, you could reverse the order of the phrases, as in the UST, or you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “will destroy by his glorious appearance and with the breath of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2TH	2	9	sp9v	figs-possession	οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία, κατ’ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, Paul is using the possessive form to describe **work** that **Satan** does. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan will bring this man and will work through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	2	9	rikg		οὗ	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, **whom** refers back to the man of lawlessness. Alternate translation: “of the man of lawlessness”
 2TH	2	9	bd5m	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, **all** is hyperbole. It can apply to: (1) only **power**, with the meaning “much” or “great.” Alternate translation: “with great power to do signs and false wonders” or (2) **power**, **signs**, and **wonders**, with the meaning “many kinds of.” Alternate translation: “with many kinds of power, signs, and false wonders” or (3) a combination of the two. Alternate translation: “with much power to do all kinds of signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	2	9	kcaw	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with very powerful signs and false wonders” or “who made him very powerful to do signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	9	fjfn	figs-doublet	καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	The words **signs** and **wonders** often occur together and mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how amazing they are. If your language does not have two words for this or does not use repetition to do this, you could use one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and amazing false miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	2	9	kcaw	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with very powerful signs and false wonders” or “who made him very powerful to do signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	9	fjfn	figs-doublet	καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	The words **signs** and **wonders** often occur together and mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how amazing they are. If your language does not have two words for this or does not use repetition to do this, you can use one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and amazing false miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	2	10	tf75	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	Here, **all** is hyperbole and could mean: (1) “a high degree of” or (2) “many kinds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	10	ippb	figs-possession	ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **deceit** that results from **unrighteousness**. If the relationship of the words is not clear in your language, you could express it more explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will be very deceptive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TH	2	10	b55e	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας, τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **deceit** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will completely deceive those who are perishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	10	b55e	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας, τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **deceit** and **unrighteousness**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will completely deceive those who are perishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	10	e8hi	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνθ’ ὧν	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	What follows this phrase is the reason that the people are perishing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. You may want to start a new sentence here and end what came before it with a period. Alternate translation: “They are perishing because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TH	2	10	rtua	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐδέξαντο	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Also, your language might prefer an expression other than **love** for something as impersonal as **truth**. Alternate translation: “they did not want to consider the true message about Jesus to be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	10	rtua	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐδέξαντο	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Also, your language might prefer an expression other than **love** for something as impersonal as **truth**. Alternate translation: “they did not want to consider the true message about Jesus to be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	10	sl5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	This phrase could express: (1) the result of receiving the love of the truth. Alternate translation: “and thus be saved” or (2) the purpose of loving the truth. Alternate translation: “so that they could be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TH	2	10	xst1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	10	xst1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	11	sj1v	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	because of this	What follows this connector is the result of the action of the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. Use a connector that shows that what the people did in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in this verse. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because the people did not receive the love of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking figuratively of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending** something to them. Alternate translation: “God is allowing them to think wrongly so that they believe the lies of the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	11	u7a0	figs-possession	ἐνέργειαν πλάνης	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **working** that is characterized by **error**. This means something that works to produce error in them. Alternate translation: “the ability to think in a wrong way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	2	11	nass	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God sends the **working of error**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2TH	2	11	bkpm	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **them** refers to the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that these people may believe” or “in order that the people who did not receive the love of the truth may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TH	2	12	x33k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	they might all be judged	This phrase introduces a purpose clause. This follows the purpose clause of verse 11, so you may want to link them together. Alternate translation: “and furthermore, so that” or “and therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-2TH	2	12	d63e	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσιν πάντες	1	they might all be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “God may judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	12	d63e	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσιν πάντες	1	they might all be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “God may judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	12	pkw8	writing-pronouns	οἱ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	Here, **those** refers back to the people that Paul has described with similar terms in verse 10. These are the same people who “did not receive the love of the truth” and instead accepted the “deceit of unrighteousness.” You may want to start a new sentence here and end what came before with a period. Alternate translation: “Those are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	2	12	m1cl	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who have not believed the true message but have enjoyed doing sinful things” or “those people who have rejected the true message about the Lord and instead have chosen to do what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	12	m1cl	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who have not believed the true message but have enjoyed doing sinful things” or “those people who have rejected the true message about the Lord and instead have chosen to do what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	13	w83a	checking/headings		0	General Information:	Paul now changes topics. If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section.
-2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize the importance of the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize the importance of the action. If this is not natural in your language, you could use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	13	m418	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to three men, Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a nonfigurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers were **firstfruits**. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “to be some of the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	14	e0gy	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, the phrase **through our gospel** does not mean that the gospel belongs to Paul and his companions. It refers to the gospel about Jesus that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “through the gospel that we preached to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	2	14	thmh	figs-explicit	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The phrase **to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ** does not mean that we will take over or divide up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “so that you might share in the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” or “in order that you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	2	14	pke7	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “so that you might become glorious like our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	14	pke7	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “so that you might become glorious like our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	15	holv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1		The words **So then** connect this verse with verses 13 and 14 as their logical conclusion. Because God did the wonderful things in those verses, the Thessalonians should do what verse 15 says. Use a natural way to introduce a conclusion in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Because God did all of that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	15	pa9j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	15	u9ss	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths about Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them figuratively as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	2	15	cpdo	figs-doublet	στήκετε καὶ κρατεῖτε	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of doing this. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “keep on firmly believing” or “do not allow anyone to change your mind in any way about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	15	cpdo	figs-doublet	στήκετε καὶ κρατεῖτε	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of doing this. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “keep on firmly believing” or “do not allow anyone to change your mind in any way about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	15	z2vs	figs-synecdoche	διὰ λόγου	1	whether by word or by our letter	Here, **by word** is an expression that means that Paul had been present with them and taught them personally. Alternate translation: “by what we said to you in person” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TH	2	15	jrg4	figs-explicit	δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν	1	whether by word or by our letter	You can make clear the implicit information that **by our letter** refers to what Paul taught to the Thessalonians in an earlier letter (probably 1 Thessalonians). Alternate translation: “by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	2	16	g8m1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	2	16	njk1	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	Paul ends this section with a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “Now may our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” or “We pray that our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TH	2	16	yge9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	our Lord … who loved us and gave us	The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person plural pronouns in your language, these should be inclusive pronouns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TH	2	16	cm54	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς	1	our Lord Jesus Christ himself	Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ, the very one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-2TH	2	16	h3gk	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “always comforts us and has given us good things to hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	16	iirq	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how gracious he is to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	16	h3gk	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “always comforts us and has given us good things to hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	16	iirq	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how gracious he is to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	17	x3rr	figs-metonymy	παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι	1	may he comfort and strengthen your hearts	Here, the word **hearts** represents both the emotion and will of a person. If **hearts** does not mean this in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he give comfort and strength to your livers” or “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	2	17	yw5f	figs-synecdoche	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ	1	every good work and word	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you could do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TH	3	intro	b8hk			0		# 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
@@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	3	1	yvkm	figs-activepassive	καὶ δοξάζηται	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	You can state this in active form, if the passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and that many people would honor it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	3	1	egho	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “just as also happened with you” or “which is exactly what you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	3	2	xg2h	figs-activepassive	ῥυσθῶμεν	1	we might be rescued	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	3	2	h11p	figs-doublet	ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν	1		These two terms mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize the amount of evil. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very wicked men” or “many wicked men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2TH	3	2	p1ct	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις	1	for not everyone has faith	The phrase **not everyone** is a negative understatement that emphasizes how rare faith is. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for people who believe in Jesus are few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-2TH	3	2	appf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	3	2	h11p	figs-doublet	ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν	1		These two terms mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize the amount of evil. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very wicked men” or “many wicked men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	3	2	p1ct	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις	1	for not everyone has faith	The phrase **not everyone** is a negative understatement that emphasizes how rare faith is. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for people who believe in Jesus are few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+2TH	3	2	appf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	3	3	yx9g	figs-explicit	ὃς στηρίξει	1	who will strengthen	The word **strengthen** here refers to spiritual strength, not physical strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, it can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “who will strengthen you spiritually” or “who will make you inwardly strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	3	p91k		τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	This could mean: (1) the evil being Satan. Alternate translation: “Satan” or (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil”
 2TH	3	4	xk85	figs-nominaladj	πεποίθαμεν δὲ	1	we are confident	The phrase **We are also confident** may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “We also have faith” or “We also trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -165,28 +165,28 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	3	6	mst3	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 6-15, Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. A heading for this section might be, “Believers Must Work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	6	v33v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	3	6	x9l8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ	1	brothers	Here, the words **brothers** and **brother** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters … brother or sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** figuratively stands for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** figuratively stands for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you could express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	6	jvw1	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	of our Lord	Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TH	3	6	x2r8	figs-metaphor	ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of people who are not living well as if they walk in a haphazard manner. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “who is living in a bad way” or “who is not living correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	6	se1g		τὴν παράδοσιν	1		Here, **the traditions** refers to the teachings that the apostles received from Jesus and are passing along to all believers. Alternate translation: “the teachings” or “the instructions”
-2TH	3	7	h222	figs-explicit	μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	The phrase **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	3	7	h222	figs-explicit	μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	The phrase **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	7	b1i1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	we did not behave disorderly among you	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or “we worked diligently when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2TH	3	8	ruh3	translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1		Paul refers to **bread** here because it was the most common and basic food for them. If your readers would not be familiar with **bread** or if that is a kind of food that would be considered unusual or extravagant, you could use a general expression for ordinary food. Alternate translation: “food” or “anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TH	3	8	d9h1	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1	working night and day	Here, **night and day** form a merism, which means “all the time.” If your readers would misunderstand this to mean that they worked without taking any rest whatsoever, then you could make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “working throughout that time with little rest” or “we worked almost continuously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2TH	3	8	w8fq	figs-doublet	ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ	1	in toil and hardship	Here, **toil** and **hardship** have very similar meanings. Paul used this repetition to emphasize that they worked very hard. If you do not have two similar words that you can use here or if it would be unnatural for you to use such repetition, you could emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “with great effort” or “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	3	9	sn3k	figs-doublenegatives	οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’	1	not because we do not have authority, but	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2TH	3	9	lrjr	figs-abstractnouns	ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **example**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we might show you the right way in order for you” or “we might demonstrate the way to live for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	3	9	lrjr	figs-abstractnouns	ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **example**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we might show you the right way in order for you” or “we might demonstrate the way to live for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	3	9	z0up		μιμεῖσθαι	1		See how you translated **imitate** in verse 7.
 2TH	3	10	c652	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω	1	If anyone is not willing to work, do not even let him eat	You can state this in positive form, if this form is difficult to understand in your language. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2TH	3	11	ey6c	figs-metaphor	τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως	1	some who are walking idly	Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. you can use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, if it is available. Otherwise, you can express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	11	ey6c	figs-metaphor	τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως	1	some who are walking idly	Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. you can use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, if it is available. Otherwise, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	11	iv1z	translate-unknown	ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους	1	but meddling	Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-2TH	3	12	bm6z	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ ἡσυχίας	1	with quietness	Here, **with quietness** is the opposite of meddling. Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **quietness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a quiet and peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	3	12	bm6z	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ ἡσυχίας	1	with quietness	Here, **with quietness** is the opposite of meddling. Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **quietness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a quiet and peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	3	13	jx8t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δέ	1	But	Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Concerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2TH	3	13	e59v	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers, so it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TH	3	13	usu9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	3	14	mzs4	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	Paul is figuratively referring to his command to the Thessalonian believers as a **word**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	14	nv3v	figs-idiom	τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε	1	note this one	Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “point out that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TH	3	14	y552	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐντραπῇ	1	so that he may be put to shame	Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. If necessary, you can make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	3	14	y552	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐντραπῇ	1	so that he may be put to shame	Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. If necessary, you could make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	15	idj6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφόν	1		Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	3	16	nef4	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 16-18, Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica. A heading for this section might be, “Closing Remarks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	16	z1zs	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
diff --git a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
index 1604893be0..1c4091803d 100644
--- a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	19	dyr6	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	regarding the faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	20	pv7f	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Hymenaeus … Alexander	**Hymenaeus** and **Alexander** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you could state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	20	az10	figs-explicit	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1		This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	20	s76c	figs-activepassive	ἵνα παιδευθῶσι	1	so that they may be taught	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	intro	c6rf			0		# 1 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br><br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Other scholars believe that God wants women to use the gifts He gives them on an equal basis with men. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	6	fq7r	figs-idiom	καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	in its own times	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the time that God had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	2	7	qxv9		εἰς ὃ	1	for which	Here, **which** refers back to the testimony about God in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “of this testimony”
 1TI	2	7	iz4y	figs-activepassive	ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος	1	I was made a herald and an apostle	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	2	7	cbn6	translate-unknown	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+1TI	2	7	cbn6	translate-unknown	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you can use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1TI	2	7	qa8d	figs-metaphor	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	2	7	hb97		ἐν Χριστῷ	1		Alternate translation: “as a follower of Christ”
-1TI	2	7	yllf		ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying	In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
+1TI	2	7	yllf		ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying	In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you could express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
 1TI	2	7	h18q		διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
 1TI	2	7	t201	figs-hendiadys	διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TI	2	7	t202	translate-names	ἐθνῶν	1	the Gentiles	This word **Gentiles** is the name for people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “of non-Jewish people groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	12	y6m8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	grasp eternal life	Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	12	usd1	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης	1	to which you were called	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	12	qw96		ὡμολόγησας τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν	1	you confessed the good confession	Alternate translation: “you publicly stated your faith in Jesus”
-1TI	6	12	vm6q	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	before many witnesses	The implication is that Timothy’s statement of his faith was binding because these **witnesses** were present and could testify that he had made it. In your translation, you can use the expression used in your culture for a public, legal commitment. Alternate translation: “while many people were watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	6	12	vm6q	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	before many witnesses	The implication is that Timothy’s statement of his faith was binding because these **witnesses** were present and could testify that he had made it. In your translation, you could use the expression used in your culture for a public, legal commitment. Alternate translation: “while many people were watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	t476	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	The implication is that Paul is asking **God** to be his witness that he has given Timothy this command. Alternate translation: “with God as my witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	ts65		τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τὰ πάντα	1	the one enlivening all	Alternate translation: “who causes all things to live”
 1TI	6	13	t477	figs-explicit	καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	and Christ Jesus	The implication is that Paul is also asking **Jesus** to be his witness. Alternate translation: “and with Christ Jesus … as my witness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
diff --git a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
index 7a771fca6d..e6a46a3925 100644
--- a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
@@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	front	intro	s7fk			0		# Introduction to 2 Timothy<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).<br>2. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14-26).<br>3. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).<br>4. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-22).<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and advice about enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he spoke of being a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers have to obey to their leaders. In the same way, Christians have to obey Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why the Bible is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about it. First, everything that the Bible teaches is free from error and can be trusted. Second, God will always preserve his Scripture for every generation of people. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Inclusive and exclusive “we” and “us”<br><br>In this book, “we” and “us” include the writer, Paul, the recipient, Timothy, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, the oldest Greek manuscripts differ from later Greek manuscripts. Modern translations may also differ depending on the Greek manuscript that they translate from. The ULT text translates the Greek from the oldest manuscripts, and puts the differences from later manuscripts in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible already exists in the general region, translators should consider following the decision in that translation. If not, translators are advised to follow the oldest Greek manuscripts as reflected in the ULT text.<br>* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some later manuscripts read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”<br>* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some later manuscripts read, “Warn them before the Lord.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2TI	1	intro	p5lf			0		# 2 Timothy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” So even though Paul was not Timothy’s father, Paul speaks of his relationship with Timothy as that of a father and son in a spiritual sense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Persecution<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel.
 2TI	1	1	p001	translate-names	Παῦλος	1	Paul	This is the name of a man, the author of the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	1	1	ha4l		Παῦλος	1	Paul	This letter follows the normal custom of the time by beginning with the name and identity of the author, then mentioning the recipient (in verse 2). Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am writing this letter”
+2TI	1	1	ha4l		Παῦλος	1	Paul	This letter follows the normal custom of the time by beginning with the name and identity of the author, then mentioning the recipient (in verse 2). Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am writing this letter”
 2TI	1	1	vl2g		διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ	1	through the will of God	Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle. Alternate translation: “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so”
 2TI	1	1	e1lg		κατ’	1	according to	This could mean: (1) God appointed Paul to tell others about the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of announcing” (2) Paul became an apostle because he himself received the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a result of receiving”
 2TI	1	1	m9kv	figs-metaphor	ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of life that is in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	2	p002	translate-names	Τιμοθέῳ	1	to Timothy	This is the name of a man, the person to whom this letter is written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	1	2	rp5u		Τιμοθέῳ	1	to Timothy	Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you, Timothy”
+2TI	1	2	rp5u		Τιμοθέῳ	1	to Timothy	Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you, Timothy”
 2TI	1	2	ey7g	figs-metaphor	ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ	1	my beloved child	Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	2	w43q	translate-blessing	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ	1	Grace, mercy, and peace from	After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-2TI	1	2	p003	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, and peace	Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TI	1	2	p003	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, and peace	Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you could use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	2	ub7c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	God the Father	This is an important title for God. Here, **Father** could refer to: (1) the Father of Christ. (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2TI	1	2	dcr3	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TI	1	3	p004	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ	1	I have gratitude to God	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **gratitude**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	3	tvb7	figs-idiom	ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων	1	whom I serve from my ancestors	This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	1	3	ha9d	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a **clean conscience** does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: “knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	1	3	rz7s	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν	1	as I have constant remembrance of you	Paul speaks of the action of remembering by using the abstract noun **remembrance**. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “as I think about you constantly in my prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TI	1	3	rz7s	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν	1	as I have constant remembrance of you	Paul speaks of the action of remembering by using the abstract noun **remembrance**. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “as I think about you constantly in my prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	3	p005	figs-yousingular	σοῦ	1	you	The word **you** is singular here and throughout the book, since Paul is addressing Timothy. A note will discuss the one exception in 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 2TI	1	3	pa6q	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας	1	night and day	Here, **night and day** are used together to refer to all the time included in the night and the day. This means that Paul prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that he prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” Alternate translation: “always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-2TI	1	4	p006	figs-explicit	μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων	1	remembering your tears	It is implied that Paul is referring here to the time when Paul was leaving Timothy. If this is unclear, you can include this information. Alternate translation: “remembering how you cried when I left you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	1	4	p006	figs-explicit	μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων	1	remembering your tears	It is implied that Paul is referring here to the time when Paul was leaving Timothy. If this is unclear, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “remembering how you cried when I left you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	4	kk82	figs-metonymy	σου τῶν δακρύων	1	your tears	Here, **your tears** refers to the act of Timothy’s crying or being very sad. Alternate translation: “that you cried” or “your sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	4	gu8c	figs-metaphor	χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ	1	I may be filled with joy	Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that someone could **fill**. Alternate translation: “I may be very joyful” or “I may rejoice a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	4	p007	figs-activepassive	χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ	1	I may be filled with joy	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “joy may fill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	1	5	ayl4	figs-idiom	ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν	1	having received remembrance	This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	1	5	buc3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως	1	of the genuine faith in you	Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TI	1	5	buc3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως	1	of the genuine faith in you	Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	5	p008	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως	1	of the genuine faith in you	Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	5	vgz2	figs-personification	ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί	1	of … faith in you, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you	Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2TI	1	5	l8wc	translate-names	Λωΐδι	1	Lois	This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	6	s6vb	figs-explicit	τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου	1	the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands	It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	7	u8vl	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Here, **For** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could replace **For** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TI	1	7	h1z3		οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ	1	God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
-2TI	1	7	p011	figs-abstractnouns	δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ	1	of power, and of love, and of discipline	Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TI	1	7	p011	figs-abstractnouns	δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ	1	of power, and of love, and of discipline	Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	7	k6g7		σωφρονισμοῦ	1	of discipline	Here, **discipline** could refer to: (1) self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
 2TI	1	8	fk9z	figs-metonymy	τὸ μαρτύριον	1	the testimony	Paul may be using the word **testimony** to refer to the activity of telling others about the Lord and not to the message itself. Alternate translation: “of testifying” or “of telling others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	8	blk9		τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ	1	his prisoner	Paul is not being held **prisoner** by the Lord. He is a prisoner because he has testified about the Lord. Alternate translation: “a prisoner for his sake” or “a prisoner for the Lord”
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	10	i3wl	figs-metaphor	φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel	Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	10	a1n7	figs-hendiadys	ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν	1	life and immortality	Here, **life and immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	1	11	tb9b	figs-activepassive	ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ	1	I was appointed a herald	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God chose me to be a herald” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	1	11	p014	translate-unknown	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+2TI	1	11	p014	translate-unknown	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	1	11	p015	figs-metaphor	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	12	j37g		δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν	1	for which reason	Paul provides the **reason** for his suffering by referring back to his status as an apostle. Alternate translation: “because I am an apostle”
 2TI	1	12	y8l4	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω	1	I also suffer also these things	Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	12	qcu3	figs-explicit	ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	that day	This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	13	h1qd	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαινόντων λόγων	1	of the healthy words	Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	13	p016	figs-metonymy	λόγων	1	of … words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	1	13	p017	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TI	1	13	p017	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	13	b2ld		ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Here, **love** could refer to: (1) the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
 2TI	1	13	ix6w	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	14	i5g5	figs-explicit	τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην	1	the good deposit	Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	8	p087	figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν	1	men whose mind is corrupted	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “men who cannot think rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	3	8	pfh1		ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	unapproved regarding the faith	Paul uses the adjective **unapproved** to convey the idea that these men have been tested regarding how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test because their faith is not real. Alternate translation: “without sincere faith” or “whose faith is not genuine”
 2TI	3	8	sppy	figs-explicit	ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could start a new sentence here and say who does not approve of these men. Alternate translation: “God does approve of these men because they do not have a genuine faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	3	9	x9kx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’	1	But	This word makes a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you can remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	3	9	x9kx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’	1	But	This word makes a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you could remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	3	9	c6xx	figs-metaphor	οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον	1	they will not advance unto more	Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not continue to have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to continue teaching falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	9	mv4j	figs-hyperbole	ἡ…ἄνοια αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν	1	their foolishness will be obvious to all	The word **all** is a generalization. Paul has just said that these men will have a little success in deceiving some people. But ultimately their foolishness will become widely apparent, as happened to Jannes and Jambres, who were publicly discredited when they were not able to equal the powerful miracles of Moses. Alternate translation: “their foolishness will become widely apparent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	3	9	z4fu	figs-nominaladj	ἐκείνων	1	of those	The term **those** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to Jannes and Jambres. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can supply the names of the two men. Alternate translation: “of Jannes and Jambres” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	15	w9l5	figs-personification	τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι	1	which are able to make you wise	Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2TI	3	15	p098	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	16	s274	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	3	16	hvr1		πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
+2TI	3	16	hvr1		πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you could change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
 2TI	3	16	uv35		ὠφέλιμος	1	is profitable	Paul refers to the Scripture as **profitable** to convey the idea that Timothy and all believers will benefit when they use the Scripture to teach, reprove, correct, and train. Alternate translation: “you will benefit from it as you use it” or “it benefits everyone when we use it”
 2TI	3	16	vl2n	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἐλεγμόν	1	for reproof	Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for knowing what is right and wrong and showing people that they are wrong. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **reproof**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people that they are wrong” or “for helping us to know when we are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	16	e5h9	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν	1	for correction	Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for showing people how to make something right. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **correction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people how to make things right” or “for showing us how to fix errors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	4	rh2i	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	4	p105	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	4	xrv7	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	5	ehz7	figs-metaphor	νῆφε	1	be sober	Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	5	tv3k		εὐαγγελιστοῦ	1	of an evangelist	Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
 2TI	4	6	p107		ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
 2TI	4	6	sh23	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	6	p108	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	4	6	p108	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	6	fb7l	figs-euphemism	ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν	1	the time of my departure is here	Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	7	kq83	figs-metaphor	τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα	1	I have finished the race	Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	20	lie9	translate-names	Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον	1	Erastus … Trophimus	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	20	wp9h	translate-names	Μιλήτῳ	1	Miletus	This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	21	cvc7		σπούδασον…ἐλθεῖν	1	Hasten to come	Alternate translation: “Do your best to come” or “Try as hard as you can to come”
-2TI	4	21	eh95	figs-explicit	πρὸ χειμῶνος	1	before winter	The implication is that Timothy should try to come to Paul before the cold weather arrives and makes travel difficult or even impossible. If winter is the warm season in your area and summer is the cold season, or if your area does not have a cold season but a rainy season, you can use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “before the cold weather makes travel difficult” or “before the weather changes and makes travel difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	4	21	eh95	figs-explicit	πρὸ χειμῶνος	1	before winter	The implication is that Timothy should try to come to Paul before the cold weather arrives and makes travel difficult or even impossible. If winter is the warm season in your area and summer is the cold season, or if your area does not have a cold season but a rainy season, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “before the cold weather makes travel difficult” or “before the weather changes and makes travel difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	21	z1j9	figs-ellipsis	ἀσπάζεταί σε Εὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ Λίνος, καὶ Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	Eubulus greets you, and Pudens, and Linus, and Claudia, and the brothers	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. To make sure that the meaning is clear, you could supply these words. The people listed after Eubulus are also greeting Timothy. Eubulus is not greeting them. Alternate translation: “Eubulus greets you, and so do Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TI	4	21	p7px	translate-names	Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος	1	Eubulus … Pudens … Linus	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	21	er77	translate-names	Κλαυδία	1	Claudia	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
diff --git a/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv b/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
index b66c97b01e..f54059af0c 100644
--- a/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 TIT	front	intro	m2jl			0		# Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
 TIT	1	intro	c7me			0		# Titus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
-TIT	1	1	rtc9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ πίστιν	1	for the faith	**Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+TIT	1	1	rtc9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ πίστιν	1	for the faith	**Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you could translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	xyz8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσιν	1	the knowledge	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	abc8	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθείας	1	of the truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	fyf8	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν	1	that agrees with godliness	Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ TIT	1	16	i3l2		τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται	1	they deny him by
 TIT	1	16	ja47		βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες	1	They are detestable	Alternate translation: “They are disgusting”
 TIT	2	intro	h3il			0		# Titus 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
 TIT	2	1	lfu1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.
-TIT	2	1	tpi2	figs-explicit	σὺ δὲ	1	But you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you can include the name “Titus” here, as in the UST. ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+TIT	2	1	tpi2	figs-explicit	σὺ δὲ	1	But you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you could include the name “Titus” here, as in the UST. ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 TIT	2	1	ph2j		τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	with sound teaching	See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
 TIT	2	2	xyz3	figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτας…εἶναι	1	Older men are to be	The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 TIT	2	2	xy13	figs-doublet	νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας	1	temperate, dignified, sensible	These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
diff --git a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
index 6403c4b4fd..e13aeb2178 100644
--- a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ JAS	1	1	l4i7	figs-metaphor	ταῖς δώδεκα φυλαῖς	1	to the twelve
 JAS	1	1	j002	figs-123person	ταῖς δώδεκα φυλαῖς	1	to the twelve tribes	In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you followers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JAS	1	1	vza9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ	1	in the dispersion	At this time, the term **dispersion** referred to those Jews who were living away from their homeland of Israel and who were scattered into various parts of the Roman Empire. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **dispersion**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “scattered.” Alternate translation: “scattered throughout the world” or, if you are using the second person, “who are scattered throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	1	j003	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ	1	in the dispersion	While the term **dispersion** referred literally to Jews, James is using it figuratively to describe followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “scattered throughout the world” or, if you are using the second person, “who are scattered throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	1	1	huk9	figs-idiom	χαίρειν.	1	Rejoice!	The word **Rejoice** was used at this time as a greeting. In your translation, you can use the greeting that is typical of your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Greetings!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JAS	1	1	huk9	figs-idiom	χαίρειν.	1	Rejoice!	The word **Rejoice** was used at this time as a greeting. In your translation, you could use the greeting that is typical of your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Greetings!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	1	2	knw6	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε	1	Consider it all joy	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “You should be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	2	j004	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε	1	Consider it all joy	James says **all** as an overstatement for emphasis. He does not mean that believers should be happy about all the bad things that happen to them when they encounter **trials**. Rather, he means that the **trials** provide a general occasion for them to rejoice because of the valuable things God that is developing in their lives. He describes these things in the next verse. Alternate translation: “You should be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JAS	1	2	j005	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου	1	my brothers	James is using the term **brothers** figuratively to refer to fellow believers in Jesus. Alternate translation, as in UST: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ JAS	1	4	unh4	figs-doublet	τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι	1	perfect a
 JAS	1	4	l7ef		ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι	1	lacking in nothing	You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
 JAS	1	5	du7z	figs-abstractnouns	λείπεται σοφίας	1	lacks wisdom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	5	q2df		αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ	1	let him ask from God	Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
-JAS	1	5	xu31	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	5	xu31	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	6	j010	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει	1	in faith	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	6	y2mk	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν διακρινόμενος	1	doubting nothing	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JAS	1	6	p12l	figs-simile	ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	1	6	j011	translate-unknown	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JAS	1	6	j012	figs-activepassive	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	6	j012	figs-activepassive	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	7	j013	figs-gendernotations	μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος	1	For let that man not think	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JAS	1	8	b5t6	figs-metaphor	ἀνὴρ δίψυχος	1	a double-minded man	James speaks figuratively of this person as if he had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “a man who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	8	j014	figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ δίψυχος	1	a double-minded man	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ JAS	1	9	j016	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸς	1	brother	James is using the term **
 JAS	1	9	j017	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὕψει αὐτοῦ	1	his exaltation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **exaltation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the high place he occupies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	9	yxs5	figs-metaphor	τῷ ὕψει αὐτοῦ	1	his exaltation	James is using a spatial metaphor to describe poor believers as if they were in a high place. He wants to convey that God has shown special concern for them. Alternate translation: “the special concern that God has shown for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	10	uzk7	figs-ellipsis	ὁ δὲ πλούσιος, ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ	1	but the rich in his lowliness	James is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “but let the rich boast in his lowliness” or “but let the rich take satisfaction in his lowliness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JAS	1	10	w4ta	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…πλούσιος	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. It is clear in context that James is speaking of a rich “brother” or “believer,” in parallel with the “lowly brother” he describes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a believer who is rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	1	10	w4ta	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…πλούσιος	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is clear in context that James is speaking of a rich “brother” or “believer,” in parallel with the “lowly brother” he describes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a believer who is rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	1	10	j018	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ	1	his lowliness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lowliness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the low place he occupies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	10	j019	figs-metaphor	τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ	1	his lowliness	James is using a spatial metaphor to describe rich believers as if they were in a low place in order to indicate that God has taught them humility. Alternate translation: “the humility that God has taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	10	ulk4	figs-explicit	τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ	1	his lowliness	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as UST does, that God has taught rich believers humility by showing them that their wealth does not make them better than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ JAS	1	11	j025	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπο
 JAS	1	11	j026	figs-metaphor	ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο	1	the beauty of its face perished	James speaks figuratively of the wild **flower** as if it had a **face**. Alternate translation: “it no longer had a beautiful appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	11	gv7v	figs-metaphor	ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο	1	the beauty of its face perished	James speaks figuratively of the flower’s **beauty** as if it **perished** or died. Alternate translation: “it no longer had a beautiful appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	11	j027	figs-simile	οὕτως καὶ	1	Thus also	James uses the words **Thus also** to introduce a simile or comparison between a rich person and a fading flower. Alternate translation: “In the same way” or “Likewise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JAS	1	11	j028	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πλούσιος	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a person who is rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	1	11	j028	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πλούσιος	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a person who is rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	1	11	ng26	figs-metaphor	μαρανθήσεται	1	will wither	James speaks of the **rich** person as if he were a flower that would **wither**. James means figuratively that this person will “die,” as UST indicates. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	11	sdi2	figs-metaphor	ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ	1	in his journeys	James speaks figuratively of a **rich** person’s activities as if they were a journey that he was taking. This metaphor implies that he is giving no thought to his coming death and that it will take him by surprise. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	12	m13d	figs-idiom	μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν	1	Blessed is the man who endures trial	**Blessed is** indicates that God is giving favor to someone or that his situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “The person who endures trial receives God’s favor” or “The person who endures trial is in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ JAS	1	12	j030	figs-possession	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς
 JAS	1	12	k3hh	figs-metaphor	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	he will receive the crown of life	James is using the image of a **crown** figuratively to indicate that God will honor this person. Alternate translation: “God will honor him by giving him life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	12	j031	figs-metaphor	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	he will receive the crown of life	James is likely not speaking of physical **life** but of spiritual **life**, that is, of living forever in the presence of God after physical death. Alternate translation: “God will honor that person by giving him everlasting life in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	12	hx28	writing-pronouns	ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν	1	which he promised to the ones who love him	In this last clause in the verse, the words **he** and **him** refer to God, not to the person who **endures trial**. Alternate translation: “which God promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JAS	1	13	lh7z	figs-activepassive	ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι	1	I am tempted by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	13	lh7z	figs-activepassive	ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι	1	I am tempted by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	13	p5cp		ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν	1	God is untempted by evil	Even though the word that ULT translates as **untempted** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, it may be helpful to your readers if you translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “evil does not tempt God” or “God’s desires never lead him to do something wrong”
 JAS	1	13	zb13		πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα	1	and he himself tempts no one	Alternate translation: “and God himself never leads anyone to do anything wrong”
 JAS	1	14	j032	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	James is using the word **But** to indicate a contrast between the wrong idea that God might tempt someone and the truth that each person **is tempted by his own desire**. This is actually a strong contrast, and you may wish to use a strong expression for it. Alternate translation: “No, on the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ JAS	1	15	s4cd	figs-personification	εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβ
 JAS	1	15	j035	figs-personification	ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον	1	and sin, having grown up, gives birth to death	James also speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a living thing, a baby girl who grew up to be a woman who also became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “and if he continues to sin, it will affect more and more of his life until it causes his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	1	15	j036	figs-metaphor	ἀποκύει θάνατον	1	gives birth to death	Here, **death** could mean: (1) spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	16	v195	figs-metaphor	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	James is speaking figuratively as if some deceptive guides were trying to lead his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	1	16	j037	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	16	j037	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	16	j038	figs-explicit	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	16	j039	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί	1	my beloved brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	17	j040	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν	1	Every good present and every perfect gift is from above	Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ JAS	2	2	h5uh	figs-hypo	ἐὰν γὰρ	1	For if	James is using a hypothetical s
 JAS	2	2	j8d5	figs-explicit	ἀνὴρ χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ	1	a gold-ringed man in splendid clothing	James assumes that his readers will know that he is giving an example of what a wealthy person might wear. (The expression **a gold-ringed man** does not mean a man who is ringed around with gold, but a man who is wearing a gold ring.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a different example from your own culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is dressed like a wealthy person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	2	j086	figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ	1	man	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean either a man or a woman. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JAS	2	2	j087	translate-unknown	συναγωγὴν	1	synagogue	A **synagogue** is a Jewish meeting place for worship. James uses the term because he is writing primarily to Jews who have put their faith in Jesus as their Messiah. (See the discussion in Part 1 of the Introduction to James.) In your translation you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “meeting place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JAS	2	2	j088	figs-nominaladj	πτωχὸς	1	a poor one	James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to mean a kind of person. (ULT adds **one** to indicate this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	2	2	j088	figs-nominaladj	πτωχὸς	1	a poor one	James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to mean a kind of person. (ULT adds **one** to indicate this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	3	j089	figs-hypo	δὲ	1	and	James is continuing to describe the condition in the hypothetical situation that he introduced in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in UST: “and suppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JAS	2	3	j090	figs-you	ἐπιβλέψητε…εἴπητε…εἴπητε	1	you look … you say … you say	In these three instances **you** is plural, since James is speaking to all of his readers about what they might do in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JAS	2	3	j091	figs-idiom	ἐπιβλέψητε…ἐπὶ	1	you look at	In this context, this expression means to look at someone or something with admiration. Alternate translation: “you look admiringly at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -189,18 +189,18 @@ JAS	2	4	j099	figs-explicit	ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶ
 JAS	2	5	j344	figs-idiom	ἀκούσατε	1	Listen	James uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	2	5	m5jr	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί	1	my beloved brothers	See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	5	ha52	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν?	1	did not God choose the poor in the world to be rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom that he promised to the ones loving him?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen the poor in the world to be rich in faith and to be heirs of the kingdom that he has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JAS	2	5	ke2q	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	2	5	ke2q	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	5	j100	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	James is using the term **world** in a different sense than in 1:27. Here it refers to the world that we live in, and so it indicates ordinary life. Alternate translation: “in this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	2	5	s38z	figs-metaphor	πλουσίους ἐν πίστει	1	to be rich in faith	James speaks figuratively of having much **faith** as if that made a person wealthy. Alternate translation: “to have strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	5	j101	figs-explicit	πλουσίους ἐν πίστει	1	to be rich in faith	Your language may require you to specify the object of **faith**. Alternate translation: “to have strong faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	5	qii5	figs-metaphor	κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς	1	heirs of the kingdom that	James speaks figuratively of the people to whom God has promised the kingdom as if they were going to inherit wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “participants in the kingdom that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	5	j102	figs-abstractnouns	κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς	1	to be heirs of the kingdom that	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “to enjoy advantages when God rules, as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	6	vr53		ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν	1	you have dishonored the poor	What James means by this is clear from the example he gives in [2:2-3](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “you have treated people who are poor much worse than you have treated people who are rich”
-JAS	2	6	j103	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πτωχόν	1	the poor	James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	2	6	j103	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πτωχόν	1	the poor	James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	6	j104	writing-pronouns	οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια	1	Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court	The word that is translated **themselves** here is the same word that is translated **they** in the next verse. It is effectively the subject of a new independent clause, so you could translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “Do not the rich overpower you? Do they not drag you into court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	2	6	l2lu	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια?	1	Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is the rich who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	6	j105	figs-explicit	οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια?	1	Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court?	James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	6	eeg5	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πλούσιοι	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	2	6	eeg5	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πλούσιοι	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	6	z73x		οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν	1	Do not the rich overpower you	Alternate translation: “Is it not the rich who oppress you”
 JAS	2	6	s9k1	figs-metaphor	ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια	1	drag you into court	James is speaking figuratively of the rich as if they would physically **drag** the poor into court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	6	h8jn	figs-explicit	ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια	1	drag you into court	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ JAS	2	7	las1	figs-rquestion	οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ
 JAS	2	7	j106		οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα	1	Do they not blaspheme the good name	The word **blaspheme** can have a technical sense. It can describe a human being wrongly denying that something is divine. But the word can also have the general sense of “insult,” and that is probably the sense in which James is using it here. (However, by insulting the **name** of Jesus, these rich people were also guilty of blasphemy in the technical sense, since Jesus is divine and his name should be honored.) Alternate translation: “Do they not insult the good name”
 JAS	2	7	wd8y	figs-metonymy	τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα	1	the good name	James is referring figuratively to the **name** of Jesus by association with the way that it is **good**. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	2	7	j107	figs-idiom	τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	that has been called upon you	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “by which you are called” or “by which you are known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JAS	2	7	j108	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	that has been called upon you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	7	j108	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	that has been called upon you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	8	j109	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	εἰ μέντοι	1	If, however	James is using these words to introduce a contrast with what he said in [2:6](../02/06.md), “you have dishonored the poor,” meaning “you have treated rich people much better than you have treated poor people.” Alternate translation: “But if, instead of favoring rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JAS	2	8	j110		τελεῖτε	1	you fulfill	The verb **fulfill** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. It means to make something accomplish its purpose or reach its goal. Alternate translation: “you completely obey”
 JAS	2	8	q9hh	figs-metonymy	νόμον…βασιλικὸν	1	the royal law	There are two possible reasons for why James describes the **law** that he quotes here from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md) as **royal**. (1) When Jesus came proclaiming the kingdom of God, he said that this law was one of two that summed up all of the other laws and guided life in the kingdom of God. (The other law was to love God with all of one’s heart, soul, mind, and strength.) Alternate translation: “the law that guides life in the kingdom of God” (2) James may say that this **law** is **royal** because God, the true king, gave it to people. Alternate translation: “God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -217,19 +217,19 @@ JAS	2	8	j111	figs-youcrowd	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡ
 JAS	2	8	gll2	figs-idiom	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	This is an idiom. It does not mean only someone who lives nearby. Alternate translation: “other people” or “anyone you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	2	8	b9wu		καλῶς ποιεῖτε	1	you do well	Alternate translation: “you are doing what God wants you to do”
 JAS	2	9	xt6y	figs-explicit	προσωπολημπτεῖτε	1	you favor	Your language may require you to specify the object of **favor**. Alternate translation: “you favor the rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	9	cq5h	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται	1	convicted by the law as transgressors	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	9	cq5h	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται	1	convicted by the law as transgressors	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	9	gl2e	figs-personification	ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται	1	convicted by the law as transgressors	James is speaking figuratively of the law as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “and you are guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	2	10	j112	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why showing favoritism makes a person guilty of breaking God’s law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	2	10	l29g	figs-idiom	ὅστις…τηρήσῃ	1	whoever might keep	Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “whoever might obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	2	10	jb5u	figs-metaphor	πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί	1	but stumble in one thing	James speaks figuratively of a person disobeying a commandment as if he would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose his balance while walking. Alternate translation: “but disobey one thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	2	10	m8ep	figs-nominaladj	πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί	1	but stumble in one thing	James is using the adjective **one** as a noun to refer to one commandment of the law. (ULT adds the term **thing** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “but disobey one commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	2	10	m8ep	figs-nominaladj	πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί	1	but stumble in one thing	James is using the adjective **one** as a noun to refer to one commandment of the law. (ULT adds the term **thing** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “but disobey one commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	10	j113		πάντων ἔνοχος	1	guilty of all	Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law”
 JAS	2	10	j114	figs-explicit	πάντων ἔνοχος	1	guilty of all	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	11	j115	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why breaking one law makes a person guilty of breaking every law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	2	11	ez11	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἰπών	1	the one who said	James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	11	c8jm	figs-youcrowd	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας	1	Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become	The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 JAS	2	12	c6y8	figs-you	οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε	1	Thus speak and thus act	The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JAS	2	12	yp6i	figs-activepassive	μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι	1	ones who are going to be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	12	yp6i	figs-activepassive	μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι	1	ones who are going to be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	12	e87r	figs-possession	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JAS	2	12	j116	figs-abstractnouns	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	12	j117	figs-explicit	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -250,16 +250,16 @@ JAS	2	14	z9q8	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι 
 JAS	2	14	j128	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν?	1	Faith is not able to save him, is it?	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the ideas behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Will merely believing in God save him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	14	g8kr		σῶσαι αὐτόν	1	save him	Your language may require you to specify what this kind of faith cannot **save** a person from. Alternate translation: “save him from God’s judgment”
 JAS	2	15	j129	figs-hypo	ἐὰν	1	If	James is using a hypothetical situation to teach. He begins to describe the condition in this verse. He describes the rest of the condition and the result in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Suppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-JAS	2	15	f6el	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ	1	a brother or sister	As everywhere else in the book, the term **brother** refers to a fellow believer. In every other instance, the term can mean either a man or a woman. But in this verse James uses **brother** to mean a believer who is a man and **sister** to mean a believer who is a woman. If your language has both masculine and the feminine forms of the word you have been using to translate “brother,” you can use them both here. Otherwise, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another man or woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JAS	2	15	f6el	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ	1	a brother or sister	As everywhere else in the book, the term **brother** refers to a fellow believer. In every other instance, the term can mean either a man or a woman. But in this verse James uses **brother** to mean a believer who is a man and **sister** to mean a believer who is a woman. If your language has both masculine and the feminine forms of the word you have been using to translate “brother,” you can use them both here. Otherwise, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another man or woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	15	j130		γυμνοὶ	1	unclothed	**Unclothed** can mean “naked,” and if a Bible translation already exists in your area, it may say that. But in this context, the word actually refers to lacking adequate clothes. Alternate translation: “badly clothed”
 JAS	2	16	j131	figs-hypo	δέ	1	and	James is continuing to describe the condition of the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “and suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JAS	2	16	j132	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς	1	to them … them	Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	2	16	j133	figs-metonymy	θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτάζεσθε	1	warm yourself and be satisfied	The person who would say this to people in need would be speaking figuratively of clothing by association with the way its keeps people warm and figuratively of food by association with the way it satisfies people. Alternate translation: “have adequate clothing and enough food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	2	16	lj89		θερμαίνεσθε	1	warm yourself	Alternate translation: “stay warm”
-JAS	2	16	ngj8	figs-activepassive	χορτάζεσθε	1	be satisfied	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	16	ngj8	figs-activepassive	χορτάζεσθε	1	be satisfied	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	16	j134	figs-hypo	δὲ	1	but	James is continuing to describe the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “but also suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JAS	2	16	j135	writing-pronouns	μὴ δῶτε	1	you do not give	At the beginning of this verse, James speaks in the third-person singular of **one of you**. But he now speaks of believers generally in the second-person plural, saying **you**, to indicate how the community as a whole might respond to this situation. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the third-person singular here as well. Alternate translation: “he does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JAS	2	16	j136	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἐπιτήδεια	1	the necessary things	James is using the adjective **necessary** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that are necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	2	16	j136	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἐπιτήδεια	1	the necessary things	James is using the adjective **necessary** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that are necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	16	n5jh	figs-metonymy	τοῦ σώματος	1	for the body	James is speaking figuratively of meeting physical needs that also have an emotional and spiritual dimension by association with the way that these are needs of the human **body**. Alternate translation: “for people to be warm and well-fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	2	16	yi63	figs-rquestion	τί τὸ ὄφελος?	1	what would be the profit?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “that does no good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	16	j137	figs-hypo	τί τὸ ὄφελος?	1	what would be the profit?	This is the result of the hypothetical situation that James has been using to teach. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then that does no good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -290,27 +290,27 @@ JAS	2	20	j155	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργ
 JAS	2	21	q8iv	figs-rquestion	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον?	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	21	j156	figs-explicit	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον?	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar?	James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	21	v3ft	figs-explicit	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works	See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	21	j157	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	21	j157	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	21	j158	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ	1	Abraham … Isaac	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JAS	2	21	ph1s	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our father	James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	21	j159	figs-exclusive	ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our father	James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JAS	2	22	l1gj	figs-metaphor	βλέπεις	1	You see	Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	22	vde4	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works	James is speaking figuratively of **faith** and **works** as if they were living things that could work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “Abraham was strengthened to do these works by his faith, and doing these works made his faith even stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	2	22	j160	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Abraham did these things because he believed in God, and because he did these things, he believed in God even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JAS	2	22	j161	figs-activepassive	ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was perfected from works	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	22	j161	figs-activepassive	ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was perfected from works	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	22	j162		ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was perfected from works	The verb **perfected** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. The verb refers similarly to something developing to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “what he did helped his faith become fully mature”
-JAS	2	23	qh4i	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ	1	the scripture was fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	23	qh4i	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ	1	the scripture was fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	23	l818	figs-explicit	ἐπίστευσεν δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	And Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness	This is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). James assumes that his readers will know that it refers to how Abraham responded to God’s promise that even though he and his wife were old and had no children, he would have as many descendants as the stars in the sky. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “Abraham believed God’s promise that he would have many descendants, and so God considered Abraham to be in a right relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	23	j163	figs-explicit	φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη	1	he was called a friend of God	James assumes that his readers will know that in [Isaiah 41:8](../isa/41/08.md), God refers to the Israelites as “the offspring of Abraham my friend” and that in [2 Chronicles 20:7](../2ch/20/07.md), in a prayer to God, King Jehoshaphat refers to the Israelites as “the descendants of Abraham your friend.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “he was called a friend of God in later scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	23	j164	figs-activepassive	φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη	1	he was called a friend of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	23	j164	figs-activepassive	φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη	1	he was called a friend of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	24	j165	figs-metaphor	ὁρᾶτε	1	You see	Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	24	j166	figs-you	ὁρᾶτε	1	you see	James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of the letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating the shift back to plural here. Alternate translation: “So all of you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JAS	2	24	j167	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JAS	2	24	yha5	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦται	1	is justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	24	yha5	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦται	1	is justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	24	j168	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον	1	from works and not from faith alone	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	24	j169	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον	1	from works and not from faith alone	See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	25	dcv5	figs-rquestion	ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα?	1	And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JAS	2	25	j170	figs-activepassive	ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	25	j170	figs-activepassive	ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	25	hir8	figs-explicit	ὁμοίως	1	similarly	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	25	j171	translate-names	Ῥαὰβ	1	Rahab	**Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JAS	2	25	bx6i	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἔργων	1	from works	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -342,17 +342,17 @@ JAS	3	3	j181		ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν	1	their whole body	Since Ja
 JAS	3	4	j182	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα	1	Behold also the ships	The term **behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Also consider the case of ships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	4	yn42	translate-unknown	πλοῖα…πηδαλίου	1	ships … rudder	**Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JAS	3	4	j183		τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα	1	being so large and driven by strong winds	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and driven by strong winds”
-JAS	3	4	k7f5	figs-activepassive	τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα	1	being so large and driven by strong winds	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	4	k7f5	figs-activepassive	τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα	1	being so large and driven by strong winds	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	4	jrk1	figs-metonymy	μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	James is figuratively using the action of turning a ship to mean guiding or controlling the ship in general. (For example, a person might turn a ship in order to keep it upright, not just to direct it to a certain place.) Alternate translation: “it is controlled by the smallest rudder” or “it is guided by the smallest rudder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JAS	3	4	j184	figs-activepassive	μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	4	j184	figs-activepassive	μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	4	j185		μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
-JAS	3	4	j186		ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	the smallest rudder	James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you can translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
+JAS	3	4	j186		ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	the smallest rudder	James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you could translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
 JAS	3	4	j187	figs-personification	ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται	1	where the inclination of the one steering desires	James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	3	5	wt6i	figs-simile	οὕτως καὶ	1	Thus also	James uses the words **thus also** to introduce a simile or comparison between the human tongue and the small items he discussed in the previous two verses, a horse’s bit and a ship’s rudder. Alternate translation: “In the same way” or “Likewise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	3	5	j189		μικρὸν μέλος	1	a small member	Alternate translation: “a part of the body”
 JAS	3	5	j190	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	2	but	Here, **but** introduces a contrast between the small size of the tongue and the great things that people use their tongues in speech to boast about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JAS	3	5	j191	figs-personification	μεγάλα αὐχεῖ	1	it boasts great things	James is saying figuratively that the **tongue** is a living thing that **boasts**. Alternate translation: “with it people boast great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JAS	3	5	qx1k	figs-nominaladj	μεγάλα αὐχεῖ	1	it boasts great things	James is using the adjective **great** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with it people boast that they have done great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	3	5	qx1k	figs-nominaladj	μεγάλα αὐχεῖ	1	it boasts great things	James is using the adjective **great** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with it people boast that they have done great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	5	ub5h	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	5	j192	figs-explicit	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The implication is that James is offering his readers a further analogy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consider as a further example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	3	5	fr8x	translate-unknown	ἡλίκον πῦρ, ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει	1	how small a fire kindles so large a forest	A **forest** is a place where there are many trees. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **forest** is, you could use a different illustration that would be familiar to them of an area that could be destroyed by fire, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn much grassland” or “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn everything in a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -375,14 +375,14 @@ JAS	3	7	j204	grammar-connect-time-background	γὰρ	1	For	James uses **For** to
 JAS	3	7	j205	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα…φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων, δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται	1	every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals, is being tamed and has been tamed	Here, **every** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many different kinds of beasts, birds, reptiles, and marine animals are being tamed and have been tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JAS	3	7	j206		πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων	1	every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals	If you retain the generalization in your translation, it might be more natural in your language to use the singular for the creatures on this list. Alternate translation: “every kind of beast, bird, reptile, and marine animal”
 JAS	3	7	j207	figs-merism	πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων	1	every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals	James is figuratively using various categories of creatures to mean every creature. Alternate translation: “every kind of creature that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-JAS	3	7	zw5m	figs-nominaladj	ἐναλίων	1	marine animals	James is using the adjective **marine** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **animals** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JAS	3	7	ug59	figs-activepassive	δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	7	zw5m	figs-nominaladj	ἐναλίων	1	marine animals	James is using the adjective **marine** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **animals** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	3	7	ug59	figs-activepassive	δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	7	j208	figs-doublet	δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind	James says both **is being tamed** and **has been tamed** for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine them. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is in the process of taming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JAS	3	7	j209		τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	by the human kind	Alternate translation: “by people”
 JAS	3	8	j210	figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς…ἀνθρώπων	1	none of men	James is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JAS	3	8	q9xe	figs-metaphor	δαμάσαι	1	to tame	By analogy with the animals he discussed in the previous verse, James is using the word **tame** to mean “control.” Alternate translation: “to control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	8	j211	figs-metonymy	τὴν…γλῶσσαν	1	the tongue	James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JAS	3	8	j212	figs-nominaladj	ἀκατάστατον κακόν	1	an unsettled evil	James is using the adjective **evil** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “an unsettled evil thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	3	8	j212	figs-nominaladj	ἀκατάστατον κακόν	1	an unsettled evil	James is using the adjective **evil** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “an unsettled evil thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	8	j213	figs-personification	ἀκατάστατον κακόν	1	an unsettled evil	In this context, the word **unsettled** means “restless.” James is speaking figuratively of the **tongue** as if it were a living thing that could never rest because it always had to be saying bad things. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We are constantly saying evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	3	8	m7vi	figs-metaphor	μεστὴ ἰοῦ θανατηφόρου	1	full of deadly poison	James is using **deadly poison** as an analogy for the destructive effects of what people say. Alternate translation (continuing a new sentence): “and what we say has very destructive effects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	9	le6h	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα	1	With it we bless … and with it we curse	The pronoun **it** refers to the tongue. Alternate translation: “With our tongue we bless … and with our tongue we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ JAS	3	10	qrs2	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου	1	my brothers	See how you tra
 JAS	3	11	j220	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν	1	A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening, does it	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding “does it?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Does a spring gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JAS	3	11	mz8d	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν?	1	A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening, does it?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	3	11	j221		ἡ πηγὴ	1	A spring	In this context, the term **spring** refers to a spring of water, that is, a source of water that comes up from the ground. Alternate translation: “A spring of water”
-JAS	3	11	j222	figs-nominaladj	τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν	1	the sweet and the bitter	James is using the adjectives **sweet** and **bitter** as nouns to refer to types of water. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “sweet water and bitter water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	3	11	j222	figs-nominaladj	τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν	1	the sweet and the bitter	James is using the adjectives **sweet** and **bitter** as nouns to refer to types of water. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “sweet water and bitter water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	12	j223	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι	1	A fig tree is not able to make olives, is it	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding “is it?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Is a fig tree able to make olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JAS	3	12	z3qg	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι	1	A fig tree is not able to make olives, is it	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “A fig tree is not able to make olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	3	12	j224	translate-unknown	μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι	1	A fig tree is not able to make olives, is it	A **fig tree** is a tree that produces small, sweet fruit. **Olives** also grow on trees, so they are technically fruit, but they are oily and pungent. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of fruit, you could use two other contrasting kinds of fruit as examples, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation (as a statement): “One kind of tree is not able to produce fruit that would grow on a different kind of tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ JAS	3	12	j225	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα	1	or a grapevine, fig
 JAS	3	12	j226	translate-unknown	ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα	1	or a grapevine, figs	A **grapevine** is a woody vine that produces small, juicy fruit. This fruit is quite different from **figs**. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of fruit, you could use two other contrasting kinds of fruit as examples, or you could use a general expression. If you already used a general expression earlier in the verse, you could restate it here as a separate sentence for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No, a tree is not able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JAS	3	12	j227	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἁλυκὸν γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ	1	Nor salty to make sweet water	James concludes his teaching about speech with this final example. It may be helpful after this example to restate the implications of all the examples that James has given in this verse and in the previous verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	3	12	j228	figs-ellipsis	οὔτε ἁλυκὸν γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ	1	Nor salty to make sweet water	James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “And something that is salty is not able to produce sweet water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JAS	3	12	j229	figs-nominaladj	ἁλυκὸν	1	salty	James is using the adjective **salty** as a noun. Since James is speaking of something that can **make** or produce **water**, he is likely speaking of a spring. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a saline spring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	3	12	j229	figs-nominaladj	ἁλυκὸν	1	salty	James is using the adjective **salty** as a noun. Since James is speaking of something that can **make** or produce **water**, he is likely speaking of a spring. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a saline spring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	13	fgb7	figs-rquestion	τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν? δειξάτω	1	Who is wise and understanding among you? Let him show	James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to express a condition. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate this as a conditional statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is wise and understanding among you, let him show” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	3	13	j230	figs-doublet	σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων	1	wise and understanding	The words **wise** and **understanding** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “truly wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JAS	3	13	f9xv	figs-abstractnouns	δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν πραΰτητι σοφίας	1	Let him show his works from good conduct in the humility of wisdom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **works**, **conduct**, **humility**, and **wisdom**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Let him show by conducting himself well, and by being humble as a wise person should be, that he does what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -438,12 +438,12 @@ JAS	3	18	md56	figs-metaphor	καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρ
 JAS	3	18	htr1	figs-abstractnouns	καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην	1	the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace by those who make peace	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **righteousness** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who work peacefully to help people live together peacefully are helping those people to live in the right way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	3	18	j238	figs-activepassive	καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην	1	the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace by those who make peace	If you decide to retain the metaphor of sowing, you could express it with an active verbal form, if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “those who make peace sow the fruit of righteousness in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	4	intro	r6vv			0		# James 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Worldly desires and the sin and conflict they cause (4:1-12)<br>2. A warning against boasting about tomorrow (4:13-17)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Adultery<br><br>Writers in the Bible often speak of adultery as a metaphor for people who say they love God but do things that God hates. James uses the same metaphor in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
-JAS	4	1	j239		πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Whence are wars and whence are battles among you	The word translated **whence** means “from where.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you can express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where do wars and battles among you come from”
+JAS	4	1	j239		πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Whence are wars and whence are battles among you	The word translated **whence** means “from where.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where do wars and battles among you come from”
 JAS	4	1	j240	figs-metaphor	πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Whence are wars and whence are battles among you	James is using the terms **wars** and **battles** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Where do the conflicts and disputes that you are having come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	1	pqx2	figs-rquestion	πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν?	1	Whence are wars and whence are battles among you?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you where the conflicts and disputes that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	4	1	ub82	figs-doublet	πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν?	1	Whence are wars and whence are battles among you?	The words **wars** and **battles** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation (as a statement): “I will tell you where the continual conflicts that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JAS	4	1	j241	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Are they not hence, from your lusts, which fight in your members?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is where they come from: from your lusts, which fight in your members.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JAS	4	1	j242		οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν	1	Are they not hence	The word translated **hence** means “from here.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you can express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do they not come from here”
+JAS	4	1	j242		οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν	1	Are they not hence	The word translated **hence** means “from here.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do they not come from here”
 JAS	4	1	v5kg	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν	1	your lusts, which fight in your members	As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **members** means “parts of the body.” This could mean: (1) the phrase **in your members** indicates the location of the **lusts** that James is describing. He could be saying that the outward fights between members of the community have their origin in inward lusts that lead people to fight for what they want, as he describes in the next verse. If so, he is using the parts of the body figuratively to represent a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that fight” (2) the word translated **in** means “among.” The sense would then be that these **lusts** fight against one part of the person after another, seeking to gain control of the whole person. Since the **lusts** would actually be gaining control over non-physical aspects of a person, such as his will and values, James would once again be using the physical parts of the body figuratively to express his meaning. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight to control you” (3) James is speaking figuratively of the community of believers as if it were a body and of individual believers as if they were parts of that body. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	1	vpe2	figs-personification	τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν	1	your lusts, which fight in your members	In all of the cases that the previous note discusses, James would be speaking figuratively of **lusts** as if they were living things that could **fight.** Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that cause you to fight to get what you want” of “your lusts, which cause you to value and choose certain things in order to gratify them” or “your lusts, which cause you to fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	4	2	j243	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε; φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν	1	You covet, and you do not have. You kill and envy, and you are not able to obtain	In both of these sentences, James is using the word translated **and** to introduce a contrast between the first and second clauses. Alternate translation: “You covet, but you do not have. You kill and envy, but you are not able to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -478,8 +478,8 @@ JAS	4	6	j260	writing-pronouns	μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	B
 JAS	4	6	j261		μείζονα…χάριν	1	greater grace	The comparative **greater** refers to quantity rather than to size. Alternate translation: “even more grace”
 JAS	4	6	hyh2	writing-pronouns	διὸ λέγει	1	Therefore it says	The pronoun **it** refers to the Scripture, the antecedent from the previous verse. Even though James is now quoting a specific passage, [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md), rather than a general teaching, the reference is to the Bible as a whole. Alternate translation: “Therefore the Scripture says” or “Therefore the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	4	6	j262	figs-personification	λέγει	1	it says	James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JAS	4	6	qs61	figs-nominaladj	ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς	1	the proud … the humble	James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JAS	4	7	g7e5	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε οὖν	1	Be submitted, therefore	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	4	6	qs61	figs-nominaladj	ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς	1	the proud … the humble	James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	4	7	g7e5	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε οὖν	1	Be submitted, therefore	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	4	7	da5t	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑποτάγητε οὖν	1	Be submitted, therefore	James is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because God gives grace to the humble, be submitted” or “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	4	7	j263	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀντίστητε δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν	1	But resist the devil, and he will flee from you	James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “But resist the devil. If you do, then he will flee from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	4	7	nud3		ἀντίστητε…τῷ διαβόλῳ	1	resist the devil	Alternate translation: “resolve not to do what the devil wants”
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ JAS	4	8	elh1	figs-metonymy	καθαρίσατε χεῖρας	1	Cleanse your han
 JAS	4	8	j266		ἁμαρτωλοί	1	sinners	James is addressing his readers in the vocative. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you sinners”
 JAS	4	8	j267	figs-metaphor	ἁγνίσατε καρδίας	1	purify your hearts	James says **hearts** figuratively to mean people’s thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “purify your thoughts and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	8	mw54	figs-metaphor	ἁγνίσατε καρδίας	1	purify your hearts	The term **purify** refers to a ceremonial cleansing that allows a person to participate in religious activities. James is speaking figuratively as if his readers’ **hearts** could be cleansed in this way. Alternate translation: “make sure you are not thinking or desiring anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	4	8	j268	figs-nominaladj	δίψυχοι	1	double-minded	James is using the adjective **double-minded** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “double-minded people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	4	8	j268	figs-nominaladj	δίψυχοι	1	double-minded	James is using the adjective **double-minded** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “double-minded people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	4	8	j269		δίψυχοι	1	double-minded	James is addressing his readers in the vocative. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you double-minded people”
 JAS	4	8	iw61	figs-metaphor	δίψυχοι	1	double-minded	See how you translated the same expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). James is speaking figuratively of his readers as if they had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “you people who cannot decide whether to obey God or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	9	kdn8	figs-doublet	ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε	1	Be miserable and mourn and weep	These three verbs have similar meanings. James is using them together to emphasize how sorry his readers should be. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -533,17 +533,17 @@ JAS	4	17	q84z		εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, καὶ μὴ π
 JAS	5	intro	ud8q			0		# James 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Rebuke of rich people (5:1-6)<br>2. Waiting patiently for the Lord’s return (5:7-11)<br>3. Oaths forbidden (5:12)<br>4. Prayer, forgiveness, and healing (5:13-18)<br>5. Restoration of a sinner (5:19-20)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Living for eternity<br><br>The first section of this chapter, which is a warning to rich people, contrasts living for things of this world, which will not last, with living for things that will last for eternity. The second section of the chapter is related to that first section. In it, James stresses that it is important to live with the expectation that Jesus will return soon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Oaths<br><br>In [5:12](../05/12.md), James tells his readers not to swear any oaths. However, biblical scholars are divided over whether James intends to teach literally that all oaths are wrong. Some scholars believe that some oaths are permissible and that James is emphasizing how Christians should have integrity in what they say.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>The illustration that James gives from the life of the prophet Elijah in [5:17-18](../05/17.md) may be difficult for your readers to appreciate if the books of 1 and 2 Kings have not yet been translated. See the first note to 5:17 for a suggestion about how to help your readers understand this illustration better.
 JAS	5	1	j292	figs-idiom	ἄγε νῦν	1	Come now	This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [4:13](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	5	1	j293		οἱ πλούσιοι	1	the rich	James is addressing these people in the vocative. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. (If you use the word “you,” it would be plural, since James is addressing a group of people.) Alternate translation: “you who are rich”
-JAS	5	1	j294	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πλούσιοι	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	5	1	j294	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πλούσιοι	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	1	gel9	figs-explicit	οἱ πλούσιοι	1	the rich	James is most likely addressing believers who are rich, or at least rich people who were attending assemblies of believers, rather than unbelievers who are rich or rich people in general. (This letter was meant to be read aloud in those assemblies, and James notes in [1:10](../01/10.md) that some of the believers were rich.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are rich” or “you rich people who say you want to follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	5	1	j295		ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις	1	because of your coming miseries	Your language may similarly speak of something that is going to happen in the future as if it were **coming**. If it does not, you can express this in another way. Alternate translation: “because of the miseries you will soon experience”
+JAS	5	1	j295		ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις	1	because of your coming miseries	Your language may similarly speak of something that is going to happen in the future as if it were **coming**. If it does not, you could express this in another way. Alternate translation: “because of the miseries you will soon experience”
 JAS	5	1	l3wd	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις	1	because of your coming miseries	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **miseries**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because many bad things are going to happen to you soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	5	2	j296	translate-versebridge		0		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [5:2](../05/02.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md) into a verse bridge. You could put the last sentence of [5:3](../05/03.md) first, followed by all of [5:2](../05/02.md) and then the rest of [5:3](../05/03.md). This would allow you to address several translation issues that are discussed in the notes to this verse and the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 JAS	5	2	gq45	figs-pastforfuture	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν	1	Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten	James is using the past tense to refer to things that will happen in the future. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Your wealth is going to rot and your clothes are going to be eaten by moths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JAS	5	2	v241	figs-synecdoche	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν	1	Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten	In these two clauses and in the first clause in the next verse (“your gold and silver have been tarnished”), James is figuratively using certain things that these rich people own to mean everything that they own. If you create a verse bridge, you can combine all of these clauses into a single sentence that expresses this meaning. (You would need to begin a new sentence right afterwards.) Alternate translation: “Everything of value that you own is going to be ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JAS	5	2	v241	figs-synecdoche	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν	1	Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten	In these two clauses and in the first clause in the next verse (“your gold and silver have been tarnished”), James is figuratively using certain things that these rich people own to mean everything that they own. If you create a verse bridge, you could combine all of these clauses into a single sentence that expresses this meaning. (You would need to begin a new sentence right afterwards.) Alternate translation: “Everything of value that you own is going to be ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JAS	5	2	j297	figs-explicit	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν	1	Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten	Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” in the next verse (see the note to that statement), James may be saying figuratively that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	2	j298	figs-simile	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν	1	Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten	If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	5	3	am1u	figs-pastforfuture	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	James is using the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the future. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver are going to be tarnished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JAS	5	3	wj9v	figs-activepassive	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	3	wj9v	figs-activepassive	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	3	j299	figs-explicit	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” (see the first note to that statement below), James may be saying figuratively that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	3	q4pm	figs-simile	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	5	3	j300		καὶ ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	and their rust will be for a testimony against you	If you created a verse bridge and you also combined the statement “your gold and silver have been tarnished” with the two clauses in [5:2](../05/02.md), it would be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to use a general expression that would apply to everything that these rich people own. Alternate translation: “The ruins of your possessions will be for a testimony against you” or “The ruins of your possessions will testify against you”
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ JAS	5	3	j302	figs-explicit	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡ
 JAS	5	3	j303	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	You have stored up in the last days	If the first interpretation of this statement in the note just above is correct, then James is giving the reason for the results that he describes in the previous verse and in the earlier part of this verse. If you created a verse bridge as described in the first note to [5:2](../05/02.md), you could put this reason before the result by placing this statement first in that bridge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	3	np1u	figs-idiom	ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	the last days	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	5	4	j304	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν	1	Behold, the pay of the workers	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. It may be helpful to express its meaning as a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “Consider this! The pay of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	4	j305	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει	1	the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	4	j305	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει	1	the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	4	e9iy	figs-personification	κράζει	1	is crying out	James is speaking figuratively of this **pay** as if it were a living thing that could cry out. Alternate translation: “is obvious evidence that you have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	4	n21a	figs-metonymy	αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων, εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν	1	the cries of the harvesting ones have entered into the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth	James is speaking figuratively of the **ears** of the Lord to mean his hearing. Alternate translation: “the Lord of Sabaoth has heard the cries of the harvesting ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	5	4	j306	figs-explicit	Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ	1	the Lord of Sabaoth	James assumes that his readers will know that he is speaking of God by a name by which he is often known in the Old Testament. The Hebrew term **Sabaoth** means “military forces.” Alternate translation: “God, the Lord of the Heavenly Armies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ JAS	5	5	pr31	figs-metaphor	ἐθρέψατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 
 JAS	5	5	j309	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ	1	in a day	James is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	5	5	j310	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς	1	in a day of slaughter	James is using the idea of **slaughter** figuratively to refer to God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “at a time when God is about to judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	6	u5c5	figs-synecdoche	κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τὸν δίκαιον	1	You have condemned, you have killed the righteous	James probably does not mean that these rich people have done these things personally. He is likely referring to the kind of actions he described in [2:6](../02/06.md), where he told how rich people “overpower” the poor by taking them to court. He may mean that the rich people have gotten the courts to condemn innocent people and in some cases even to execute them. He could also mean that the rich people have gotten the courts to decide lawsuits in their favor and that as a result, some poor people have died because of the great poverty this caused them. James would be speaking figuratively of the rich people as the ones who did these actions, using them to represent all the people who were involved. Alternate translation: “You have gotten the courts to condemn and even execute innocent people” or “You have gotten the courts to decide lawsuits in your favor and, as a result, innocent people have died from poverty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JAS	5	6	j311	figs-nominaladj	τὸν δίκαιον	1	the righteous	James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous person” or “the innocent person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	5	6	j311	figs-nominaladj	τὸν δίκαιον	1	the righteous	James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous person” or “the innocent person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	6	lq6p	figs-genericnoun	τὸν δίκαιον	1	the righteous	The expression **the righteous** refers to righteous people in general, not to one specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people” or “innocent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JAS	5	6	z7w1	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	This could mean: (1) the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	6	j312	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -578,13 +578,13 @@ JAS	5	7	j314	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ,	1	Behold,	The term **Behold** focuses the
 JAS	5	7	y4er	figs-genericnoun	ὁ γεωργὸς ἐκδέχεται	1	the farmer awaits	The expression **the farmer** refers to farmers in general, not to one specific farmer. Alternate translation: “a farmer awaits” or “farmers await” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JAS	5	7	j315		τὸν τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς γῆς	1	the valuable fruit of the earth	James uses the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “the valuable crops that grow from the earth”
 JAS	5	7	j316	writing-pronouns	μακροθυμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἕως λάβῃ	1	waiting patiently for it until it receives	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **it** refers to in each of these cases. Alternate translation: “waiting patiently for this fruit until the earth receives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JAS	5	7	j317	figs-nominaladj	πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον	1	the early and the late	James is using the adjectives **early** and **late** as nouns to refer to types of rain. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the rain that comes early in the growing season and the rain that comes late in the growing season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	5	7	j317	figs-nominaladj	πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον	1	the early and the late	James is using the adjectives **early** and **late** as nouns to refer to types of rain. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the rain that comes early in the growing season and the rain that comes late in the growing season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	7	j318	figs-explicit	πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον	1	the early and the late	If it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not be familiar with rainfed agriculture, you could state why these farmers needed to wait for rain to fall on their crops. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	8	j319		μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You also wait patiently	Here James makes clear that what he said about farmers in the previous verse was an analogy for his readers. Alternate translation: “You should also wait patiently, just as a farmer does”
 JAS	5	8	bbn1	figs-metaphor	στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	Strengthen your hearts	James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	8	jw3b		ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν	1	the coming of the Lord has come near	James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
 JAS	5	9	k74r	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	9	z3p7	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may be not judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	9	z3p7	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may be not judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	9	ita4	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς	1	Behold, the judge	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	9	g938	figs-metaphor	ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν	1	the judge is standing at the door	James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	10	j320		ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας	1	Take an example, brothers, of the suffering	Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
@@ -611,14 +611,14 @@ JAS	5	14	j328	translate-unknown	ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν ἐλαίῳ
 JAS	5	14	fik7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	James is figuratively using the **name** of the Lord to mean his person and authority. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Lord” or “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	5	15	qiw4	figs-possession	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is using the possessive form to describe **prayer** that is characterized by **faith**. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will save the sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JAS	5	15	j329	figs-possession	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is using the word translated **save** in one of its senses to mean “heal.” (He uses a more specific word to mean “healed” in the next verse.) Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JAS	5	15	j330	figs-nominaladj	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	5	15	j330	figs-nominaladj	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	15	c8q6	figs-personification	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	15	ei3q	figs-metonymy	ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord will raise him up	James is speaking figuratively of the sick person’s restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JAS	5	15	j331	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	15	j331	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	16	dl5k	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	16	mzk8	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆτε	1	you may be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	16	j332		πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”
-JAS	5	16	j333	figs-nominaladj	πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “The working prayer of a person who is righteous is very strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JAS	5	16	j333	figs-nominaladj	πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “The working prayer of a person who is righteous is very strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	16	zk62	figs-personification	πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	James is speaking figuratively of **prayer** as if it were a living thing that was **very strong** by itself. Alternate translation: “When a person who is righteous prays, God does very powerful things in response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	17	j334	figs-explicit	Ἠλείας	1	Elijah	James assumes that his readers will know from the Scriptures about this episode in Elijah’s life. If your readers might not be familiar with it, you could describe it in more detail. Alternate translation: “You know from the Scriptures how a prophet named Elijah who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	17	j335	figs-explicit	ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν	1	of similar passions to us	This expression means that Elijah had the same feelings as any other human being. In context, James is indicating specifically that he too had the kind of feelings that make it difficult for people to pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had the same doubts and fears that we all do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ JAS	5	18	zwc9	figs-personification	ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκε
 JAS	5	18	yi7m	figs-personification	ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς	1	the earth produced its fruit	James is speaking figuratively of the **earth** as if it were a living thing that **produced fruit**. As in [5:7](../05/07.md), James is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “crops grew from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	19	xr4l	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου	1	My brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	19	dv4v	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth	As in [1:16](../01/16.md), James is speaking figuratively as if a deceptive guide may have led one of his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “if anyone among you may have been deceived regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	19	j337	figs-activepassive	ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	19	j337	figs-activepassive	ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	19	j338	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	5	19	j339	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν	1	someone turns him back	James is continuing the metaphor of someone guiding a person in the right direction. Alternate translation: “someone corrects him” or “someone shows him what is actually true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	20	j340	writing-pronouns	γινωσκέτω	1	let him know	The pronoun **him** refers to the person who corrects another believer who has been deceived. Alternate translation: “the person who corrects the deceived believer should know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 85e9eda5ea..8179ff2a13 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -5,43 +5,43 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	1	p0pd	translate-names	Πέτρος	1		**Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1PE	1	1	h6om	figs-distinguish	ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1PE	1	1	owrg	figs-123person	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1		In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then state to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	1	1	g3n3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **dispersion**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those whom God has elected and exiled among those whom God has dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	1	g3n3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **dispersion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those whom God has elected and exiled among those whom God has dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	When Peter calls his readers **exiles**, he could mean: (1) they are **exiles** because they are far away from their true home in heaven. Alternate translation: “to the elect exiles of the dispersion who are far from their home in heaven” (2) they are **exiles** because they were forced to leave their homes and go far away to Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles of the dispersion who are far away from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	bg47	figs-metaphor	διασπορᾶς	1		Here, **dispersion** could refer to: (1) groups of Gentile Christians who were spread throughout the world instead of in their true home in heaven. In this case, **dispersion** would have a similar meaning to **exiles** and would add emphasis. Alternate translation: “among those dispersed outside of their true home in heaven” (2) the groups of Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel, which is the common technical meaning for this word. Alternate translation: “among the dispersed Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	qkl8	translate-names	Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, Ἀσίας, καὶ Βιθυνίας	1	Cappadocia … Bithynia	**Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia** are names of Roman provinces that were located in what is now the country of Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1PE	1	2	ba1h	figs-abstractnouns	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	the foreknowledge of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foreknowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “what God the Father foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	2	ba1h	figs-abstractnouns	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	the foreknowledge of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foreknowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “what God the Father foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	2	lcps	figs-explicit	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father planned previously” (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	2	z59t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1PE	1	2	huw6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sanctification**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit sanctifying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	2	huw6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sanctification**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit sanctifying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	2	sfrr	figs-possession	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **sanctification** that is produced by the Holy **Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit causing you to be sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	2	ukos	figs-explicit	εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **obedience** could refer to: (1) obeying God. Alternate translation: “for obedience of God and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ” (2) obeying Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “for obedience of Jesus Christ and the sprinkling of his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	2	oiuz	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	2	oiuz	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	2	j96u	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which the Holy Spirit sanctifies believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1PE	1	2	rwkk	figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ	Peter uses **sprinkling** figuratively to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	2	i9kf	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the blood of Jesus Christ	Here, **blood** refers figuratively to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	2	k547	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1PE	1	2	iam1	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	2	gj71	figs-activepassive	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	3	y6aq			0	General Information:	Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. [Verses 3–5](../01/03.md) are one sentence, but you may need to divide them into shorter sentences in your language.
-1PE	1	3	l4vi	figs-declarative	εὐλογητὸς	1		Peter is using a statement to give an exhortation. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for exhortation. Alternate translation: “Let us bless” or “Let us praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1PE	1	3	l4vi	figs-declarative	εὐλογητὸς	1		Peter is using a statement to give an exhortation. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for exhortation. Alternate translation: “Let us bless” or “Let us praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	1	3	z6wk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1PE	1	3	cyf6	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	our … us	The words **our** and **us** are inclusive. They refer to Peter and those believers to whom he is writing. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1PE	1	3	ib1x	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe Jesus as the **Lord** who rules over those who believe in him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the person who is lord over us,” or “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	3	mdvi	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to his great merciful character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	3	mdvi	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to his great merciful character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	3	c92y	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς	1	he has given us new birth	The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation and include an explanation if necessary. Alternate translation: “has caused us to be spiritually reborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	3	cbxb	figs-infostructure	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν, δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		The clause **into a living hope** is parallel to “into an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” in the next verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse in order to show that parallel structure. Alternate translation: “who has caused us to be born again through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from dead ones into a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	3	qe1c	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1PE	1	3	kngt	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Peter uses **living** figuratively to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	3	lh0r	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	3	lh0r	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	4	v9jq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a second purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. This clause states what the “living hope” in the previous verse is. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	4	b2zy	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	4	b2zy	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	4	cy1g	figs-metaphor	κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	an … inheritance	Peter uses **inheritance** figuratively to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	4	z6w4	figs-activepassive	τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	reserved in heaven for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God has kept in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	5	r4es	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους	1	who are protected by the power of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is protecting with his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	5	a4ab	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ πίστεως	1	through faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	5	a4ab	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ πίστεως	1	through faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	5	ymh2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God is protecting believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	5	gj5s	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for the time when God saves you, which is ready to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	5	gj5s	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for the time when God saves you, which is ready to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	5	g4rb	figs-activepassive	ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1	that is ready to be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is ready to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	5	xsp2	figs-explicit	ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ	1		Here, **the last time** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when Jesus returns to the world to judge everyone and vindicate those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the last time, when Jesus returns and judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	6	p1ta	writing-pronouns	ἐν ᾧ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the “last time” referred to at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “About this last time” (2) everything described in [verses 3–5](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “In all of this that I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -49,24 +49,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	6	dtvb	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary, and it is, to have been distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1PE	1	6	a2bq	figs-activepassive	ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary for various trials to distress you a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	7	vvp1	figs-metaphor	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως…διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	so that the proof of your faith	Here Peter speaks of **faith** figuratively, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** figuratively to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	7	ct3n	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	the proof of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	7	ct3n	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	the proof of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	7	g1oe	figs-infostructure	ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “so that the genuineness of your faith might be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; that faith is more precious than the perishing gold, but being tested by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	7	u63m	figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes. But, being tested by fire	In this clause Peter means that **faith** is more valuable than **gold** because faith lasts forever but gold does not, even if it is refined by someone passing it through **fire**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “of your faith, which is more precious than gold because even gold that is tested by fire can perish, but your faith will not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	7	a6q4	figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν	1	it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might result in praise and glory and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	7	lewt	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the future **revelation of Jesus Christ**, when Jesus returns to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future revelation of Jesus Christ” or “when Jesus Christ reveals himself again in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	7	bkr9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	at the revealing of Jesus Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	8	eka3	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ	1	with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory	Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	1	7	bkr9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	at the revealing of Jesus Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	8	eka3	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ	1	with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory	Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	9	hw6y	figs-metaphor	κομιζόμενοι…σωτηρίαν	1	the salvation	Here Peter speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	9	jkcb	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	9	j2qe	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	9	jkcb	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	9	j2qe	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	9	uk4a	figs-synecdoche	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	Here, **souls** refers to the individual Christians to whom Peter is writing this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	1	10	yyz4	figs-doublet	ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν	1	searched and inquired carefully	The phrases **searched** and **inquired carefully** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	1	10	gmcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἧς σωτηρίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	10	wx95	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος	1		Here, **this grace** refers to **this salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	10	yyz4	figs-doublet	ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν	1	searched and inquired carefully	The phrases **searched** and **inquired carefully** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	1	10	gmcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἧς σωτηρίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	10	wx95	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος	1		Here, **this grace** refers to **this salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	11	j917	figs-explicit	εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν	1		The word translated **whom** could also be translated “what.” In that case, “what” would refer to the time when salvation would take place and **what time** would then refer to the specific circumstances. However, most translations agree with the ULT’s use of **whom**. Alternate translation: “into what time or what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	11	w3n8	figs-possession	τὸ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	the Spirit of Christ	Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as being **the Spirit** that is associated with **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, associated with Christ,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	11	hjq5		προμαρτυρόμενον	1		This could indicate: (1) the time when **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “when testifying beforehand” (2) the means by which **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “by means of testifying beforehand”
-1PE	1	11	x5x8	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glories**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about how Christ would suffer, and glorious things would happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	11	x5x8	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glories**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about how Christ would suffer, and glorious things would happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	12	x4b1	figs-activepassive	οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη	1	It was revealed to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	12	hi9u	figs-activepassive	ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which those who proclaimed the gospel to you have now declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	12	c7jz	figs-explicit	Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the evangelists proclaimed the gospel to Peter’s readers. Peter uses **the Holy Spirit** here to refer specifically to the Holy Spirit’s work of giving those evangelists the ability or power to proclaim the gospel effectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit sent from heaven enabling them to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -84,37 +84,37 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	14	opvh	figs-metaphor	ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Here Peter uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not express the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “Like children of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	14	n5wg	figs-possession	τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are characterized by **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “obedient” instead of the noun “obedience.” Alternate translation: “obedient children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	14	e4tb	figs-idiom	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1	not being conformed to your former desires	Here, **not being conformed to** is an idiom meaning “not letting one’s life be controlled by.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “not being controlled by your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	1	14	nepq	figs-declarative	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “do not be conformed to your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	1	14	j2wo	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you were ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	14	nepq	figs-declarative	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “do not be conformed to your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1PE	1	14	j2wo	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you were ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	15	edvw	figs-explicit	τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	15	mrbq	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in how you conduct yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	16	m1q7	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	For it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses was the author of the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “Moses had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1PE	1	15	mrbq	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in how you conduct yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	16	m1q7	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	For it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses was the author of the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “Moses had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	16	e6el	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		Here Peter uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 11:44](../lev/11/44.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	1	16	tt52	figs-declarative	ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε	1		Peter quotes God using a future statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “You must be holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	1	16	s8kz	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος	1	You will be holy, because I am holy	In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because I, God, am holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+1PE	1	16	tt52	figs-declarative	ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε	1		Peter quotes God using a future statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “You must be holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1PE	1	16	s8kz	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος	1	You will be holy, because I am holy	In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because I, God, am holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1PE	1	17	x0xl	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐπικαλεῖσθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because you call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1PE	1	17	c53b	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀπροσωπολήμπτως κρίνοντα	1		This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who judges impartially” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	17	s6gv	figs-metaphor	τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον	1	conduct yourselves in fear during the time of your journey	Here Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land far away from their homes. Like people living away from home, so are Christians living away from their home in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “during the time that you are living away from your true home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	18	pcm5	figs-infostructure	οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you have been redeemed from your futile behavior handed down from your fathers, not with perishable things, with silver or with gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	18	q4pc	figs-activepassive	ἐλυτρώθητε	1	you have been redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	18	git3	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		Here, **handed down** figuratively refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	18	ctgm	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	18	ctgm	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	18	b5qa	figs-activepassive	πατροπαραδότου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	19	s4jd	figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ	1	with the precious blood of Christ	Peter uses **the blood of Christ** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	19	gk6a	figs-simile	ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	as an unblemished and spotless lamb	Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	1	19	smu8	figs-doublet	ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	unblemished and spotless	The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	1	19	smu8	figs-doublet	ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	unblemished and spotless	The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	20	msw5	figs-activepassive	προεγνωσμένου	1	He has been chosen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	20	tnrv	figs-explicit	προεγνωσμένου	1		This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what Christ would do. Alternate translation: “having been planned previously” (2) God knew what Christ would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “having been known beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	20	ky7a	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the foundation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	20	ky7a	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the foundation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	20	dkk2	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος	1	he has been revealed … for your sake	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having revealed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	20	pmf2	figs-explicit	φανερωθέντος	1		Here, **having been revealed** refers to the first time Jesus came to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been revealed when he came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	20	kzi0	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων	1		Here, **the last of the times** refers to the final period of history which began when Jesus came to the earth for the first time. This period will end when Jesus returns to earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this final time period of history” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	21	lt5u	figs-idiom	τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	who has raised him from the dead	Here, to **raise him** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	1	21	f7mn	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα	1	has given him glory	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	21	k85r	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	21	f7mn	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα	1	has given him glory	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	21	k85r	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	22	hj14	figs-metaphor	τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες	1	Having purified	**Having purified** figuratively refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	22	luj3	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1	Having purified your souls	See how you translated **souls** in [verse 9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	1	22	qyt5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	by obedience to the truth	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	22	qyt5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	by obedience to the truth	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	22	iyze	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Here, **the truth** refers to the true teaching about Jesus, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	22	j777	figs-gendernotations	φιλαδελφίαν	1	brotherly love	Although **brotherly** is a masculine word, Peter is using the phrase **brotherly love** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	1	22	e9wr	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	love one another earnestly from a pure heart	Peter uses **heart** here figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	23	w4v3	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς	1	having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable	The word **seed** usually refers to either the seed of a plant or the sperm cell of a man, which is used to produce a baby. However, here Peter uses **seed** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) the **word of God** mentioned later in the verse. In this case, Peter is saying what the **word of God** is not. Alternate translation: “not by means of a human message that can perish” (2) physical human birth, in which case the meaning is similar to the idea expressed in [John 1:13](../jhn/01/13.md). Alternate translation: “not by means of mortal physical birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	23	nh9r	figs-ellipsis	ἀφθάρτου	1	from imperishable	Peter is leaving out a word that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “from imperishable seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	1	23	tjq9	figs-metonymy	λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	through the living and enduring word of God	Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	23	pkpl	figs-doublet	ζῶντος…καὶ μένοντος	1		Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	1	23	pkpl	figs-doublet	ζῶντος…καὶ μένοντος	1		Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	24	kyc5	writing-quotations	διότι	1		**For** here introduces a quotation of some phrases from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	1	24	e299	figs-quotemarks	πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν,	1		In these clauses and the first clause of the next verse, Peter quotes parts of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	1	24	dr75	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	All flesh	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -137,14 +137,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	25	s11j	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν	1	the word that has been proclaimed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	intro	a121			0		# 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../eph/02/20.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care of believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
 1PE	2	1	n3x5	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	2	1	inct	figs-declarative	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1PE	2	1	inct	figs-declarative	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	2	1	g65y	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander	Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	1	r853	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	1	r853	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	2	y6fv	figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	2	2	rm71		ἐπιποθήσατε	1	long for	Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
 1PE	2	2	fn81	figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	pure spiritual milk	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks figuratively of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	2	ypy6	figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	you may grow up	Peter speaks figuratively of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	2	vg76	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	to salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	2	vg76	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	to salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	2	wmw2	figs-explicit	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Here, **salvation** refers to when Jesus returns and God completes the **salvation** of his people. Peter also uses this meaning for **salvation** in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated this word there. Alternate translation: “until God saves you completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	3	uja9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have tasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1PE	2	3	tui9	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	if you have tasted that the Lord is kind	Peter uses **tasted** figuratively to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -167,9 +167,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	6	k1h0	writing-quotations	περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ	1		This phrase introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote in scripture stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	2	6	wdwx	figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ.	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	6	q7jx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter quotes Isaiah using **Behold** to call his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	6	skrt	figs-123person	τίθημι	1		In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, lay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+1PE	2	6	skrt	figs-123person	τίθημι	1		In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, lay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1PE	2	6	xsx8	figs-metaphor	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον	1	a cornerstone	Here God refers to the Messiah figuratively as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	6	klv2	figs-distinguish	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον	1	a cornerstone, chosen, precious	Here, **chosen** and **precious** show a distinction between this **cornerstone** and any other **cornerstone**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “a cornerstone that is chosen and precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1PE	2	6	klv2	figs-distinguish	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον	1	a cornerstone, chosen, precious	Here, **chosen** and **precious** show a distinction between this **cornerstone** and any other **cornerstone**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “a cornerstone that is chosen and precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1PE	2	6	lrxm	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. God uses them together to emphasize the truth of this statement. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1PE	2	7	ze1c	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		Here, **this honor** refers to the statement in the previous verse that people who believe in Jesus will “certainly not be ashamed.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this honor of never being ashamed is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	7	rdhk	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		The phrase translated **this honor** could also be translated as “precious,” in which case it would refer to the “cornerstone” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	8	vxhb	figs-quotemarks	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking figuratively of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	ydkr	figs-possession	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	2	8	ptx5	figs-parallelism	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1PE	2	8	ptx5	figs-parallelism	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	2	8	h7ta	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	stumble because they disobey the word	Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	2	8	d8ii	figs-metaphor	οἳ προσκόπτουσιν	1		Here, **stumble** could refer to: (1) being offended by the gospel, which is the meaning in the rest of this verse. Alternate translation: “They get offended” (2) being judged for rejecting the gospel. Alternate translation: “They are judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	h6sb	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἳ προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες	1		Here, **disobeying the word** indicates the reason why they **stumble**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They stumble because they disobey the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -192,40 +192,40 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	9	zla9	figs-activepassive	γένος ἐκλεκτόν	1	a chosen people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a family whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	9	g39z	figs-explicit	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	a royal priesthood	This could refer to: (1) members of a priesthood who are also members of the king’s family. Alternate translation: “a kingly priesthood” (2) a priesthood which serves the king. Alternate translation: “a priesthood which serves the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	9	m1f8	grammar-collectivenouns	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1		The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of royal priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-1PE	2	9	qk7f	figs-abstractnouns	λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	a people for possession	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	9	qk7f	figs-abstractnouns	λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	a people for possession	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	9	ra7z	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐκ σκότους ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος, εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	who called you from	This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who called you from darkness into his marvelous light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	9	nvf5	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	from darkness into his marvelous light	Here, **darkness** refers figuratively to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers figuratively to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	10	pveb	figs-quotemarks	οὐ λαὸς…λαὸς Θεοῦ…οὐκ ἠλεημένοι…ἐλεηθέντες	1		All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament ([Hosea 1:6–10](../hos/01/06.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	11	jnr9			0	General Information:	Peter begins to tell his readers how to live Christian lives.
-1PE	2	11	ve9u	figs-doublet	παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	2	11	ve9u	figs-doublet	παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	2	11	x8af	figs-metaphor	παροίκους	1		Peter uses **foreigners** here figuratively to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	11	hjuk	figs-metaphor	παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	See how you translated this word in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	11	ubn9	figs-metonymy	ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν	1	to abstain from fleshly desires	Here, **fleshly** refers figuratively to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	2	11	q4zn	figs-personification	στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς	1	make war against your soul	Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** figuratively as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1PE	2	11	x3q5	figs-genericnoun	τῆς ψυχῆς	1	your soul	Peter is referring to each individual Christian to whom he is writing this letter, not one particular **soul**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your souls” or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	2	12	uiwd	figs-declarative	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for command, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Keep your behavior among the Gentiles good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	2	12	b5nv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1	keeping your behavior among the Gentiles good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	12	uiwd	figs-declarative	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for command, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Keep your behavior among the Gentiles good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1PE	2	12	b5nv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1	keeping your behavior among the Gentiles good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	12	nqql	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Peter uses **Gentiles** here figuratively to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	12	mkt4		ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς	1	in whatever they speak about you as	Alternate translation: “with regard to what they slander you for as ” or “with respect to the very things that they slander you for as”
-1PE	2	12	w3yn	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες	1	from observing your good works	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	12	s2ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	in the day of visitation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	12	w3yn	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες	1	from observing your good works	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	12	s2ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	in the day of visitation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	12	qspw	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to the time when God will judge all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day when he comes to judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	2	13	c484	figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν Κύριον	1	for the sake of the Lord	Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. This phrase could mean: (1) we should do this to follow the example of Jesus, who also obeyed human authorities. Alternate translation: “in order to follow the Lord’s example” (2) we should do this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	13	al6q		βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι	1	to the king as supreme	Alternate translation: “to the king as the highest human authority” or “to the king, who has supreme human authority”
 1PE	2	14	t0tc		ἡγεμόσιν ὡς δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1		Alternate translation: “to governors, who have been sent through him”
 1PE	2	14	y1l2	figs-activepassive	δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1	through him having been sent	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the king has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	14	dvmr	writing-pronouns	δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1		Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the king mentioned in the previous verse, as in the UST. (2) God, who is the one who installs and removes all governing authorities. Alternate translation: “those being sent by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	2	14	bxm9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν, ἔπαινον δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **punishment** and **praise**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to punish evildoers and praise those who do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	14	bxm9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν, ἔπαινον δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **punishment** and **praise**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to punish evildoers and praise those who do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	15	mh6s	figs-infostructure	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1	doing good to silence the ignorant talk of foolish people	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to silence the ignorance of foolish people by doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	2	15	nzwv	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good to silence the ignorant things that foolish people are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	15	nzwv	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good to silence the ignorant things that foolish people are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	16	zqe3	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἐλεύθεροι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. These words could be: (1) the command to submit to authorities stated in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “submit as free people” (2) an implied imperative verb. Alternate translation: “act as free people” or “live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	2	16	y9pg	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα…τῆς κακίας	1	as a covering for wickedness	Here, **covering** could refer to: (1) something to prevent people from knowing about one’s evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as a way to prevent others from seeing your evil” (2) an excuse or pretext to do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as an excuse to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	17	gwy8	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀδελφότητα	1	the brotherhood	Here, **brotherhood** refers to all Christian believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	18	w2nc			0	General Information:	Peter begins to speak specifically to people who were slaves who worked in people’s houses.
-1PE	2	18	xgk8	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν	1	the good and gentle	The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	2	18	xgk8	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν	1	the good and gentle	The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	2	18	mueb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1		Here, **crooked ones** is used figuratively to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	19	r1h1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…χάρις	1	this is praiseworthy	Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to finding **favor** with God, which is what he states in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is deserving of God’s favor” or “this is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	19	zm8e	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1	because of awareness of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	2	19	zm8e	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1	because of awareness of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	19	rjyf	figs-possession	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **consciousness** that is about or concerning **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of having consciousness about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	2	19	kje6	figs-explicit	Θεοῦ	1		Here, **God** refers to who **God** is and what he requires from his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of consciousness of who God is and what he requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	20	y5ue	figs-rquestion	ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε?	1	For what kind of credit is there if, sinning and being tormented, you will endure?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this sentence as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For there is no credit if, sinning and being beaten, you will endure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -263,10 +263,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	1	qp4q	figs-ellipsis	ἄνευ λόγου	1	without a word	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	3	1	b56u	figs-metonymy	ἄνευ λόγου	1		Here, **word** refers to anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	2	rzrl	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποπτεύσαντες	1		This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	3	2	zft4	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	having seen your pure behavior with respect	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	2	zft4	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	having seen your pure behavior with respect	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	2	ng3s	figs-explicit	τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	your pure behavior with respect	This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	3	p1bg	writing-pronouns	ὧν	1		Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	3	3	ysvn	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν…κόσμος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	3	ysvn	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν…κόσμος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	4	oav8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1PE	3	4	m2n3	figs-metonymy	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	4	l2yq	figs-possession	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	the inner person of the heart	Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -281,9 +281,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	6	v2so	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν	1		The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1PE	3	7	lbc2			0	General Information:	In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands.
 1PE	3	7	uddn	figs-genericnoun	συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ	1		Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	3	7	lulz	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ γνῶσιν	1	live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	7	lulz	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ γνῶσιν	1	live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	7	eq1z	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει	1	as with a weaker container	Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	7	a88w	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	7	a88w	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	7	n4rf	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	fellow heirs of the grace of life	Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	7	quba	figs-possession	χάριτος ζωῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	3	7	dwm6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν	1	so that your prayers will not be hindered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -297,12 +297,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	9	n3xc	figs-metaphor	ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε	1	so that you might inherit a blessing	Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	10	dpf2	writing-quotations	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	3	10	tce3	figs-quotemarks	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω	1		From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	3	10	p9bl	figs-parallelism	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to love life and to see good days	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1PE	3	10	p9bl	figs-parallelism	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to love life and to see good days	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	3	10	btkp	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to see good days	Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	10	rqa9	figs-synecdoche	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	his tongue … his lips	Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively to refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	10	y4kd	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	10	y4kd	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	11	n5sr	figs-metaphor	ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ	1	let him turn away from evil	Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	11	fu8e	figs-doublet	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν	1		The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	3	11	fu8e	figs-doublet	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν	1		The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	3	11	qhyg	figs-explicit	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην	1		Here, **peace** refers to peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	12	yn5l	figs-idiom	ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους	1	the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous	Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord lovingly takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	3	12	r5xf	figs-idiom	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -314,17 +314,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	13	wkw4			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them.
 1PE	3	13	e1ma	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε?	1	who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1PE	3	13	e8li	figs-possession	τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	14	f6ch	figs-abstractnouns	πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	you suffer because of righteousness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	14	f6ch	figs-abstractnouns	πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	you suffer because of righteousness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	14	xg3m	figs-activepassive	μακάριοι	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cause you to be blessed ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	14	j8ds	figs-quotemarks	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	3	14	f9u8	figs-parallelism	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1	But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled	These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1PE	3	14	f9u8	figs-parallelism	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1	But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled	These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	3	14	yz6y	figs-possession	τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε	1	their fear	This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	3	15	vgv7	figs-metaphor	Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts	Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	15	qjg3	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	15	d69e	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἀπολογίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	15	d69e	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἀπολογίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	15	q8i1	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον	1		Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	15	w3xw	figs-metaphor	περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος	1		Peter speaks of **hope** figuratively as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	16	hzya	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	16	hzya	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	16	ctk3	figs-abstractnouns	συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν	1		This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	16	wrk5	figs-infostructure	ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed about why you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	3	16	s7mb	figs-activepassive	καταλαλεῖσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -349,11 +349,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	21	vxoh	figs-infostructure	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	3	21	tz6l	figs-explicit	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, now saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	21	ium3	figs-metonymy	βάπτισμα	1		Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	21	owi3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	21	owi3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	21	hmp9	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1		Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	21	uz0u	figs-explicit	συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	21	jti3	figs-infostructure	καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,	1	through the resurrection of Jesus Christ	Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	3	21	rixf	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	3	21	rixf	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	22	p5ij	figs-infostructure	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1		The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the event in the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	3	22	g4qh	figs-metonymy	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	22	ldrw	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1		In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	4	3	anhj		ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος	1		Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
 1PE	4	3	efte	figs-metaphor	τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	3	rp5p	figs-metaphor	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	3	lm35	figs-abstractnouns	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	4	3	lm35	figs-abstractnouns	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	4	4	c4ma	figs-metaphor	μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1		Peter uses **running into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	4	q6k6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	outpouring of their reckless behavior	Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	4	w1d8	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀσωτίας	1	of their reckless behavior	The word **recklessness** refers to dangerous behavior that shows that a person does not care about the consequences of his actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of careless sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -389,33 +389,33 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	4	6	h154	figs-explicit	ζῶσι…πνεύματι	1		Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	7	e445	figs-explicit	πάντων…τὸ τέλος	1	the end of all things	Here, **the end of all things** refers to the end of the world, when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	7	qs1t	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	has come near	Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	7	ubd4	figs-doublet	σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε	1	be of sound mind, and be sober	The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	4	7	ubd4	figs-doublet	σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε	1	be of sound mind, and be sober	The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	4	7	k5hh	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	be sober	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	7	qb4j	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς προσευχάς	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1PE	4	8	f1lr	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	9	g3vw	figs-explicit	φιλόξενοι	1	hospitable	The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	9	rzbi	figs-litotes	ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ	1		Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1PE	4	9	rzbi	figs-litotes	ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ	1		Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1PE	4	10	xvj3	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα	1	Just as each one has received a gift	Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	10	a30t	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to Christians using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if they were managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing well the diverse grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	10	smyw	figs-possession	ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse, gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	4	11	b81x	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	4	11	vs2d	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	4	11	ir6x	figs-activepassive	δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς	1	so that in all God may be glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	11	wq9e	figs-abstractnouns	ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	may be glorified	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	4	11	wq9e	figs-abstractnouns	ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	may be glorified	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	4	12	vw9s	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει	1	the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you	Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	13	mhj1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	at the revealing of his glory	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	4	13	mhj1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	at the revealing of his glory	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you can express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	4	13	b63p	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	13	rgb5	figs-doublet	χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι	1	you may rejoice, being full of joy	The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you may rejoice even more” or “you may be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	4	13	rgb5	figs-doublet	χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι	1	you may rejoice, being full of joy	The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you may rejoice even more” or “you may be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	4	14	kswc	figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε	1	If you are reviled for the name of Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	14	i6ul	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ	1	If you are reviled for the name of Christ	Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	4	14	wbm3	figs-activepassive	μακάριοι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	14	i1kq	figs-explicit	τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit of glory and of God	Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	14	nx6p	figs-idiom	ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται	1	is resting on you	Here, **rests on you** is an idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	4	15	qzlb	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer**, and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	4	15	qzlb	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer**, and **meddler**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	4	15	nr6n	translate-unknown	ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος	1	a meddler	Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1PE	4	16	xb0e	figs-123person	μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν	1		Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person, as the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+1PE	4	16	xb0e	figs-123person	μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν	1		Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you could use the second person, as the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1PE	4	16	xm8z	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	in this name	Here, **this name** refers to the title “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name ‘Christian’” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	17	nawr	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	4	17	nawr	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	4	17	x9np	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the household of God	Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	17	v74q	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	4	17	phx3	figs-exclusive	ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -429,24 +429,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	4	18	i6nz	figs-genericnoun	ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1	If with difficulty the righteous are being saved	Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, and not of specific, individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1PE	4	18	w8ke	figs-rquestion	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται?	1	where will the ungodly and the sinner appear?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1PE	4	18	ms54	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται	1	where will the ungodly and the sinner appear	Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	4	18	wb4v	figs-doublet	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	4	18	wb4v	figs-doublet	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	4	19	qm3u	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1		See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	4	19	g1r6		ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ	1		Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds”
 1PE	5	intro	a6d9			0		# 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should interact with one another (5:1–11)<br>2. Conclusion (5:12–14)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>Other animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. In other places in Scripture, the authors use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars believe that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	1	s8fr			0	General Information:	In [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches.
 1PE	5	1	m4xr	figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέρους…ὁ συνπρεσβύτερος	1		In [verses 1–5](../05/01.md) the words **elder** and **elders** refer specifically to church leaders, who were often older men. Here these words do not refer to old men in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fellow church leader … the church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	1	n3em	figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **witness** and **sufferings**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who has witnessed Christ suffer in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	1	n3em	figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **witness** and **sufferings**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who has witnessed Christ suffer in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	1	a6ve	figs-activepassive	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the glory that God is about to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	5	1	wead	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	1	wead	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	1	yb3l	figs-explicit	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	The phrase **the glory that is about to be revealed** refers to Christ’s glorious return to earth in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the glory that is about to be revealed when Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	2	f63v	figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Shepherd the flock of God	Here Peter uses **Shepherd** figuratively to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** figuratively to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	2	dvai	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	2	dvai	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	2	zfei	figs-ellipsis	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “exercising oversight over them—not doing this under compulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	5	2	k4dk	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως	1		The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	5	2	k4dk	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως	1		The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	5	2	cp7u	figs-explicit	κατὰ Θεόν	1		This phrase refers to acting according to God’s will or requirements. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” or “as God wants you to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	2	c6qf	figs-doublet	μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως	1		The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	5	2	c6qf	figs-doublet	μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως	1		The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	5	3	lta9	figs-metaphor	ὡς κατακυριεύοντες	1	And not as lording it over those who are allotted to you, but be examples	Here Peter uses **lording it over** figuratively to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	3	xwr3	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν κλήρων	1	those who are allotted to you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	3	xwr3	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν κλήρων	1	those who are allotted to you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	3	n485	figs-possession	τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	those who are allotted to you	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **examples** that are for **the flock**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being examples for the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	5	3	vg31	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ποιμνίου	1		See how you translated **flock** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	4	oz14	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	**And** here indicates that what follows is the result of obeying the commands that Peter gave in [verses 2–3](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result of doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -460,29 +460,29 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	5	bjt6	figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέροις	1	all of you	See how you translated **elders** in [verse 1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	5	uh4n	figs-explicit	πάντες	1	all of you	Here, **everyone** refers to all the believers to whom Peter is writing this letter, and not to all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	5	r6s6	figs-metaphor	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Peter speaks of **humility** figuratively as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	5	jr8h	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	5	jr8h	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	5	v49g	writing-quotations	ὅτι	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Here, **for** introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is as Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	5	5	r4gv	figs-quotemarks	ὁ Θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	5	5	xgeg	figs-abstractnouns	δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	5	xgeg	figs-abstractnouns	δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	6	bie6	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter uses **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	5	6	qwn9	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter is using a spatial metaphor to describe God honoring someone as if God would **lift** that person **up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God may show honor to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	7	c1uu	figs-metaphor	πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	having cast all your anxiety on him	Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** figuratively as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	8	wbb5	figs-doublet	νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε	1	Be sober	The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	5	8	wbb5	figs-doublet	νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε	1	Be sober	The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	5	8	k9nt	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	Be sober	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	8	tl7i	figs-simile	ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν	1	the devil, is walking around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour	Peter speaks of **the devil** figuratively as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	5	9	v4t5	figs-ellipsis	στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “being firm in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	5	9	vwtc	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		Here, **the faith** could refer to: (1) a person’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “in the faith that you have” (2) the Christian faith in general. Alternate translation: “in the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	9	tusy	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	9	tusy	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	9	uk06	figs-activepassive	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the same kind of sufferings are occurring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	9	v451	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι	1	your brotherhhood	See how you translated **brotherhood** in [2:17](../02/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	9	i4ur		ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Alternate translation: “in various places throughout the world”
 1PE	5	10	fxfg	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ, ὀλίγον παθόντας	1	the God of all grace	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “But after having suffered for a little while, the God of all grace, the one who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	5	10	p648	figs-possession	ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος	1	the God of all grace	**God of all grace** could mean: (1) God is always gracious. Alternate translation: “the God who is always gracious” (2) God always give gracious gifts, as mentioned in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “the God who gives all gracious gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	5	10	wpzj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν	1	the God of all grace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to his glorious presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	10	wpzj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν	1	the God of all grace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to his glorious presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	10	ns1v	figs-explicit	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the God of all grace	Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ through faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	10	suu9		ὀλίγον	1	for a little while	Alternate translation: “for a short time”
-1PE	5	10	gnvs	figs-doublet	αὐτὸς καταρτίσει, στηρίξει, σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει	1	for a little while	Here, **confirm**, **strengthen**, and **establish** all mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God will fully strengthen people who suffer because they trust in Jesus. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “will himself restore and thoroughly strengthen in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	5	11	u6h1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ τὸ κράτος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May he rule powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	5	10	gnvs	figs-doublet	αὐτὸς καταρτίσει, στηρίξει, σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει	1	for a little while	Here, **confirm**, **strengthen**, and **establish** all mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God will fully strengthen people who suffer because they trust in Jesus. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “will himself restore and thoroughly strengthen in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1PE	5	11	u6h1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ τὸ κράτος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May he rule powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	12	an6q	figs-explicit	διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν τοῦ πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (ὡς λογίζομαι), δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα	1	Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly	**Through Silvanus** means that Silvanus wrote down the words that Peter told him to write in this letter. In ancient times it was common for people to use scribes to write down letters for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I wrote to you briefly by means of Silvanus, the faithful brother, as I regard him, who wrote down what I told him to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	12	dhvh	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοῦ	1	Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly	Although **brother** is masculine and Silvanus is a man, here Peter is using **brother** in a generic sense to refer to another believer. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	5	12	ca38	writing-pronouns	ταύτην	1	this is the true grace of God	Here, **this** refers back to what Peter has written in this letter, especially the gospel message that the letter contains. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have written to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	13	muq7	writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτὴ	1	She who is in Babylon	**She** and **fellow-elect one** here both refer to the group of believers who were with Peter when he wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This group of believers in Babylon, who are fellow-elect ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	pzpw	writing-symlanguage	ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1		Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “in Rome, which is like Babylon” (2) the city of Babylon, as it appears in the ULT. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	rpf5	figs-activepassive	συνεκλεκτὴ	1	chosen together with you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	5	13	kc8s		ἀσπάζεται	1	chosen together with you	As was customary in this culture, Peter concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered by” or “says hello to”
+1PE	5	13	kc8s		ἀσπάζεται	1	chosen together with you	As was customary in this culture, Peter concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered by” or “says hello to”
 1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter refers to Mark figuratively as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	13	d9hx	translate-names	Μᾶρκος	1		**Mark** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1PE	5	14	jqd8	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1		**Greet** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
diff --git a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
index 018c3cf133..baa530ded0 100644
--- a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	2	oaej	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2PE	1	2	y7l9	figs-explicit	χάρις…καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace and peace be multiplied	God is the one who will give **grace** and **peace** to believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make that information explicit. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	2	ui01	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	2	n59n	figs-metaphor	χάρις…καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace and peace be multiplied	Peter speaks of **grace and peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	2	n59n	figs-metaphor	χάρις…καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace and peace be multiplied	Peter speaks of **grace and peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	2	x8na	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1		Here the pronoun **you** is plural, since Peter is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally, throughout the letter the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2PE	1	2	vq19	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord	If you would not use an abstract noun here, you could translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because you know God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	2	xgax		ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		This could mean: (1) “because of knowing God and Jesus our Lord” or (2) “through knowing God and Jesus our Lord.”
@@ -67,15 +67,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	8	tlhv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα	1		The word **For** here indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Because these things existing and increasing in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	8	ecc5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		Peter is describing a conditional situation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if these things are existing and increasing in you, then they will cause you to be neither barren nor unfruitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 2PE	1	8	jz77	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	1	8	l7yj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a field that will not produce a crop. If that is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause you to be neither unproductive nor useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	8	qcav	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “cause you to produce and bear fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2PE	1	8	f9qm	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους	1		The words **barren** and **unfruitful** mean basically the same thing. In combination with the negatives **neither** and **nor**, they are used together to emphasize that this person will not be unproductive but will experience great benefits from knowing Jesus. If it is confusing in your language to use two words together that mean the same thing, you can just use one word with that meaning. Alternate translation: “not unproductive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2PE	1	8	l7yj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a field that will not produce a crop. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause you to be neither unproductive nor useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	8	qcav	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “cause you to produce and bear fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2PE	1	8	f9qm	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους	1		The words **barren** and **unfruitful** mean basically the same thing. In combination with the negatives **neither** and **nor**, they are used together to emphasize that this person will not be unproductive but will experience great benefits from knowing Jesus. If it is confusing in your language to use two words together that mean the same thing, you could just use one word with that meaning. Alternate translation: “not unproductive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	1	8	ppd8	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπίγνωσιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in your knowing our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	9	k6lv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that Peter is giving another reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Peter gave a positive reason in [1:8](../01/08.md) and gives a negative reason here. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	9	gg2c	figs-genericnoun	ᾧ…μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα, τυφλός ἐστιν	1	he in whom these things are not present	Here, **he** does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does not have these things. Alternate translation: “anyone who does not have these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 2PE	1	9	vycf	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		The phrase **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	1	9	h6fn	figs-metaphor	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1	is blind, nearsighted	In this metaphor, Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if the person were **blind** or **nearsighted**. He means this in a spiritual sense, that this person cannot see what is spiritually important. If that is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is like a blind or shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	9	xenf	figs-hendiadys	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1		Although the words **blind** and **nearsighted** have similar meanings, **blind** is more extreme than **nearsighted,** and a person cannot be both at the same time. If it is confusing in your language to describe someone using both of these words in this way, you can use a word like “or” between them or show how they might work together. Alternate translation: “he … is blind or nearsighted” or “he … is blindly nearsighted” or “he … is so nearsighted that he is blind to what is spiritually important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+2PE	1	9	h6fn	figs-metaphor	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1	is blind, nearsighted	In this metaphor, Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if the person were **blind** or **nearsighted**. He means this in a spiritual sense, that this person cannot see what is spiritually important. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is like a blind or shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	9	xenf	figs-hendiadys	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1		Although the words **blind** and **nearsighted** have similar meanings, **blind** is more extreme than **nearsighted,** and a person cannot be both at the same time. If it is confusing in your language to describe someone using both of these words in this way, you could use a word like “or” between them or show how they might work together. Alternate translation: “he … is blind or nearsighted” or “he … is blindly nearsighted” or “he … is so nearsighted that he is blind to what is spiritually important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2PE	1	9	i0hq	figs-abstractnouns	λήθην λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **forgetfulness**, you could express the idea behind it in this phrase with a verb. Alternate translation: “having forgotten the cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	9	gq4d	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν	1	of the cleansing from his past sins	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **cleansing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	9	gopx	figs-metaphor	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν.	1		Peter is speaking figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	10	jcv9	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1	you will not ever stumble	Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	11	xvh1	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	11	sl6c	figs-explicit	οὕτως	1		Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	1	11	f45v	figs-activepassive	πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν	1	will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	11	f45v	figs-activepassive	πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν	1	will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	11	k1e4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	12	du69	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	12	xxjq	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	1	12	onqh	figs-activepassive	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	12	onqh	figs-activepassive	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	12	l2kh	figs-metaphor	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1	you are strong in the present truth	Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	12	jys8		ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
 2PE	1	12	pqq2	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **present** is used figuratively as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	17	x93a	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](../01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	17	q605	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2PE	1	17	xlph	figs-abstractnouns	λαβὼν…παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory**, you could translate them with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	17	m33h	figs-activepassive	φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης	1	when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	17	m33h	figs-activepassive	φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης	1	when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	17	o62f	writing-quotations	φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “such a voice having been brought to him by the Majestic Glory, and this is what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 2PE	1	17	sz0p	writing-pronouns	ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been brought to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	17	yd8g	figs-metonymy	τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης	1	the Majestic Glory	Peter refers to God in terms of his **Glory**. The glory of God is closely associated with God himself and here substitutes for his name. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	17	cxh2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2PE	1	17	ppum	writing-pronouns	μου…μου…ἐγὼ	1		The pronouns **my** and **myself** refer to God the Father, who is the one speaking in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	18	ezn2	figs-exclusive	ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν	1	we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven	With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who also heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we, James, John, and I, heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2PE	1	18	chy4	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν	1	we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	18	chy4	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν	1	we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	18	mlm9		σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες	1	when we were with him	This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
 2PE	1	18	ricv	writing-pronouns	σὺν αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	18	daqi	figs-explicit	τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει	1		The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	20	s4k2	figs-infostructure	πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται	1	every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation	Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2PE	1	20	p5xo	figs-abstractnouns	ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως	1		The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	isqj	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	21	yxdx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	x2hv	figs-gendernotations	θελήματι ἀνθρώπου	1		Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	4	c2ak	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κρίσιν	1	to judgment	This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	2	4	plhp	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίσιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	4	e0ue	figs-explicit	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	4	ppvc	figs-activepassive	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	4	ppvc	figs-activepassive	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	5	zx4k	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2PE	2	5	hpv7	figs-metonymy	ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	he did not spare the ancient world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	5	f000		οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	7	zif8	writing-pronouns	ἐρύσατο	1	the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	7	xjq6	translate-names	Λὼτ	1	Connecting Statement:	**Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	7	uknf	figs-distinguish	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1	Connecting Statement:	This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-2PE	2	7	mort	figs-activepassive	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	7	mort	figs-activepassive	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	7	x8vy	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	7	wrba	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	7	wq2r		ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	9	xk2a	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2PE	2	9	bcf3	figs-ellipsis	πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	2	9	xdos	grammar-connect-logic-goal	κολαζομένους	1		This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-2PE	2	9	qwcm	figs-activepassive	ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	9	qwcm	figs-activepassive	ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	9	ms6u		εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
 2PE	2	9	xnf3	figs-possession	ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	10	skh8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	12	ipd4		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες	1		This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
 2PE	2	12	c4b8		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν	1		Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
 2PE	2	12	xzcp	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	12	jw8d	figs-activepassive	καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	12	jw8d	figs-activepassive	καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	12	h4v8		καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
 2PE	2	12	ai6a		ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
 2PE	2	12	ig4v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	14	xb2q	figs-explicit	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	14	wt89	figs-synecdoche	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1	enticing unstable souls	Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2PE	2	14	mn07	figs-explicit	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	14	c55u	figs-metonymy	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1	hearts trained in covetousness	Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	sbp2	figs-abstractnouns	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	14	sv4r	figs-idiom	κατάρας τέκνα	1		Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	ky5q	figs-idiom	εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	the right way	Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	15	x3k9	figs-metaphor	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	15	b39g	figs-activepassive	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	15	b39g	figs-activepassive	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	15	xkt6	figs-explicit	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	15	xi4q	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	v9lx	translate-names	Βαλαὰμ…Βοσὸρ	1	the right way	**Balaam** and **Bosor** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	hzu1	figs-metaphor	ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	von6	figs-doublet	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2PE	2	17	xe3y	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται	1	for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	17	xe3y	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται	1	for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	17	v90z		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
 2PE	2	17	xrpf	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	18	xgoc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -337,11 +337,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	20	lu22	figs-metonymy	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1	the impurities of the world	Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	20	bi73	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	zxcf	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	20	noa9	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	20	d6ra	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	20	d42g	figs-nominaladj	γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last has become worse for them than the first	Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+2PE	2	20	d42g	figs-nominaladj	γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last has become worse for them than the first	Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2PE	2	21	x7gd	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	21	e3dv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	21	xg05	figs-possession	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	21	ic3c	figs-metaphor	ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	to turn away from the holy commandment	Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	21	j7s6	figs-genericnoun	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 2PE	2	21	xwid	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	21	blr5	figs-activepassive	τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	the holy commandment delivered to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	21	blr5	figs-activepassive	τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	the holy commandment delivered to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	22	hqr3	writing-pronouns	συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	22	pc36	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	22	h42r	writing-proverbs	κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου	1	A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud	Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
@@ -363,10 +363,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	1	deoa	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **remembrance**, you could express the idea behind it in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	2	bp8r	grammar-connect-logic-goal	μνησθῆναι	1		Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-2PE	3	2	gxj7	figs-activepassive	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1	the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	2	gxj7	figs-activepassive	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1	the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	2	p4i5	figs-metonymy	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων	1		Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	2	ijnq	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1		Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	2	yhi7	figs-activepassive	τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος	1	the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	2	yhi7	figs-activepassive	τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος	1	the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	2	jnq2	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **command**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	2	jx0u	figs-genericnoun	τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 2PE	3	2	vusd	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Lord**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -388,21 +388,21 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	4	t6hl	figs-euphemism	οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1	the fathers fell asleep	Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2PE	3	4	c2en	figs-hyperbole	πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation	Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2PE	3	4	yue7	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	from the beginning of creation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **creation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	5	g2ph	figs-activepassive	λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	5	g2ph	figs-activepassive	λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	5	xgsy	figs-ellipsis	θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2PE	3	5	mku9	figs-activepassive	γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	5	mku9	figs-activepassive	γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	5	s77f		ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα	1	had been formed from water and through water	This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
 2PE	3	5	o7sz	figs-metonymy	τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	6	jh4r	writing-pronouns	δι’ ὧν	1	through which	Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	6	nyb7	figs-activepassive	ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	6	nyb7	figs-activepassive	ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	6	hvc3		ὁ τότε κόσμος	1		Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
 2PE	3	6	xm5i		ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
 2PE	3	7	alp6	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ	1		Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-2PE	3	7	b2in	figs-activepassive	οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	7	b2in	figs-activepassive	οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	7	e673	figs-explicit	τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ	1	by the same word	Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	7	ghco	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πυρὶ	1		Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	3	7	nl8w	figs-metonymy	πυρὶ	1		Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2PE	3	7	jl5d	figs-activepassive	τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1	being kept for the day of judgment	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	7	jl5d	figs-activepassive	τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1	being kept for the day of judgment	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	7	u7x2		εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Here, **for** could refer to: (1) the purpose for which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
 2PE	3	7	y3gg	figs-abstractnouns	ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **judgment** and **destruction**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind and destroys the ungodly men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	7	zxxk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of the ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -418,21 +418,21 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	10	w6ma	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2PE	3	10	c5m1	figs-simile	ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης	1	the day of the Lord will come as a thief	Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2PE	3	10	fu2q	writing-pronouns	κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	10	z32k	figs-activepassive	στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	10	z32k	figs-activepassive	στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	10	zgd3		στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
 2PE	3	10	lz8t		στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται	1		Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
-2PE	3	10	j1gj	figs-activepassive	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1	the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed	God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	10	j1gj	figs-activepassive	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1	the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed	God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	10	qnu5	figs-explicit	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	10	z9f6		γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
 2PE	3	11	buq4	grammar-connect-logic-result	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	11	tpfg	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	11	t8wx	figs-rquestion	ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς?	1		Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2PE	3	11	qoui	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις	1		Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	3	12	bqnn		προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας	1		Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
 2PE	3	12	b73o	writing-pronouns	δι’ ἣν	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	12	ko6c		πυρούμενοι	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
-2PE	3	12	rq9g	figs-activepassive	οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	12	rq9g	figs-activepassive	οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	12	v15i		στοιχεῖα…τήκεται	1	the elements	Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
 2PE	3	12	i1ry		καυσούμενα	1	the elements	This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being burned up by heat”
 2PE	3	13	ptmy	figs-infostructure	καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν	1		Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	14	d178	grammar-connect-logic-result	διό	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	14	qjca	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	14	ndxd	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	14	fj1l	figs-activepassive	σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	14	fj1l	figs-activepassive	σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	14	s141	figs-doublet	ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι	1	spotless and blameless	The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	3	14	byr8	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	14	rtyg		ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1		Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	15	pd30	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vbso	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vo82	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος	1		Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	15	esr7	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	16	zzko	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς	1		Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	wil1	writing-pronouns	λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	v5cb	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 2PE	3	17	um49	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	17	xjht	figs-activepassive	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	17	xjht	figs-activepassive	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	17	h2ik	figs-metaphor	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	px85		τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
 2PE	3	18	ccm3	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	Here, **grow** is used figuratively to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
index 17d5cab26c..b2d11b9d21 100644
--- a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	1	gt44	figs-explicit	τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς	1	the Word of life	Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	1	j005	figs-possession	τῆς ζωῆς	1	of life	This could be referring either to the life that Jesus has or to the life that Jesus gives. But since John is writing this letter to reassure believers, it seems more likely that this expression is referring to the **life** that “the Word” (Jesus) gives to those who believe. Alternate translation: “who gives life to everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	1	1	i8b4	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζωῆς	1	of life	In this letter, John uses **life** in different ways, either to refer literally to physical life or figuratively to spiritual life. Here the reference is to spiritual life. Alternate translation: “of spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	1	2	la4a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη	1	indeed, the life appeared	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	1	2	la4a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη	1	indeed, the life appeared	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	1	2	j006	figs-metonymy	ἡ ζωὴ	1	the life	John is speaking figuratively of Jesus, whom he calls the “Word of life” in the previous verse, by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. In this case it seems to describe the **life** that Jesus embodies rather than the **life** that he gives. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “Jesus, who is life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	1	2	j007	figs-exclusive	ἑωράκαμεν…μαρτυροῦμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῖν	1	we have seen … we are bearing witness … we are announcing … us	John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1JN	1	2	j008	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	As the General Introduction explains, John is writing this letter to believers in various churches, and so the pronouns **you**, “your,” and “yourselves” are plural throughout the entire letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	4	j013	translate-textvariants	ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	1	4	j014	figs-you	ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1JN	1	4	xn9d	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	1	4	j015	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	1	4	j015	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	1	4	j016	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	5	hdrv	checking/headings		0		If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 1JN	1	5	djn4	figs-exclusive	ἀκηκόαμεν	1	we have heard	The pronoun **we** is exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	1	bi4g	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	if anyone should sin, we have an advocate with the Father	John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	2	1	stj2	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν	1	we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ	John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	1	j045	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	2	1	j046	figs-nominaladj	δίκαιον	1	the righteous	John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	2	1	j046	figs-nominaladj	δίκαιον	1	the righteous	John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	2	j047	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς	1	he	The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	2	h8fg	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου	1	he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world	The abstract noun **propitiation** refers to something that someone does for someone else or gives to someone else so that he will no longer be angry. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, God is no longer angry about our sins, and not only about ours, but also about those of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	2	2	j048	figs-metonymy	ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου	1	the whole world	John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	6	x5n1	figs-metaphor	ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν	1	ought, just as that one walked, also to walk himself	As in [1:6](../01/06.md) and [1:7](../01/07.md), John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “must live as Jesus lived” or “must obey God just as Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	6	lvw4	figs-explicit	ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν	1		John is referring specifically to the way that Jesus behaved when he lived on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “must walk in the same way as Jesus walked when he was living on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	6	j063	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that one	John is using this demonstrative pronoun to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1JN	2	7	py9g	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	This is another term of affection by which John addresses the believers to whom he is writing. It involves using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to indicate a specific group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	2	7	py9g	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	This is another term of affection by which John addresses the believers to whom he is writing. It involves using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to indicate a specific group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	7	vz9w	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	from the beginning	John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	2	7	eia9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε	1	the word that you heard	John is using **word** figuratively to refer to the message that these believers heard, which was communicated through words. Alternate translation: “the message that you heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	7	amu6	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε	1	the word that you heard	The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	11	j081	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	because the darkness has blinded his eyes	John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	12	in8n	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	little children	The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	12	y00g		ὅτι	1		The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
-1JN	2	12	ed41	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	12	ed41	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	12	j082	writing-pronouns	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	12	yjy8	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	13	kue2	figs-metaphor	πατέρες	1	fathers	The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	13	wg4v	figs-metaphor	νεανίσκοι	1	young men	This is likely a figurative description of a part of the group of believers. It probably refers to people who have become strong in their faith, even if they are not yet as mature as those in the group of **fathers**, since **young men** are in the time of life when they are strong and vigorous. Alternate translation: “strong believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	13	j083	figs-gendernotations	νεανίσκοι	1	young men	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is likely using the word figuratively in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “strong believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1JN	2	13	tfh1	figs-metaphor	νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν	1	you have overcome the evil one	John speaks figuratively of these strong believers refusing to do what the devil wants them to do as if they had defeated him in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you refuse to do what the devil wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	2	13	j084	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πονηρόν	1	the evil one	John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	2	13	j084	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πονηρόν	1	the evil one	John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	13	j085	figs-metonymy	τὸν πονηρόν	1	the evil one	John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with his characteristic of being **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	14	j086	figs-parallelism	ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν Πατέρα	1	I have written to you, young children, because you know the Father	This sentence is similar to the sentence in [2:12](../02/12.md). The next two sentences in this verse mean basically the same thing as the two sentences in [2:13](../02/13.md). John is using these repetitions for emphasis and for poetic effect. For those reasons, it would be appropriate to translate all of these sentences separately and not combine them with the ones in the previous two verses, even if you combine parallel statements with similar meanings elsewhere in the book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1JN	2	14	j087	translate-textvariants	ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν Πατέρα	1	I have written to you, young children, because you know the Father	In some Bibles, this sentence comes at the end of [2:13](../02/13.md) instead of at the beginning of this verse. The verse divisions were introduced to the Bible many centuries after its books were written, and their purpose is only to help readers find things easily. So the placement of this sentence, either at the start of this verse or at the end of the previous one, does not create any significant difference in meaning. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the placement in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the placement in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	14	u3n8	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει	1	the word of God remains in you	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “you genuinely obey what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	14	j097	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	John is using the term **word** figuratively to refer to what God has commanded using words. Alternate translation: “what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	14	j098	figs-metaphor	νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν	1	you have overcome the evil one	John speaks figuratively of these strong believers refusing to do what the devil wants them to do as if they had defeated him in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you refuse to do what the devil wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	2	14	j099	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πονηρόν	1	the evil one	John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	2	14	j099	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πονηρόν	1	the evil one	John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	14	j100	figs-metonymy	τὸν πονηρόν	1	the evil one	John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with his characteristic of being **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	15	j101	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον, μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Do not love the world, nor the things that are in the world	In the second phrase in this sentence, John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not love the world, and do not love any of the things that are in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1JN	2	15	xig6	figs-metonymy	μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον	1	Do not love the world	John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the system of values that people share who do not honor God. This system is necessarily contrary to the values that godly people have. Alternate translation: “Do not share the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -213,17 +213,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	19	j114	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us	John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 1JN	2	19	jin1	figs-metaphor	μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	they would have remained with us	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	19	j115	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1JN	2	19	j116	figs-activepassive	ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν	1	so that they would be made apparent	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	19	j116	figs-activepassive	ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν	1	so that they would be made apparent	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	19	j117		οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	they are all not from us	The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
 1JN	2	20	j118	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1JN	2	20	i3m1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	you have an anointing from the Holy One	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	2	20	j119	translate-unknown	ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	you have an anointing from the Holy One	The word **anointing** refers to the practice, seen often in the Old Testament, of pouring oil on a person to set that person apart to serve God. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it specifically in your translation. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has poured oil on you to set you apart to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1JN	2	20	j120	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	you have an anointing from the Holy One	Here John is using **anointing** figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit. Just as people poured oil on kings and priests to set them apart for service to God, God gives the Holy Spirit to believers to set them apart and equip them to serve God. John says specifically in [3:24](../03/24.md) and [4:13](../04/13.md) that God has given the Spirit to believers in this way. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has given you his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	2	20	gy16	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	the Holy One	John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	2	20	gy16	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	the Holy One	John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	20	j121	translate-textvariants	οἴδατε πάντες	1	you all know	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	2	20	j122	figs-explicit	οἴδατε πάντες	1	you all know	Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	21	j123	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν	1	I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you could make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1JN	2	21	w4fm	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν	1		If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you can move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
+1JN	2	21	w4fm	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν	1		If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you could move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 1JN	2	21	r8yr	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the truth … from the truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	2	21	j124	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the truth … from the truth	John is likely referring figuratively to the teaching that believers have received from Jesus by association with the way that it is true. Alternate translation: “the true teaching that we received from Jesus … from this true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	21	j125	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν	1	and that every lie is not from the truth	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and you know that every lie is not from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	24	j132	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε	1	If what you have heard from the beginning remains in you, you will also remain in the Son and in the Father	John is describing a conditional situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “As long as what you have heard from the beginning remains in you, then you will also remain in the Son and in the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 1JN	2	24	ty7q	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε	1	you will also remain in the Son and in the Father	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you will also continue to have a close relationship with the Son and with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	24	j133	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Υἱῷ…τῷ Πατρὶ	1	the Son … the Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles for Jesus and God, respectively. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Son of God … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	2	25	llj2		ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν	1	the promise that he promised to us	If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **promise** and the verb **promised**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the promise that he made to us” or “what he promised us”
+1JN	2	25	llj2		ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν	1	the promise that he promised to us	If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **promise** and the verb **promised**, you could use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the promise that he made to us” or “what he promised us”
 1JN	2	25	j134	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς	1	he	The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22–23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	25	id51	figs-metaphor	τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον	1	eternal life	John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	26	fe44	figs-metaphor	τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς	1	those who are leading you astray	John speaks figuratively of these people as if they were guides who were leading others in the wrong direction. This is a metaphor for their attempts to get the people to whom John is writing to believe things that are not true. Alternate translation: “those who are deceiving you” or “those who are trying to get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -255,32 +255,32 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	27	j136	figs-metaphor	μένει ἐν ὑμῖν	1	remains in you	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to refer to the continuing presence of the Spirit with a believer. Alternate translation: “lives inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	27	j137	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	and	John is using the word **and** to introduce the results of what he says in the previous part of this sentence. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1JN	2	27	j138	figs-metaphor	τὸ αὐτοῦ χρῖσμα	1	his anointing	See how you translated this earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	2	27	tb5k	figs-hyperbole	περὶ πάντων	1	about all things	This is a generalization for emphasis. If this is confusing in your language, you can be more specific. Alternate translation: “about the things that you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1JN	2	27	tb5k	figs-hyperbole	περὶ πάντων	1	about all things	This is a generalization for emphasis. If this is confusing in your language, you could be more specific. Alternate translation: “about the things that you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1JN	2	27	j139		ἀληθές ἐστιν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ψεῦδος	1	is true and is not a lie	Alternate translation: “tells the truth and does not lie”
 1JN	2	27	j140	writing-pronouns	ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς	1	it has taught you	Since the Spirit is a person, if you translate **anointing** as “Spirit” in this verse, it may also be more appropriate in your language to use a personal pronoun in this clause. Alternate translation: “he has taught you” or “the Spirit has taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	27	wr63	figs-metaphor	μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ	1	remain in him	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	27	j141	figs-metaphor	μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ	1	remain in him	John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	28	co6g	checking/headings		0		If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 28. Suggested heading: “Children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
-1JN	2	28	tii1		καὶ νῦν	1	And now	John uses this expression to introduce a new part of the letter, in which he will talk about being children of God and the return of Jesus. In your translation, you can use a word, phrase, or other method that is natural in your language for introducing a new topic.
+1JN	2	28	tii1		καὶ νῦν	1	And now	John uses this expression to introduce a new part of the letter, in which he will talk about being children of God and the return of Jesus. In your translation, you could use a word, phrase, or other method that is natural in your language for introducing a new topic.
 1JN	2	28	kjn9	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	little children	John readdresses the recipients as he begins a new section of the letter. See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “you dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	28	j142	figs-metaphor	μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ	1	remain in him	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the expression in the same way that he has just used it in [2:27](../02/27.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	28	j143	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ…ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ	1	him … when he appears … by him … his	The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1JN	2	28	zz4x	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν φανερωθῇ	1	when he appears	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	28	zz4x	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν φανερωθῇ	1	when he appears	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	28	j144	figs-parallelism	σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him	These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1JN	2	28	lnk2	figs-abstractnouns	σχῶμεν παρρησίαν	1	we may have boldness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **boldness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	2	28	d4ql	figs-synecdoche	μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	may not be put to shame by him	John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, figuratively to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1JN	2	28	j145	figs-activepassive	μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	may not be put to shame by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	28	j145	figs-activepassive	μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	may not be put to shame by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	28	x7ic		ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	at his coming	Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
 1JN	2	29	j146	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν	1	If you know that he is righteous	John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1JN	2	29	j147	writing-pronouns	ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1	he is … him	The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	29	j148	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	everyone who does righteousness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	2	29	u6er	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	29	u6er	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	29	j149	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him	Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	intro	d8r2			0		# 1 John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)<br>2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)<br>3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)<br><br>This does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	3	1	gl8n	figs-metaphor	ἴδετε	1	See	John is using the term **see** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	1	j150		ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ	1	what kind of love the Father has given to us	Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us”
 1JN	3	1	j151	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	3	1	x99a	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν	1	that we should be called children of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	3	1	x99a	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν	1	that we should be called children of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	3	1	j362	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	1	j152	translate-textvariants	καὶ ἐσμέν	1	and we are	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	3	1	fq4t	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν	1	For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	2	ek9v	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	3	2	j158	figs-explicit	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning of this expression in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	2	j159	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what is **now** known about believers and what is **not yet** known. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1JN	3	2	anq1	figs-activepassive	οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα	1	what we will be has not yet appeared	If your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God has not yet revealed what we will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	3	2	anq1	figs-activepassive	οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα	1	what we will be has not yet appeared	If your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God has not yet revealed what we will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	3	2	j160	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν φανερωθῇ	1	when he appears	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. The meaning of the term in this instance seems to be the same as in [2:28](../02/28.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” or “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	3	2	j161	writing-pronouns	ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἐστιν	1	when he appears … him … him … he is	The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of **when he appears** or returns. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	3	2	j162	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν	1	we will be like him because we will see him as he is	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “we will see him just as he is, and so we will be like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	12	w83v	figs-explicit	Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Cain, who … killed his brother	John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could express this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	12	j184	translate-names	Κάϊν	1	Cain	**Cain** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1JN	3	12	j185		ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν	1	who was from the evil one	This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
-1JN	3	12	j186	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	3	12	j186	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	3	12	j187	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	3	12	b1xh	figs-rquestion	καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι	1	And on account of what did he kill him? Because	John is using a question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1JN	3	12	mq7x	figs-ellipsis	τὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, δίκαια	1	but those of his brother, righteous	John is leaving out a word, “were,” that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The word “were” can be supplied for clarity. Alternate translation: “but his brother’s works were righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	21	rf96	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	3	21	j217	figs-hypo	ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν,	1	if the heart does not condemn, we have confidence toward God	John discusses another hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our hearts do not condemn us. Then we have confidence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	3	21	j218	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ	1	if the heart does not condemn	See how you translated the similar expression in [3:20](../03/20.md). Alternate translation: “if we do not feel that we do not belong to God” or, positively, “if we feel assured that we belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1JN	3	21	j219	figs-possession	ἡ καρδία	1	the heart	If you decided in the previous verse to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation and you made it plural there, you can make it plural in this instance as well. You can also use the same possessive pronoun as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1JN	3	21	j219	figs-possession	ἡ καρδία	1	the heart	If you decided in the previous verse to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation and you made it plural there, you could make it plural in this instance as well. You can also use the same possessive pronoun as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	3	21	j220	figs-explicit	παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν	1	we have confidence toward God	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	21	j221	figs-abstractnouns	παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν	1	we have confidence toward God	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adverb such as “confidently.” Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	3	22	j222	figs-explicit	ὅτι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν, καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν	1	because we keep his commandments and we do the pleasing things before him	John is not saying that we **receive** **whatever we ask** in return for obeying God’s commandments and doing what pleases him. Our obedience does not obligate God to give us what we ask for. Our obedience is simply what God has a right to expect from us. Rather, the word **because** reaches back to the statement earlier in this sentence, in the previous verse, that “we have confidence toward God,” that is, we can pray to God confidently. Living in obedience and doing what pleases God gives us confidence to ask for things according to his will. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly by starting a new sentence here that refers back to that statement and explains how John’s statement in this verse relates to it. Alternate translation: “We can pray confidently like this because we obey God’s commandments and do what pleases him, and that assures us that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	22	j223	figs-idiom	τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν	1	we keep his commandments	As in [2:3](../02/03.md), the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1JN	3	22	j224	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	we do the pleasing things before him	John is using the adjective **pleasing** as a noun. ULT adds **things** to show this. (The word is plural.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that please him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	3	22	j224	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	we do the pleasing things before him	John is using the adjective **pleasing** as a noun. ULT adds **things** to show this. (The word is plural.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that please him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	3	22	p3ga	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	the pleasing things before him	The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. In this case, **before him** indicates “in God’s sight.” Seeing, for its part, represents attention and judgment. So this means the things that God regards as pleasing. Alternate translation: “the things that please him” or “what God considers to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	23	irb3	writing-pronouns	αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	this is his commandment … as he gave us commandment	The pronoun **his** refers to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	3	23	j225	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of his Son Jesus Christ	As in [2:12](../02/12.md), John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “in Jesus Christ his Son and what he has done for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	7	fpl5	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	4	7	c6w6	figs-idiom	ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	love is from God	The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	7	ec73	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who loves has been begotten from God	See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	4	7	zvt9	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who loves has been begotten from God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	4	7	zvt9	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who loves has been begotten from God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	4	7	j264		καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν	1	and knows God	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God”
 1JN	4	8	j265	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν	1	The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1JN	4	8	j266		οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν	1	does not know God	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God”
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	8	j267	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν	1	God is love	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	4	9	i2b5	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ	1	In this	**In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	9	mhuo	writing-pronouns	ἐν τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** refers forward to what John will say in the rest of the sentence. God demonstrated that he loves us by sending his Son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1JN	4	9	j268	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the love of God appeared among us	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This is a Greek passive verbal form that may have an active meaning, so it could be translated **appeared** or “was revealed.” If your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	4	9	j268	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the love of God appeared among us	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This is a Greek passive verbal form that may have an active meaning, so it could be translated **appeared** or “was revealed.” If your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	4	9	y4m8	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the love of God	Here, **the love of God** refers to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	4	9	j269	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	us	The expression **among us** likely refers to all of humanity, not just to the people who saw and heard Jesus when he was alive, so this would be an inclusive use of the term **us** that would include the believers to whom John is writing. John says later in the sentence that Jesus came **so that we might live through him**, and **we** in that instance does include these believers. So it is likely that **us** earlier in the sentence includes them as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1JN	4	9	j270	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his Son	**His Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	21	j298	writing-pronouns	ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	from him	The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	4	21	jrd1	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν	1		Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1JN	4	21	j299	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother	See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	5	intro	bxm4			0		# 1 John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)<br>2. Closing of Letter (5:13-21)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “a sin towards death”<br><br>It is not entirely clear what John means by this phrase. The word “death” could refer either to physical death or to spiritual death, which is eternal separation from God. See the further discussion in the notes to [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>### “the whole world lies in the power of the evil one”<br><br>The phrase “the evil one” refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but, ultimately, God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [5:7–8](../05/07.md), all ancient manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify, the Spirit and the water and the blood, and the three are unto the one.” That is the reading that ULT follows. Some much later manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, and these three are one; and there are three who testify on earth: the Spirit and the water and the blood, and these three are unto the one.” In this case, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT text does, since there is wide agreement that it follows the accurate reading. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that have the longer reading, you can include it, but you should put it inside square brackets [ ] and indicate in a footnote that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1JN	5	intro	bxm4			0		# 1 John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)<br>2. Closing of Letter (5:13-21)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “a sin towards death”<br><br>It is not entirely clear what John means by this phrase. The word “death” could refer either to physical death or to spiritual death, which is eternal separation from God. See the further discussion in the notes to [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>### “the whole world lies in the power of the evil one”<br><br>The phrase “the evil one” refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but, ultimately, God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [5:7–8](../05/07.md), all ancient manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify, the Spirit and the water and the blood, and the three are unto the one.” That is the reading that ULT follows. Some much later manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, and these three are one; and there are three who testify on earth: the Spirit and the water and the blood, and these three are unto the one.” In this case, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT text does, since there is wide agreement that it follows the accurate reading. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that have the longer reading, you could include it, but you should put it inside square brackets [ ] and indicate in a footnote that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	5	1	ex42	checking/headings		0		If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “Jesus is the Messiah and Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 1JN	5	1	j300		ὁ Χριστὸς	1	the Christ	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “the Messiah”
 1JN	5	1	j301	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten from God	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -589,13 +589,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	10	gkj1	figs-metaphor	ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ	1	has the testimony in him	John speaks figuratively of the **testimony** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “completely accepts what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	10	j327	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	the testimony	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	5	10	j255	figs-explicit	ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν	1	has made him a liar	As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1JN	5	10	sii2		τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the testimony that God has testified about his Son	If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son”
+1JN	5	10	sii2		τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the testimony that God has testified about his Son	If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you could use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son”
 1JN	5	11	bi7k		αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία	1	this is the testimony	Alternate translation: “this is what God has said about his Son”
 1JN	5	11	rhpw	figs-quotations	ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this indirect quotation, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1JN	5	11	u1w5	figs-metaphor	ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	God gave us eternal life, and this life is in his Son	John speaks figuratively of **life** as if it were an object that was inside Jesus. Alternate translation: “God gave us eternal life, which people receive by believing in his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	11	k2qn	figs-metaphor	ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	eternal life	As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **eternal life** means two things at once. It means receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way, and it also means living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression in [4:9](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	11	sz21	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Υἱῷ	1	his Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	5	12	st2z	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν, ἔχει τὴν ζωήν; ὁ μὴ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life	John speaks figuratively of believers who are in a close relationship with Jesus as if Jesus were their possession. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is in a close relationship with the Son has life. Anyone who is not in a close relationship with the Son of God does not have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN	5	12	st2z	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν, ἔχει τὴν ζωήν; ὁ μὴ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life	John speaks figuratively of believers who are in a close relationship with Jesus as if Jesus were their possession. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is in a close relationship with the Son has life. Anyone who is not in a close relationship with the Son of God does not have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	12	j329	figs-metaphor	ἔχει τὴν ζωήν…τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	has life … does not have life	Since both groups of people are physically alive, John means this in a spiritual sense. As in [4:9](../04/09.md), he is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). See how you translated that term in those verses. Alternate translation: “has power from God to live as a new person now and will live forever in God’s presence after death … does not have power from God to live as a new person now and will not live forever in God’s presence after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	12	j330	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son … the Son of God	**The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	5	13	rr7y	checking/headings		0		If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Eternal Life with the True God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	15	ev49		οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	we know that we have the requests that we have asked from him	Alternate translation: “we know that we will receive what we have asked God for”
 1JN	5	16	j339	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει	1	If anyone sees his brother sinning a sin not towards death, he will ask	John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to counsel his readers. UST models a way of showing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	5	16	sc1f	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother	See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	5	16	j340		ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν	1	sinning a sin	If it is unnatural in your language to use both the verb **sinning** and the noun **sin**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “committing a sin”
+1JN	5	16	j340		ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν	1	sinning a sin	If it is unnatural in your language to use both the verb **sinning** and the noun **sin**, you could use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “committing a sin”
 1JN	5	16	j341	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον	1	a sin not towards death … those sinning not towards death … a sin towards death	The word **death** in this verse and the next refers figuratively to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … for those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	16	j342	figs-declarative	αἰτήσει	1	he will ask	John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1JN	5	16	j343	writing-pronouns	δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν	1	he will give him life	In this clause, the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning, and the pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God, since only God can give spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (2) **anyone**, that is, the person praying. In this case, John may be picturing God giving life by means of the person’s prayers, as in James 5:15, 20. Alternate translation: “he will be God’s instrument to give life to the believer who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	18	j349	figs-explicit	οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει	1	does not sin	See how you translated this expression in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	18	j350		ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the One who was begotten from God	This is a description of Jesus, whom John calls “the only-begotten” in [4:9](../04/09.md). See how you translated that expression there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, God’s actual Son”
 1JN	5	18	j351	figs-explicit	τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1	keeps him	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “keeps him in a close relationship with God” or (2) “keeps him from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1JN	5	18	l7h8	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	5	18	l7h8	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	5	18	j352	figs-metonymy	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	18	j353	figs-idiom	οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ	1	does not touch him	This is an idiom. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cannot harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	19	j354	figs-idiom	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	we are from God	See how you translated the similar expression in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “we are sharing life with God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	20	j356	figs-explicit	ἥκει	1	has come	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	20	n1nh	figs-abstractnouns	δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν	1	has given us understanding	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **understanding**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	5	20	j357	figs-abstractnouns	δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν	1	has given us understanding	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	5	20	hvr7	figs-nominaladj	τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ	1	the True One … the True One	John is using the adjective **True** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the One who is true … the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1JN	5	20	hvr7	figs-nominaladj	τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ	1	the True One … the True One	John is using the adjective **True** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the One who is true … the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	5	20	j358	figs-metonymy	τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ	1	the True One … the True One	John is speaking figuratively of God by association with the way that he is **True**. This could mean: (1) The God who is genuine, in contrast to false gods. Alternate translation: “the real God … the real God” (2) The God who is true in all that he says and does. Alternate translation: “God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do … God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	20	ge7c	figs-metaphor	ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	we are in the True One, in his Son Jesus Christ	As in [2:5](../02/05.md), John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God and Jesus. This expression describes having a close relationship with God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with the true God, with his Son Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	20	gobu	figs-metaphor	ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		This second occurrence of **the True One** could refer to: (1) Jesus, as the rest of the clause makes clear. In this case, John is saying that both God and Jesus are the true God, and we are in both. See the UST. (2) God, just as the first occurrence of **the True One** refers to God. In this case, John is saying that we are in God because of being in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we are in the True One through being in Jesus Christ, his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])